COLLECTION OF
WILLIAM SCHAUS © PRESENTED TO THE NATIONAL MUSEUM
MCMV
y 15 NE Hie
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
UE LON DON.
1917, pp. 1-215,
WITH 6 PLATES and 82 TExtr-FIGURES.
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, SOLD AT ITS HOUSE IN REGENT’S PARK. LONDON
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CoO,, PATERNOSTER ROW.
\ >: 4g perarary geet ey RATIONAL ®
Les 2
OF THE
COUNCIL AND OFFICERS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL
SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Loni.
Patron. His Masesry Tue Kina.
COUNCIL. His Grace Tar Duke or Beprorp, K.G., F.R.S., President.
‘Tart Hon. Cecrt Barina, M.A. R. H. Burne, Esq., M.A. ALFRED H. Cocks, Esq., M.A.
Lr.-Cot. S. Monckton Copsr- » MAN, M.D? F.RS. CHARLES DrumMmonp, Ksq.,
Treasurer.
ALFRED Ezra, Esq.
Capt. Hueu 8. GLADSYONE, M.A.
THE Viscounr Harcourt, P.C.
SIDNEY Freperic HArMER, KsqQ., M.A., Sc.D FRLSs President.
WitiiAM Huntsman, Esq.
Sir EpmMunp Gites Lover, Br., Vice-President.
Con. Sir A. Henry McManoy, |
GCM.GAf.8.1.
Vice- |
PRINCIPAL P. Cuatmers Mircuett, M.A., D.Sc., LL.D., F.RBS.,
Secretary.
EK. G. B. Mrapg-Watpo, Ksq., Vice-President.
P. CHAuMers MircHe.y, Ksq., M.A., D.Se., LL.D., Feiss, Secretary.
THE EARL oF Vice-President.
THEt Marguts oF Stico, F.S.A.
OLDFIELD ‘THomas, Ksq.,
AuBYN Trevor-Batrye, Esq., M.A.
ArrsurR Smita Woopwarp, Esq@., “LED. F.RoS Vee President. ;
Henry Woopwarbd, Ksq., LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President.
PoRTSsMOUTH,
OFFICERS.
R. I. Pococx, F.R.8., F.L.8., Curator of Mammals and Resident Superintendent of the Gardens.
D. Sera-Smrru, Curator of Birds and Inspector of Works.
Lieut. Epwarp G. BouLencErR, Curator of Reptiles.
Prof, H. Maxweut Lerroy, Curator of Insects.
Mrs. Peavor, Acting Librarian and Clerk of Publications.
JouHN Barrow, Accountant. W. H. Conn, Chief Clerk.
LIST OF. CONTENTS.
1917, pp. 1-215.
EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES.
The Secrerary. Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie during the months of November and
Wecenn er cal ONO cemaionsas «rele can dae resists Seu e. See aes
Mr. E. Gerrard. Exhibition on behalf of Mr. Crabb of a mounted specimen of a hybrid between a male brush and, a temale Blackbird wrx. ....:...c0ccecseetes ss
The Srcrerary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of January, 1917 ......
Mr. D. Seru-Smiru, F.Z.8S., Curator of Birds. Exhibition of the trachea from a male Anseranus semipalmata...
Mr. C. J. C. Poot, Assistant Curator of Insects. Notes from the Caird Insect House ............. LeAnne eee
Mr. R. I. Pococx, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Curator of Mammals. Lantern-exhibition of the work of the Beavers in the mociety s Gardens, ~(Vext-figure 1.)) fo....cc.2.cc... ec 0%
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of February, 1917 ......
Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Curator of Mammals. Exhibition of a young Lion Cub recently deposited in the Gardens, and also a Galago from German East
biel Earl yd A ie oe reer egg orien nD ong nc
Mr. C. J. Ganan. Exhibition of a living example of the “* Death-Watch ” Beetle (Anobsum tesselatwnv) i ee
Mr. C. Davies SHERBORN, F.Z.S. Exhibition of an auto- graph of Captain Bligh of ‘ The Bounty’ ......2.......:
Page
96
160
209
209
209
210
iv
Mr. C. Tarr Reaan, M.A., F.Z.S. Exhibition of a Piraya from the Amazon (Serrasalmo pirayd) .. ..sccceccereeas
Mr. Atrrep Ezra, F.Z.S. Exhibition of lantern-slides of Big-Game Shooting im Ind tai ...6.... 6.0000. -s 0+ ee eee
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of March, 1917 .........
Mr. C. Davies Suerporn, F.Z.8. Exhibition of the piece of hairy Skin of a Gorilla, sent to Richard Owen ......
Mr. D. Seru-Smira, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds. Exhibition of a female Japanese Pheasant
any oh 0 Mee ° Exhibition of a male specimen of the Carolina Duck...
evoereer eo eee oer eee eo oeeeese
Exhibition of some specimens of the trachea of various species Of Ducks ....7 2027 .quss say agen eee eee Mr. EK. HWeron-Auwen, F.L.S., P.R.M.S., F.Z.S. Remarks
‘on the Mussel-fishery and Foraminifera of Esnandes, illustrated by means of lantern-slides
weunreseceeerereecee
The Secretary. Announcement of the death of Mr. Henry Peavot
ereer rere sees eee e ree ee osee tree are eeseosreacseeeeeseseeseseeeosere
Dr. P CHaumers MircueE.y, F.R.S., F.Z.S. Secretary to, the Society. Exhibition of coloured sketch of an abnormal Cape Lourie
eceovoer are eee eee oes ees oe ee ee oee eee eee eee
Prof. J. P. Hitt, F.R.S., F.Z.8. Exhibition of photograph and remarks upon a Gynandromorphic specimen of the Karwig
eoeerecreeose oe ecco es oes ors oee oe eee eeoreeesosesees ore ees
Dr. A. SmrrH Woopwarp, F.R.S. Exhibition of enlarged models of the first molar tooth of a large Chimpanzee, Melanesian Man, and Piltdown Man
oeecuanveeeseeareereaeeens
Mr. D. M.S. Watson, F.Z.S. Exhibition and diagrams of models of the teeth of fossil horses
e@aneseeneeeeceeee ees eee
Prof. H. Maxweut Lerroy, M.A., F.Z.8. Remarks on the Silkworms and Silk industry of India, illustrated with lantern-slides and specimens of the Silk Moths, Cocoons, and Silk
eCeoeocee oe eee tooeee eZee oversee oF OFF HHO HH AEE HOE
Page
210
210
211
211
211
-211
211
212
212 212 213
213
213
Vv The Secrerary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of April ..................
Dr. P. Cuatmers Mitcuetyi, F-R.S. Secretary to the Society. Exhibition of the behaviour of Birds and Mammals in the presence of living Serpents............
Mr. D. Seru-Smuiru, F.L.S., Curator of Birds. Lantern- exhibition of Birds now or recently living in the Poclety’s Gardens. .....55.... Be er rSesstile Seem nie theien Wiasati
Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., Curator of Mammals. Exhibi- tion, on behalf of Messrs. Rowland Ward, Ltd., of the skins of two Zebras from British East Africa......
Mr. R. E. Howupine. Exhibition and Remarks on a WII Tepe Ulnt ss magarenesinaceinnsctaten Males ocorveuns vv ee ques eds oe
Exhibition of two curiously malformed eggs ............
Mr. D. Sersu-Smiru, F.L.S., Curator of Birds. Account of the Poultry Exhibition now being held in the BS DCT MyM T UE MOMS: 5 ,kiers eh onat 6c hsian do aiplv dd rleren.nerall jeu dies
PAPERS. ae
1. On the Pectoral and Pelvic Arches of the British Museum specimen of Archeopteryx. By BRANISLAV Perronievics, Ph.D., and ArtHuR SmirH Woop- wan i) Koes, VP As, (Plate 1.) icc...
2. On Heude’s Collection of Pigs, Sika, Serows, and Gorals in the Sikawei Museum, Shanghai. By ARTHUR DE CMRUP ES OWERBN, Br LIISG cet sa o.tucddtaeiuiscehssaicesentouens
3. Report on the Deaths which occurred in the Zoological Gardens during 1916, together with a List of the Blood- Parasites found during the Year. By H. G. PurmMer, F.R.S., F.Z.S., Professor of Comparative Pathology in the Imperial College of Science and Technology, London, and Pathologist to the Society .
214
214
val
4. On the Structure and Function of the Mouth-parts of the Palemonid Prawns. By L. A. Borrapaixe, M.A., E.Z.S., Lecturer in Zoology in the University of Cambridge, Fellow, Dean, and Lecturer of Selwyn College. “(Text-figures) 1 [oll s..c2aii5. .24-+ 000m
5. On the Scolex in the Cestode Genus Duthiersia, and on the Species of that Genus. By Frank EH. Bepparp, M.A., D.8c., F-R.S., F.Z.8:. (Text-figures 1-5.)......
6.—1. The Coleoptera of the Family Cisside found in Britain, with Descriptions of two new Species.—2. A new Species of the Coleopteran genus Cryptorrhyn- chus Mlliger. By C. J.C. Poon, Assistant Curator Caird’ Insect” Hious¢ <..22......s20--0:+. canta eee eee
7. The Prechordal Portion of the Chondrocranium of Chimera collie. By Epwarp PuHeEtps ALLIs, Jun., E.Z:S. (Plates 1.AIV).).. 2.0502: cee eee
8, On the Lizards of the Genus Philochortus Matschie. By G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S., F.Z.8. (Plates I. & IT.)
9. An Experimental Investigation of the Migration of Woodcock breeding in the West of Ireland. By S.
R. Doveuas, M.R.C.S., L R.C.P.Lond., Capt. I.M.S. (retired), F.Z.8., lst Assistant Bacteriological Depart- ment, Medical Research Committee, National In- surance Act! icsuptatichis ss ccaaen cope ceetee ee eee ee
10. A Sketch Classification of the Pre-Jurassic Tetrapod Vertebrates. By D. M. 8. Watson, M.Sc., F.Z.S.,
- Lecturer in Vertebrate Paleontology in University College, London. (Vext-fleures 1 & 2:) -. ae
11. Notes on some of the Viscera of an Okapi (Okapia johnstom Sclater). By R. H. Burne, M.A., F.ZS. (Text-figures 1-232) 25.2. erst ces ee Naat ce eee ee
Alphabetical List of Contributors
eco noeseeereeoseeeeese ee ore ose eeeeee
Index
eevee eoeoeres ee eres eer eoeoeees ees eee FP HSE HHEHHEHH HOHE H SEH HEHEHE EO HE OF OLEH H ETE HES
Page
37
73
83
105
145
159
167
187
SERHABE LCA LISt OF THK
CONTRIBUTORS,
With References to the several Articles contributed by each.
(1916, pp. 1-215.)
Page AuLEN, E. Heron-. See HERoN-ALLEN, KH. Auiis, Epwarp PuHe ps, Jun., F.Z.S. The Prechordal Portion of the Chondrocranium of Chimeera@ collier. (Plates IolL1.). 2...0cc..cceeescecesceoeees 105 Bepparp, Frank E., M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.Z.8. On the Scolex in the Cestode Genus Duthiersia, and on the Species of that Genus. (Text-figures 1—-5.)............ 73 Borrapaie, L. A., M.A., F.Z.S. On the Structure and Function of the Mouth-parts of the Palemonid Prawns. (Text-figures 1-51.) ......... 30
Boutencer, G. A., F.R.S., F.Z.S8.
On the Lizards of the Genus Philochortus Matschie. Peeler ecm re MBE eee ete et as cnr esaesevhec ends Chi costed ees 145
Vill Burne, R. H., M.A., F.Z.S.
Notes on some of the Viscera of an Okapi (Okapia johnstoni Sclater. (Text-figures 1-23.) .............ccceeeee 187
Doveras, 8.R., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P. Lond., Captain I.M.S. (retired), F.Z.S.
An experimental Investigation of the Migration of Woodcock breeding in the West of Ireland ............... 159
Ezra, ALFRED, F.Z.S. Lantern exhibition illustrating Big-Game Shooting in
Tndta, 9.255. Bee chess a eedsstes eS ee 2V0
GAHAN, C. J. Exhibition of a living example of the ‘“ Death-Watch ” Beetle Wi. caw nen penn lot teen once eee eet oe ee en 209
GERRARD, EpwARrp.
Exhibition, on behalf of Mr. Crabb, of a mounted specimen of a hybrid between a male Thrush and a female? Black omd ai, bicvack atin 's)..teigseb ethene rae 95
Hrron- Aen, E., F.L.S., P.R.M.S., F.Z.S.
Remarks on the Mussel-Fishery and Foraminifera of
Esnandes, illustrated by means of lantern-slides ......... 212 Mini, Prof. J. P., D.Se., ER.2 CZs. Exhibition of photograph and remarks upon a Gynan- dromorphic, specimen of the Harwig .:....0.... .....teas- 213 Ho.pine, R. E. Exhibition and remarks on a Cirriped................000- 215
Exhibition of two curiously malformed eggs ............ 215
1K Lerroy, H. Maxwett, M.A., F.Z.S., Curator of Insects.
Remarks on the Silkworms and Silk Industry of India, illustrated with lantern-slides and specimens of the Silk
Norns. Cocoonss ad: Silks.) ci5sssee te ocd a iaav enticed evs ceeets
MircHewi, P. Caatmers, M.A., D.Sc., LL.D., F.B.S., F.Z.S., Secretary to the Society.
Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie ‘during the months of November and December, 1916 ...
Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie dtnine theamonth-of January, 1917 ....00)...casccsscseecseosh
Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie
Gucincsthe month of Mebruary, LOL( ........¢.20.8 avis: ot
Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie Gunine the month of March* 1917 coc... .isecccsccecsesoaced
Announcement of the death of Mr. Henry Peavot
Exhibition of coloured sketch of an abnormal Cape
IONIC Ce ee os ko as une hllee bale vavonewaebaewwwe ts
Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie donne the month of Aprils loll sii.scicerse cst sectensss cece
Exhibition of the behaviour of Birds and Mammals
im the presence of living Serpents .../.......cc.ssseneeeeseds
PrtTroniEvics, Branisitav, Ph.D., and Woopwarp, ARTHUR Sei. (lb Dy HRS. -V.P:Z.S.
On the Pectoral and Pelvic Arches of the British
Museum Specimen of Archwopteryx. (Plate I.)............
PurMer, H. G., F.R.S., F.Z.8., Pathologist to the Society.
Report on the deaths which occurred in the Zoological Gardens during 1916, together with a List of the Blood- arasiues ound, during the Year's .)2.5 0). ...e.cceeeneseseed ess
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1917. b
Page
213
95
96
209
Aah
212
212
213
214
x
Page Pocock, Reernaup I., F.-R.S., F.LS., F.Z.8., Curator’ of Mammals. Work of the Beavers in the Society’s Gardens. (Text- fioure U.) vis .c.30Seeh eae eenercea cei eee ce oe eee 08 Exhibition of a young Lion Cub, and of a Galago from German’ Hast Africa 22s. iscsi eee ee ee 209 Exbibition, on behalf of Messrs. Rowland Ward, Ltd., of the skins of two Zebras from British East Africa ...... 214 Poors, C. J. C., Assistant Curator Caird Insect House. The Coleoptera of the Family Cissidee found in Britain, with Descriptions of two new Species ’...............eseeeeees 83 A new Species of the Coleopteran Genus Cryptorrhyn- Chas MN ers cee uate steams anasto ee eee REA SEE G4 93 Notes from the Caird Insect House........ ee a ci. 96 Rea@an, C. Tats, M.A., F.Z.8. Exhibition of a Piraya from the Amazon ............... 211 Sera-Sairu, D., F Z.8., Curator of Birds. Exhibition of the trachea of a male Anseranius SCI PANIMGLG so 9) 5. sr erage each nc ee eaes ace nen ene 96 Exhibition of a female Japanese Pheasant ............... 211
Exhibition of a male specimen of the Carolina Duck... 211
Exhibition of some specimens of the trachea of various
species "Ola uckis.. ecg hone SS sins Geese exer oee seamen 214
Lantern-exhibition of Birds now or recently living
in ‘the Society s' Gardens 205.25.) saeaeeeh eset ne wea 214
Account of the Poultry Exhibition now being held
in the Society’s Gardens .............0+5 Pane ain ae gee A 5 215
Page SHERBORN, C, Davigs, F.Z.S8. Exhibition of an Autograph of Captain Bligh of ‘The Bounty, ene MANE ets os Perera e en haalts eahan eats 210 Exhibition of the piece of hairy skin of a Gorilla, sent OMMOMATORO WET Wo 24aiscccswas beste saves ye bdentes deeeanscnaees’ 211 SowErBY, ARTHUR DE CaRLE, F.Z.S. On Heude’s Collection of Pigs, Sika, Serows, and Gorals in the Sikawei Museum, Shanghai .................. 7 Watson, D. M.8., M.Sce., F.Z.S. A Sketch Classification of the Pre-Jurassic Tetrapod Nerteprates:, (Rext-fguros' ] dy 2.) ve... cecssececeesuessormaes 167
Exhibition of models of the Teeth of Fossil Horses .... 213
Woopwarp, ArTHUR SmirH, F.R.S. See Perronievics, BRANISLAV.
Exhibition of enlarged models of the first molar tooth of a large Chimpanzee, Melanesian Man, and Piltdown Iya Oo ee Ee oe ee sie di
=
P.Z.S. 1917. PETRONIEVICS & WOODWARD, PL. I.
ARCHAOPTERYX.
PROCEEDINGS
OF TIIE
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS
OF TIIB
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
PAPERS.
1. On the Pectoral and Pelvic Arches of the British Museum Specimen of Archwopterys. By BRANISLAV PeTrontievics, Ph.D., and ArtHur Smira Woopwarp, iD. ERS... V.P.Z.S.
[Received and Read November 21, 1916.]
(Plate I. *)
INDEX. Page MCC Gal aleAU Cis 015 ae tlhe icess aueners tease sabrina, 2 REV ACM ACIP ete nuk Penta te. has cndow ks cies Me ciate Sets ose e8S oD Bibliography 6 Introductory.
Some further preparation of the British Museum specimen of Archeopteryx recently done by Mr. F. O. Barlow, under the direction of myself and Dr. Woodward, has resulted in the com- plete uncovering of the right coracoid bone and the discovery of the pubes. The work was undertaken at my request after I had convinced myself, by a prolonged study of this specimen in connection with Dames’ two memoirs on the Berlin Archeopteryx, that the bones in question must exist buried in the limestone matrix. On the results I have prepared an exhaustive paper, which I hope to publish later; but the following preliminary
* For explanation of the Plate see p. 6.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1917, No. I. 1
2 DRS. B. PETRONIEVICS AND A. S. WOODWARD ON THE
notice, written by Dr. Woodward, who has made use of our joint observations, gives a general account of the important additions to our knowledge of the pectoral and _ pelvic arches of this primitive Jurassic bird which are now made possible. Some differences of opinion between us are indicated in footnotes.
I have to thank Dr. Woodward and also Dr. C. W. Andrews for the valuable help and advice they have given to me.—B. P.
Pectoral Arch.
The right scapula and coracoid are completely exposed on their outer face (Pl. I. figs. 1, 1@) and apparently almost uninjured. They meet in a very wide angle and are fused together, though their limits are marked by a line across the glenoid cavity and a notch at its outer edge.
The scapula (sc.), which has already been’ described by Owen (1863) and Dames (1884), is typically avian and about twicé as long as the coracoid. Its distal end is slightly expanded, as in Casuarvus ; while its proximal end bears a well-developed acromial process (a), from which a very thin lamina of bone, with roughened surface, extends to the coracoid, forming the floor of a hollow (f.) in which the furcula evidently articulated.
_ The coracoid (co.) is a quadrilateral plate of bone longer than ‘wide, and not much narrowed at the upper or humeral end,
where it is somewhat thickened. The bone is bent at an obtuse
angle along a hne extending obliquely from the outer end of the ‘humeral border to the inner end of the sternal border, so that the infero-external half must have been almost in the same plane as the expansion of the sternum, while the sapero-internal half faces inwards. The wide upper portion of this internal half is pierced near’ the middle by the usual coracoid foramen. The thickened upper or humeral border bears two eminences, a larger adjacent to the margin of the glenoid cavity and a smaller at the outer angle of the bone, where it extends a little down the outer border (fig. la). Below this eminence the outer border is thin and slightly excavated, meeting the equally thin but straight lower (or sternal) harden in an obtuse angle. The inner border, which meets the lower border in a right angle, appears to be still thinner and forms a somewhat jagged edge in which two indents -are probably natural*. The upper and larger of these, which is semicircular, occurs at the upper end; the smaller indent - further down is bounded below by a slight prominence yt. The
* T consider that the upper indent is certainly natural.—B. P.
+ I think I can distinguish a faint line extending from the hollow between the upper eminences to the middle of the lower indent of the inner border. This may ' perhaps mark the division between the precoracoid and the true coracoid—in which case the glenoid eminence would be on the former, the second eminence on the latter. The eminence on the coracoid would thus be homologous with the spina coracoidea of the Ratites and the acrocoracoid of the Carinates, while the intervening hollow would correspond with the fossa supracoracoidea of the Ratites (cf. M. Fiirbringer,
‘Untersuchungen zur Morphologie und Systematik der Vogel,’ vol. i. (1888) pp. 36, 39, 40).—B. P.
PECTORAL AND PELVIC ARCHES OF ARCH HOPTERYX. 3
irregularities | in the rest of the Morden are probably due to imperfections i in the fossil.
As remarked by Huxley (1868), the furcula (PI. 1. He. 2) is exposed from its ventral face. The new preparation ‘of the specimen has only defined more clearly the shape of the upper articular end on the left side *
TABLE OF MEASUREMENTS.
Scapura: mm. Greatest length to.apex of acromion ..................020000008 46 Greatest breadth of distal end) s.0......acl.etsc veces eseaess, 6
= MnOmtMm allen aes .a57; ssuasnes. otees setae ook Simallest Mreadth:. s..8c2.ccu eee re Greatest diameter of scapular fart a ileaoid ara Be Rinse 5
CORACOID:
Greatest length from prominence above glenoid fossa to ITLOHO- Mater NA ANC... ce syis. yet dese tosses eseeegeoGe Rageoy 29 Breadth at upper (haenetall) Bouin Ea AE aes ait ye Breadth at middle.. BOER, Berio ae EO ae cracls AL ' Breadth at lower aberualh homers pron beter poe ele Greatest diameter of coracoidal part of alenoid Pisce picthe’ 3
FURCULA:
PEM SHON OL Nena ieatecnstoaiesav cs lem ev.se@eaungevecreclere med ind! 2 MGeMMC SU WIC malin tein caht sens testestamcassuatena sceessacconasss OUND 2 KGnreaucetenTedativOr DONE! oi). hs ecacesmecudscecens ch tcesetcavesss ° @
Inner angle of furcula about 90°.
It would be interesting to compare the pectoral arch of Archeopteryx, as now made known, with the corresponding parts in the second specimen in Berlin; but, unfortunately, according to the description by Dames (1897), the several bones in the latter fossil are so imperfect, crushed, and obscured that no satisfactory comparison is possible. It must suffice to note that, although Archeopteryx was obviously a bird of flight, its scapulo- coracoid is more closely similar to that of certain Mesozoic reptiles than that of any other known bird, and the nearest approach in shape to its coracoid is found in the existing Ratites and the Cretaceous Hesperornis. In the fusion of the scapula with the eoracoid and the very wide angle at which these bones meet, it agrees only with the ratite birds and the reptiles.
Pelvic Arch. In the pelvie arch (Pl. I. fig. 3) the right ilinm (é.) and
ischium (és.) are exposed on their outer face, while the two ae (pu.) are displaced and seen from above. The bones were
* A small prominence on the stone below the middle of the furcula may perl; ips mark the anterior end of the sternum (BIOA. fiet 2.5.) B, P. + [ venture, however, to make the comparison, ‘notwithstanding naperfeetions In the Berlin specimen.—B. P. 1
4 DRS. B. PETRONIEVICS AND A. S. WOODWARD ON THE
evidently all separate, and the illum must have been only loosely articulated with the sacrum, which is proved to be absent by an exploratory excavation made in the stone beneath the pelvis.
The relatively large preacetabular portion of the ilium (/.) is elliptically rounded in front, and the hinder half of its lower border is gently excavated where it forms the sharp outer edge of the concave anterior face of the large deep pedicle for the articulation of the pubis. The middle of the outer face of the bone is, deeply concave, while its lower margin is convex. The acetabulum is deeper than wide and, though perforate, is partly closed by a thin marginal lamina of bone, which is preserved at its anterior border. Above the acetabulum the ilium 1s slightly convex, but bears no trace of an anti-trochanter. The post- acetabular portion of the bone is a relatively small narrow exten- sion, slightly arched and tapering to its hinder end, which is imperfect in the fossil. Its outer face is gently concave. The posterior pedicle is also small, and obliquely truncated for the articulation of the ischium.
The ischium (2s.) appears to be in its natural position, but is distinctly separated by suture from the ilium. It is expanded proximally, though slender behind, and bends inwards at its distal end, where it bifurcates into two sharply separated pro- cesses. The upper of these processes is the longer and curves upwards; the lower and shorter process is nearly straight. The anterior border of the proximal expansion is slightly excavated to form about half of the posterior rim of the acetabulum. Above and below this there is a short articular surface for the ilium and the pubis respectively. Shortly behind the former articulation the upper border rises into a quadrangular process ; and there isa second but less elevated process of nearly the same shape further back. The anterior portion of the lower border is strongly convex. The outer face of the proximal expansion of the bone is marked by an ovoid depression, at the bottom of which there is a foramen.
The pubes (pu.) are long, slender, and nearly straight bones projecting backwards far beyond the ischia, where they meet with- out fusion in an extended symphysis. The proximal articular end, best preserved on the right side, is convex and ovoid, its long diameter being transverse. The slender shaft of the bone curves slightly upwards to this articular end, and in the bend there is a large foramen, well seen on the left side. The lower face being obscured, it 1s impossible to determine whether or no a pectineal process is present. As the bone approaches the hinder symphysis, it gradually widens in a hor izontal plane at its inner edge until its maximum width is reached at the beginning of the symphysis. The apposed pair of nearly horizontal lamine taper gradually backwards until they end in a slightly upturned point and are lost in an irregular mass of calcite («.) which probably represents original cartilage.
PECTORAL AND PELVIC ARCHES OF ARCH AOPTERYX, 5
TABLE OF MEASUREMENTS.
ILium: mm. Greatest length (as preserved) ............... Parc OO) Lezgth from middle of aekerion aeetabalae bards to
RCIBIOLE (NG AAA ee eee ei seen an enn orca Meier 23 Same measure to posterior end (as sa a, Berea ean LO Width of acetabulum ........... Pee ee eet O Greatest depth (at articulation for ane Mo mostGeeae LO
IscHIUM:
Greatest length .. tes Bee ener ener “76 Greatest breadth (at proce re Be ktoenmes te asain ce (iL () Weastubreadth (near middle): ) ..tii. csc esctsgntaeeeccccene 8 Pusis: Greatest length ............... pe he aaa meg, Length of median symphysis Sot fades expansion ......... 19 wleast-breadth (near proximal end) 2... .c0...0..ccseec-ceeees = 2 Greatest breadth of hinder expansion ..............0.c00008 A
The pelvis of Archwopterya, as now described, can be more satisfactorily compared with that of the second specimen in Berlin than the pectoral arch to which reference has already been made. In the pelvic region, however, the Berlin specimen is Somewhat differently crushed, all three elements being exposed in direct side-view, with the femur in its natural position over- lying them and obscuring the proximal end of the ischium. The figure published by Dames, 1897 (copied in Pl. I. fig. 4), is, indeed, rather diagrammatic, and suggests imperfections in the state of preservation of parts of the bones, which must be taken into account. Small differences in shape between the ilium and ischium of the two specimens have already been noted both by Seeley (1881) and by Dames (1897), who include them among the marks of at least specific distinction which they recognise in the two skeletons. Still more striking differences now appear, at first sight, between the pubes; but 1t must be remembered that in the British Museum specimen these bones are seen from above, while in the Berlin specimen the right pubis alone is exposed in outer side-view. Making allowance for the imper- fection of the proximal ends in the latter case, the relative length of the ischium and pubis is approximately the same in the two fossils, and the terminal expansion in the Berlin specimen may well be the apparently cartilaginous mass («#.) of the British Museum specimen crushed from side to side. Essential differ- ences, therefore, are not yet demonstrated *.
Among existing birds, the pubes meet in a symphysis only in
* T am of opinion that future discoveries will result in demonstrating such differences. I do not think that a side-view of the pubes in the British Museum specimen would correspond with that shown in the Berlin specimen: I consider that the cartilaginous end of the British Museum specimen is not homologous with the bony expansion of the Berlin specimen ; and I conclude that there cannot have been any pubic symphysis in the latter. I therefore refer the so-called Archeopterys
siemensi to a distinct genus Archeornis, which will be defined by differences in the pectoral arch as well as in the pelvis.—B. P.
6 ON THE PECTORAL AND PELVIC ARCHES OF ARCH HOPTERYX.
one genus, the Ratite Struthio; and here there is no resemblance in shape’to the corresponding symphysis in Archwopteryx. The nearest approach to the form of the pubis in the fossil appears to occur in Colymbus, where the incurved distal end of the long slender bone expands inwardly into a delicate triangular lamina, but does not meet its fellow of the opposite side.
While distinctly avian, therefore, the pelvis of Archwopteryx, like the pectoral arch, is more closely similar to that of certain reptiles than that of any other known bird; and the only exist- ing bird repeating its most characteristic feature, the symphysial union of the pubes, is a ratite.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
1863. R. Owmn, “On the Archeopteryx of von Meyer, with a Description of the Fossil Remains of a Long-tailed Species, from the Lithographic Stone of Soienhofen.” Phil. Trans. 1863, pp. 33-47, pls. i.-iv.
1868. T. H. Huxury, “ Remarks upon <Archeopteryx lithogra- phicw.” Proc. Roy. Soc. vol. xvi. pp. 243-248.
1881. H. G. Sesuny, ‘On some Differences between the London and Berlin Specimens referred to Archeopteryx.” Geol. Mag. |[2} vol. vill. pp. 454-455, pl]. xii.
1884. W. Dams, ‘“ Ueber Archeopteryx.’ Paleont. Abhandl. vol. 11. pp. 119-196, pl. xv.
1897. W. Damss, ‘‘ Ueber Br ustbein, Schulter- und Beckahaneel
der Archaopter Uae Sitzungsb. k.-preuss. Akad. Wiss., Jahrg. 1897, pp. 818-834.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE.
Fig. 1. Archeopteryx macrura Gwen; fore limb as displayed on the slab of stone, about four-thirds nat. size —Lithoeraphic Stone (Lower Kimmeridgian) ; Solenhofen, Bavaria. {British Museum no. 37001. | Coracoid of same in front view.
oe Furcula of same specimen, ventral face, about four-thirds nat. size. 3. Pelvis of same specimen as displayed on the slab of stone, about four-thirds nat. size. : 4. Archeopteryx siemensi Dames; pelvis, right side view, about nat. size.— Ibid. [Berlin Museum of Natural History.]| After Dames, 1897.
a., acromial process of scapula; c., carpus (with distal extension probably of calcified tendon); ¢o..-coracoid; f., facette for furcula; fe., femur; /., humerus ; il, ilium ; és.,ischium; pw., pubis; 7., radius; s., supposed anterior end of sternum ;
se., scapula; 2, uina ; Le caleite probably representing inpertectly calcified car tilage.
=
ON HEUDLK’S CHINESE MAMMALS.
2, On Heude’s Collection of Pigs, Sika, Serows, and Gorals in the Sikawei Museum, Shanghai. By Arruur DE CARLE SOWERBY, F’.Z.S.
{Received October 9, 1916: Read February 20, 1917. |
INDEX. Page PETS PECIES* OLS US a! g.caeuis cay sesh ss teen eee ee LL 3 ne WEPEUS Herth na ee Se eee HELO 5 3 COMENCOT MIST hn tel fe RN ee OU) a 5 INGINOTMCAUS A oo see vuahinceteabnninateoas, Om
For many years the numerous species of mammals described or named by Pere Heude in his ‘ Mémoires concernant |’ Histoire Naturelle de Empire Chinois’ have been a stumbling-block in the path of naturalists who have tried to arrive at a proper under- standing of the mammalogy of China and adjacent countries.
Pére Heude in the eighties and nineties of the last century, with the help of numerous Catholic missionaries in the field, gathered together a fine collection of mammals, birds, reptiles, and other forms of animal life in the Sikawei1 Museum at Shanghai. With his peculiar ideas on what constitutes specific characters in animals, he set about classifying and naming such mammals as came into his hands, with the result that he enormously multiplied the number of species in China, especially in the genera Sus, Cervus, Capricornis, and Nemorhedus, thereby reducing the subject to a state bordering on chaos; subsequent workers finding themselves confronted with such bewildering facts as eight species of pigs and eleven species of sika (six from’ one locality and seven from another) scattered over China, not to mention some seventeen species of goral and seven or eight bears. That such could not really be the case was obvious, but without good series of specimens from Heude’s type-localities, or at least his own specimens for examination, the matter could not be cleared up.
During the past few years collectors and sportsmen have secured a few specimens of the larger mammals such as pigs, serows, gorals, and bears, but the material has been altogether insufiicient to be of much help.
I believe attempts have been made to get hold of Heude’s collection, either by purchase or exchange, for some of the more important museums of Europe and America, but without success.
There remained therefore only two things to be done—either the securing of series of specimens from all “of Heude’s collectin g- grounds, or the revision, on the part of someone fitted for the task, of his collection in the Sikawei Museum.
In 1914 Mr. Gerrit S. Miller, jun., of the Division of Mammals, Smithsonian Institution, suggested to me that I should attempt
8 MR, A. DE CARLE SOWERBY ON
both of these tasks. JT agreed to try, but so far have found the collecting of the mammals in question from the saine or near-by places as those whence Heude’s specimens were secured an almost hopeless task.
In the first place, many of the species have become very rare in the past few years. Then, too, the conditions under which one has to work can never yield the same results as were obtained by Heude’s collectors. A protracted residence in each type-locality would be necessary, while one would have to enlist the services of local native hunters with a knowledge of the country and quarry to secure the required specimens. For instance, the difficulty of securing specimens of the serow may be gathered from the account of Fenwick Owen’s recent trip through Central China.
Four successive trips into Manchuria on my part have yielded only one specimen of pig, four bears, three wapiti (or red deer), one roe, and two gorals. No sika were secured, though specimens in captivity were seen. ‘These trips have taken a considerable amount of time and money, and the poor results, so far as the larger mammals are concerned, have been disappointing in the extreme; but, with the great increase of settlers, the cutting away of the big forests, and the unceasing hunting on the part of natives, to which the animals are subject, one could expect nothing else.
On the Yang-tze, where, in Heude’s time, the sika seems to have been so plentiful, that beautiful deer is now very rare, while wild pigs are noticeably fewer than they were, large specimens being particularly difficult to secure.
A trip made by me last spring (1915) into the high moun- tainous region of South Shensi after big game yielded only a couple of takins. Serows and gorals, although said to be plentiful by the natives, were not even seen, Several hunting and col- lecting expeditions into Central and West China in the past few years have yielded little better results. Fenwick Owen, already mentioned, got one serow, but neither goral nor wild pig. J. W. Brooke got a goral and a couple of serows, which the late Mr. Lydekker mentioned in a paper read before the Zoological Society of London in 1908.
Mr. Malcolm P, Anderson’s last expedition yielded no speci- mens of the serow, though he went right through the country inhabited by those animals. He secured a goral and a wild pig in the Tai-pei-shan region of South Shensi,
On the Clark expedition in 1909 I secured a goral in the mountains south of Si-an-fu and a fineadult boar in North-Central Shensi, near Yen-an-fu, I have also secured gorals and wild pigs in North and West Shansi, but the mammals of this province, with the exception of the sika, seem to have escaped Heude’s attention, so that my specimens can have little or no bearing upon the subject.
Since, then, the collecting of series of specimens from Heude’s type-localities was going to prove a long if not a hopeless task, there remained only the alternative of going over his
HEUDE’S CHINESE MAMMALS. 9
material in the Sikawei Museum. Through the courtesy of the Jesuit Missionaries in charge I was able to do this, and the following is an attempt to arrive at some definite conclusion as to the validity or otherwise of Heude’s numerous species, and to determine therefrom the number of distinct species contained in the genera Sus, Cervus, Capricornis, and Nemorhedus in China, ores, Me Aare, and ihe adjacent portions of Thibet.
Without intending to cast any slur upon the present curator of the Museum, I must state that I found the specimens in some confusion, due to the fact that Heude died in the midst of his labours, leaving no one to fill his place or carry on his work. The specimens were not numbered ; some of them even lacked labels, so that it was with great difficulty that I found many of the specimens of the species described and figured in the publication already referred to in the beginning of this paper.
Owing to the inevitable ravages of time and insects in such a climate as that of Shanghai, I found the condition of the skins very poor, and so was forced to confine my observations almost entirely to the skulls of the specimens, but where possible I went over the skins as well and drew conclusions from them. In regard to the pelts I found that Heude had evidently regarded seasonal differences in colouring as specific, just as with the skulls it was obvious that he had made specific differences out of those due to age and sex. How so able a naturalist came to make these errors it is difficult to understand ; and I want to make it clear that in spite of his peculiar views on the classification of species, Heude must be considered as one of the fathers of Chinese mammalogy just as Pere David was the father of Chinese ornithology.
As regards the names of the species upon the labels attached to the specimens, it was no uncommon thing to find that the original name had been erased and substituted by another, which, in some cases, was again erased and replaced by a third and fourth. Sometimes one name would appear on the label, while another would be written on the skull itself, and only in a very few cases was the word type to be found.
However, after going over the specimens carefully, I am satisfied that I found most of the skulls figured by Heude.
Another point to be noticed is that many of the specimens are labelled from certain localities, while, in the descriptions of the species, other, and in some cases somewhat misleading, localities are assigned. Thus, of the sikas from the Poyang Lake District, seven species are labelled by the original collector ‘ Aventé.” In Heude’s descriptions of these species, he gives the localities variously as “hills of Kienté,” ‘‘ territory included between the north-east of the Poyang Lake and the Blue River,” “ Central China,” “ Poyang Lake,” etc. As a particular instance, take the specimen marked Sika lachrymosus. In the collection it is labelled Aienté by the collector, yet Heude’s description of it gives its locality as Central China, which, to say the least of it, is misleading.
10
1
2
10.
ie
16.
17.
. Kuangsi
MR. A. DE CARLE SOWERBY ON
Before going into details about the specimens themselves, it would be well to get an accurate idea of just where Heude’s collections were made, and, in making out the following list, L have relied more upon the localities on the labels of the actual speimens than upon those given in the descriptions. I have been at some pains to get the list as accurate as possible.
. Ning-kuo-fu ......
EO INTEMtO ie eee
ay Lomelicouuee. sec.
. Tchen-kiang
Tchang-cheou
. Chao-hing-fu ......
aKa lisienieeeeree
. Kouang-tung ......
Miechanoy ee aa
Kiun-tcheou ......
. Tchen-kou-ting ...
. The Upper Han
Valley.
. Mountains south of
Si-an-fu, Shensi.
. Paoki
West Ssuchuan ...
MiG api) seer ae eas
S. by S.E. of Nanking, Anhui Province. Pig and sika were collected here.
(Chienté) N.E. of Poyang Lake, S. of Anking-fu, Anhui Province. Pig and sika were collected here.
(Tang-liu) a little to the N. of Kienté on the bank of the Yang-tze, Anhui Province. Sika collected here.
(Chinkiang) on the Yang-tze, below Nanking, Kiangsu Province. (The specimen of Sus paludesus described as from the Kiangyin River at Nanking was secured by Carnie and is marked on the label as from T’chen-kiang.)
Pig coliected here.
(Chang-chou) on the Yang-tze between Chinkiang and Shanghai, Kiangsu Province. Pig collected here.
(Hsao-shing-fu) S.E. of Hangchow and W. of Ningpo, Chekiang Province. Serow secured here.
(Chi-hsien) probably near Hsao-shing-fu, Chekiang Pro- vince. Goral secured here.
Province of Kuangsi, South China: The specimen Sus meles is labelled Kuangsi, with no further particulars as to exact locality.
(Kuang-tung or Canton) Nan-iong or Nanyang, where the specimen of Capricornis collasinus was secured, lies in the extreme north-eastern corner of the Province of Kuang-tung.
(I-chang) a well-known Treaty Port on the Yang-tze, above Hankow, in the Province of Hupei.
Goral secured here.
(Chuin-chou) probably in the vicinity of Yun-yang-fu, N.W. Hupei. (Lhe specimen of Nemorhedus fantoza- tianus was labelled N.W. Hupei.)
(Chén-k’ou-ting) in the extreme N.E. of Ssuchuan, close to the Shensi-Hupei border.
A large number of serow and goral came from this spot collected by Paul Farges.
Near Han-chung-fu, 8.W. Shensi.
Pig and serow collected here.
Goral collected here.
(Pao-chi) W. of Si-an-fu, S.W. Shensi (not north, as stated in Heude's description) near the Tai-pei-shan region.
Bear collected here.
(No more specific locality on label.)
Serow and goral collected here.
North-west Ssuchuan and adjacent portion of Thibet. Goral, serow, and bear collected here.
18. Kechen, Keso, and Serow collected here.
Along Bay, Tongkin.
HEUDE’S CHINESE MAMMALS. ll
19. Tsing-lo Hsien .... W. Shansi, near Ning-wu-fu. . Sika horns from here. 20. Mukden ............. Manchuria. Pig and sika collected here.
21. Sungari ............ Valley of the Sungari River, Manchuria. Pig and sika collected here. 22. Vladivostok ...... Primorski, on the Maritime Province near S.E. Manchurian border.
Pig and sika collected here. 23e-Oussour ......:5..:- (Ussuri) Ussuri Valley, between Kirin Province, Manchuria, and Primorski, Siberia. Bear, pig, and goral collected here. 24. Fusan and Ousi .... Corea (Eastern Coast). Pig collected here.
25. Central Japan...... Pig from here. 26; Halodate:.......-... (Yeso) North Japan Island.
Bear from here.
27. Marche................ From which place there is a skull of a pig with the name Sus angusticeps inscribed on the label. I cannot discover it on the map, but from the specimen I should judge it to be in the Yang-tze region.
Hende also has described two sika from Shantung, but I tailed to find the specimens in the Museum.
Genus Sus.
Altogether I examined the skulls of thirty (80) pigs from thirteen (13) localities, amongst which there were no less than eighteen (18) species according to Heude’s classification. After careful comparison, however, I could not find grounds for distin- guishing more than five (5) distinct species. The following list, which gives details of the skulls examined, incidentally comprises practically the entire collection of wild pigs’ skulls from China, Manchuria, and Japan in the Museum :—
I 3 skulls. o-¢ of Sus collinus from Kienté. 2. 4skulls oo of Sus chirodontus from Kienté. 3. 2skulls oo of Sus stricticeps from Kienté. 4. 1skull ¢ of Sus acrocranius from Kienté. 5. 3skulls2¢ 9,14 of Sus flavescens trom Ning-kuo-fu and Li-yang. 6. 2skulls oo of Sus paludosus from Tchen-kiang (Chinkiang). 7. 2skulls1¢,12 of Sus nigricans from Tchang-cheou. 8. lskull ¢ of Sus laticeps from Shensi. DA skull ig ot Sus eurtidens trom Shensi. 10, _1-skull ,3' of Sus oryodontus from Shensi. lite skull +2 of Sus moupinensis Milne-Edwards, from Shensi. ieee alkene, of Sus meles from Kuangsi. 13. 2skulls oo of Sus gigas from Vladivostok. 14. 1skull @ (juv.) of Sus songaricus from Sungari Valley. Hos Leskull- of of Sus ussuricus from Ussuri Valley. 163 92 skulls og of Sus coreanus from Fusan and Ousi, Corea. 17. lskull ¢ of Sus angusticeps from Marche. 18. Mskulk ¢ of Sus nipponicus from Japan Central.
In this list it will be noticed that I have given the localities marked on the labels, which, as already mentioned, do not always
12 MR. A. DE CARLE SOWERBY ON
seem to agree with the locality given in the description of the species.
1. Sus pALubosus Heude.
In comparing the skulls of the first seven species in the above list (i. «. the species inhabiting the Yang-tze Valley) one was struck by the fact that they were practically indistinguishable one from the other, except that some were lar ‘ger than others, slightly heavier, and with more worn teeth.
I have no hesitation in saying that the differences occurring amongst the skulls of this series were due either to individual variation or age. Thus, the skull labelled S. paludosus from Chinkiang, being the oldest specimen, as evidenced by the wearing of the teeth, was very heavy throughout and proportionately broader than any of the others. The type-specimen of S. chiro- dontus was longer in proportion to its width than any of the others, but not sufficiently so to warrant its separation from them as a distinct species, for in this respect it also differed from the other specimens labelled chirodontus. One of the specimens labelled S. chiodontus from Kienté has S. stricticeps written in ink on the palate, and was (judging from erasures on the label and marks on the skull) also originally the type of S. collinus. S. acrocranius was originally labelled S. chirodontus. One of the specimens of S. flavescens from Li-yang was very high in the forehead, giving a strongly concave outline to the cranium. It
was or iginailly labelled S. leucorhinus, but the describer evidently Changed his mind about it. This all goes to show that Heude himself had considerable doubt about the specific differences of his species.
Taking the whole of the series from the Yang-tze Valley, I should not hesitate to class them as one species, with the note that the specimens from Kienteé district (Poyang Lake District), where the feeding is probably good and_ plentiful, are somewhat larger than those from further east (7. e. Chinkiang and Ning- koufu districts).
My own experience in the field while hunting wild pigs goes to show that there is a great deal of individual variation amongst these animals, some being larger and heavier, though younger, than others. Other sportsmen and hunters, natives as well as Kuropean, have informed me that their experience is the same as mine.
As the specimen from Chinkiang was the first to be described, the name paludosus* must stand for the species occurring in the Yang-tze Valley. Chirodontus and other names were mentioned earlier in Heude’s publications, but without descriptions. That the Yang-tze pig is not Sus leucomystax T. et 8., to which species it was originally referred by Swinhoet, is certain from a com- parison of Heude’s specimens with a skull of about the same size,
* Mém. conc. I’ Hist. Nat. de l’Emp. Chin. tome iii. p. 193. . + P.Z.S. Lond. 1870, pp. 639, 640.
HEUDE’S CHINESE MAMMALS, 13
wrongly labelled S. ntpponicus, from Central Japan. The skulls of the Yang-tze pigs are not only considerably larger than this specimen from Japan, but are proportionately much longer. It is interesting to note, however, that the Yang-tze pigs, in common with most of the pigs in China, have the ‘peculiar whisker-lke white patch on the cheek, which gives its name to the Japanese pig S. lewcomystax.
2. Sus MOUPINENSIS M.-Edw.
In comparing the three adult male skulls from Shensi, labelled S. oxyodontus, SN. laticeps, and S. curtidens respectively, with each other I can find little grounds for separating them. All three were collected in 1883 by the same collector, M. Vidi, and, as there are no data to the contrary, one must presume from ‘the same locality in the region of the U1 pper Han River, S. Shensi.
Compared with the type of S. paludosus the Shensi skulls are all smaller and proportionately shorter and broader—in fact, the broadest of the three (S. daticeps) is actually a few millimetres wider than the Yang-tze skull, though it is fully 4°5 centimetres shorter. As, however, no description accompanies any of the three names Payodontiis. laticeps, and curtidens, while the speci- mens appear to agree with Milne-Kdwards’ Sas moupinensis px further west, I should suggest considering the Shensi pigs as belonging to that species, Aillforthen andl more relable data as to their ‘representing a distinct form are forthcoming. Indeed, Heude himself applied this name to a skull of a sow from the same district from which the other Shensi skulls came. Mr. Gerrit 8. Miller has referred a specimen of a wild boar shot by me near Yen-an-fu in North-Central Shensi to Milne-Edwards’s species.
It is interesting to note that the wild pigs from Shansi also have wide skulls, ane specimens sent by me from the Ning-wu district in the west of that Province to the Smithsonian Tnsti- tution have been determined by Mr. Miller as S. moupinensis. An old boar examined by mein 1910 gave the following skull- measurements :—
Condylo-basal length .......0.......68. 395 mm. Zygomatic SGC He ¢ es geRenae iy ok CRCen REE EE 5 175 mm. Width across postorbital processes of
HE OUMU Sbar he reieey eete a see, ake, (27m,
These measurements show a greater proportional width than an even larger skull from Chinkiang secured December 1915 by “Mr. A. HL: Rasmussen, whose property it remains, which measured :—
Condylo-basalilensth ......2.001...4... 400 mm. My SOMAbIC WIG x... eu. cees see cses sees 166 mm. Width across postorbital processes
OM OMUAIS fs ear os cease. <a ae TiO mm,
14 MR. A. DE CARLE SOWERBY ON
It will be noticed, however, that in this comparative breadth of skull the Shansi pig is intermediate between the Shensi and Yang-tze species: for, whereas the skull of the Shansi pig is broader than that of the Yang-tze pig, by nearly a centimetre, it is only half a centimetre shorter, while the skull of the Shensi pig that was broader than that of the Yang-tze pig was some four and a half centimetres shorter. iu
For this reason, and also because of its geographical position, it being entirely cut off from the Shensi and Moupin species by the Yellow River, the Shansi pig would appear to be a distinct form. It certainly does not belong to the Manchurian species, which is a very much larger animal with a proportionately much longer and narrower skull.
3. Sus giaas Heude.
One was confronted with some difficulties in comparing the pigs from Vladivostok, the Ussuri Valley, and the: Sungari Valley. ‘The two skulls from Vladivostok were of adult males i in good condition, that from the Ussuri Valley being of a younger male with the cranium missing and that from the Sungari Valley being of a young female.
However, considering that these skulls were all Heude had to gO upon in creating his three species, there seems to be no reason why the specimens should not be used legitimately as a_ basis for a reconsideration of his deductions. Considering the great individual variation that occurs amongst pigs of the same species, Heude was hardly justified in creating these three species, when it is also considered that the regions from which the specimens in question were secured are topographically identical. The Primorsk or Maritime Province in. the vicinity of Vladivostok, the Ussuri Valley, and the source and upper, as well as the lower, reaches of the Sungari, form one more or less continuous fovest spreading over low hills and marshy valleys.
Compared with the Yang-tze skulls, the Vladivostok cals were distinguishable at onee by their enormous size and propor- tionate narrowness. What there is of the Ussuri skull also shows this very plainly, while the narrowness of the Sungari skull (imm. 2) when compared with a small female skull of the Yang-tze species is noticeable.
T could not discover specimens of iS. canescens or S. mandchuricus in the collection, but, as Heude says that specimens were bought in the Peking market, having come from Mukden, they must originally have been secured in the Manchurian forests, either in the vicinity of Harbin or well to the east of Mukden itself. In any case they would be inhabitants of the same topographical and faunal area as the other three species. I have no doubt that there is in this area but the one species of pig which must bear the name Sus gigas*, as it was the earliest given. This is a good
#* Mém. cone. l’ Hist. Nat. PEmp. Chin. tome i. p. 189.
HEUDE’S CHINESE MAMMALS. 15
name, not only because of its priority, but because it suggests the ereat size of the species, and also because the type-skull and the topotypical one are complete and fully adult.
The two skulls from Vladivostok and that from the Ussuri exceed in size any skulls hitherto obtained in China proper, and also show a wonderful tusk-development. ‘The lower tusk of the smaller of the two Vladivostok skulls measured 10", notwith- standing the fact that it was broken off at the tip, while the tusk of the larger skull must have exceeded this considerably, but I could not extract it for measurement. However, it measured 12” in diameter. The largest tusks from China that I have measured -were 10” in length (not broken at all) and 13" in diameter. None of the fine skulls*in Heude’s collection from China bore tusks over 84" in length or 14" in diameter.
In regard to the Manchurian pigs Heude says (page 111, vol]. ii.) that the eastern forms partake somewhat of the dental characteristics of S. scrofa, but differ more widely as one goes westwards. This may be so, but, as I have pointed out, his specimens canescens and mandchuricus in all probability come from the same forest area as his specimens wssuricus, songaricus, and gigas—themselves representing but the one species.
4. Sus coREANUS Heude *.
TI should consider this a valid species. Its skull is altogether smaller than that of the Manchurian species, and is also propor- tionately shorter than that of S. paludosus, the Yang-tze’ form,
but it is larger and proportionately longer than the Japanese S.. leucomystax.
5. Sus metEs Heude ft.
Represented by a single skull from Kuangsi, South China, this species I should have no hesitation in confirming, were it not for the fact that no description accompanies the name. The skull has shorter nasals and a much broader forehead than the type of S. paludosus, besides being much smaller. A remarkable differ- ence occurs in the upper tooth-row, where there is one premolar Jess than in any of the foregoing species. The skull is not so short and heavy as that of the specimen from Japan.
Besides the fine series of adult male skulls mentioned above, there are several adult female and young male skulls in the collection. A female skull labelled S. moupinensis from South “Shensi (7. e¢. somewhere in the region where the other Shensi skulls came from) differs but little from a female skull from Kienté, though the latter is a little higher in the crest, and is also slightly longer and narrower. The height of the crest, how- ever, is confined to this single specimen, all the other female
* Mém. conc. l’Hist. Nat. de Emp. Chin. tome iii. p. 191.
+. Not described in Mém. cone. ]’Hist. Nat. de_l’Emp. Chin., though the name is five).
16 MR. A. DE CARLE SOWERBY ON
skulls in the collection being the same in this respect as the South Shensi skull.
Colour.—As regards the colour of the various species I could learn nothing from Heude’s collection, as I could not find any skins. However, I had the opportunity of looking over several skins in the possession of Mr. A. H. Rasmussen of Chinkiang. All those he showed me had been secured by himself in the vicinity. IL was struck by the fact that though the underwool in these peits was brown and the long hairs black, yet the latter had such a large portion of their length white or cream that it gave the whole skin a very ight appearance. This characteristic occurs only in extremely old specimens of the pigs from Shansi. There the young males are brown and the old males nearly black. Very young specimens of the Yang-tze species have the coat of a rich chestnut-colour, which is not the case with the Shansi species. I have been told by Mr. Lewis Broome, who has shot wild boars in Shansi as well as in Manchuria, that those from Manchuria are even blacker than the Shansi ones. The white whisker-like pateh on the cheek is more pronounced in S. paludosus than in the pigs from Shansi.
From the foregoing comparisons and notes it would seem that there are the following distinct species of Pig represented in Pére Heude’s collection, all others given in his papers and descriptions being invalid under the present generally accepted system of classification :—
1. Sus paludosus Heude. Yang-tze Valley. Type from Chin- kiang, Kiang-su, China. No number.
2. Sus moupinensis M.-Edw. The Upper Han, South Shensi, also Ssuchuan and Kansu, China.
3. Sus gigas Heude. Forests of Manchuria and the Primorsk, Type from Vladivostok. No number.
4. Sus coreanus Heude. Fusan, Corea. Type from Fusan. No number.
5. Sus meles Heude. Kuangsi, South China. Type same. No number or description, but a distinct species.
6. Sus lewcomystax 'T. et S. Central Japan (specimen in Hende’s collection wrongly named S. nipponicus).
Genus CERVUS.
The Cervus-sika group of the genus Cervus is represented in — the Sikawei Museum by a fine series of skulls and skins, but as the latter are now in a poor condition from the ravages of insects and the effects of damp, the following notes and observations are based chiefly upon an examination of the skulls.
The range of the Sika in China was formerly very extensive, but, owing ‘to the i increasing demand for “‘ hartshorn,” made from the horns, when in velvet, of this deer, the animal 1s practically extinct in most places and is nowhere plentiful.
HEUDE’S CHINESE MAMMALS. ; 17
The Sika is known to occur in a few isolated regions in North- west Shansi, in the Imperial Hunting-grounds north-east of Peking in Chihli, in the more remote parts of the Manchurian forests, in North Corea, in one or two isolated areas along the Lower Yang-tze, and probably also in Tonkin and parts of South China.
Heude’s collection contains specimens from the Sungari Valley and Mukden in Manchuria, Vladivostok in the Maritime Province or Primorsk, Kienté, Tonglieou and Ning-kuo-fu on the Yang-tze, Phu-lang-thuang in Tonkin and Tsing-lo-hsien in Shansi.
Following is a list of Heude’s species, whose skulls were examined, giving Heude’s names together with the localities as found on the labels :—
1. Cervus imperialis. Songari Valley, Manchuria. » microspilus, Mukden, Manchuria.
5 dybowskii, Vladivostok, Primorsk,
» manchuricus. Mukden, Manchuria, cycloserus.
» brachyrhinus., » lachrymosus.
So Sas Ek Ne etd
: Kienté, Yang-tze Valley, Anhui; also Tong- » pouvrelianus. r 2 : E lieou, Yang-tze, Anhui, » «© poretianus. HO; » JSrinianus. 11. » grilloanus. y 12. 5» vrivierianus, Tong-lieou, Yang-tze, Anhui. 13. 5 (name illegible), Kienté, Yang-tze, Anhui. 14. » andreanus, Ning-kuo-fu, Anhui, poy » dugennianus, Phu-lang-thuang, Tonkin, 16. 3 «6 gvassianus, (Pair of horns only) Tehing-lo-hsien, Shansi.
An examination of the skulls assigned by Heude to the first four species in the list, 7.e. those from the forested areas of Manchuria and adjacent Primorsk, convinced me that these forested areas are inhabited at the very most by but two species, namely, Cervus mantchuricus Swin.* and Cervus dybowskti Tacz. +
The skull of the adult male labelled ¢mperialis from the Sungari Valley was practically identical with the skull of an adult male labelled dybowskii from Vladivostok, the only noticeable difference being that the former (imperialis) was shorter and broader than the latter (dybowskii). Two adult female skulls of imperialis and dybowskit showed just the reverse, the imperialis one being longer and proportionately narrower than the dybowskii one. However, this lengthening out of the skull seems to be a characteristic of age, for in both cases it was the older skull that was the longer. From this it would appear that the Sika from the Sungari Valley is identical with that from the Primorsk, but the latter has been described as having a pure white muzzle, which is not the case with the former, so that the two are probably distinct.
The skull of a young male labelled microspilus from Mukden
* P.7.S. 1864, pp. 168, 169. + P.Z.S. 1876, p. 123.
Proc. Zoou. Soc. —1917, No. II. 2
18 MR. A. DE CARLE SOWERBY ON
was very similar to that of a young male labelled mandchuricus also from Mukden, though the former, the younger, was shorter proportionately than the latter. In connection with these two specimens it should be noted that in all probability they did not come from the immediate vicinity of Mukden, but were brought there for sale by native hunters or were kept in captivity there. The nearest forest country suitable for these deer to inhabit, even as long ago as 1899, could only have been a hundred miles or so to the east on the borders of the Fengtien (formerly Shenking) Province.
The name Cervus mantchuricus Swin. undoubtedly applies to the species inhabiting North and Central Manchuria, and Cervus dybowskii to the species inhabiting the Primorsk. To which of these two species, if either, the North Corean Sika belongs cannot be determined here.
The specimen labelled Cervus grassianus from Tching-lo-hsien (Tsing-lo Hsien), Shansi, consisting of a pair of horns only, afforded but little scope for comparison with the other specimens in the Museum, but it was noticeable that the horns were large and heavy, resembling those from Manchuria rather than those from the Yang-tze.
Whether the Shansi Sika is referable to Milne-Edwards’s Cervus mandarinus from the Imperial Hunting-park, Chihli, I cannot say. No really good specimens of this deer (from Shansi) have been secured. JI have seen summer and winter skins, the former being a fine rufous colour, very much like that of the North China roe (Cu apreolus bedfordt) in summer, studded with white spots, and having a dark median-dorsal line, while the latter is grey, much lighter than Milne-Edwards’s figure, with dark median-dorsal line. The horns also of this deer attain a large size, and I have seen considerably larger specimens than those in Heude’s collection.
‘In dealing with skulls from the Yang-tze I laid out the whole series and compared them with each other and with those from Manchuria and Tonkin. I could detect no difference that might be called specific between the ten species described by Heude and represented in the series before me (Nos. 5 to 14 inclusive in the list given above). Such differences as did exist could be attri- buted to the varying ages of the specimens or to perfectly natural individual variation. ‘The variations in length and breadth, such as were noticed with the Manchurian skulls, were again notice- able here, and as before coincided with the varying ages of the animals.
Of the three male skulls with well-developed horns, labelled C. pouvrelianus, C. brachyrhinus, and C. cycloserus, the first had the widest spread and the best development, though it fell considerably short of the Manchurian and Shansi horns.
A single specimen of a fully adult male labelled C. andreanus from Ning-kuo-fu had well-developed horns, which, however, were smaller and lighter than those of any of the three specimens
ee
HEUDE'S CHINESE MAMMALS. 19
just mentioned from Kienté, though they agreed in size with those of some males from I iene of Baur the same age.
C. rivieriauus was represented by a single female skull from Tong-leou, which was indistinguishable, except that it was younger and therefore slightly shorter, from the skulls of other females from Kienté. The skull of a young male with small horns labelled C. grilloanus bears a label similar to that upon the C. rivierianus skull, and was collected by the same person at the same place (‘Tong- lieou), apparently at the same time, while the skull of an adult male with horns cut away, labelled C’. grilloanus, was collected at Kienté Central.
Many of the labels on the skulls bear evidence that the specific names have been erased and rewritten several times, giving clear proof of the doubt and confusion existing in the mind of Heude himself as to which of his specimens belonged to which of his species.
Under these circumstances I fail to find any reason for admitting the existence of more than one species of Sika in the Yang-tze Valley, and therefore I would suggest that, until further and more substantial evidence than the. shape of deers’ horns (capal ble, as is well known, of almost unlimfted minor variation in a sin aie species), which seems to have been the chief characteristic used by Heude in his classitication, is forthcoming, the whole of his names for the Yang-tze Sikas be suppressed in favour of Swinhoe’s much earlier name kopschi*.
As an example of the extraordinary state of confusion that exists amongst Heude’s specimens was a skull of a fine fully adult male Sika with good horn-development. On the label of the skull the name oaxycephalus has been scratched out and replaced by another which is illegible. ‘Yhe word type was also written on the label. This skull was not specifically different from any of the other Kienté skulls.
CERVUS DUGENNIANUS Heude ?.
The two skulls from Phu-lang-thuang, Tonkin, I found to closely resemble those from the Yang-tze, but on account of the geographical position of the species, and without going into any further details, I should consider it valid.
I could not find any specimens of the following species named by Heude :-—
Cervus cyclorhinus. Shantung. » A&yemalys. North Shantung. » tgnotus. Central China. » yuanus. Found in the gravel in caves near Tong-lieou, facing An-king-fu.
Regarding the first two I very much doubt if Sika have pecuived in a wild state in Shantung for hundreds of years. That province is closely settled and contains no forested regions
* P. ZS. 1873, p. 574.
+ Mém. conc, ? Hist. Nat. de ?Emp. Chin. tome ii, p. 156. 5 6)
20 MR. A. DE CARLE SOWERBY ON
suitable to the requirements of these deer. The two specimens referred to by Heude must have been kept in captivity in some temple, or else had been brought for sale as game from some other province.
Cervus ignotus might be the illegible name on the specimen (No. 13 in the list) referred to above, while Cervus ywanus, sup- posed by Heude to be an extinct species, may or may not belong to the same species as the rest of the Yang-tze Sikas.
Thus, I propose dividing the Sikas inhabiting China, Man- ehuria, and the Primorsk or Maritime Province into the following valid species :—
1. Cervus kopschi Swin. Yang-tze Valley. 2. » mantchuricus Swin. Ussuri Basin to the plains of Western Manchuria. 3. » dybowskii Tacz. The Primorsk. 4. » mandarinus M.-Edw. Chibli and North China. 5. 5 dugennanus Heude. Tonkin, 8. China.
The Sika that inhabits Shansi might temporarily be referred to C. mandarinus, while that occurring in Northern Corea might be placed with C. mantchuricus till specimens have been secured for comparison and description.
Genus CAPRICORNIS.
In going over the collection of Serows in the Museum I[ examined 26 skulls, with a number of the corresponding skins. Altogether I found 24 species as follows :—
1. Capricornis brachyrhinus. 1 skull. )
2. :, chrysochetes. ie eas | 3. 3 erythropygius. 1 ,, | All collected by Farges at T'chen- A, 3 Sargesianus. 2 skulls. r kou-ting in N.E. Ssuchuan. 5 longicornis. 1 skull. | 6. S platyrhinus. Ths Ra , ie < cornutus. 2 skulls. West Ssuchuan and Moupin. 8, 3 nasutus. 1 skull. 9. a ungulosus. par {afoupin, collected by M. Briand. 10. e microdontus. ie 11, vidianus. Ines Han-chang-fu, Shensi. 12, im collasinus. Le 3 Kuang-tung (Canton Province). 13. ‘3 argyrochetes. | eee Chao-hing-fu (Hsao-shing-fu), 14, * maxillaris. Lie. Chekiang. 15. " maritimus. 1 ye oh ator’) 16. 5 benetianus. 1 cain? Wife > bridannellianus. 1 ,, 18. $ rocherianus. i aed 7 Along Bay, Tonkin. 1), 33 copusianus. 1 20. A brossodianus. hens ales . achardianus. Lea 3) 22. 2 marcolinus. tL eae, Kechen, Tonkin. 23. 5 gendrelianus. 1 ee Keso, Tonkin. 24. a berthetianus. Ue Keso, Tonkin.
OC. morianus | was unable to find in the collection.
HEUDE’S CHINESE MAMMALS. 21
A look at the map of China will show that the places where the above specimens were collected can be arranged in five areas, more or less distant and separated from one another, ranging from the coastal regions to the border of Thibet.
These are :—
(a) Chekiang Province.
(6) Kuang-tung (Canton) Province.
(c) Tonkin.
(Zz) North-eastern Ssuchuan and South Shensi. (e) West Ssuchuan and Mcupin.
Whether the last two are really separable is doubtful, for they consist of much the same sort of country, 2. e. high, precipitous, and well-forested mountains.
In examining the skulls, however, I found that they could be divided up according to the above divisions.
I first examined the large series of fine skulls from the Chen- kou-ting district of North-eastern Ssuchuan, close to the borders of Shensi and Hupei. They were all collected by M. Farges during the year 1894. I found it impossible to separate them one from the other, the whole series showing certain well-defined characteristics. Most noticeable of these was the uniformly great length of the horns, which sloped sharply back, were well curved, and were closely set, the tips having a tendency to point inward. Though the bases of the horns were annulated and there were the usual narrow longitudinal grooves, yet these were not very pronounced, and the horns had a smooth shiny appearance.
Turning to the skins corresponding with these skulls, I was at first struck by the great variation in colour, but on a closer examination I found that this was due entirely to the quantity of under-wool present. Thus some pelts were of a grey-buff colour, which was due toa great abundance of under-wool, through which long coarse black hairs protruded, while other pelts were entirely black, having no under-wool at all, the hairs being coarse and short. There were all stages between these two extremes. It is obvious from this that the varying colours as described by Heude, and upon which he bases to a large extent his classifi- cation, are due entirely to seasonal changes, mid-winter specimens being light and mid-summer specimens dark.
An examination of the manes, which were pretty well developed in all the specimens, showed that in nearly all of them white or cream hairs were present, in some greatly predominating over the black and chestnut hairs, in others scarcely noticeable on account of their scarcity. There seems to be little connection between the lightness or otherwise of the mane with the lightness of the coat generally, and I came to the conclusion, finally, that the white mane is a characteristic of age more than of season. At the same time it may be a characteristic which varies in individuals. However that may be, it seems pretty certain that the presence or absence of the white mane is not a specific characteristic. I also noticed that the rusty brown of the legs seemed a scmewhat
ih) MR, A. DE CARLE SOWERBY ON
variable characteristic, disappearing almost altogether in the winter specimens, and being better developed in some summer specimens than in others.
A comparison of the series of skulls from Moupin including the one from W.Ssuchuan, with the series from Chen-kou-ting at once revealed a ‘difference, permanent throughout the series (six specimens), in the horns. Those of the Moupin series were much more deeply ringed and longitudinally grooved, and at the same time were shorter and had a greater tendency to spread. The longest horn in the Moupin series measured 9/’ as compared with 103" in the Chen-kou-ting series. The widest spread occurred in the two specimens labelled cornutus from Moupin and West Ssuchuan.
In other respects there were no really specific differences between the specimens of the two series.
After my examination of this large series of skulls and skins, finding as [ did that the individuals were subject to considerable variation in the predominance of the white hairs of the mane over the chestnut and black hairs, and also that the rusty colour on the legs is more intense in summer and more inclined to grey- ness in the winter, I cannot agree with the late Mr. Lydekker’s opinion, expressed in his paper (P. Z. S. 1908, p. 942),.that there are two species of Serow, one dark-maned and the other light-maned, occupying the same localities in West China, but would adhere more to the opinion that there are two species, both with a tendency to have the white mane, one occupying Western and North-western Ssuchuan, the other a more easterly region,
1 & 2. CaPpRICORNIS MILNE-EDWARDSI David and C. VIDIANUS Heude.
To the former I would give David's name of Capricornis milne- edwardsi, and to the latter Heude’s name of vidianus, as it 1s
under phi name that the first description of the N.E. Ssuchuan and Shensi Serows occur (tome in. p. 154 of his Mémoires).
3. CAPRICORNIS ARGYROCHATES Heude.
The name argyrochetes cannot be given to the Ssuchuan and West China Serows, as it belongs to the Chekiang Serow, which is certainly distinct from either of the above. The rusty brown of the legs, for instance, is distinctly lighter, while the miane is creamy brown, due to a greater prevalence of chestnut haus. It is interesting to note, however, that here again the presence of the light mane is not a permanent character, for a mounted head in the collection from Chao-hing (Shao-shing-fu, Chekiang) showed no trace of a hght mane. This specimen had horns like the Chen-kou-ting ones, but smaller and with a wider spread. The name argyrochotes seems to have been given to the Chekiang da in 1888 by Heude, the description appearing in tome 11. p. 228 of his Mém. cone. |’ Hist. de l’Emp. Chin.
HEUDE’S CHINESE MAMMALS. yee
4, CAPRICORNIS COLLASINUS Heude.
Heude’s species collasinus is represented in the collection by a fragment of a skull with one very long horn (9#"') attached, which bears a resemblance to those from Chen-kou-ting. Heude had the complete skull reconstructed im a drawing which he has reproduced on pl. xl. figs. 5-8 of tome iv. of his Mémoires. The geographical position of this Serow would almost preclude its being placed with the Chen-kou-ting specimens, and, as the horn differs markedly from those of the specimens from Tonkin, it would seem advisable to let the name remain till material for better comparison is forthcoming. ‘The description, if it may be called such, appears on p. 211, tome iv. of Mém. etc.
5. CAPRICORNIS ROCHERIANUS Heude.
Finally, there remain the large series of skulls from Along Bay (Baie de Halong) and Keso in Tonkin to be dealt with. With the exception of the specimen labelled C. berthetianus from Keso, all the skulls in this series are decidedly smaller than those of the Ssuchuan series. They are also proportionately deeper, including the berthetianus specimen. The horns of all the skulls are smaller and shorter than any of the Ssuchuan or other Chinese skulls. Added to these skull and horn differences is the fact that the colour of the coat differs markedly from the other species, it being black, inclined to blue-black, with a distinctly brown face (more so than in the other species) and creamy-white legs. Besides this, there is an entire absence of any white or cream mane, so that the animal is certainly distinct from the other Chinese forms. Nevertheless, there 1s nothing in the series to justify Heude’s division of it into ten species. The name rocherianus is the first which has a description, and as there seems _to be no real difference between the others, it should be applied to the whole series. The skull labelled thus is typical of the others, and was collected as far back as 1887 by M. Rocher ™*. The rest of the names for the Tonkin specimens should be considered invalid.
Thus, Heude’s twenty-four species and David’s one may be reduced to the following five :—
1. Capricornis argyrochetes Heude. The Province of Chekiang, 8.E. China.
oie ss vidianus Heude. ‘The region of N.E. Ssuchuan and §. Shensi, Central China.
Dh ce milne-edwardsi David. W.Ssuchuan, N.W. Ssuchuan and 8.W. Kansu, W. China.
4, ef collasinus Heude. Kuang-tung Province, ne Muka.
by « rocherianus Heude. Tonkin, S.W. China.
* Mém. conc. Hist. Nat. de ’Emp. Chin. tome ii. p. 225, pl. xxx.
24 MR. A. DE CARLE SOWERBY ON
Genus NEMORH EDUS *.
There are some thirty-two (32) specimens of Goral in the collection, representing, according to Heude, seventeen (17) species as follows :—
1. Kemas cinereus. 2 specimens. Moupin.
2. a OG USCUS: 4 3 “A
3. » pinchonianus. specimen. W. Ssuchuan.
4. » wanthodeiros. 1 + 6
5. 4, fargesianus. 6 specimens. Chen-kou-ting.
6. » curvicornis. 2 5 on 55
iG » initialis. 3 aa a as
8. > todinus. 1 specimen. 5 >
9. » versicolor. 2 specimens. a; 3 10. 5 niger. 1 specimen. i ig ees ae lcanws. 2 specimens. Mountains of Yu-ho, Shensi. 12. » vidianus. 2 - ° S. Shensi,
8 “4s . and Si-ngan-fu.
iby » tantozatianus. 1 specimen. N.W. Houpei (Hupei).
14. » henryanus. 1 5 Yi-chang (I-chang).
15% » aldrigeanus. 1 1 oh ”
16. » arnouxianus. 1 ie Ki-hsien, Chekiang.
17. 4° raddeanus: 1 55 Oussouri (Ussuri), Manchuria.
The general areas from which the above specimens were obtained are separable in much the same way as those from which the Serows were collected, viz, :—
(a) Chekiang Province,
(b) Yichang, on the Yang-tze, Central Hupei. (c) N.E. Ssuchuan, 8. Shensi, and N,E, Hupei. (7) Moupin and W. Ssuchuan.
(e) Manchuria (Northern and Western),
Besides these areas, Gorals are also to be found in Chihli and North Shansi on the Mongolian frontier, in neither of which nor in Manchuria are Serows known to occur.
It will be seen that by far the largest number (15) of the specimens in the collection come from Chen-kou-ting in N.E. Ssuchuan. A careful examination showed that they could not be separated one from the other—at least, on the evidence of their skulls. As regards the coloration, which, as with the Serows, seems to have been one of the chief points in Heude’s classi- fication, it must be noted that there is considerable seasonal variation in the pelts of Gorals. I could not get hold of the skins of Heude’s specimens, however, so am not in a position to say definitely whether he did or did not fall into the mistake of con- sidering seasonal differences as specific ones, but an examination of the skulls themselves and also his coloured plates, together with my own experience in the field regarding the extreme variability of Gorals’ pelts during the seasons, lead me to suspect that he did.
* By Heude this genus was named Aemas.
"Ne a
HEUDE’S CHINESE MAMMALS. 25
1. NEMORHADUS NIGER Heude *
The skulls of the Chen-kou-ting series in their thin smallish horns and general shape and size agreed very closely with the specimens labelled griseus, of which there were four in the collection from Moupin (N. ‘E. Ssuchuan on the Thibetan border).
The specimens from Shensi and N.W. Hupei also resembled the Chen-kou-ting specimens so closely that I should not hesitate to place them together. Whether these and the Chen-kou-ting specimens are separable from grisews 1s an open question, though I feel inclined to allow it on the grounds of their geographical distribution—adopting for them the name of niger as the first one of a Goral from this general district having a regular description annexed. It is worth noting that the specimens labelled vidianus, from Shensi, have unusually long horns, the longest measurement being 7'’, I have a single horn from the same district which measures 74” in length. The length of this horn is doubtless only a local variation, and certainly fails to justify the creation of a distinct species.
29, NEMORHEDUS GRISEUS Milne-Edwards.
The two specimens from W. Ssuchuan, labelled pinchonianus and xanthodeiros respectively, were so like the skulls of grisews as to be indistinguishable, and, as they came from practically the same district, should, I think, be included in that species.
3. NEMORH2DUS CINEREUS Milne-Edwards.
Very different were the two skulls representing cinereus from all the other skulls. They were heavier and larger with a wider forehead, while the horns were narrower and more closely set together.
4. NEMORHZDUS HENRYANUS Heude ft,
The two specimens marked henryanus and aldrigeanus from Yi-chang closely resembled each other, but differed from the Ssuchuan species in being wider across the cheek-bones, with wider palate, and distinctly larger eye-sockets.
It should be noticed that the N.W. Hupei specimen fanto- zatianus had a slightly wider palate than the Chen-kou-ting specimens, but it was only in this that it resembled those from Yi-chang.
As the first description of the I-chang Goral appears under the name of henryanus, that name is the valid one.
5. NEMORHZDUS ARNOUXIANUS Heude ?%.
The specimen from Chekiang, arnouxianus, is undoubtedly a distinct species, its habitat, which is separated by a wide stretch
* Mém. conc. Hist. Nat. de Emp. Chin. tome ii. p. 241, pl. xxxviii. fig. 12, and pl. xxxix. figs. 2-6.
ug Mém. cone. ?Hist. Nat. de ?Emp. Chin. tome ii. p. 244, pl. xxxiv.
t~ Mém. conc. Hist. Nat. de l?Emp. Chin. tome ii. p. 239.
26 ON HEUDE’S CHINESE MAMMALS.
of country (apparently uninhabited by Gorals) from the habitats of the other species, alone warranting this. A good description is given by Heude in tome 11. p. 239.
6. NEMORHZDUS RADDEANUS Heude®*.
The Goral from the Ussuri is undoubtedly a valid species. The single skull in the collection, though of an immature specimen, was slightly larger than any of the other skulls. Specimens which I myself have collected in Manchuria (I-mien-po, N. Kiri) show a marked difference in colour from others collected by me in Chihli and North Shansi, which are undoubtedly referable to Milne- Kdwards’s caudatus. ‘The Manchurian specimens are larger and greyer than caudatus, and also have a long white tail instead of black as in caudatus. The median-dorsal line is broad, dark, and well-defined, having a tendency to continue down the face.
7. NEMoRHADUS CAUDATUS Milne-Edwards.
That caudatus, of which the Sikawei Museum has no repre- sentative, is a good species needs no proof. It inhabits high Than regions which are cut off by wide intereouste spaces, uninhabited by any form of Goral, from the Shensi, Ssuchuan, and Hupei species.
Thus, it may be claimed that there are the following seven valid species of Goral in China and Manchuria :—
1. Nemorhedus cinereus M.-Edw. Moupin.
2. i griseus M.-Edw. Moupin and W. Ssuchuan.
3. - niger Heude. N.E. Ssuchaun, 8. Shensi,
: and N.W. Hupei.
Ay eager a henryanus Heude. I-chang, Central Hupei.
D. as arnouxianus Heude. Chekiang.
6. ne caudatus M.-Edw. N. Shansi and Chihli.
kg vaddeanus Heude. Manchuria.
%* Mém. conc. l’Hist. Nat. de Emp. Chin. tome 1. p. 240, pl. xxxv.
ON DEATHS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS, DiTf
3. Report on the Deaths which occurred in the Zoological Gardens during 1916, together with a List of the Blood- Parasites found during the Year. By H..G. PLimmer, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Professor of Comparative Pathology in the Imperial College of Science and Technology, London, and Pathologist to the Society.
Received and Read February 6, 1917. |
INDEX. Page eit LOC We eter ecceastithes ada nnls 9 Gtoelute dawieasor eee, 27 WSOC EN eATOSIECS#: ceo ccc kN Goes iebos eens eee 3] INIOMOSa Meee ene ete sateen Cen Ramat 33
On January Ist, 1916, there were 690 mammals, 1989 birds,
and 426 reptiles 1 ae Zoological Gardens: during the year 1916, 165 mammals, 545 birds, and 199 reptiles were admitted,
pints A total for the year of 855 mammals, 2534 birds, and 625 reptiles.
During 1916, 242 mammals, 594 birds, and 179 reptiles have died: that is, a percentage of 28: 3. 108 mammals: 23°4 for birds, and 28°6 for reptiles: the average percentages for the last five years being 27, 23°3, 31°2 respectively.
Out of the total deaths for the year, 1019 in all, 269 occurred in animals which had been less than six months in the Gardens,. that is a little more than a fourth of the deaths. It has been found that after six months’ residence in the Gardens the death- vate of the animals falls rapidly ; so it is assumed that by this time the new arrivals have got used to their new environment, or have died from any diseases of a parasitic kind which they may have brought with them. Of these 269 animals 60 were mammals, 132 were birds, and 77 were reptiles; and, if these be deducted from their respective totals, the death-rate per- centage will come out as 21:2 for mainmals, 18-1 for birds, and 16-3 for reptiles, the average percentages foe the last five years being 17-3, 15°6, 13°8 respectively.
The fol Wane ing Tables show in outline the facts which have been ascertained. Table IT. summarizes the actual causes of death in the three groups specified. Amphibia are included under Reptiles.
TaBLeE [.—Analysis of the Causes of Death.
| Reference Diseases. /Mammals.| Birds. Reptiles.) to Notes | following.
| 1. Mierobic or Parasitic | |
Diseases. | | i PIETER CUNOSIS” 808 acute ces Sos ates 16 (| 1 2 MMM OG STS ches. cess Ses cee evet| 12 29 «| 6 3 PMEMUMOMIA, 6 o5 cia vice) sa vselansses| 30 538 | 48 4 OD UICSMINTA oo cere cea ese casies 5 awn 1 5)
JANOS OLEISISio vat hg OR a 2 ae 1 Syrah ode) 00s | jean ea en eee Ce 2 Aa Peritonivises aes 2 1
28 PROF, H. G. PLIMMER ON
TABLE [.—Analysis of the Causes of Death (continwed).
Reference | Diseases. Mammals.| Birds. | Reptiles.) to Notes | following. 1. Microbie or Parasitic | Diseases (cont.). | | Cystitis eee: Bono aap 1 ee a 1 Leucocytozoa infection... | oe Ly: Alanis Acavi infection 01M. pend 3 i a 6 Syngamus infection ...............) ae a er Hilariasis: Naa et Wis. te asec 1 ae aS Aiscaridosisesa...cccctsaa) caer 2 ee toe) 1 o 2. Diseases of Respiratory | Organs. | AMtelectasisne sw eect ene 5 ) Bronchitisescncdspcsc.a ct oe 8 | | Broncho- -_pheumonia . AOR et a a | 42 eae fee he Maat 7 8 | Roveestion of STnER iy eek 3 hy | 8 | | Pleuritis 2228 03. Re enter iL oe |) ese 3. Diseases of t the Heart. | Degeneration of muscle ......... 1 Ie | 4. Diseases of the Liver. | | Hepatitis RAPP e inet des 558 Lm as) 2 | Cirrhosis ccc -k he eonte betes ae 4 2 ah) ses | Fatty degeneration Ae ss | 3 | 1 | 5. Diseases of the Mee) | ne | Tract. | Gastro-enteritis) uscjietce ..2 4 2 2 Gastric ulceration cue. 2 ee se | ji) Ainteritis Weide see ena. cee. | 22 190 14 9 | | Gastritis .. : ees, one af 3 | Intestinal obstruction ............ pe | 1 vee | Intussusception Peet 2 vee Prolapse of rectum <...45-41.....- | it | | | 6. Diseases of Urinary and | Generative Organs. | Nephritis, ceoica) <. ce eee | 34 45 5 10 Cystic kidneys 3.5...5..c0 eee e 1 25 | Salip ng iGisc.ke.cee sc tes eee: | “i 1 3 | | Extroversion of uterus. ......... | 1 _ nae | | 7. Various. | | Caremomiais: sa.cecaie umes 3 es bas 11 | SAT COMA hu. tec eee 2 1 12 Tbeukheemual “eee eee 1 13 | Caries of spine ... otnee | 1 | Spinalkcuryature: j97.005. 9a 1 | Hamorrhage...00.e oy eee | a 1 as | | Injuries discovered aa os 1 - 14 | MOTCOME, canna ieee ete Neer
} cas. = Besides those tabulated above, 25 mammals, 85 birds, 7 reptiles, were killed by order or by companions, 1 bird, 37 reptiles, died from malnutrition or starvation,
6 mammals, 22 birds, 38 reptiles were too decomposed for examination,
1 bird was preserved unopened, completing the total.
DEATHS IN THE SOCIELY’S GARDENS. 29
In Table I. an analysis is made of the immediate causes of death, but in nearly every case the animals were found to be suffering from other lesions as well. Table IL. summarizes these other diseases from which the animals were suffering ; and if this Table be taken in conjunction with Table I., a much more accurate estimate of the amount of disease in the Gardens will be arrived at.
Taste IT.—Secondary Diseases found in the animals tabulated in Table I.
: | Reference | Diseases. Mammals. | Birds. Reptiles.| to Notes | | | following. MINE COMP (alk sec abies ae siciesruandeoes 1 vee | wes ALU COSIS aoc a eRe re ae ee ee ee oan) 2 | PPE UTI 65555 an dacs s cencascie sense: 2 6 MBC GICADUULIS: 82a: cheeses s-ntsanees cen dnge 1 aes WRBRCEICOMIGIS occ veces ove cacmestensedese 5 Z| 3 DAMP SC OSH MT he oe Ng siocs\s iba S wedi wae des 2 }; Je. HPPLN0 SE a ee ee 33 | | JEUNE UIGISS al Sen eet ae eee eee ea ih ree ewsee | NVOrMA WMPECEION. ........00c00000 oeeeuiens 1 3 3 PMMA tie cae cog ee sltwns ns vinaan stn Suviess a 4 | | |, UNUCEIEN ietiag Seen ee 1 Dee ASP aye 15 | F HBMOPTEPATINES 2.262 .....c cece ene an on Ve 4 WINEMGOCYLOZOM: 0. 0:58: 0cae cosa iene cveass - Ls Ae 3 CHORTLE ee ne ee ee seh, tl 3 16 = — | | PSEOMOMMIS Wh 2 0. pdt sateen tsa niesnds 6 eee Broncho-pneumonia .................. 11 tee aN as Congestion of lungs. .................. 20 162"). 16 CHGema-OF TUNES 1.. 5.6 .cccseceacec set ae i 103 | 8 @ollapsed LUNES) ii... ccs tee exes cee ees 1 on ee Degeneration of heart. ............... 4, Ls i Hypertrophy 0 of heart 1 Hepatitis .. i Pee cath sien ah es Lea eee PeriCArOitiS cos cc-s-.--sscccsceseess ses eat Se Rely Back Ly MGweroMma Of AOLbA ....6..6. 1. ces cee 3 4 PAMMNENUENS Mss sc ie ciate cc's vtedioe et » bc 1 ae 18 Fatty pee yo Of lIVer ccs... ls 41. 5 Cirrhosis of liver.. 3 | 1 Cholecystitis 1 | CASING Rent tone Grae. shecsinieks 3 1 Gastric ulceration ........ teat nade 9 “te GaSELO-EMbCEILIS’ ©..25.. can scheeeve aces 5 4 Enteritis. ...... ee SAN ae Kt Sh 28 90 14 | Intestinal obstruction ............... se il IN QR NTT TE) a Nr 36 78 a 4 MC ystic tidy S..< 0... ..aceeee--.s0h0-- 00 ul 2 PSL NIT Nae oe a 3 2 ons PS CINES Pst c6 os asciec ob sale w Saheb aon as Hey a | Angioma, ........ 1 | Lardaceous disease .. 1 MCtAIMEME LOBES! fears. does sesee- 1 Rickets 2 | Urzemia 1 7m 19 _ Injuries il 5
30 PROF. H. G. PLIMMER ON
Table IIT. shows, in still further detail, the distribution of the immediate causes of death, shown in Table I. , amongst the varlous large orders of mammals,
Tasie Ili.—The Distribution of Diseases causing Death amongst the principal Orders of Mammals.
a s ; Ben be Zs Diseases. | = S | = | = ees 2 | (= oA | D | =) = e bce Bol 1 gs) es | yb Oo | a | eae | of a pe al eee Mulberculosisy ove sox ese tate eee naa ee iL 2 2 MyCOSIS. sited. Sate Sait Winger. aeeneeet el aged al 6 4, Pnennvoniae. 2) cs asso in neat erten cs hele te AN San) 1 2 [@eptl Cooma. te tees. 4! ear eee eye | > cena eee SRL Re 1 IMDS CESS Sati: S50. Fe cmaeces ante eee. ane Sash pal: Empyema apes 2 | Peritonitis [eas SS 1 | Cystitis Peta aR ee eet ete ee | eee AL : | HATIASISi eS eetont. 2. een ae tae cere i; Sean ame 1 | (AS CATICOSIS Wen ence ete atte smeee | 2 | | | % | ~ Abeleehasiay, #0 cen eee tant cee Lies a a 1 ie LOD CRIUIS Metis aten em te woe 2 2 3 eae | Broneho- pneumonia Er ee eet eos). tied = Ok Ot | aes 4 | Congestion of lungs wad tes aasless tau sone e| oes es 2 iL alee Pleuritis cee Be 3 Ge eee Peer roe ae ‘dee el Degeneration of heart peer cee so = Uy | t'Cirshe@sisoF livers ais. etree: cee |e sce ee Secale aaa 2 ‘Gastro-emtermbis: et. cee 3 Cae eer | | Gastriciulcetatione.-41 + se eee lan Sa] ae d) ilweate 12 Pe Hin teritisran: ..e.cke = eee ee ea 8 2 | 19 | 923) See i Intussusception ...7--5.. else ee eee: | 2 ee i ecaecmeal i: Prolapsexol rect... eee ae | ook pat yr cae ee eee 1 | Nephritis... : Mercere sot epenet fame be-fam lK €) 44 § 2 1 | Extroversion of uterus .. eas = /uc<) [roan aon gece | | Carcinoma Pf Se | | Sarcoma 5A Sere Cihk sae : ee ee Tsewkshvemiia 4s 89 2 re eal nse 1 | Cariesvot: Spimennvs- masse |) peal | | Curvature’ ofspine 2)... 2.0: ‘i | \
The following, Table IV., shows the number of Deaths from those Diseases of the greatest numerical importance for the last four years: the total number of animals of each class is placed above, so that a proper comparison can be made.
a at —,
| ‘
|
| | | |
|
| )
DEATHS IN THE SOCIETY 8 GARDENS. 3 TABLE IV.
Mammals.
Meat wee con ess 19138. 1914. 1915. 1916.
Total number of mammals ... 1272 1261 1613 855 Tuberculosis 31 | 12 6 | 16 _ Mycosis Sine MR ee carp eer See 8 | 6 | 10 12 PAM CUMMOMIG: ... ..0cee cc csc eh neces von cee 34 | 53 48 30 | PMPMO MULE Se). cd oi discs ce stone ede oes 6 Tet 10 8 | Broncho-pneumonia ............-..--- 25 24 34 42 | Congestion of lungs 14 | 14, 13 3 | _ Gastro-enteritis ... Dern eee 7 | 16 Ay 4, MOMENI RC 5. ee Cecio e sdlivse ceca cahe oe 33 | 33 25 29 IN [DUDES GO Qe ean a a 90 | 66 40 34 Birds.
Total number of birds ......... 3518 3610 3240 2534 MMVETOMIOSIS ? 2. co.cc. cde dee ccs devceeeee 104 iGis) 60 vl ISIN OPUS EMR AG oe cers ccilceae cuccses 1s 75 | 88 | 32 29 JEST ACY iii er 89 | 118 | 70 53
mwoneestiom OF lungs .i.....60c0ce-c-0s 98 133 130 78
| SUS WG. WOES er 148 | 169 150 190
JIN| ) OCU ETS I ae te a 135 129 81 | 45 Reptiles.
Total number of reptiles ...... 1169 1045 608 625 Unsere mVOsts) coos. ele se asads oan ce 6 A | 2 1 LUO SICE et eevee ae | 1 10 | 6 6 PC eMMNONIA ee eee oe. Cota esse | 138 69 | 3d 48 Congestion of WINES. ....5.... 205.0000 13 | 19 11 | 8 LE STO IEY ll ee a ae ee re a 15 | 17 8 | 14 |
BLoop-PARASITES,
During the year the blood of every animal mentioned in the
foregoing lists has been examined, with the result that parasites have been found in 24 cases, in 13 species for the first time.
They have been distributed as follows :—
Hilarie. In 3 mammals; in all for the first time. In 3 birds; in all for the first time.
( Hemoproteus danilewskyt. In 5 birds; in 3 species iota: Z for the first time.
\ Plasmodium precox. In 1 bird for the first
time. Leucocytozoa. In 3 birds; in 2 species for the first time. Hemogregarines. In 9 reptiles; in 3 species for the first time.
Intestinal organisms, In 1 reptile.
ou PROF. H. G. PLIMMER ON
The particulars of the blood-parasites are as follows :—
Filarice. Mammals.
Found for the first time in: HaBItTat, TYPE. Bay Lynx (Felis rufa) ........2......4...... Mexico, Long. Hamster (Cricetulus obscurus) ............ Mongolia. Long, thick. Grison (Girison allamandi).................. Argentina. Long.
Birds.
Scarlet Cardinal (Cardinalis pheniceus). Venezuela.
Found for the first time in:
Black-headed Sugar-Bird (Chlorophanes Brazil. Short, thick. spiza). Gay’s Finch (Phrygilus gayi) ............. Chili. Long, no capsule. Malaria. birds.
Heemoproteus danilewskyi.
Paradise Whydah Bird (Vidua para- W. Africa. disea).
Shama (Cittocincla macrura) ...........: India.
Found for the first time in:
Rose Finch (Propasser rhodochrous) .... India. Yellow-backed Lory (Lorius jflavo- Batchiam. _ palliatus).
Scarlet Cardinal (Cardinalis phaniceus). Venezuela.
Plasmodium preecox. Found for the first time in:
Pitta (Pitta nove-quine@).................. Aru Islands, & Leucocytozoa. Birds. Scops Owl (Scops git) ...............0....... Captured at sea.
Found for the first time in :
Rose Finch (Propasser rhodoehrous) ... India.
Carrion Crow (Coreus ecorone) ............_Kurope. Haemogregaries. Reptiles. Common Boa (Boa constrictor)............. S. America, King Snake (Coronella getula) ............. N. America. Banded-tailed Tree-Suake (Leptophis Europe. viperinus).
Indian Python (Python molurus) Eyed Lizard (Lacerta ocellata) ............ Europe.
DEATHS IN THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 3a
Found for the first time in: iS iy Gena ic Annulated Snake (Leptodira annulata). S. America. + Stout. 2 Burrowing Boas (Hryx thebaicus) ...... Gold Coast. Ordinary size. Ocellated Bladder-frog (Leptodactylus Argentina. Long, thick. ocellatus).
Intestinal Organisms. Leptiles.
Viperine Snake (Tropidonotus viperinus). Europe. Amoeba.
NOTES ON THE FOREGOING.
1. The total incidence of microbic and parasitic diseases causing death in the Gardens for 1916 is 8°5 per cent. in mamunals, 6°] per cent. in birds, and 9:4 per cent. in reptiles. If those cases which have not lived six months in the Gardens be ex- cluded, these percentages will be greatly reduced.
2. The numbers of deaths from tuberculosis amongst the mammals and birds show a relative increase, the incidence being 1-8 per cent. in mammals and 2°8 per cent. in birds. Amongst the mammals dying from tuberculosis, 16 in all, 7 were Monkeys, and of these 5 had been pet animals; of the remaining 9 animals 4 had been pets. ‘These figures seem to me to indicate quite plainly that pet animals should not be accepted by the Society, or only after the strictest quarantine. An Orang Utan which had been 84 years in the Gardens had chronic tubercle of human type, which he might very well have brought with him. The most remarkable case this year was in an Ibex which died when about a fortnight old with tubercle of liver, spleen, and mesenteric glands. There is a relative increase this year in the number of deaths from tubercle amongst the birds, and in a much larger relative number were the lesions generalized, namely in 36, indicating a more severe type of the disease. The one reptile was an Alligator in which the disease was of human type, and was no doubt caused by the habit of certain visitors of spitting at the animals, to which I have often called attention in previous reports.
3. As usual I have grouped all the diseases caused by moulds under mycosis. In the mammals six of the cases were of the ordinary type, associated with abscesses; and in six, tumours (mycetomata) in various organs were present. Ina sheep the growth began in the cavities of the nose and spread into the adjacent bone-spaces. There is a slight relative increase amongst the birds, but there are now less than half the number of cases there were a few years ago. In one Parrot it was caused by Aspergillus nger. Three of the six reptiles died with mycotic tumours in various parts.
4. The incidence of pneumonia remains about the same as last year amongst the mammals and birds. In one bird it was
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1917, No. ITI. 3
34 PROF, H. G. PLIMMER ON
due to trematodes and in three reptiles to worms, otherwise it was pneumococcal. . There has been a slight increase amongst the reptiles.
5. The septicemias were due to abscesses in two cases, to extensive ulceration in two, and in one to a decomposing feetus.
6. This rare infection of the lungs and air-sacs of a Pheasant from Mongoha has been noticed only once before in the Gardens, in» Hangnest from La Plata. The mite was a Cytoleichus.
7. In these cases of nematode worm infection the lesions pro- duced were very different; in a Lynx they caused a pseudo- tubercle of the liver, ina Puma they caused perforation of the stomach-wall and peritonitis, and in a Toad they produced a pneumonia.
8. There has been relatively a small increase in the diseases of the respiratory organs amongst the mammals. They are, of course, largely Acpended on Poa and 26 of the cases of broncho-pneumonia occurred in the last two months of the year, during bad external conditicns. Among the birds there has been a considerable relative decrease in the deaths from congestion of the lungs.
9. There has been a considerable increase in the number of cases of enteritis amongst the birds, but it has been of a milder type. 54 of the bird cases were hemorrhagic; in 4 worms were the cause, and in 3 foreign bodies, and 2 were due to ameebe ; during the last three months of the year 28 Parrots have died from that specific kind of enteritis called Psittacosis. Of the cases in mammals, 3 have been hemorrhagic, 4 associated with ulceration of the intestines, and 1 was caused by foreign bodies. The term enteritis covers all inflammatory diseases of “the intes- tines, and as these are due to so many different causes it may be worth while to mention them. In the Gardens I have found five different varieties, which are due to the following causes: 1. Errors in feeding. 2. Foreign bodies. 3. Worms. 4. Bac- teria, 5. Protozoal organisms. Of these causes the first and the fourth are the most important. i
10. There has been a considerable relative decrease in the number of cases of nephritis. 'This word, hike enteritis, covers inflammations of the kidney which are due to various causes. Nephritis can be divided, for purposes of classification, into acute and chronic; the former being due to infection, or to exposure, and the latter either following the acute disease, or being due to degenerative changes and associated with car dio-vascular changes, with old- -age eliamece or the artificial old-age changes induced by captivity. The absence of proper space for exercise must render animals more sensitive to temperature changes, and especially to draughts. 16 of the mammals had acute nephritis, and 18 chronic; only 1 bird had acute nephritis, all the others being chronic ; in all the 5 reptiles it was: chronic.
11. The three cases of cancer occurred in the liver, spleen, and adjacent glands of an old Bear, in the liver and adjacent organs
~ dee
DEATHS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS, 35
and glands of a Cavy, and in the neck of a Wolf. The case of the Wolf is of interest because his father died here in 1914, and his mother in 1915, of the same disease in the same situation. A sister is alive and well.
12. A Coypu died from an angiosarcoma of the liver; it had also an adenoma of the kidneys, and is of interest as being the third case of similar tumour of the liver, and the fifth of similar tumour of the kidneys in Coypus dying in the Gardens during the last 9 years.
13. Of lymphatic variety in a Polecat. This is the second case of this rare disease which has occurred in 9 years.
14. The injury was a ruptured heart in a Flamingo, and is mentioned because it is the fifth Flamingo which has met with the same rare accident.
15. Further details of these blood-parasites will be found under the section ‘ Blood-Parasites,” p. 32. Under the term malaria are grouped cases due to Hemoproteus danilewskyt and to Plasmodium preecox.
16. ‘These were due to a large Saccharomyces.
17. These cases in birds were due to the deposition of masses of crystals (of guanin, probably) in both visceral and parietat pericardium.
18. The only aneurism found this year was in a Civet, of fusiform variety.
19. This rare complication of kidney disease occurred in a Mandrill which had acute upon old nephritis.
2 ‘ * i = 4 4 4 — t ew \ i o of os
THE MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALAMONID PRAWNS. 37
4. On the Structure and Function of the Mouth-parts of the Paleemonid Prawns. By L. A. Borrapatze, M.A., F.Z.8., Lecturer in Zoology in the University of Cam- bridge, Fellow, Dean, and Lecturer of Selwyn College.
[Received September 19, 1916: Read February 6, 1917 | (Text-figures 1-51.)
INDEX. Page Mint ROG ilOMy eee maeen cla. Cet tke detest ete ueteeviden LO: Morphology of the crustacean limb ................... 37 Morphology of the mouth-parts of Palemonide ...... 62 Physiology of the mouth-parts of Paleemonide ....... 69 ile
In the course of an investigation of the commensal prawns of the subfamily Pontoniine, it became necessary for me to compare their mouth-parts with those of the free-living Palamoniine, in order to discover whether there existed between these groups any difference, in the organs in question, which might correspond with the difference in the diet of the animals. For the most part I have taken as representative of the Palemoninze the Common Prawn (Leander serratus), in which I have studied in some detail the structure and arrangement of the mouth-parts, and endeavoured, by the observation of living specimens, to find out how the organs in question are used. Surprisingly little trace has appeared of such structural differences between the sub- families as I was looking for, but my observations have suggested, with regard to the morphology and functions of the parts around the mouth of Palemonide, certain reflections and conclusions which form the subject of this communication.
II.
1. The morphology of the jaws of Malacostraca is still in a good deal of confusion, and there is much disagreement as to the relation of the parts of each of them to those of other crustacean limbs, and even as to the names to be applied to certain of their processes or “lacinize ”*, A great part of this difficulty arises from the fact that no theory as to the primary form of limb of which all the appendages of Crustacea are modified representatives has met with general acceptance. This thorny question is not
* T have not, in this summary article, made any reference to the literature of the subject. The contributions ot Beecher, Boas, Claus, Coutiére, Hansen, Huxley, Lankester, Packard, Thiele, and others to our knowledge of homology of the limbs of Crustacea are well known to those who are interested in the subject. The reader will readily gather in what respects my views differ from or agree with those expressed by each of them, and it is needless to emphasize the fact that all present speculation must be based upon the foundation they have laid.
38 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON THE
only raised by the jaws of Malacostraca, but receives from the study of some of them—notably from that of the maxilla— considerable elucidation. The following, briefly stated, are the considerations in regard to it which have influenced the morphological suggestions put forward in the present paper.
2. It is not to be assumed without question that a prototype can be found from which all the limbs of all Crustacea can be derived by modification. The mere fact that appendages stand in the same position on the bodies of two or more segmented animals, or are members of the same meristic series In one animal, affords no ground for the assumption that there exists a common plan which underlies the arrangement of the parts of each of them. Moreover, even when there are resemblances be- tween them, such a conception as that of a common type of them is of no use to the zoologist unless the plan of the type does not merely exist in the imagination of the observer, but has or at some time had an objective existence as a factor in development. Resemblances between two limbs may be due either solely to ex- trinsic causes—that is, to influences from without the organisms, which have brought it about that different developmental pro- cesses result in similar structures in the two cases,—or also to intrinsic causes—that is, to the operation of identical develop- mental factors. Only in the latter case has a common plan for the two limbs an objective existence. Conceivably such a plan may not be due to community of ancestry in all instances. When two appendages closely resemble one another—as do, for instance, the various antenniform limbs of Arthropoda—it is possible, and sometimes probable, that there exist in the mechanism of development facilities for establishing such organs, and that these have come into play independently more than once, forming appendages upon the same plan. This principle, however, is of limited application. Even in the cases which suggest it, it can never be applied save to actual features which exist in all the limbs under comparison. ‘To assume the existence of a plan of which some features are not realized in each limb is quite unjusti- fied, except on the hypothesis of the common inheritance both of a type of limb and, in the case of serial resemblance, of community of type between the members of the series of limbs*. To look for traces of a common type in structures in which it is so little obvious as in the appendages which appear to correspond in different Crustacea would be absurd, unless there were grounds for believing that their possessors were descended from a common ancestor; and if we are also to find community of type between the several limbs of each individual crustacean, then such com- munity must have existed among the appendages of the ancestor.
* The resemblances here classed as due to extrinsic causes are those which are generally classed under the head of Analogy. Those which are due to common descent are instances of Homology. Those which are due to independent operations of the same developmental facilities (if such there be) form a third class not strictly the same as either Analogy or Homology.
MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALA MONID PRAWNS. 39
Yor if (as might well be, by bomeosis) it were independently established in any members of the subphylum, then the altered limbs would lose what they had in common with the corresponding limbs of other Crustacea.
3. In point of fact, however, there can be no doubt that the Crustacea are monophyletic, and it is very highly probable that their ancestor possessed a complete series of similar limbs. ‘The widest gaps in the crustacean system are those which separate the Copepoda and the Cirrivedia from the rest of the subphylum, but it is quite impossible even in these cases to entertain the suggestion of an independent origin. The occurrence of the
nauplius would by itself negative this. That in the common ancestor of the group all the limbs, with the possible exception of the antennules, conformed to one type may be gathered with some confidence from the conditions in Branchiopodaand Trilobita. The Branchiopoda are certainly the most primitive of existing Crustacea. They alone possess in a simple form—allowance being made for certain obvious specializations, such as the degeneration of the mouth-parts—all the elements of the organization of every other class of the subphylum, and their suggestive resemblances to the Annelida are the only indications of affinity with other phyla shown by any recent members of the group. These facts fairly entitle them to be regarded as indicating broadly the ancestral features of the Crustacea, It is needless to dwell upou the fact that their trunk-limbs are all of one type, and, although that type becomes unrecognizable in their maxille and maxillules its presence in these limbs of other groups (Ostracoda, Malaco- straca, and Copepoda) supplies the lacking evidence here. In the Trilobita, which are without doubt related to the forbears of the Branchiopoda, a single type of limb extends throughout the body, from the antenne backwards. It is not possible to avoid attributing to the ancestor of the Crustacea that similarity of appendages which characterizes these groups. This, of course, is not to say that the limbs of the first crustacean resembled closely either those of the Trilobita or those of the Branchiopoda. The form of the primitive crustacean appendage can only he conjectured with probability after comparison of all those which
may be assumed to be derived from it. But, whatever it may have been, the foregoing considerations justify the belief that it existed, a that from it can be derived all the post-antennular limbs of every member of the subphylum.
4, The primitive limb of the Crustacea must have been of the kind to which the terms “leaf-like” and “ phyllopod” are applied—that is, flattened, lobed, and feebly, if at all, jointed (text-fig. 2). This is a priore likely in view of the structure of the parapodia of Annelida, and seems established by the way in which the phyllopod limb is distributed among the Crustacea, occurring as it does throughout the trunk of Branchiopoda (text-figs. 3-5), on the ible and presumably less mature, segments of Z'riarthrus (text-fig. 6), in Leptostraca (on the thorax,
AQ MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON THE
text-fig. 8), and in the hinder part of the head of all groups. Whether it was biramous, like most parapodia, the limbs of the Trilobita *, and many of those of the higher Crustacea, is another question. ‘In the majority of biramous crustacean limbs the
Text-figure |. Text-figure 2, a
I\E p a 3 = ZB Zac ee
a
V.C. Cp. PREP) nom Parapodium of Hunice maxima, Hypothetical limb of atter Ehlers. proto-phyllopod.
For lettering see p. 71.
Text-figure 3.
Tenth thoracic limb of Apus sp.
For lettering see p. 71.
protopodite and endopodite form an axis to which the exopodite is appended, while the trunk-limb of the Branchiopoda is so clearly uniramous that there is discussion as to which of its
* But see footnote to p. 48.
MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALZMONID PRAWNS. 41
Text-figure 4. Text-figure 5, 7 (cap)
Wil 4 ' ee
Yen” Ze
=e. GC a
2 \\ = 2a, S ee 2 ig a 4 Thoracic limb of Chiro- First thoracic limb of Limnadia cephalus sp. lenticularis, after Sars.
For lettering see p. 71.
Text-figure 6. Text-figure 7.
Anterior pygidial limb of One of the anterior Triarthrus becki, drawn thoracic limbs of the from a model by Beecher. same,
For lettering see p. 71.
42 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON THE processes represents the exopodite. Probably the primitive crustacean appendage (text-fig. 2) resembled that of the Branchio-
poda in being uniramous. On its outer side this limb must have
Text-figure 8. Text-figure 9.
Theracie limb of Nebalia sp. Outline of axis of thoracic limb of old female of the same. For lettering see p. 71.
Text-figure 10.
Thoracic limb of Paranebalia longipes, after Sars, joints added after Thiele.
For lettering see p. 71.
borne near its base several epipodites. There is no necessity to suppose that these were present to the full number of the gills
MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALZAMONID PRAWNS.
43
Text-figure 11.
and other epipoditic structures that may be found on a single segment in various Malacostraea *.
It is highly probable that
Text-figure 12.
Maxilliped of Calanus sp. For lettering see p. 71.
Maxilliped of Anaspides, after Calman. Text-figure 13.
For lettering see p. 71.
Text-figure 14.
\ >
Maxilla of Calanus sp.
Maxilla of Nebalia sp. For lettering see p. 71.
either branching and subsequent division, or meristic repetition has taken place here.
But it is not unlikely that the presence * See Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. xix. p. 462 (1907).
44 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON THE
of three epipodites (the epipodite proper and two “ pro-epipo- dites”), as, for instance, in Chirocephalus (text-fig. 4), is a primitive feature. Beyond the epipodite stood a longer process, the flabellum, which may have been slender, like those of Concho- straca (text-fig. 5) and the exopodite of Paranebalia (text-fig. 10), but is perhaps more likely to have been broad, like that of Apus
Text-figure 15, Text-figure 16. *) gee 2 ye LZ ¢ Shy J 7 by lez eX Y2 ap is AB —3 == Text-figure 17. Text-figure 18. Text-fig. 15. Maxilla of Cerataspis, after Boas. f 16. Larval maxilla of Peneus, after Claus. i 17. Maxilla of Anisocaris, after Ortmann. 3 18. Larval maxilla of Palemonetes, after Boas.
For lettering see p. 71.
' (text-fig. 3) and the exopodites of most Leptostraca (text-fig. 8) and of the decapod maxilla (text-figs. 15-18, and 47). It pro- bably extended both distally and proximally from its attachment, like the conchostracan and notostracan flabella and the maxillary expodite of Decapoda. The axis of the limb ended in an apical lobe, and on the inner-edge stood a row of endites. It does not
MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALEZMONID PRAWNS. 45
follow, from the fact that these, with the member resembling them which probably represents the apical lobe, number six in many Branchiopoda, that the primitive limb possessed only that quota. In certain cases the series is more numerous. ‘Thus in Anostraca it has probably seven members *, the maxille of certain decapod larve (text-figs. 16, 17) certainly possess eight, and the same limb of Cerataspis (text fig. 15) bears nine. If, as seems likely, the first member is missing in the maxilla of Calanus (text- fig. 13), there is evidence here also that the series may consist of eight endites and an apical lobe. It may be that the ancestral crustacean possessed even more endites, but there is some reason for believing that it had eight only, since, as will be shown later,, that number allows an arrangement which corresponds with the segmentation of the thoracic limb of Malacostraca, and with what was probably the primitive structure of the maxilla both in Decapoda and in Copepoda. If this view be adopted, there may be recognized in the primitive crustacean limb nine successive regions—eight represented by the endites and a ninth consisting - of the apical lobe. These regions would be potential segments, since jointing would certainly take place between the endites rather than across them, as, in point of fact, it is seen to have done in Triarthrus (text-fig. 6), in the larval maxilla of Penewus (text- fig. 16), and in Notostraca (text-fig. 3). In the latter there may be found, immediately behind the attachment of each endite, a distinct articulation. In the case of the distal members of the series, the articulation extends only as far as the longitudinal scle- rite by which the part of the axis that bears the subapical lobe, flabellum, and epipodite is separated from the rest. Just behind the flabellum, however, a very sharp jointing extends right across the limb, and another less marked articulation runs from the base of the epipodite to the inner margin, which it reaches just above the attachment of the blunt-ended proximal endite. Yet another articulation, starting from that just mentioned, joins the inner edge of the limb behind the base of the first of the large, pointed “ondites, thus cutting off a roughly triangular segment which in Apus, but hardly in Lepidurus, projects as a small lobe like an endite 7.
The proximal endite—the gnathobase —of the primitive limb may be judged from the evidence afforded by the Branchiopoda and Triarthrus to have differed in shape from the others, been directed towards the mid-ventral line of the body, and served for the manipulation of food. Probably it had a stout, blunt end, set with rows of strong, short bristles (text-fig. 27). The remaining endites were, most likely, subsimilar to one another.
It is natural to attempt to derive this limb from the parapo- dium of an Annelidancestor. If the limb was uniramous, we must seek for analogies among uniramous parapodia, such, for instance, as those of the Sy Nlide or the Eunicide. In the latter family
* See footnote to p. 48, 7 See footnote, p. 48,
46 MR. Le. A. BORRADAILE ON THE
(text-fig. 1), the arrangement of the parts is strikingly suggestive of those of the phyllopod limb, the so-called ‘“ dorsal cirrus ”— really the notopodium, whose small size and position upon the . base of the large straight neuropodium make the parapodium uniramous—standing for the flabellum, the gill for the epipodite, and the short, broad, ventral cirrus for the gnathobase. Needless to say, no more than analogy can be claimed for this likeness. The point of origin of the Arthropoda from their worm-like ancestors is not to be settled merely by a general and hypothetical resemblance of the limbs.
Text-figure 19.
iy iy BA
Maxilla of Lysiosquilla maculata.
For lettering see p. 71.!
6. It has already been pointed out (p. 39) that the presence upon the hinder part of the head of Malacostraca, Ostracoda, and Copepoda of appendages not greatly modified from the assumed primitive type (text-figs. 13-21) justifies the surmise that in the original crustacean the series of similar limbs extended further forward than in Branchiopoda. Probably it resembled that of the Trilobita in including all the appendages behind the anten- nules, but comparison of the maxilla of the Decapoda with the pygidial limbs of 7riarthrus suggests that there was less unlike- ness between the extreme members than in that genus. Hach appendage was no doubt capable of being used for swimming, for
MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALAMONID PRAWNS. AT the manipulation of food, and for respiration. In all recent Crustacea, however, the specialization of certain of the limbs for
each of these functions, and for a fourth, contact with large bodies, sueh as prey, or the substratum, has caused them to
Text-figure 20.
EX~Lf PREP? Ep? £ EL
Text-figure 21.
Text-fig. 20. Maxillule of Calanus sp. 3 21. Maxillule of Cypris sp.
For lettering see p. 71.
depart in various directions from the type. ‘Those which were specially adapted for swimming became biramous*, those for
* This change must have taken place more than once. It is already established, for instance, in the antennze and larval mandibles of various Branchiopoda, which show no trace of it in their other limbs, and it is well developed upon the abdomen of the Nebalia, while it is still but incipient in the thorax. The Conchostraca (text-fig. 5), whose trunk-limbs are almost biramous, show how easily that condition can arise by an alteration in the proportions of the parts of the limb.
48 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON THE
mastication developed the gnathobase with or without some of the other endites, those for respiration the epipodites, and those for contact with large objects the main axis. Generally speaking, the limbs which in the adult are adapted to other functions than swimming are in the larva (and were perhaps at one time through- out life) natatory, and retain in their later condition traces of the biramous plan, so that they may be regarded as belonging to the biramous type. In becoming biramous, the limb has lost its leaf- like character. This has in all cases befallen the antenne and mandibles, which, precociously adapted in the Nauplius to swim- ming, never exhibit the primitive configuration. On the other hand, the maxille almost invariably retain a good deal of resem- blance to the phyllopod prototype, probably because their position makes it impossible for them to be of much use either as jaws or for swimming. The trunk-limbs of Branchiopoda are phyllopod, and show in some detail the features which it is necessary to attribute to those of the ancestral crustacean *; those of the other groups are biramous 7, with the exception of the thoracic appendages of the Leptostraca, which exhibit various degrees of transition from the phyllopod to the biramous condition.
* The lobes of the trunk-limbs of Branchiopoda (text-figs. 3-5) are exceedingly difficult to homologize. It seems, for instance, quite possible that the Anostraca have no flabellum, and that the structure known by that name which is jointed to the end of their limbs corresponds to the so-called last (sixth) “endite” of Apus and Limnadia. If so, however, an additional endite must be intercalated into the series in Anostraca or excalated from it in Notostraca, for in the former group there are six of these lobes before the terminal structure in question, but in the latter only five. The facts of meristic variation would explain this discrepancy without difficulty, but the actual solution is probably indicated by the presence in Apus, though barely in Lepidurus, of what looks hke a vestigial endite, standing in the gap between the first and that which has been regarfled as the second of the series. This little lobe bears no bristles, but the section of the axis opposite it is defined by lines of soft cuticle, such as those which mark out the segments of the other endites. If there be here a true endite, the series in Apus corresponds with that of Anostraca. Lepidurus must then be considered to have lost the second endite (though not its segment), and in Limnadia it has perhaps fused with the third. It is true that this hypothesis is open to the objection that it brings the epipodite opposite the third endite, but such a displacement presents no great difficulty in view of the vestigial nature of the supposed second segment, which does not reach the outer edge of the limb, and of the fact that the epipodite is attached not wholly to the third segment, but astride of the articulation between it and the portion of the limb proximal to it. Again, the little process known as the “‘subapical lobe,” present in Apus and Branchipus, but barely or not at all represented in some other genera, as Chirocephalus and Limnadia, may or may not represent the true end of the axis of the limb. If it does not, then the apex must be the so-called last endite. This (if the above conjecture with regard to the flabellum of Anostraca be true) is always an organ sui generis, separated by a more or less distinct joint from the rext of the limb. In either case, the condition of the apical lobe in the Branchipoda is abnormal as compared with that which it shows in the larval maxilla of the Decapoda and in Tviarthrus, which in this respect probably more nearly represent the ancestral Crustacea. To judge from the thoracic limbs of Nebalia (text-tig. 9), whose end-joint differs strongly from the rest and is much more sharply articulated, the appendages upon the trunk of the phyllopod ancestor of the Malacostraca must have resembled those of the Branchiopoda in respect to the apical lobe.
+ The limbs of the Trilobita (text-figs. 6, 7) present an interesting problem in that, while they are undoubtedly biramous in the sense of consisting of two subequal rami upon a common stem, their “ exopodites ” are inserted in a different position from those of recent Crustacea or from the flabella of the Branchiopoda. The “endopodite”’ of the pygidial limb (in Triarthrus) is clearly comparable with the
MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PAL-AAMONID PRAWNS, 49
7. The relation of the parts of the biramous limb to those of its leaf-like forerunner may be elucidated by a study of actual phyllopod appendages. It would seem that the flabellum is represented by the exopodite, and the main axis, ending in the apical lobe, by the protopodite and endopodite. In regard to the exopodite, the evidence of the Leptostraca, in which it is flattened and bears just the same relation to the other parts of the limb as the flabellum, is too strong to be set aside without more con- vineing reasons than have been adduced. Theories which disregard this consideration depend upon the precarious support afforded by a comparison of the arrangement in various cases of the endites. These structures, however, are very variable and difficult to homologize, and in particular those of the maxilla, which in adult reptant Decapoda appear to suggest that the fifth and sixth endites have become endopodite and exopodite, have in more primitive members of the same group a quite different aspect, which supports strongly the theory stated above. The larvee of. various Carides, as, for instance, that of Palemonetes (text-fig. 18), show at the base of the endopodite of the maxilla, in the region of the ischipodite, a distinct fifth endite. In other cases, as in Anisocaris (text-fig. 17) and Pencus (text-fig. 16),
axis of the phyllopod limb, and in shape more nearly resembles the larval maxilla of a Decapod than the trunk-limb of a Branchiopod. It is remarkable only for the comparatively unimportant facts that the region of the third and fourth endites, instead of forming a single joint (the basipodite), is divided by an articulation int) two, each of which bears one endite, and that beyond the fourth endite the limb has but four segments, instead of the five which the maxilla of Cerataspis (text-fig. 15) indicates as the full complement of the corresponding region of the decapod limb. It does not seem impossible that an additional segment may eventually be discovered at the end of this appendage. The conditions are none too clear in Beecher’s model. ‘The “‘exopodite,’ however, stands upon the segment of the second endite, not upon that of the third and fourth. Probably this indicates that the structure here called the exopodite is not homologous with that to which the same name is applied in recent Crustacea, but is a modified epipodite. In that connection it is interesting to note that Beecher attributes to it a respiratory function. If the foregoing theory be correct, the thoracic limbs of Trilobita present a very remarkable analogy to those of Decapoda, consisting as they do of a sub- cylindrical, seven-jointed axis with a complex respiratory structure borne on the outside near the base. Unlike the podobranchs of the Decapoda, however, the epipodite of the Trilobita “contrives a double debt to pay” as gill and “ exopodite.’
The foregoing interpretation of the limb of Tviarthrus receives very interesting support from the arrangement of the parts of the mesosomatic appendages of Limulus. Here the axis bears on its outer side three broad exites, separated from it and from one another by sutures to which correspond notches on the edge of the limb. (The first exite of the gill-bearing limbs is, upon its anterior face, divided into about a dozen strips by less-marked sutures, of which only two remain in the genital operculum.) That part of the axis which bears the first and second exites is unjointed, but the third is attached to a well-marked segment, and beyond this two free joints form the apex of the limb. ‘The first and second exites are crossed obl quely upon their hinder face by the gill-lamelle, It is pretty clear that they are epipodites, and a comparison at once suggests itself between them and the very differently shaped “exopodite” which bears gill-lamelle in Triarthrus. The third exite in Limulus, sharply distinct from the second, is no doubt the exopodite.
The supposed biramous mouth-parts of Insecta are not so in reality, and I take this opportunity of retracting the view I haye expressed on that point in my ‘Manual of Zoology’ (London, 1912). The lacinia and galea are, I now believe, the third and fourth endités, and the palp is the endopodite.
Proc. Zoou, Soc,—19]17, No. LV. 4
50 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON THE
this is succeeded by a sixth and a seventh, while in Cerataspis (text-fig. 15) the endopodite bears four endites, making eight altogether, besides the apical lobe in the position of the dactylo- podite. In the last two cases it is clear that the endopodite represents the whole distal part of the limb, and not, as has been supposed, the fifth or sixth endite only.
For a detailed comparison of the jointed stem formed by the pr otopodite and endopodite of the biramous limb with the endite- bearing axis of the phyllopod appendage, it is necessary to find some fixed point of correspondence between members of the two series. It would be natural to look for this at the base of the limb, but the development of Pencwus and other Decapoda, during which the basal joint of the appendages of the thorax recedes into the side of the body, is a warning against the use of such a method. On the other hand, the differences in the total number of endites in different limbs makes it useless to start a comparison from the distal end. ‘The epipodites vary in number, and their homologies are doubtful, so that their points of attachment afford no reliable clue. There remains the flabellum-exopodite. It is unfortunate that the uncertainty which exists in regard to the homologies of the endites of Branchiopoda makes even the seat of the flabellum a doubtful point in that group, but, as will be seen, what can be stated on this point is not without its uses in confirming the evidence of other classes. In the Anostraca (text-fig. 4) the flabellum is probably absent. In Conchostraca (text-fig. 5) it stands opposite the junction of the second and third endites of a series of six, but, quite possibly, these two members represent the third and fourth of the full series, the second, which is present in the Anostraca, being in Notostraca vestigial and in Concho- straca either lost or fused with the third to form a single elongate lobe. In Notostraca (text-fig. 3), where the whole axis of the limb is more or less strongly segmented, the flabellum stands on the segment of what may be the third or the fourth endite. In the maxilla of the Malacostraca (text-figs. 14-18, and 47) the situation is clear. Here the exopodite arises opposite the third and fourth endites, upon a region of the limb which may be undelimited, as in most Decapoda, but which is often marked off more or less completely to form a segment, as in Leptostraca (text-fig. 14), Mysidacea, Cumacea, Kuphausiacea, and the decapod larva Anisocaris (text-fig. 17). Where there is no exopodite, as in Isopoda, Amphipoda, and Stomatopoda * (text-fig. 19), a segment with two endites is found in the same position on the maxilla as on that of the orders in which the limb bears an exopodite. The maxilla of Calanus (text-fig. 13) agrees remark- ably in structure with that of Malacostraca. Though it has no
* In the maxilla of the Stomatopoda, the basipodite is represented upon the outer side of the limb by a single sclerite, but the segment of the third endite is differentiated trom that of the fourth by the possession of a sclerite of its own upon its hinder face. The structure of this rather puzzling limb is elucidated in text-
fig. 19. _It is interesting to note that the maxillary gland opens on the second joint, like the anteunary “eland of Mysidacea and Amphipoda.
MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALE MONID PRAWNS. 51
exopodite, there may be found in its proximal half a double segment bearing two endites. At first sight, the endites upon this segment appear to be the second and third, but the length of the segment which precedes it, and the position of the endite upon the latter at its distal end, suggest at once that that is also a double segment, that here, as in Carides, the first endite has been lost, and that the second double segment therefore bears the third and fourth endites and is the basipodite. This impression is strengthened by the fact that beyond the segment with two endites there are five simple segments, as there are beyond the endites which represent the basipodite of Cerataspis (text-fig. 15), which, since in that respect it agrees with the thoracic limbs of Malacostraca, may be taken as indicating the original number of segments in this region in the malacostracan maxilla, In the maxillule of Calanus (text-fig. 20) the first endite is carried upon a fairly distinct segment, but the second, third, and fourth lie upon a region which is undivided save by an incomplete constriction, which marks off the distal portion of
Text-figure 22, Text-figure 23.
a
Maxillule of Lepas sp. Mandible of Lepidurus sp.
it, where the fourth endite and the exopodite are borne. The maxilliped of Calanus (text-fig. 11) has a very short basal segment bearing the small first endite, a long second segment bearing the second, third, aud fourth endites, and six distal segments, which is one more than might be expected. Meristic rearrangement has probably been at work in this portion of the limb*. The maxillule of Cypris (text-fig. 21), which curiously simulates the maxilla of Carides, seems, like the latter appendage, to have lost the first endite. If that be the case, the exopodite here stands opposite the third and fourth endites. The thoracic limbs of Nebalia (text-figs. 8, 9), though they present no endites,
* An increase beyond the normal of the number of joints in a crustacean limb may take place in three ways: (1) by the annulation of the unsegmented apex of either branch of the limb to form a “ flagellum,” as in antenne, thoracic exopodites, and pleopods of Malacostraca, ete. Three faint annulations upon the apical segment of the maxilla of Calanus are probably of this nature ; (2) by subdivision of a segment, as in the earpopodite of various Carides; (3) by resegmentation of a limb or of part of it, as probably in the maxilliped of Calanus. Fe
52 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON THE
are instructive in regard to the segmentation of the phyllopod limb. Here the number of the segments which are formed in the endopodite varies with the limb and with the age and sex of the individual. Nearly always the four distal segments can be made out, and often a fifth is to be found proximal to them, leaving a long basipodite, which is always clearly marked off from the coxo- podite. Across the basipodite, distal to the exopodite, there
Text-figure 24.
\ WAV AN i | ! yy ap AY { ye WW LLG ex bas a (3 +4) 2 COX ¥., proxi. 4 OO, ss \ en bts Vie — |_ Ces = di) a : : RR 4 ? Ge ges. &
Text-figure 25.
Text-fig. 24. Mandible of Calanus sp. 5s 25. Mandible of Cypris sp.
For lettering see p. 71.
oceasionally appears an additional joint, the faintest of the series, indicating the double nature of the segment *.
* It is perfectly true that most of these segments are without muscles, but from that it does not follow that their evidence may be disregarded. Probably they are vestigial, haviag lost their endites,and not, as where the limb becomes subcylindrical, acquired a value of their own. The division of the basipodite probably oveurs also in Anaspides (text-tig. 12), where, in the anterior thoracic limbs, the endopodite appears to contain six joints, but is flexed between the third and fourth of these, not between the second and third as in the Eucarida. It seems likely that the first
MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALZ MONID PRAWNS, 53
It appears, then, that the flabellum-expodite, which in the unjointed limb arises opposite the third and fourth endites, is, when the appendage becomes jointed, generally borne by a double segment, representing those of both the lobes in question, but if, as occasionally happens, the two components of this segment become distinct, the exopodite may be found either upon the proximal of them (Vebalia etc.) or upon the distal (maxillule of Calanus, Notostraca?). Thus in the axis of the phyllopod limb the region of the third and fourth endites corresponds to the basipodite of the biramous limb, that of the first two endites to the rest of the protopodite, and all that part which les beyond the fourth endite to the endopodite. The doubleness of the basi- podite makes necessary certain terms for the distinctton of its parts. Its two components may be known as the probasipodite and metabasipodite, and when either of these alone acts as the basipodite by bearing the exopodite, it is a hemibasipodite. In contradistinction to this the complete double joint may be called the symbasipodite.
ia hae PRLS V7 b< Text-figure 26. Text-figure 27.
rane Talis (( \\
Mandible of Lepas sp. Mandible of Nebalia sp. For lettering see p. 71.
In the proximal part of the branchiopod limb, the most per- sistent of the epipodites stands opposite the second endite. The segment to which these structures belong is the coxopodite. it other epipodites (pro-epipodites) be present, they stand in the region of the gnathobase. This region is the so-called “precoxa, or “ pleuropodite,” which may or may not have originally existed as a free joint in every biramous limb, but has now nearly always
segment after that which bears the exopodite is here not the ischiopodite, bus the second division of the basipodite, or, as it may be called, the metabasipodite. If this be so, the question arises whether the basipodite be not divided in the Pericarida, whose thoracic endopodites also are flexed between the apparent third and fourth joints. But in that case their apical joint must represent the fused propodite and dactylopodite. With Calman, I am unable to regard the so-called “ stylopodite ” as more than an enlarged, terminal spine. If it be one of the primary members of the axis of the limb, it must represent the apical lobe, and the total number of joints in the axis becomes ten, as in the maxilliped of Calanus.
54 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON THE
disappeared, either by fusion with the trunk or with the second joint, or perhaps sometimes by excalation.
The fifth endite and those distal to it belong to that part of the limb which stands beyond the attachment of the flabellum, and represent the endopodite of the biramous limb. The maxille of Cerataspis and larval Natantia (text-figs. 15-18) seem to show that each of these endites is borne upon a portion of the limb which represents a single joint of the biramous appendage, and that the apical lobe is an unsegmented distal region of varying extent, corresponding to the dactylopodite and any adjacent segment or segments not represented by an endite.
“
Text-figure 28.
Guathobase of thoracic limb of Lepidurus sp.
It is fair to assume that all these relations existed in the primitive crustacean appendage, and that the latter gave rise to the biramous limbs by a transformation in which the axis of the limb became jointed in the way indicated, the endites in great part or altogether disappeared, and the flabellum approximated in shape to the distal part of the axis and came to stand side by side with it at the end of the third (or, if the precoxa were not separate, the second) joint of the limb.
8. With the origina] phyllopod limb, thus reconstructed, the jaws of Malacostraca may be compared as follows:—In the
MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALZMONID PRAWNS, 5D
mandible, homologues must be found for the molar process, the incisor process, and the palp. The molar process pretty clearly represents the mandible of the Branchiopoda, and through that the gnathobase of the phyllopod limb. The grinding-surface of the mandible of Chirocephalus (text-fig. 30) is covered by two comma-shaped patches of fine ridges, each ridge consisting of a row of tubercles, which perhaps represent the rows of stout bristles upon the end of the gnathobases of the trunk-limbs of Notostraca (text-fig. 28). In places the ridges bear some hairs. The commas are reversed, so as to fit against one another, and one patch is narrower then the other and composed of coarser ridges. In view of its structure, position, and function, there can be little doubt that this organ is a specialized gnathobase.
Text-figure 29. Text-figure 30.
End view of maxillule of Lepas sp. End view of mandible of Chirocephalus sp.
Two sets of ridges, very similar to those on the mandible of Chirocephalus, may be recognized at the end of the molar process in Nebalia (text-fig. 31), though here one is of less extent than the other, and seems largely to have been replaced by rows of delicate hairs. Fine ridges, as may be seen in the figures given by various authors, exist also upon the molar processes of various Malacostraca (Anaspides, Gammarus, etc.). In the Decapoda a crescentic or comma-shaped set of serrated ridges is often present (text-figs. 32, 43), with or without patches of hairs and granules, though they tend to disappear, and the molar surface is often broken up into a small number of large lobes. The ridges vary greatly in width, degree of salience, and serration, but are often
56- MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON THE
much like those of Vebalia (text-figs. 38-43). Clearly, we have here the mandible of Chirocephalus in process of further evolution. The homology of the incisor process is more puzzling. No trace of it can be found in the Entomostraca. In Lepidurus (text- fig. 33) the end of the mandible, instead of being oval as in Chirocephalus, is elongate, tapering to one end, and slightly curved. It is crossed by deep ridges, few in number, and marked each by a few coarse tubercles. The narrow end stands away from the rest, bears three or four teeth instead of the ridges on the wider part, and somewhat suggests an incipient incisor process, but this is at the hinder end of the organ, whereas the incisor process of Malacostraca is anterior. It seems likely that
Text-figure 31.
End view of mandible of Nebalia sp.
For lettering see p. 71.
the biting-surface of the mandible of Notostraca represents one of the two sets of ridges found in the same position in Chiro- cephalus. In Calanus (text-fig. 35) the condition is not dissimilar. The biting surface is narrow, elongate, tapering towards the ends, especially towards the hinder end, and crossed by coarse ridges, variously tuberculate. At the anterior end stands a structure which at first sight a little recalls the incisor process, but in an end view of the mandible this is seen to be only the first ridge, removed a little from the rest and connected with them by a flange. The mandible of Cypris (text-fig. 34) is of the same type, but the anterior ridge is less outstanding and not
MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALAMONID PRAWNS. 7 flanged to the next, the ridges are more regular, the valleys between them bear spines, and at the hinder end here is not, as in Calanus, a single long, fringed spine, but a pair. Probably the biting-surfaces of the mandibles of Calanus and Cypris are homologous with one another and with that of Lepedurus. The mandible of Zepas (text-figs. 26, 36) is a very different structure, thin, with a sharp, toothed edge, and in side view very similar to the incisor processes of Pere Decapoda. It is crossed near the base by an articulation, and it seems possible that its toothed edge represents, not the gnathobase, but the second endite. On the other hand, the maxillule of the barnacle (text-figs. 22, 29), which appears fae be built on the same plan, is of a fain width at the end, and crossed by short ridges, each bearing a row of five spines, so that this limb forms a sort of ti Seinon from the ridged condition of Cypris to that of Lepas. Unless the mandible
of the barnacles be homologous with the incisor process, the latter
Text-figure 32
End view of mandible of Desmocaris.
For lettering see p. 71.
is a structure peculiar to the Malacostraca, and not to be found even in rudiment upon the mandible of any other crustacean. Two modes of origin can be suggested for it. It may be regarded either as an outgrowth from the gnathobase or as representing the second endite. On the whole, the latter is the more plausible view. From its first appearance in WVebalia (text-figs. 27, 31) this process has a knife-edge, quite unlike the ridged surface of the molar process and its homologues, although it often comes to hear a row of teeth. As has been shown, there is no trace in phylogeny of its origin from the proximal part of the limb, and, though in ontogeny (as, for instance, in that of Penwus or the Stomatopoda) it and the molar process may originate from the same simple precursor, this is no more than the “differentiati ion, in the course of development, of the rudiment of the appendage, and happens also in the case of the palp. If this view be correct,
58 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON 'THE
the basal joint of the mandible of Malacostraca corresponds to the fused precoxa and coxopodite. Those of Branchiopoda represent the precoxa only, the rest of the limb having dis- appeared. The basal segment of Copepoda, again, corresponds to no more than the precoxa, the coxopodite being represented
Text-figure 33. Text-figure 34.
Text-figure 35. Text-figure 36.
Text-fig. 33. End view of mandible of Lepidurus sp. ” 34. End view of mandible of Cypris sp. 3 385. End view of mandible of Calanus sp. » 986. End view of mandible of Lepas sp.
by the little segment between that which bears the biting-edge and that upon which stand the exopodite and endopodite in Calanus (text-fig. 24). In Ostracoda (text-fig. 25), it would seem, the coxopodite must either have been excalated altogether or
MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALEHMONID PRAWNS. 59
have fused with one of the adjoining segments. The mandibular palp represents the remainder of the axis of the limb. Its first segment is undoubtedly the basipodite, though there is nothing to show whether it is a’complete symbasipodite. Often a joint divides the remainder into two parts, but these cannot be regarded as corresponding with any of the normal segments of the endopodite *.
The mandible of the Crustacea is an exceedingly complicated, varied, and interesting organ, presenting many problems and worthy of a great deal more attention than it has received.
Text-figure 37, Text-figure 39.
Text-figure 38.
Text-fig. 37. Left mandible of Leander serratus. 9 38. End view of molar process of the same limb. A 39. End view of right mandible of Leander serratus.
For lettering see p. 71.
The laciniz of the malacostracan maxillule (text-fig. 46) repre- sent the first and third endites. This is suggested, though hardly proved, by the condition of the limb in Webalia. Hansen has shown that in various other genera the lacinie belong to the first
* G. W. Smith (Q. J. M.S. liii., iii. p. 506, 1909) describes a mandibular palp in Paranaspides which would be quite unique among such structures in the Malacostraca, having four joints and an exopodite. JI am unable to confirm this. All the specimens in the British Museum have three joints and no trace of exopodite.
60 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON THE
and third segments. In many Decapoda, as in Leander (text- fig. 46) the same fact is clear upon careful examination. I shall call the processes in question the inner and outer lacinie. The outwardly-directed lobe which is often present upon the first segment has been regarded by various authors as the exopodite, and the conclusion drawn that the part of the limb proximal to the basipodite is lacking. It is hard to see upon what evidence this view can be based. The exite is much more easily inter- preted as a proepipodite. It is represented in Leander by a hump upon the base of the first endite.
Text-figure 40. Text-figure 41.
ay 2 SS
GRAS Were re Nh
¢ ) \\’ -
a RR o
Text-figure 42. Text-figure 43. Text-fig. 40. End view of left mandible of Conchodytes tridacne. 4 41. End view of left molar process of Periclimenes spiniferus. a 42. Oblique view of end of right molar process of the same species. 43. Same view of right wolar process of Saron marmoratus.
The two cleft lobes usually known as the “lacini#” of the maxilla (text-figs. 14-17) are each equivalent not, as has some- times been supposed, to one of the elementary segments of the limb, but to two, and thus they together represent the first four endites of the primitive limb. This interpretation is strongly suggested by such appendages as the maxille of larval Penzeides (text-fig. 16) and especially by that of Cerataspis (text-fig. 15), and is not contradicted by the fact that articulations are often
MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALZMONID PRAWNS. 61
not developed between the first and second or between the third and fourth segments—as, for instance, in Anisocaris (text-fig. 17), which is an instructive case of this condition. ‘The first endite is frequently absent, whether or not its segment be present as a separate entity. In the Peracarida, the number of endites is generally reduced in this way to three (or fewer, if another of them be absent), though the Mysidacea at first appear to form an exception. In JM; Wee however, closer examination reveals a con- dition which may be described as follows. ‘The edge of the second segment proximal to its endite is rounded, meets the base of the endite in a notch, and bears a row of bristles which is continued from the notch across the origin of the endite. The notch forms an outline which simulates the cleft lobe formed in Hucarida by the first two endites. If this suggestion be correct, the Mysi- dacea, liike other Peracarida, must be regarded as having lost the first endite of the maxilla. In Leptostraca (text-fig. 14), Anaspi- dacea, Stomatopoda (text-fig. 19), and typical members of the Eucarida (text-figs. 15-17), it is present. The degree to which the first and second, and again the second and third, endites are associated to form cleft lobes varies, and is highest in some Decapoda. I shall allude to these double structures—the so- called ‘“‘lacinie” of the maxilla—as the first and second lobes. The first comprises the endites of the precoxa and coxopodite, the second those of the basipodite. The fifth endite is often represented in the adult by a slight swelling at the base of the endopodite. The exopodite (scaphognathite) is a little-modified flabellum, and a small rounded lobe proximal to it in Eucarida perhaps represents the epipodite.
In the first maxuliped of Decapoda (text-fig. 48) the third and second endites are distinct. The latter is often marked by a shght notch, which, however, is not likely to indicate the presence of the first endite, the precoxa being probably fused with the body in the thoracic segments of this group. Jn Anaspides, as is Shown by the history of the development of the gill-rudiments (text-fig. 12), the first and second endites are both present, and the basal joint carries also two epipodites, from which it would appear that the precoxa in this genus is fused with the coxopodite. The Peracarida probably agree with Anaspides in this respect, as they have two epipodites (oostegite and gill) upon the basal joints of the thoracic limbs. Endites may be present upon the endopodite of the maxilliped in the Peracarida, as in Mysis (and perhaps also in Gammarus, but in the latter there is some doubt about the identity of the apparent ischiopodite which bears the endite in question: see footnote to p- 53). Knobs bearing bristles which sometimes appear upon the coxopodites of the second and third maxilliped of prawns (text-figs. 49, 50) may represent the second endite, and a similar knob in the sternal region at the base of the second maxilliped may be a vestige of the gnathobase.
62 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON THE
III.
1. The mandible of the Palemonide (text-fig. 37) is deeply cleft into two diverging processes, both directed obliquely towards the median plane of the body. One of these—the incisor process —is a thin structure, more or less ribbon-like in the Pontoniinz and Desmocaris (text-figs. 32, 40), but shorter and broader in Leander serratus (text-fig. 37). It trends, at its base, downwards, but curves inwards and at the same time twists its outer edge forwards, so that, while at its base it is nearly vertical, with its width transverse to the body, at its free end it is nearly horizontal, with its width longitudinal to the body. The other—the molar process —is stout and subrectangular in section, and slants dorsally, to end somewhat obliquely truncated on the median plane. In the Paleemonine a delicate palp, usually three-jointed, stands on the anterior side of the limb, at the base of and just dorsal to the incisor process, along whose outer edge it curves towards the middle line of the body. The only Pontoniine which possess a mandibular palp are Urocaridella and Paleemonella. In these it is two-jointed.
The incisor process of Pontoniinz usually ends in three teeth, the midmost of which is shorter than the others, but there are sometimes more. Thus in Coralliocaris japonica there are four on one mandible and five on the other, and in Conchodytes tridacne (text-fig. 40) there are on one side five, nearly equal, and on the other six. In Leander serratus (text-fig. 45) there are two large teeth, with on the right mandible one, and on the left two, smaller intermediate teeth. In Desmocaris (text-fig. 32) there are four teeth on the right and five on the left mandible, those at the outer ends of the row being rather larger than the others. In each case the arrangement is not such that the teeth of the two sides can closely interlock. The molar process of most Palemonide (text-figs. 38-42) ends in a roughly square concave surface, around which is an incomplete wall composed of from four to six projecting lobes. Some of these have crescentie or horseshoe-shaped rims, with their open sides towards the middle of the process. Others are completely rimmed, but raised more on the outer side than on the inner. In Leander serratus (text-figs. 38, 39) there are four sharply distinct lobes. The lobes differ a good deal in shape, and there is only a general corre- spondence between those of the mandibles of the two sides, So far as this correspondence goes, it is not the mirror-likeness usually found in paired structures, but the two arrangements are reversed, so that there is a rough sort of interlocking. In L. serratus the lobes are only roughened in places. In the Pontoniinz one lobe, and part of the rest of the surface, bears a fur of bristles or is roughened by tubercles. This, I believe, is the last remains of the clothing of bristles found on the end of the molar processes of other Carides, such as the Alpheide. In the primitive Palemonid Desmocaris (text-fig. 32) the process
MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALZMONID PRAWNS, 63
ends in asemicircular surface, which bears a comma-shaped patch of serrated ridges. Sollaud, who called attention to the difference between the molar surfaces of Desmocaris and those of other Palemonide *, pointed out that these ridges also occur in the Acanthephyride, and regarded them as a primitive feature. In this he is probably right, since, as 1 have shown, a similar arrangement is found in Nebalia and certain Branchiopoda. In Amphibeteus and some Hippolytide (text-fig. 43) part of the surface 1s covered with such ridges and part with bristles, and lobes of various shapes are appearing. We.have here probably a transition from the ridged condition to that which is found, for instance, in Pontoniine.
Text-figure 44.
Text-figure 45.
Text-fig. 44.—Ventral view of mouth-parts of Leander serratus after removal of maxillipeds, maxillw, and left maxillule. Text-fig. 45.—The same after removal of maxillules and paragnatha.
For lettering see p. 71.
2. The mandibles lie (text-figs. 44, 45) in a chamber enclosed between the lips, the hood-like labrum standing in front of them, and the large bilobed metastoma behind, while the swollen bases of the mandibles themselves close in the chamber at the sides.
* C,R. Ac, Sci. clii. p. 913 (1911).
64 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON THE
There are two openings to the lip-chamber—a narrow median shit between the lobes (paragnatha) of the metastoma and a wider transverse gap between the metastoma and the labrum. The incisor processes close the transverse opening, meeting in the middle line. The molar processes meet deeper in the chamber, just under the opening of the gullet.
3. In the maxillule (text-fig. 46), the inner lacinia, which is usually the narrower of the two, curves towards the outer and is provided with relatively feeble bristles. The outer lacinia has very stout, yellow bristles and is probably the only structure, other than the mandible, which is capable of tearing the food. The endopodite is bifid at the tip, the proximal branch, which possibly represents an endite, being curved in a short spiral, the distal branch nearly straight. The maxillules stand close against the paragnatha (text-fig. 44), the lacinie of each opposed to those of the other across the median line, but not quite meeting them.
Text-figure 46.
Maxillule of Leander serratus.
For lettering see p. 71.
The inner lacinizw are just behind the cleft of the metastoma, the outer stand beside the cleft. The endopodite is directed outwards and hooks its curved process around the outer edge of the paragnathum, which has a notch to receive it. Probably this gives a purchase for the action of the limb.
4, In the maxilla (text-fig. 47), the first double lobe has disappeared and is represented only by a slight swelling of the edge of the limb. The second lobe is of good length, but tends to become simple in the Pontoniine. In this respect it is very variable, the maxille of the two sides sometimes differing in an individual. From the frequent occurrence of reduction in the lobes of this hmb in the Carides, it would seem that they are struetures of no great physiological importance. The endopodite is of simple shape, tapering distally, and the exopodite (scapho- gnathite) varies in shape and width with the gill-chamber, and
65
MOUTH=PARTS OF THE PALZMONID PRAWNS.
thus with the habit of body. The long bristles which fringe the scaphognathite are feathered, which probably makes the organ
more efficient in sweeping the gill-chamber. Text-figure 47,
Zijyp 1 Maxilla of Leander serratus. For lettering see p. 71.
Text-figure 48.
CX
=
First maxilliped of Leander serratus.
For lettering see p. 71.
5. In the first maxilliped (text-fig. 48), two endites—the second and third—are nearly always recognizable, and usually : 5
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1917, No. V.
66 MR. Le A. BORRADAILE ON THE
separated by a very distinct notch. The notch in the proximal endite, though less distinct, can often be made out. The endo- podite is simple with a stout bristle near the top, and often indications of a joint a little further down. At the tip of the exopodite a few small joints may be present and at its base on the outer side is a fringed lobe (lobe a of Boas) which varies in width with the body and has perhaps some function in regard to the current which the scaphognathite sets up in the gill-chamber. Its bristles are feathered like those of the scaphognathite. The epipodite varies much in size, and its outer border is usually notched. .
6. In the second maxilliped (text-fig. 49), the main axis consists of six joints, the basipodite and ischiopodite being fused.
Text-figure 49.
AN
sé ZA SS, SJ
Cox
Second maxilliped of Leander serratus. For lettering see p. 71.
The last two joints are bent strongly backwards on the inner side of the limb, so as to lie parallel with the ischiopodite, and, owing to the backward (morphologically forward) growth of a process of the propodite on the outer (morphologically inner) side of the dactylopodite, the latter comes to lie along the median side of the former, instead of at its apex. Thus these two joints are compacted into a firm plate, which presents a long median margin, fringed with bristles, against its fellow of the opposite side. This is, of course, the typical caridean condition of the limb. The exopodite is obscurely annulate in the greater part of its length, and bears at the end a comparatively small number of true joints. The coxopodite carries on the outer side a simple epipodite (mastigobranch), at the base of which may be a gill (Leander, Urocaridella) or the vestige of one. On the median side
MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALZ.MONID PRAWNS. 67 of the coxopodite is a knob, which bears bristles, and may represent an endite. A sternal swelling which is sometimes present at the base of the coxopodite may represent a precoxal endite.
7. The main axis of the third. maxilliped (text-fig. 50) consists of four or five joints (five in Leander and in Urocaridella, four in
Text-figure 50.
ST
isc.mer
Dw
Third maxilliped of Leander serratus. For lettering see p. 71.
most Pontoniine), the propodite being always fused with the dactylopodite and the ischiopodite with the meropodite, and often also the basipodite with the ischiomeropodite, in which case the junction is generally marked by a notch. The coxopodite bears
on the outside a small rounded epipodite, and often on the inside rym D
ra
68 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON THE
a bristly knob which is perhaps an endite. The exopodite is obseurely annulate, and at its end there are usually a few longer segments which are sometimes true joints, but in other cases appear to be marked merely by a change in the width of the organ and the attachment of bristles. ‘I'he ischiomeropodite is almost always more or less curved, with the concave side towards the middle line of the body. It is ribbon-like and shows in the Pontoniine a tendency to widen. The curving of this joint brings the last two joints near to those of the fellow limb, so
Text-figure 51.
ey
> S.
~ 7
| Ventral view of mouth-region of Leander serratus, all mouth-parts . being in place.
that, while the ischiomeropodites le at the sides of the mouth with a wide gap between them in which the second maxillipeds are exposed, the distal parts of the limbs lie side by side in front of the mouth-region. <A further complexity in the arrangement - of the parts of the limb is brought about by the fact that the ischiomeropodites are twisted, so that the flat surface of the appendage, which in its distal part is in a horizontal plane, is in the proximal part in a plane between the horizontal and the
MOUTH-PARIS OF THE PALAZMONID PRAWNS. 69
vertical. This arrangement, combined with the presence of a fringe of bristles along the inner edge of the limb, has the effect of forming a kind of basket below the mouth-region, walled in at the sides by the ischiomeropodites and by the bristles which project downwards and inwards from their edges. In Leander * there are bristles borne in a diagonal row along the ventral ‘surface of the ischiomeropodite, and also upon ‘ridges of the coxopodite, basipodite, and ischiopodite of the first leg (text- fig. 51), which complete the basket behind and below, but these are less well developed or absent in Pontoniine. In front of the mouth, the distal parts of the third maxillipeds, with their bristles, afford a surface, horizontally placed below the antennal region while the appendages are outstretched, which by bending can be brought ventrally under the mouth so as to complete its enclosure anteriorly. The last joint often possesses along its inner side a thick brush composed of tufts of hairs more close-set than the bristles of the rest of the limb. This arrangement, which is particularly well developed in Leander, has probably some special function, but I have not been able to discover what that may be.
IV.
1. It is not an easy matter to induce Leander to feed at a given moment, and still less so to observe what it 1s doing while it feeds. The animal will not take food if it is not hungry, if it is languid owing to lack of aeration of the water, or if it is suffering from shock, though sometimes it will feed surprisingly soon after violent operations, such as the removal of limbs. I have tried to observe the action of its jaws by means,of a mirror, but without much success. The best method is to fasten the prawn upon its back in a shallow vessel of sea water by means of plasticine. It will often feed quite freely in this position, and its jaws can easily be reached with a needle. When it is feeding, small particles of food may be seized by the chelipeds of either pair, and by them conveyed to the mouth, where they are generally received by the second maxillipeds, though sometimes they appear to be placed directly in charge of more dorsally placed structures, probably the maxillules. A large morsel occasionally appears to be steadied by the legs of the second pair, while those of the first tear off fragments and carry them to the jaws, but it is more often placed as a whole within the grasp of the second maxillipeds, which hold it in place while pieces are torn off it by deeper-lying organs, probably in the main by the incisor processes. In handling bulky masses of food, the chelipedsare assisted by the third maxillipeds, which bend back their last two joints for this purpose. The third
* In this genus, in which the bristles of the third maxilliped are best developed, there may be made out three bands along the limb—an inner, middle, and outer, perhaps corresponding to the marginal, submarginal, and lateral of the four series found by Claus in Nebalia (text-fig. 8, p. 42). Each band consists of a succession of little transverse rows. Towards the ends of the appendage the bands converge and become merged.
70 MR. L. Ae BORRADAILE ON THE
-maxillipeds are aiso capable by the same action of scooping up food and unaided conveying it to the second maxillipeds, between which they sometimes thrust it with their tips. During these processes the basket which has been mentioned seems to serve the purpose of keeping the food under control till it has been seized by the second maxillipeds. These are very important organs, and play an indispensable part in passing food to the mandibles. ‘The animal can still feed if the legs and third maxillipeds have been removed, but if all the other organs be left and the second maxillipeds cut away it is apparently incapable of taking food. The second maxillipeds have three principal movements. In one, the broad flaps in which they end open downwards like a pair of doors, and with their stout fringes gather up the food; in another they rotate in the horizontal plane to and from the middle line of the body and thus narrow or widen the gap between them; in the third the bent distal part of the limbs tends to straighten so as to brush forward any object which lies between them. Frequently these movements are © combined. Once the food is past the portals formed by the second maxillipeds its course is hard to trace, but the following seems to be its fate. Ifit be small in quantity and finely divided, or very soft, it is abandoned to the action of the maxillules, by whose strong, fringed laciniz it is swept forwards and probably caused to enter the mouth through the slit between the para- gnatha. The laciniz can be moved separately, and the difference between them, in shape and in the kind of bristles they bear, probably corresponds to some difference in function. If the food be bulky or tough, the second maxillipeds assist the maxillules in brushing it forwards towards the incisor processes, The action of these latter is not so much a cutting as a process of tucking the food into the lip-chamber by first backing outwards and then moving inwards and rotating upwards. No doubt, during this the food generally undergoes some tearing, and when the mass of it is large, pieces have to be torn from it before they can be swallowed. The palp does not appear to take any mechanical part in the process of feeding. If it has a sensory function this is probably not of great importance, for the organ is present and absent in closely related genera in many cases among Carides. Finally, to enter the gullet, the food must pass between the molar processes and doubtless be pounded by them as it goes. Their concave ends are usually found to be clogged with a pasty matter. They must do their work very quickly, for the move- ment of the mandibles, as judged by that of the incisor processes, ceases very soon after the food leaves the latter. How swallowing takes place is not clear. Parker and Mocquard suggest that the | food of Decapod crustaceans is caused to pass up the gullet by suction from the crop (stomach), but, as i have shown elsewhere *, the case of the land hermit-crabs of the genus Cenobita throws
* Gardiner’s ‘ Fauna of the Maldives,’ vol. i. p. 79 (1901).
MOUTH-PARTS OF THE PALA MONID PRAWNS. 71 doubt upon this explanation. It may be that the constrictor muscles of the cesophagus conduct the process.
2. The first maxillipeds and the maxille probably take no very prominent part in manipulating the food. The feeble lobes of the maxille are in incessant movement to and from the middle line as they are carried inwards and outwards by the action of the scaphognathite. .It seems not unlikely that their sole function is to regulate the motions of the latter. The large lacinia of the first maxilliped is a rather weak structure, with slender silky bristles, and is not strongly moved during feeding. Probably, by covering the lobes of the maxilla, it prevents them from being clogged by the food.
The part played by the paragnatha seems to be a passive one.
The labrum undergoes active movements, whose function is probably to aid in keeping the food under the action of the incisor processes.
3. The exopodites of the maxillipeds are in constant rapid motion, setting up by their activity a strong current forwards from the mouth. No doubt, this assists in carrying away the exhausted water from the gill-chambers and the excreta of the green glands poured out at the base of the antenne. But it has also a significance in the feeding process. From time to time particles are rejected by the second maxillipeds, which kick them violently forwards, the distal parts of the third maxillipeds at the same time straightening so as to admit them to the outgoing stream, by which they are swept away.
Explanation of Lettering of the Text-figures.
te: endites or the primary segments | z., incisor process of mandible. which correspond to them. | i.1., inner lacinia of maxillule of 9, additional segment in the max- Malacostraca. illiped of Calanus. ise.mir., 1schio-meropodite. 17., 21., first and second lobes of maxilla | l., labrum. of Decapoda. L.’, side lobe of labrum. 1lg., first leg of Leander. l.r., lateral row of sete. lmexp., 2mxp., 3 mxp., first, second, and m., molar process of mandible. third maxillipeds of Leander. m.yr., marginal row of sete. ap., apical lobe. mer., meropodite. a.r., third or additional row of setzx m., notch on paragnathum to on thoracic limb of Nebalia. receive endopodite of max- ax., axis of parapodium. illule. bas., basipodite. o.l., outer lacinia of maxillule of b.is., basi-ischiopodite. Malacostraca. b.m., base of mandible. p., paragnathum. car., et p.m., palp of mandible. cox., coxopodite. pr.cx. pYecoxa. dac., dactylopodite. pr.ep., proepipodite. d.c., dorsal cirrus. pro., propodite. en., endopodite. pro.dac., pro-dactylopodite. ep., epipodite. yr, 7.,r.’, ridges of segments of first leg ex., exopodite. of Leander, ji., flabellum. s.7., second side row of sete. g., gill of polychaete worm. s., subapical lobe. gl., papilla for opening of maxillary v.., ventral cirrus. gland of Stomatopoda. x., so-called ‘‘exopodite” of g’.; groove across paragnathum of Triarthrus.
Leander.
A
Os
ON THE SCOLEX OF A CESTODE. c
5. On the Scolex in the Cestode Genus Duthiersia, and on the Species of that Genus. By Frank EK. Bepparp, MPAG 1 Sce:,cR RS... F.Z.8:
[Received December 15, 1916: Read February 6, 1917. |
(Text-figures 1-5.)
INDEX. Page Duchiersia fimbriata Wiese... .0....cceieeeceies 79 Dea paisa: VemierY ..c.5ichccke hives cdeuetemenaiy (SO
The genus Duthiersia is fairly: well known to us from the investigations of authors whose several contributions are quoted later *, but there still remain a few points to which attention has not yet been directed, or concerning which there is up to the present some difference of opinion.
Some little time since I had the opportunity of examining living examples of the genus from the Nilotic Monitor, which ene bled me to ascertain a structural feature which has escaped the attention of my predecessors —very probably because their investigations were made upon preserved material only. The scolices of several examples were in active movement, and from the apex of the scolex was seen to protrude a finger-like process which explored the surroundings. A more careful study of these living worms showed that the apex of the scolex is occupied by a circular pit, quite small like that of many species of /chthyotenia, which is apparently eversible. This pit lies between the upper extremities of the dorsal and ventral bothria, on a patch of integument which is not invaded by the bothria. ‘The area in question is more extensive than the pit which occupies its centre. Transverse sections confirmed the existence of this structure, which has not yet been described in the genus Duthiersia. The pit is so small that it only appeared in two sections of one series which I prepared, and only in five of another (thinner) series. And as these are naturally the very first sections of the series and very small in area, the apical pit might be easily missed, and possibly has been.
The two series of sections referred to were transverse. I have also found the apical pit in horizontal sections through the scolex. In all of these it appears as a mere pit; certain special structures (text- fig. 1, s) were to be observed in the shape of delicate filaments arising from the margin of the pit, possibly of a sensory nature. As to the protrusion of the entire apex of the papilla, I believe it to consist of the tissues surrounding the pit as it was too large to be a mere eversion of that orifice. But possibly the pit was also everted, a fact of which I am not able to speak with certainty. The apical pit appears to me to be of a sensory nature, and thus
* Page 75, footnotes.
74 DR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE
perhaps does not bear any relation to the rostellum of other Cestodes. Related genera belonging to the same division of the Cestodes (i.e. Pseudophyllidea) throw no light upon this question. It is true that an apical depression has been described in other genera; but where this has been carefully investigated it would appear to be produced simply by an apical fusion—or nearly com- plete fusion—of the lateral bothria. Thus, in Bothriomonus*, the presence of a dividing septum shows that the apical vertical slit is merely the abbreviated remains of the two bothria. ‘Were the septum absent the homology of the depression in question might be more doubtful; I therefore believe this apical sensory (?) organ to be new to the Pseudophyllidea.
Text-figure 1.
A transverse section through the apex of the scolex of Duthiersia fimbriata.
ce, cuticle; s, apical sense-organ.
While I found this structure in examples of Duthiersia from Monitor niloticus, 1 examined other specimens of Duthiersia in vain.
Two series of transverse sections of the scolex of specimens from Monitor bengalensis showed absolutely no trace of the organ. As these were much larger-scolices, the probability of my having failed to recognise the organ is thereby reduced. I have in fact little doubt that the apical pit is in those specimens quite un- developed. A comparison in other ways between the specimens from the two species of Monitors showed plainly that we have here to deal with two undoubtedly distinct species of Duthiersia.
* Cholodkovsky, Annuaire Mus. Zool. de l’Acad. Imp. Sci. Petrograd, xix. 1914, p. 520, figs. 6, 7.
SCOLEX OF A CESTODE. 7)
This is not a novel conclusion; but it is not accepted by the. majority of recent writers, Perrier*, the original describer of: the genus, found differences in examples from different species of Momitor and recognised two species, viz. Duthiersia expansa from Eastern species of Monitor, and D. elegans from African. Perrier was perfectly right, and the majority of his successors are quite wrong. ‘The confusion of two distinct species 1s connected with various assertions with regard to the form of the bothria in this genus. It will be necessary to clear up this confusion. In D. expansa the form of the scolex is more spear-shaped than in the other species, as is plainly shown in Perriev’s figures. The bothrium on each side is closed posteriorly and opens again by a minute pore closely adpressed to the commencing strobila, thus producing a tube-shaped bothrium open widely in front and by but a narrow orifice posteriorly; this funnel-like arrangement has been justly compared by many to the tube-like bothria of Bothridium (Solenophorus). According to Perrier the same orifice exists posteriorly in D. elegans, but at some distance laterally from the fusion of the bothria with the strobila. Monticelli and Crety 7, who examined only examples of Duthiersia from an Indian Monitor, confirmed the existence of the posterior pore in that worm ; and, inferring its existence also in examples from JJonitor miloticus from Perrier’s statements, united both these worms into one species under the name of Duthiersia fimbriata; this name was given by Diesing{ to what he regarded as a species of Solenophorus, though tabulated as ‘‘ species inquirenda.” Diesing made his observations upon Perrier’s “species” D. elegans. Just previously to the memoir of Monticelli and Crety, Lithe$ took the opposite view and denied the posterior orifice of the bothrium, but agreed with the first mentioned authors in regarding the Cestodes from all species of J/onitor as belonging to one species only, namely (of course) D. fimbriata. This view is accepted by Braun |) in Bronn’s ‘ Thierreich,’ who, in defining the genus Duthiersia, described the hinder region of the bothrium as ‘“ nicht perforirt,” the italics being his own. It is true that in earlier numbers of the same volume Braun accepted Perrier’s statements and even used his figures, but later altered his opinion by reason of Liihe’s observations. Still later Shipley | re-asserted the existence of a posterior opening of the bothria in specimens from Monitor salvator and M. bengalensis, as did Southwell ** ‘ In Varanus spp.” The latter regards as synonyms both of Perriex’s species. Klaptocz 7, however, in 1906 again definitely denied the existence of the posterior orifice in the bothria of Duthiersia from
* Arch. de Zool. Expér. ii. 1873, p. 349.
+ Mem. R. Ace. Sci. Torino, (2) xli. 1891, p. 381.
t Sitzungsb. Wien. Ak. xiii. 1854, p. 589.
§ Verh. Deutsch. Zool. Ges. 1899. p. 48.
|| Klassen u. Ordn. des Thierreichs, Vermes, Bd. iv. Abth. 1B. p. 1689. {| Spolia Zey]. i. 1903, p. 47. ** Rec. Indian Mus. ix. pt. v. 1913, p. 281. tt Sitzungsb. Wien. Ak. cxv. 1906, p. 133.
76 DR. F, E. BEDDARD ON THE
Monitor niloticus. The latest statement known to me is that of Cholodkovsky *, who has defined Duthiersia by (inter alia) the fact that the “ Bothridia have the appearance of a funnel with blind narrow ends formed behind.” This definition presumably implies the existence of only one species of the genus.
‘The above brief résume shows that, while Perrier examined examples of Duthiersia from both the Nilotic and the Indian species of Monitors and asserted the existence of the posterior orifice of the funnel formed by the partial coalescence of the two lips of the bothrium in both of these, subsequent observers based their results upon the personal examination of one only of the two alleged species; and also shows that there is a consensus of opinion that no posterior orifice exists in examples from Monitor wiloticus, while it is asserted to exist in examples from Indian Monitors. These observers finally appear, on the whole, to have concluded that their own observations, though made upon one set of individuals ‘only (whether from Africa or India), applied to the others ex- amined by their fellow-workers, and that the genus Duthiersia was definitely to be characterised by the possession or non- possession of these orifices according to each observer’s own discovery of fact. I have made myself an examination, as already stated, of examples of Duthiersia from both African and Indian species of Monitor, and I cannot see why the obvious differences pointed out by Perrier nave not been universally accepted. To these I have some fresh observations to add which, as I think, entirely justify the position taken by Perrier.
Perrier’s figures show the great difference in the general form of the scolex in the two species, which is, moreover, much larger in D. expansa than in D. fimbriata (as we must, of course, cail Perrier’s D. elegans). I have already described the apical pit in D. fimbriata, which is not to be found in D. expansa, and I agree with other observers that the posterior aperture of the bothria does not exist in D. fimbriata. I have examined several series of sections both transverse and longitudinal, and can find no trace of this orifice. In D. expansa, on the other hand, it is exceedingly obvious though very minute. It lies closely adpressed to the commencing strobila to which the posterior end of the folds forming the bothrium are attached, instead of, as in D. fimbriata, turning upwards to be attached at a point much higher up.and within the shelter of the lateral folds forming the bothrium. At the point of opening of the orifice the fused bothrial folds project laterally as a papilla upon the side of the strobila ; but the actual orifice is not upon the apex of this papilla, but upon its inner side. ‘There are other differences between the scolices of these two species of Duthiersia. In D. expansa, in tracing a series of sections from the strobila region forwards, the axis of the scolex is more sharply defined than in the other species. This is seen in transverse sections to be due to the fact that the flaps of
* Trav. Soc. Imp. Nat. Petrograd, xlv. 1914, p. 62.
SCOLEX OF A CESTODE. 77
tissue which form the walls of the bothria do not unite at their attachment to the axis, but leave a space between their inner terminations. In D. fimbriata, on the other hand, the two walls
Text-figure 2.
. 4,
Transverse sections through scolex of (left-hand figure) Duthiersia fimbriata and (right-hand figure) D. erpansa.
w, walls of bothria; e, junction of these with the axis of the scofex.
of the bothrium practically meet at their insertion (text-fig. 2, ¢). Thus, in both transverse and horizontal sections the axis assumes
78 DR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE
a greater distinctness in D. expansa. This is also due to the fact that in the last-mentioned species the axis of the scolex 1s formed from the medulla only (text-fig. 3, a), while in D. fimbriata the axis 18 apparently formed from both medulla and cortical layer. The point of difference is further emphasised by the more modified
Text-figure 3.
,a
Longitudinal section through scolex of Duthiersia expansa.
a, axis of scolex continuous with medulla only of strobila region (m) ; c, cavity of bothrial groove displayed here and there; o posterior orifice of this cavity.
@ structure of the axis in D. expansa, where it presents the appear- ance of a more clearly defined network, the spaces being largely quadrilateral in outline. There is not this plain histological
ss anal
SCOLEX OF A CESTODE. 79
differentiation in J), fimbriata. Finally, in transverse sections through the bothrial canal up to its point of opening on to the side of the strobila, the same restriction of the bothrium to the cortical layer is to be seen very plainly; this is due to the fact that here the medulla is marked off from the cortex by a thick layer of longitudinal muscles which is itself sharply marked off both internally and externally. The tube of the bothrium traverses the cortical layer (text-fig. 4, d), only pushing back but not in any way taking up or invading these longitudinal muscles.
Text-figure 4.
cl m
V Transverse section through posterior extremity of scolex of Duthiersia expansa.
d-and v, dorsal and ventral bothria forming a narrow canal in the cortical layer ; the external orifice of v is shown; m, longitudinal muscular layer dividing the cortex from the medulla; 2, nerve-cord.
Another difference between the scolices of the two species affects the water-vascular system. In both the scolex is per- meated by a network of these tubes which is very obvious in sections both transverse and longitudinal. J am not able to give a detailed account of the course of these vessels in the scolex, but it is quite clear that the number of tubes is much greater in the smaller species D. fimbriata, and that they are here of a smaller size than in the larger species D. expansa. We may now sum- marise the characters of the two species as follows :—
Genus DuTHIERSIA,
(1) D. Fimpriata Diesing.
Solenophorus fimbriatus Diesing, SB. Ak. Wien, 1854, p. 589. Duthiersia elegans Perrier, Arch. Zool. Exp. 1873, p- 360.
Scolex smaller ; bothria opening by continuous antero-lateral
80 DR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE
groove only; apical pit at extremity of scolex; water-vascular system of scolex an abundant network of small tubes. Hab. Monitor niloticus,
(2) D. expansa Perrier,
Duthiersia expansa Perrier, Arch. Zool. Exp. 1873, p. 359.
Scolex larger ; bothria opening by continuous antero-lateral groove and by separate posteriorly sitwated pore, being thus funnel- shaped ; apical pit not present ; water-vascular system of scolex a less abundant network of larger tubes.
Hab. Monitor bengalensis and other Indian forms.
It is quite possible that were these two species found in quite different hosts (7. e. of different genera or families) they would be placed in separate genera. ‘The differences of the scolex are obviously large and important as these differences go among the Pseudophyllidea. I do not, however, attempt this separation.
In conclusion I desire to draw attention to a few minutie in the structure of the scolex of Duthiersia which have not been dwelt upon by those who have already studied the structure of this genus. The strobila near to the scolex is somewhat hour- glass-shaped in section, having a dorsal and ventral depression, and thus a bulging at the two sides; this is more marked in D. fimbriata than in the larger species. The medulla is separated from the cortical layer by a sharply marked band of longitudinal muscles which become frayed out and thus end—as a distinct and circumscribed layer—at the junction with the scolex. This layer is the same in both species. A transverse layer lying within this is to be seen in longitudinal section, but does not form a con- tinuous coating of muscular fibre: there is simply a slender bundle of fibres at the posterior end of each segment. This layer escaped my attention in D. expansa, where it cannot at any rate be so obvious as in the other Duthiersia. This state of affairs contrasts with what obtains in Solenophorus, believed to be closely allied to Duthiersia. In the former the longitudinal layer is very much thicker and with more scattered and at the same time larger fibres, and the extent of the medulla is reduced. In trans- verse sections the strobila of Solenophorus contrasts with that of Duthiersia by its stouter form and oval to circular outline. This thickening of the muscular layer in Solenophorus is, no doubt, connected with the strong muscular supply of the walls of the bothrial tubes in this genus. But in Duthiersia, in transverse section, a thinnish layer of fibres is seen to extend along the projecting walls of the bothria and represents the constricting muscles seen in Solenophorus, though diminished in importance. Within the bothrial tubes of Solenophorus the hypodermic cells (subcuticular layer) are covered by a structureless stained (by re- agents) and slightly opaque cuticle, outside of which is a clearer but still rather granular yellowish cuticle of chitinous appear- ance, of which the outermost layer is stained by reagents. In
SCOLEX OF A CESTODE. 8]
Duthiersia the layer which is thrown off most externally by the outermost layer in the bothrial groove is quite different. It is much deeper and greatly stained by reagents. It presents (text-fig. 5) the appearance of closely approximated plates, thinner towards
Text-figure 5.
Upper figure a section through a portion of the wall of the bothrial tube of Bothridium (Solenophorus) megacephala.
Lower figure a similar section of Duthiersia fimbriata.
1, membrane immediately lining bothrial groove and secreted by (e) epithelial lining : between the two lies another membrane, shown as a darker line. The difference of the outermost of the two membranes in Duthiersia and Bothridium 1s clearly shown.
Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1917, No. VI. 6
82 ON THE SCOLEX OF A CESTODE.,
the outside but reinforced by thicker bars. When the walls of the bothrium are closed upon each other there is absolute contact between the cuticular layers of the two sides. The appearance is totally different from what is to be seen in Solenophorus, and thus presents a striking difference between the two genera. It should be added that in Duthersia, as in Solenophorus, a second layer lies within the outer cuticular layer just described which is precisely like that of Solenophorus.
ON BRITISH CISSID BEETLES. 83
6.—1. The Coleoptera of the Family Cissidee found in Britain, with Descriptions of two new Species.— 2. A new Species of the Coleopteran genus Cryptor- rhynchus Iiger. By C. J.C. Poon, Assistant Curator Caird Insect House *.
[ Received Febraary 6, 1917: Read February 20, 1917.)
INDEX. Page 1. The Coleoptera of the Family Cisside found in Britain... 83 Introduction «........ Se eee Sons Ser re Nn eaae of?) Table of Genera and Buetiks Gates 84 Notes on Characters and Diccvation: en Description OEENE WAS POClOS a hr tacits come demt emi ates ada er earn ee OO 2. A new Species of the Coleopteran Genus Cryptorrhynchus Introduction.
It is well known that since at least the time of that eminent French entomologist the Abbé Latreille (1806), the Order Coleoptera has been divided into major groups superior to families, which have been based principally on affinities in the form and character of the antenne, or on the number of tarsal joints.
These groups constituted, as they have been, differently by different authorities and known by different names, present anomalies difficult to reconcile or explain.
The family Cisside Mellie (1848), which forms the subject of these notes, is in its morphology one of the most anomalous of these constituents.
It was included by the British authority Marsham (1802) in the genus Ptinus L., and by Stephens (1839) in the family Bostrichide Leach, and close to Anobium F.
Thus the family maintained its position in the works of sub- sequent British authorities paca the Teredilia or Serricornia, of which such genera formed part.
In the latest general Kuropean list (Heyden, Reitter, and Weise, 1906), the Cissidee have been placed after the Myceto- phagide among the Clavicornia, and as that arrangement has been followed by,the most recent list of the British Coleoptera (Newbery and Sharp, 1915), L propose to adopt it here as well as the specific nomenclature of the family there used.
The Cissidee are fungivorous, and may be found in various kinds of Boleti and Polypori on old trees and logs.
Very few species are attached to any particular kind of fungus.
A piece of Boletus from Godalming once produced no less than
* Communicated by the SECRETARY.
‘ , 6
84 MR. C. J. C. POOL ON
seven species, representing the four gone Crs, Ennearthron, Octotemnus, and Rhopalodontus.
At first one experiences some difficulty in naming specimens owing to the confusion of species and the presence of many im- pertect or immature examples in the older collections available for study and comparison.
Colour variation is a constant source of difficulty owing to the fact that it might be due either to simple aberration or to different degrees of maturity of the specimens.
The colour of the clubs of the antenne, sometimes mentioned as a guide to the identification of species closely related, must not be accepted as a reliable character without allowance for variation. I have studied great numbers of living specimens, from emergence from the pupa to undoubted maturity, and the results of my investigations enable me to say in which of the species this character is regular, or the reverse.
Any uncertainty or difficulty relating to immaturity may be avoided by breeding and keeping the insects alive for several months.
The breeding-process is very simple, and consists of gathering infested fungi, which may be kept in carefully labelled tins or jars in a cool situation, where the insects may develop under healthy conditions. <A little damp blotting-paper or peat will supply all the necessary moisture, care being taken that sufficient ventilation is provided to prevent mildew.
Most of the species are long-lived, and may be found in the larval or adult state at any season. Pupation appears to be unusual in winter, but sometimes occurs in sheltered situations.
In the formation of the following table of the genus Cis, for which I ciaim little more than the merits of simplicity, I have to some extent grouped the species, as I have found them con- founded in collections. For instance, the series of C. micans in the National Collection at one time consisted of four different species, viz. :—C. nicans, C. setiger, C. boleti (small and imma- ture), and C. hispidus (immature):
The general characters of shape and size will enable the student without figures or reference-collectious to decide to which of the five groups his specimens belong before attempting the more difficult task of specific identification.
Table of Genera and Species. Genus Cis Latreille. Antenne 10-jointed. Anterior coxe transverse, round-oval ; tibize not (or very rarely) dilated at apex. Group 1.— Form short.. Almost glabrous. L. 13-13 mm.
lineatocribratus Mell. Elytra strongly punctured in rows. Never black. Clubs of antenne always pale.
BRITISH CISSID BEETLES, 85
C. nitidus Herbst. Colour pale brown to black. Clubs of antenne always dark. Anterior angles of thorax produced,
C. jacquemarti Mell. Colour pale brown. to black. Clubs of antenne always pale. Anterior angles of thorax not produced.
Group 2.—Form short. Plainly pubescent. L. 13-2 mm.
C. bilamellatus Wood ov Fowler ?=minutus Blackburn. Upper surface dull. Clubs of antenne dark.
C. lineatosetosus, sp. n. Upper surface shiny. Clubs of antenne pale.
Group 3.—Oblong. Rather broad. L. 2-4 mm.
C. boleti Scop. Thorax uneven, irregular impressions on dise, base not bordered. Clubs of antenne pale testaceous or black.
C. setiger Mell. =villosulus Marsh. Impressions on thorax more or less obsolete, base bordered. Clubs of antenne pale testaceous or black.
C. micans F. Never quite black. Clubs of antenne always dark.
C. hispidus Payk. Mature specimens always black. Clubs of antenne always pale red.
C. bidentatus Ol. Dull. Scanty pubescence.
Group 4.—Elongate. Large. L. 24-22 mm.
C.alni Gyll. Shiny. Finely punctured. Very scantily pub- escent. Clubs of antenne pale or dark. Tibiz long and slender.
C. latifrons, sp. n. Not so shiny. Coarsely punctured. Dis- tinctly pubescent. Head very broad. Clubs of antenne pale. Tibi short and stout.
C. punctulatus Gyll. Dull. More coarsely punctured and with longer pubescence. Clubs of antenne pale or dark.
Group 5.—Elongate. Size smaller. —L. 1-23 mm.
C. oblongus Mell.=pygmeus Marsh. Black. Legs ved or partly e ved and black. Clubs of antenne variabie, pale or dark. Pubescence usually reddish, rarely yellow or white. Females sometimes much above average size of this | group.
C. vestitus Mell. First ventral segment of abdomen of male bearing a small umbilicate depression in the middle (Newbery). Colour variable, but rarely black. Legs ferruginous, never red or black and red. Clubs of antenne pale or black. Upper surface dull.
86 MR. C. J. Ce POOL ON
C. festivus Panz. First ventral segment of abdomen of male rugose all over, but with no umbilicate depression in the middle (Newbery). Clubs of antenne always"pale. Upper surface shiny.
C. castaneus Mell.= fuscatus Mell. Unicolorous castaneous, Depressed and dull. » Clubs of antenne never black.
Genus Ruopautopontus Mellie.
Antenne 10-jointed. Anterior coxe shorter (more or less conical); tibie dilated and denticulate at apex.
R. perforatus Gyll. Size larger. Dull unicolorous. Pale or dark brown. Clubs of antennz never black. L. 17-2 mm.
kh. fronticornis Panz. Size smaller. Dull black, with pale testaceous legs. Clubs of antenne sometimes black. L. 1-14 mm.
Genus ENNEARTHRON Mellie.
Antenne 9-jointed.
E. affine Gyll. Colour black. Clubs of antenne alway dark. L, 1-13 mm.
EF. cornutum Gyll. Colour brown. Clubs of antenne usually dark, rarely pale. L. 1-1? mm.
Genus Ocroremnus Mellié. (Ovrophius Redtenbacher.)
Antenne 8-jointed.
O. glabriculus Gyll. Smooth, shiny. The number of joints of the antenne will distinguish it from Cis jacquemarti in Group 1. L. 1-14 mm.
Notes on Characters and Distribution, with Description of New Species.
Genus Cis Latreille.
C. LINEATOCRIBRATUS Mell. . There is little or no variation noticeable amongst mature specimens.
Previously only recorded from Scotland and Cumberland (Day). The latter record (Brit. Col., Fow. & Don. vol. vi. p. 281) refers to a single specimen taken from fungus on birch at Gt. Salkeld by Mr. H. Britten. Abundant in a large detached brown fungus at Mark Ash, New Forest, Sept. 1913 (Pool). Near Brockenhurst (Dr. Sharp), Denny Wood (Bedwell).
BRITISH CISSID BEETLES. 87
C. nrtipus Herbst.
Common and widely distributed throughout Britain. ~ Treland, common in Dublin and Belfast districts.
It is found in Scotland in company with C. jacquemarti Mell., and is sometimes confounded with that species in collections.
C. JACQUEMARTI Mell.
Previously only recorded from Scotland, where it has been taken freely at Rannoch (Turner, Beare, and Denisthorpe), Garve in Ross-shire (Dr. Joy). Near Brockenhurst, 1915 (Dr. Sharp), in company with C. nitidus Herbst.
Not recorded from Ireland.
C. BILAMELLATUS Wood = bilamellatus Fowler (Europ. List Heyden, Reitter & Weise, 1906) = minutus Blackburn.
There is some considerable variation in size and development of the males. Small specimens occur without the upright plates on the thorax and clypeus, which might easily be mistaken for females or for members of another species.
Additional localities : Orpington, Kent (Pool), Richmond Park (Donisthorpe & Perkins), Highgate (Janson).
It has occurred at Port Lincoln, South Australia, and was named OC. miuutus by Blackburn, with whose type I have compared British specimens.
Exceeding abundant in Kent and Surrey, but is probably an introduction like the following species.
C. LINEATOSETOSUS, Sp. n.
Short and broad, unicolorous testaceous, shiny. Head smooth, finely punctured and pubescent. Thorax finely punctured and pubescent, slightly narrowed in front, front margin with two indistinct teeth which merge with two other more distinct teeth on the clypeus when viewed from behind. Elytra twice as long as thorax, broad, closely punctured, especially near the scutellum, and clothed with ten straight rows of erect sete. Legs and antenne entirely pale testaceous.
Length 14 mm.
This insect resembles the small undeveloped males of C. bila- mellatus, which bear only slight traces of the plates on the thorax and clypeus. It is not an indigenous species, but because of its long residence in London and the possibility of its having become established in our parks or woods, it is desirable that its origin should be recorded with these notes on species found in Britain.
Several specimens are in British collections, which I have traced to the following source :—
‘* 86. In a fungus from the South Sea Islands that had been many years in Mus. Brit. (alive). From W. Carruthers, Esq., Sept. 1866.”
I am indebted to Mr. J. N. Halbert of the National Museum,
88 MR. C. J. GC. POOL ON
Dublin, for this extract from Dr. McNab's notebook. It is of special interest as showing how (C. bilamellatus might have been imported from South Australia.
My specimen, given to me by Mr. O. E. Janson from his father’s collection, bears a label with the following inscription :— “From Fungus in British Museum. Dr. McNab.” :
C. BOLETI Scop.
Exceedingly variable in size, colour, and punctuation of mature ‘specimens.
A specimen from Sandown, which lived for five months, is entirely pale testaceous. :
Pale examples oecur with black clubs on the antenne. Dark brown or black specimens may be found with either dark or pale clubs.
Rev. W. W. Fowler (Col. Brit. Is. p. 206, vol. iv.) says :—
“The Cis rugulosus of Mellié, which was introduced into our lists by My. Crotch, appears to be only a variety of C. boleti in which the rugose punctation of the elytra is more apparent and the larger punctures more or less obsolete ; as intermediate varia- tions occur it can hardly be regarded as a stable variety, much less as a species.”
My series of this and other species of Cis contains some remarkable aberrations, which I have refrained from naming as I consider the latter part of the remarks quoted might apply equally well to any of them.
Common in fungus on logs, stumps, ete., throughout the
Kingdom. C. sErrIGER Mell. = villosudiws Marsh.
Probably the most variable species of the genus in size and colour.
I possess specimens displaying the following combinations :— Body black with black clubs of antennew; dark brown with pale clubs ; pale testaceous with black clubs; and unicolorous testaceous.
Recorded from Lancashire, Cheshire, and Suffolk. Common in Southern Counties in ecmpany with C, boleti. Exceedingly abundant in the [sle of Wight.
Not recorded from Scotland or Ireland.
C. MICANS F.
No variation observable amongst mature specimens.
Recent records of -localities:—Oxford and Chatham districts (Walker), Newbury (Harwood), Cumberland (Britten), New Forest (Dr. Sharp), Burnham Beeches, Bucks, and Fittleworth, Sussex (W. E. Sharp), Godalming, Surrey, bred in abundance from Loletus, which was also inhabited by C. boleti and C. setigey (Pool), Penarth (Tomlin).
Not recorded from Scotland or Iveland..,
BRITISH CISSID BEETLES. 89
C. nisprpus Payk.
Pubescence usually bright reddish, but I have seen specimens with yellow or white pubescence.
Common and widely distributed throughout England.
J have never seen it in the Isle of Wight. . Taken in Scotland at Nethy Bridge (Beate) and Garve ih Ross- shire (Dr. Joy).
Ireland: Maryborough (W. E. Sharp).
C, BIDENTATUS Ol.
This species is sometimes abundant in a large fungus on old elms, which also produces Dacne rujfifrons and Mycetophagus multipunctatus.
Common and widely distributed thr preter England.
Scotland: Rannoch, in an old Polyporus on birch, also in- habited by C. nitidus, C. gacquemarti, and Lolitophagus reticulatus L. (Donisthorpe).
Iveland: Armagh and Dublin.
I have not seen it in the Isle of Wight.
C. penratus Mell.
Mr. Donisthorpe has withdrawn this species from the British list (Ent. Record, vol. xxviii. p. 155, 1916).
©. ALNI Gyll.
The specimen recorded as C. dentatus Mell. (Ent. Record, vol. xix. p. 136, 1907) is a curious aberration of C. alni with abnormally coarse punctation of the thorax.
There appears to have been some interruption of the pigment which gives the insect a strange greenish opaque appearance, only the seutellum having the normal dark brown colour.
Whilst withdrawing C. dentatus from our list, Mr. Donisthorpe proposes the name of var. mitfordi for this aberration of C. alii. For reasons already stated in connection with C. boleti, I am not following Mr. Donisthorpe in this direction.
This species appears to be common in most districts where elders are growing.’ It occurs under the bark of dead elder- stems upon which the curious black ‘“Jew’s ear” fungus is growing. It has been recorded in fungus on oak in Dunham Park, Manchester, and Professor Beare tells me he has taken it plentifully i in fungus on dead birch boughs at Nethy Bridge in Scotland.
Calbourne, I. of Wight (Morley), Sandown (Mitford).
There appears to be only one Irish record, from Mote Park, Roscommon.
C. LATIFRONS, Sp. n.
Black, elongate, parallel-sided, clothed with white outstanding pubescence, which, when examined under a lens, is very distinct
90 me on the sides of the thorax and elytra. Head with eyes nearly as broad as the thorax, finely punctured and pubescent. Thorax and elytra coarsely but evenly punctured. There is an im- punctate line behind the middle of thorax equal in width to the space occupied by two of the surrounding punctures. Antenne testaceous ; clubs slightly darker. Legs red. Tibie short and stout.
Length 14-23 mm.
This species comes near to C. alni, with which it has been confounded in collections. The longer pubescence, coarser punctation, as well as its shorter and stouter tibize, will easily distinguish it from that species.
I have recently taken two specimens from rotten beech to which is attached a small brown fungus containing Cis larve, collected with other fungi at Lyndhurst in September 1916. There is a specimen in the Power Collection from the New Forest, and another in the Waterhouse Collection taken in the’ same locality by Mr. Kemp. Another example without data is in the collection of Mr. H. Willoughby Ellis. It was along with some common New Forest species, so is probably from that district.
C. POOL ON
C. puncruLatus Gyll.
This is now the only undoubted British species of Cis which has not been recorded from the south of England. Orton Woods, nr. Carlisle (Day & Britten).
Scotland: Braemar, Aviemore, Nethy Bridge, Balmuto, Ran- noch and Peebles. Professor Beare tells me the species lives in a white fungus which develops between the wood and the bark of dead Scotch fir.
Not recorded from Ireland.
C. optoneus Mell.=pygmeus Marsh.
Forest Hill, Dulwich, Horsell, Coombe Wood, Tonbridge, Windsor, Reading ; Knowle, Warwickshire.
I have bred it in profusion from fungi gathered from oak posts, at Sandown and Brading, I. of Wight.
Chatham (J. J. Walker), Oxford (Collins), North Holt, Mid- dlesex (W. E. Sharp), Brockenhurst (Dr. Sharp), Enfield and Epping Forest (Pool), Harlech (Donisthorpe). Exminster, June 1909. Abundant on old posts, Bovey (P. de la Garde).
Not recorded from Scotland or Ireland.
I have never found it accompanied by any other species of Cis and have never seen the imago alive in winter. It is an active creature in June and July, when I have-seen it in numbers running in hot sunshine upon posts and tree-trunks infested with the fungus in which it feeds.
BRITISH CISSID BEETLES 91
C. vestirus Mell.
A variable species, of which I have seen the following combinations :—
Body black, with pale testaceous clubs of antenne, Wallington (Power). Black, with black clubs; pale testaceous, with black clubs; as well as unicolorous brown and smoky-yellow forms. I have never found C. vestitus and C. festivus inhabiting the same fungus together.
Forest Hill, Dulwich; Olton and Sutton Park, Staffs. ; Man- chester district; Teesdale; Epping Forest (Beare). Richmond Park (Donisthorpe).
I have bred it in plenty from fungus scraped from the under- side of dead oak boughs from Enfield, Edmonton, Brockenhurst, and Sandown, I. of Wight. Widely distributed and not un- common, but often overlooked or mistaken for C. festivus, with which I have seen it confounded in the Power and _ other collections.
Not recorded from Scotland or Ireland.
CG. FESTIVUS Panz.
Clubs of antennz always pale. Little or no variation in mature specimens. |
Common and widely distributed in England and in I. of Wight. Usually found in fungi on oak posts or branches.. Prof. Beare finds it every year with C’. alni, in fungus on birch branches or faggots at Nethy Bridge. I have bred it in plenty from fungi from New Forest, Godalming, and Portsmouth district, but never in company with any other Cis.
Ireland (Boris); Queenstown (J. J. Walker).
C. castanEus Mell.=fuscatus Mell. .
The exchange list of British Coleoptera, Newbery & Sharp, 1915, shows the type-form of this species as not yet recorded from Britain.
This form actually represents the mature insect, which I have bred in great numbers from fungi from Enfield, Epping Forest, New Forest, Warlies Park, Essex, and Sherwood Forest. Rich- mond Park (Donisthorpe); Symonds Yat, Cardiff Cannock Chase, and Liverpool in a flour mill (‘Tomlin).
Immature specimens were called C. fuscatus by Mellié = fuscatus Mell. = var. fuscatus Newbery & Sharp, nec Mell.
C, ELONGATULUS Gyll.
First mentioned as British by Dr. Sharp (Ent. Mo. Mag. vol. vil. p. 83, 1871), who says Mr. Crotch considers he has Scotch examples of this species.
Dr. Sharp does not mention having seen the specimens.
There is a single specimen of a Cis in the Crotch Collection at the University Museum, Cambridge, standing in the name of
92 MR. C. J. C. POOL ON
C. elongatulus. Unfortunately it has lost all of its legs and antenne and is without data. It may be one of Mr. Crotch’s Scotch examples, but I have failed to trace the others in any other collection.
The only other record of the species is Knowle, Wawickshire (Blatch) (Cat. Brit. Is., Fowler, vol. iv. p. 209). This is an error, as there is not even a label for elonyatulus in the Blatch cabinet.
The position of this species in the British List depends entirely upon a single imperfect specimen of doubtful origin, and it pro- bably remains for collectors in the north to prove if the Scotch record is justified.
Professor 'T. Hudson Beare tells me he has never found any specimen in Scotland which in any way agreed with the descrip- tion of this species.
[I am indebted to Mr. H. Willoughby Ellis for allowing me to study the Cisside in the Blatch Collection, and to Mr. Hugh Scott for the loan of the Crotch specimen for examination.
_ Genus RHOPALODONTUS Mellie.
R. PERFoRAtTUS Gyll,
There are not any recent records of this insect, which has only occurred at Rannoch in Perthshire. Bred with Cis nitidus, from a hard Boletus found on old birch trees in the Black Forest (Foxcroft, 1853-4). The last record was Rannoch (‘Lurner, 1858).
R. FRONTICORNIS Panz.
IT have bred this species in plenty from fungi on elm and willow and beech from Epping Forest, Enfield, Cheshunt, Godalming, and have taken it in small numbers at Brockenhurst and Orpington, Kent.
Bovey Tracey (P. de la Garde, 1909, fungus on saliows); Oxford district (J. J. Walker); Kerne Bridge, Newbury (Tomlin).
Not recorded from Scotland or Ireland.
Genus ENNEARTHRON Mellie.
K. AFFINE Gyll.
I have taken this insect at Brockenhurst, Sherwood, Epping Forest, Sandown, I. of Wight, Millwall Dock in fungus on aspen lbg with C. setiger and Dermestes frischi.
Windsor, Ashdown Forest (W. E. Sharp); Sheppey, Oxford, and Chatham (J. J. Walker); Teesdale, Durham (Bagnall).
‘ Not recorded from Scotland or Treland.
EK. cornutum Gyll.
Ditchingham, Norfolk (Beare), Ashdown Forest and Crow- thorne (W. E. Sharp), nr. Exeter (Rendel). I have not seen
A NEW BRITISH BEETLE, 93
it in the Isle of Wight. Bred in numbers from’various fungi from Portsea Island, Horndean, Hants, Sherwood Forest, New Forest, Epping Forest, Warlies Park, Essex, Enfield, Orpington, Kent (Pool).
Not recorded from Scotland or Ireland.
Genus Ocroremnus Mellie.
O. GLABRICULUS Gyll.
No variation observable amongst Mature specimens. I have seen pale immature specimens in an old collection under
the name of Cis flavus Kirby. Abundant everywhere in Boletus on various trees.
2. A new Species of the Coleupteran Genus Cryptorrhynchus Uliger.
C. HARRISONI, sp. n.
Black, rostrum stout, slightly narrowed in centre, almost glabrous shiny and red in front; centre sparingly and_ base thickly clothed with elongate white scales. Antenne red and shiny. Thorax rounded at sides, narrowed at apex, coarsely and closely punctured, sparingly clothed with white scales. Scutellum dull black, finely punctured. Elytra densely clothed at base and apex with white and yellow scales, and more sparingly with similar seales in the centre and marked with straight rows of large shallow punctures, smooth between rows, very finely punctured near suture. Legs dark reddish, clothed with elongate white scales; femora with a distinct tooth; tarsi red.
Leneth 3 mm.
A single specimen was taken by Mr. F. A. Harrison at Frinton- on-Sea, Essex, during the summer of 1915. Unfortunately Mr. Harrison does not remember the circumstances of its capture.
It may be an importation, but, like Catharmiocerus maritimus and other exceedingly local coast weevils, it might easily have been overlooked, especially as the locality appears to have pro- vided but few attractions for British collectors.
Sa
——
a ‘ Jee s 7 ‘ ‘ F * t ss o = is, Lie wit 4 . 4 i we) 4 ~ = ‘ . om ad P ‘ ra 1 ‘ i fu > = ce ey a 4 a itt ae aed a, a , ri ,
4
THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, 95
EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES.
February 6th, 1917.
Prof. KE. W. MacBripg, D.Sc., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.
The Srecrerary read the following report on the Additions made to the Society’s Menagerie during the months of November and December 1916 :—
NOVEMBER.
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of November were 60 in number. Of these 50 were acquired by presentation, 8 were received on deposit, and 2 by purchase.
The number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 115. ;
Amongst the additions special attention may be directed UOn—
2 Grizzly Bears (Ursus horribilis), from North America, deposited on November 21st.
DECEMBER,
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of December were 27 in number. Of these 15 were acquired by presentation, and 12 were received on deposit.
The number of departures during the same period, by deaths and removals, was 120.
Amongst the additions special attention may be directed UO} 1 Sing-Sing Waterbuck (Cobus defassa) 3, from W. Africa, deposited on December 8th.
1 Kashmir Deer (Cervus hanglu) 2, from Kashmir, presented by H.G. The Duke of Bedford, K.G.
Mr. EDWARD GERRARD, on behalf of Mr. Crabb, exhibited a mounted specimen of a bird bred and reared in captivity under conditions in which it seemed certain that it was a hybrid between a male Thrush (Zurdus musicus) and a female Black- bird (Merula merula).
96 MR. C. J. C. POOL ON THE
February 20th, 1917.
Dr. A. Surra Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.
The Srecrerary read the following report on the Additions made to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of January 1917 :—
The registered additions to the Society's Menagerie during the month of January were 118 in number. Of these 49 were acquired by presentation, 58 were received on deposit, 5 by purchase, 4 in exchange, and 2 were born in the Gardens.
The number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 128.
Amongst the additions special attention may be directed tO—
1 White-bellied Hedgehog (Frinaceus albiventris), new to the Collection, from Dakar, Senegal, presented by Mrs. C. H. A. Reaney on January 20th.
1 Greater Double-collared Sunbird (Cinnyris afer), new to the Collection, from South Africa, presented by Alfred Ezra, F.Z.5., on January 4th. ‘
1 Three-lined Snake (Zvimerorhinus triteniatus), new to the Collection, from Nakuro, British East Africa, presented by R. Holmes on January 19th.
12 Beautiful Tree-Frogs (Hyla pulchella), new to the Collection, from Cordova, Argentine, presented by W. A. Smithers, C.M.Z.S.. on January 29th.
—_—- ——
Mr. D. Seru-Smiru, F.Z.8., Curator of Birds, exhibited the trachea from a male Anseranas semipalmata, showing its extra- ordinary convolution, which had been described by Latham so long ago as 1797. The exhibitor stated that neither in this species nor in Phonygama keraudreni, another species with a greatly developed convoluted trachea, did the birds produce any great volume of sound,,such as might be expected from so elaborate an arrangement.
Notes from the Caird Insect House.
Mr. C. J. C. Poon, Assistant Curator of Insects, read the following notes upon species bred and exhibited :—_
LEPIDOPTERA.
The Magpie Moth (Abraxas grossulariata).
Vast numbers of larvee were collected in North London district
CAIRD INSECT HOUSE, 97 |
and turned out upon Huonymus plants. This species is a good exhibit as it is visible in all stages.
A long series of varieties have been preserved and are now exhibited. he larve display considerable variation of colour, some of them being almost completely black. I was advised to isolate these melanic forms with the idea of producing some unusually dark imagos. I selected 73 melanic larvae, but the results were disappointing, and I found the adults merely, varied like those bred from unselected larve.
ODONATA.
Dragen-flies in the earlier stages have done well in the tanks. The following species have been bred :—#schna grandis, 4. jun- cea, Brachytron pratense, Libellula quadrimaculata, Orthetrwm cerulescens, and Agrion puella. Specimens have been preserved, together with the nymph skms from which they emerged.
We have no difficulty in rearing these creatures, as they feed upon other insects bred in the tanks; our trouble begins with the emergence of the Dragon-fly, which is a very fastidious feeder and will only take insects in active flight in hot sunshine.
The right conditions are obtainable only in an outdoor en- closure, which we hope to provide later, to exhibit these creatures during their natural adult life, which varies from one to three months.
COLEOPTERA.
Teratological specimens. Tetropium gabrieli.
Some larch logs were received from Sutton Park, Staffordshire, infested with Jarvee of this species.
One adult specimen, which emerged im the house, has mal- formed antenne, the right member of the pair baving an additional branch consisting of five joints.
Donacia linearis.
Specimens were collected at Waltham Abbey and exhibited on reeds in a shallow tank. .
One specimen has ten instead of eleven joints to the antenne, the eighth joint on each side being almost equal in length to joints 8 and 9 of a normal specimen.
Bananas as Food for beetles.
The problem of providing suitable food for various species of Coleoptera, whose ordinary feeding-habits are as different as
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1917, No. VII. a
98 MR. C. J. C. POOL ON THE
those of the lion and the lamb, has been solved in the Insect House by using the banana.
The following list of beetles and their ordinary foods, from which, under natural conditions, some of these insects are rarely, if ever, found very far distant, will form an interesting record of species which during the years 1915-1916 have been found to thrive partly or wholly upon this fruit :—
Voracious ground-beetles.
Carabus violaceus.
BS nemoralis.
glabratus.
as auratus. catenulatus.
9? Calosoma inguisitor. Pierostichus vulgaris, ater.
S madidus. Harpalus ruficornis.
99
Aquatic species.
Hydrophilus piceus.
Wood-boring species.
Dorcus parallelopipedus.
Saperda carcharias.
Clytus mysticus.
» arietes. Aromia moschata. fylobius abietis. fTylesinus crenatus. Scolytus destructor.
>» tntricatus, EKlater pomone.
Dung-feeding species.
Geotrupes spiniger. stercorarwus.
29 # sylvaticus. ‘; typhaus.
Plant-feeding species. Chrysomelu fastwosa. grams.
hyperice.
9?
9)
Ordinary Food.
Usually other insects.
” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” 9 re) oe) ’ ” ” ” ” ” ” ” ” oe) ” ”
General scavenger, vegetable or animal matter,
Moist rotten wood (comes to sugar).
Foliage and bark of young stems of poplar.
Hawthorn blossom.
85
Flowers ; sap and foliage of willow.
Fir bark.
Ash bark.
Elm bark.
Oak bark.
Flowers in summer (larva in decayed beech).
Horse-dung or decayed fungi.
Rabbit-dung.
Leaves of sallow. Leaves of sallow and wild mint. : Leaves and flowers of hypericum.
CAIRD INSECT HOUSE. 99
Adult Insects which do not feed.
It is well known that many species of Lepidoptera, of which the Atlas Moth of India is a good example, are incapable of feeding in the adult state. The larva, when full fed, having enclosed itself in a protective cocoon and changed to the pupa, has provided itself with sufficient nourishment to sustain it over the very often far distant period of short, 1f energetic, adult life.
The length of life varies according to temperature, which if high will produce great nocturnal activity, quickly exhausting the energy of the insect. Prof..H. M. Lefroy says these creatures usually become a complete wreck in three nights in the tropics. I have frequently kept them alive and in almost perfect con- dition for from 10 to 16 days by transferring them to a cooler case immediately after emergence from the cocoon.
Little has ever been written about the feeding-habits of Coleoptera belonging to the Longicorn group, often “referred to as wood-feeders, which is generally only” correct as regards the lavve.
I have studied these beetles alive, both in the field and in captivity, and 16 is my opinion that in their feeding-habits as adults we must regard them under two headings, viz., those which feed upon flowers or foliage of various plants and trees and those which, like the Atlas Moths, do not feed at all.
Those which feed may be seen in active flight or settled upon their food-plants in hot sunshine
The following list includes the nocturnal species teste@in the Insect House, and which I have failed to attract with any of the foods which appeal to the diurnal species :—
Prionus coriarius. Asemum striatum. Tetropium gabrieli. Criocephalus polonicus.
” rUsticus.
Haperiments with living Specimens of the Sexton Beetles Necrophorus humator (black) and N. ruspator (ved and black) .
Offered as food to the following animals in the small Mammal house ——
Egyptian Mongoose.—Seized and devoured both species without hesitation.
8S. American Coati.—Lost sight of the first beetle, but after- wards sniffed and followed its trail right across the cage. It then picked up the beetle.in its mouth, and, after spitting it out several tines, finally devoured it,
100 MR. R. TIT. POCOCK ON THE WORK OF
e
The White Marmoset.—This little animal never vefuses an inset, but there was some hesitation about attacking these foul- smelling beetles. However, its love of insect-fool overcame
everything else, and after aen sniffing and spitting two were devour ed.
The Meercats.—Smelt, but would not touch, either species. T often feed these animals with such species as Dytiscws mar- ginalis, Carabus violaczus, and Cleotrupes sylvaticus.
Crpuchin Monkeys.—'These animals seized both species readily. One Pea monkey satisfied herself with eating some of the numerous parasitic mites from the body of the beetle. A male monkey ate three beetles, and then stole and devoured the one held by the female.
.
———— ———— =
March 6th, 1917.
Dr. S. F. Harmer, Sc.D., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.
Work of the Beavers in the Soctety’s Gardens.
Mr. R. I. Pococs, F.B.S., F.Z.S., Curator of Mammals, gave an exhibition “heise by lamter n- des to show the work a the Beavew® in the old enclosure in the Gardens, and remarked :—
“ Until the middle of 1913 the pair of Canadian Beavers had shown no special activities of any kind, apart from felling in characteristic manner the tree-trunks erected for that purpose. In the summer of 1913, however, a shallow pool appeared in the surface-clay of their enclosure. This they proceeded to deepen and widen by digging out the bottom and sides. They carried away the excavated clay and plastered it in different places, especially up against the fence. From the enlarged pool they drove an open channel through the soil for about a couple of yards; but this they soon roofed over with small logs and straw plastered with mud, so that their subsequent operations were concealed from view. But from the end of the channel and continuous with it, as it afterwards transpired, they dug out a burrow nearly three yards in length and passing under the root of a witch elm. The first intimation we had of this was the appearance of a hole, smaller than a rabbit’s burrow, close to the fence on the side remote from the pool where the channel started. ‘This hole they built up with tufts of straw and a small log or two, possibly to prevent the clay falling in. /
When I opened ane burrow to satisfy myself, that it was not being carried beneath the fence, it appeared to me that the hole
BEAVERS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS. 101
at the end was a ventilator. At all events no attempt had been male to enlarge it for exit or entry, and the part of the burrow it Opened into was a comparatively large chamber, wide enough for the beavers to turn about in and deep enough for them to immerse themselves under the water. The narrower part of the
Text-figure 1.
AY DRY 1 ( IPORTION G Ses y gr ae _H \ y gu yNo-n me - E PY ale EN
Seat
LANDING PLACE.,
Plan of the old enclosure for Beavers, showing the work done by the animals.
burrow was from 13 to 2 ft. wide and about 2 ft. deep from the surface of the ground, the soil of its roof being only a few inches thick. It was rather more than half full of water, continuous with that of the pool at the entrance, which we subsequently found proceeded from a burst underground pipe.
102 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE WORK OF
In the evening of the day on which the burrow was opened one of the beavers started to repair the damage done, using straw, branches, and mud for the purpose. The task occupied him off and on the whole of the day following. He dug up the wet clay from the bottom of the burrow and plastered it with his paws over the straw and branches which he had previously laid in place to roof the open channel.
From that date until the summer of 1916 the burrow was left undisturbed and two litters were born in it. The beavers, how- ever, were never idle. Working from the pool, at the entrance of the burrow, they dug out a ch: vaael | in an opposite direction from the first, but roughly in the same line for a few yards, then turned it with a sharp bend towards the artificial pond in the centre of the enclosure. This channel was roofed over in the same way as the first. In the meantime they had excavated a trench up against the concrete wall of this pong on the side where the burrow was situated. and the roofed-in channel was continued till it communicated with this trench, which was deep enough for the beavers to swim in except at one or two places on the margin where shallow landing-places were made,
So long as the beavers were pa with straw, branches, and logs, they employed them continually for str enothening the roof of the burrow or heightening the roof of the terminal portion up against the fence. When the enclosure was done away with in 1916, this portion where the burrow ended was found to consist of a comparatively large chamber partly filled with water; but ats the very end towards the trunk of the witch elm above referred to, there was a flat dry platform above the level of the water and about large enough to accommodate two beavers and their young. There was no bedding on this platform, merely a scanty covering of wood-chips. This part of the burrow was ventilated through chinks in the fence left open by the beavers, and from it a narrow passage, ending blindly, ran in the divection of the trench, and would probably have been carried through to it, giving the burrow a second entrance.
The main points in the str eal of the burrow are shown in
the plan of the enclosure (fig. 1, p. 101). The circular central area is the brick-house eae by the concrete pond, and the mud path is a beaten track along which the beavers used to carry the mud to pile up against the fence.
I have watched the beavers at work night after night, and can confirm the observation of others as to their methods and activities. They carry mud in their fore-paws tucked up against the throat and chin and walk the while flat-footed on ea hind feet, with a kind of awkward waddle, the tail trailing behind and acting as a support and balance. Mud is laid on with the fore- paws to fill up chinks between branches and left to dry. It is never smeared over or pressed down with the tail, but sometimes it is jammed tightly home with the muzzle.
.
BEAVERS IN THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 103
In the warmer months of the year the beavers seem to be pervaded with a restless energy, driving them to work with the materials at hand, whether there was anything to achieve or not. Their industry is certainly wonderful; but I was equally struck by the amount of absolutely aimless work they put in. Time and again I have seen a beaver, with infinite labour, haul a log out of the pond, pull it over the rough ground up to the top of the burrow and lay it there; then seizing it again, tug it back to the spot he started from. I have never seen any indication of intelligent co-operation between two beavers in shitting a log too heavy for one. If two get hold of the same log they do not work together and haul it in one direction, but tug and push in such a way that the efforts of the one counteract those of the other.”
a
ne
\
Pos
Malar oe
i a r t ‘ i * 7 A te ’ e - 2 ~ ‘ i" * % " ' ‘ , o . - a! f ‘ . = ee cae! . a we : 7 s L A ¥ | - ’
PaaS:
1917, ABEIS ak
GHUMiE RASC Ole tet:
pct
HA gy digant
«
P.Z.S. 1917, Al
pre nf Sl mel bt
Ame
CHIMERA COLLIEI. oO re:
ni ake _ S %
lap pnb plo fin cr PY 2.
= ' . , ' 2
P.Z S.. 1917, SANE sree eal
CEMA RASCOREREI:
: CHIMARA COLLIEI. ; vies: am
P.Z.S 1917, ALLIS aes iin
GHIMERA COLL TE:
ace: ae
%
‘
a 3 E i} ' ; * @ ecioRdrocrantum or the actait ‘ "
SS
F a mn } ay a - Tentro-anterrmebeand nob anteriorly as
Tet r mit * S11 psa,
aera biaded. to « Orked ax pend Ghat priiartss instedt Of as it the Selachii, etl graduaily wequiling ese approxy nately in the line peels: ed of the parachordals.. VPiy chondp6tranium of Phiten ts these earl ly stages has: rag) tunatery net been described. [I®hhas, however, been deg these stay res Th certain of @he Jelhehi 11, and af sligl| tly | in Callor ? ms os ‘ang gg eiees must be mqde-to t ié ‘tii s| befor
Tn PS athias and
lence probably i infall ag achii, the cranial g
at when t th¢ Seo es begins to chondrify Phat mertzoffs (Lad97 figures af embryos of these fhe and the enclosed notochord project slightly into i hollow .gf the mesocephalic flexure (plica ence phali ventri von Kupffer, 1906). The trabecule cannot, agtor ling r; aad dowK in the line pr longed of gre paracghordn is SUA, _presq igtheNhoormal relations to the vefttral syfface of thesaraie’ they at fNxt | angles to § thordats end slightly posterior to ends. ‘The marked cranial flexufe at this stage al agg prosvisceretp@the¥ tla lie anterior: arch, and“the palatoquadrete and mangibula, whiph either the cartilaginous bar of the mandibular
ne wh ae
2 ee a oe ae . iy - ne . : : . Fe Stites ERP A with paatts of the SHS ost OUSPOr MrIOVe fat Maes Sheets, lie, w her first laid down, at Agent ng bO
. © i} i °
} ; i : H i the Hie ee oi, Peete Fen Ce
nea my
aw
*
a ae one
+
a,
+
cm
S)
ON THE SKULL OF CHIMERA. 105
PAPERS.
7. The Prechordal Portion of the Chondrocranium§ of Chimera collie. By Epwarp PueLps ALLIs, Jun., E.Z.S
[ Received December 27, 1916; Read March 20, 1917.) (Plates I.-ITI.*)
INDEX. Page Structure or Morphology ......5..02..000 fi. cco ses 10D
The prechordal portion of the chondrocranium of the adult Chimera is directed ventro-anteriorly, and not anteriorly as Hubrecht’s (1877) figure of this fish would lead one to suppose. This is unquestionably due to the trabecule having been first Jaid down at a marked angle to the parachordals, and to their having retained, to a marked extent, that primitive position, instead of, as in the Selachii, later gradually acquiring a position approximately in the line prolonged of the parachordals. ‘The chondrocranium of Chimera at these early stages has unfor- tunately not been described. It has, however, been described at these stages in certain of the Selachii, and at slightly later stages in Callorhynchus, and reference must be made to the conditions in these embryos of these fishes before describing those in the adult Chimera.
SELACHITI.
In Acanthias and Pristiurus, and hence probably in all of the Selachu, the cranial flexure is so great when the neurocranium begins to chondrify that, as shown in Sewertzoff’s (1899) figures of embryos of these fishes, the parachordals and the enclosed notochord project shghtly into the hollow of the mesocephalic flexure (plica encephali ventralis, von Kupffer, 1906). The trabecule cannot, accordingly, be laid down in the line pro- longed of the parachordals, and, preserving their normal relations to the ventral surface of the brain, they at first lie at right angles to the parachordals and slightly posterior to their anterior ends. ‘The marked cranial flexure at this stage also affects the position of all the visceral arches that he anterior to the hyal arch, and the palatoquadrate and mandibula, which represent either the cartilaginous bar of the mandibular arch alone, or that bar together with parts of the bars of one or more pre- mandibular arches, lie, when first laid down, at right angles to the trabecule, and hence in a nearly horizontal instead of a
* For explanation of the Plates see p. 148.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1917, No. VIII. 8
aS ' . 1 y © i - 7 ae - ' , : : re — : ‘ - ' 7 os a ; : > ee - 7 : 7 = >. = 7 - ' — 7 ' e. Pf 1 : 7 = . ‘ i ‘ 7 ’ - - - iad a 2 sas - i i; ~< eA a = ‘ * ay 7 i ' - fa - t a + , 7 ’ - + SS : + — — S- —_— + = 7 7 ; - ‘ = = = = -_=—= = — —_ 7 = - - Eee F. 7 P| = ~ ; - 7 = = co . a cy A . Y Hy a : 1 ca) 4 : a 7 - ‘ a 7 — yoy 7 7 ad ie — : St 4 t fe é t . ‘ fi 7 7 ~— ‘ _ 7 1 ~ 4 7 = ; - 7 7 oe ‘ 2 5 ‘ : :
2
45
106 MR, E. PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON
vertical position. Because of this, and also. because of the relatively much greater development of these bars, they have crowded the bars of the more posterior arches posteriorly to such an extent that their dorsal ends lie in the auditory and spinal regions. ‘The sphenolateral cartilage of either side (ali- sphenoid, Sewertzo{) lies, at this stage, in the horizontal plane of the parachordals, lateral to the hollow of the plica encephali ventralis. The nervi facialis, trigeminus, and ophthalmicus profundus all ran outward postero- dorsal to this cartilage, the oculomotorius and opticus, and apparently also the trochlearis, running outward antero-ventral to it. In slightly older stages an ethmoidal cartilage is developed, which begins at a point ventral to the lateral edge of the trabecula of its side, and ventral to the eyeball, and runs dorso-anteriorly dorsal to the nasal sac.
When the cranial flexure later becomes reduced, there is first formed, in Pristiwrus, and hence probably in all the Selachii, a pronounced pontial flexure, but this flexure also becomes later reduced, and almost entirely disappears in the adult. During these changes the trabecule curve forward, or forward and upward, following the curved veftral surface of the brain, and this change in their direction and position affects the mandibular branchial bars, which, retaining their perpendicular relations to the trabecule, swing downward and forward, and so acquire a position vertically beneath the latter cartilages. These mandi- bular bars had apparently already become attached to the hyal bars by connective or hgamentous tissues, and the latter bars and the bars of the branchial arches had become similarly attached to each other both dorsal and ventral to the branchial clefts. When the mandibular bars swung downward and forward they accordingly pulled on the more posterior bars, but as the dorsal ends of the hyaland branchial bars, and the ventral ends of the latter bars, had become attached to tissues in the region where they lay, they were relatively fixed in position, and the middle elements, alone, of each bar could be moved forward, the branchial clefts of. course shifting forward with them. This gave rise to the sigma form of branchial bar actually found in the adults of these fishes. In the Teleostomi, where there is but little cranial flexure when the neurocranium begins to chondrify, the trabecule are laid down in the line prolonged of the para- chordals. The mandibular branchial bars were accordingly there laid down approximately in a vertical position, and the bars of the more posterior arches, not being pushed poster lorly by them, retained their primitive attachment in the cranial region. The sigma form of arch was accordingly not impressed upon the bars of the branchial arches of these fishes.
The trabecule, in the older embryos described by Sewertzoff, have fused with each other in the median line anterior to the pituitary body, and been prolonged, as a wide median plate, to the nasal region. There the plate contracts abruptly and is
THE SKULL OF CHIMARA, 107
prolonged between the nasal sacs as a narrow rostral stalk in Acanthias, but as a wide internasal plate in Pristiurus, the two structures evidently being, as they are said by Sewertzoff to be, strictly homologous. Anterior to the nasal sacs this stalk or plate expands laterally, on either side, and in dcanthias forms the rostral plate of Sewertzoft’s descriptions, a median keel- shaped ridge projecting ventrally from its ventral surface and being continuous with a similar ridge on the ventral surface of the rostral stalk. In Pristiurus the rostral plate is said by Sewertzoff to be represented in the three bars of the rostral basket, the keel of the plate of Acanthias representing the middle bar of the basket of Pristiwrus, and the lateral portions of the plate representing the lateral bars. This I consider to be an erroneous interpretation of the conditions, the rostral plate of Acanthias certainly including, with the three bars of the rostral basket of Pristiurus, the narrow strip of cartilage that, in the latter fish, runs laterally immediately anterior to the nasal sac and is called by Sewertzoff the cartilage c. This cartilage c is said by Sewertzoff to not yet be developed in the oldest embryos of Acanthias examined by him, but to be found in the adult as a bar of cartilage that cuts the fenestra olfactoria of embryos into two parts, the lateral one being the definitive foramen olfac- torium, and the mesial one the basal communication canal of Gegenbaur’s (1872) descriptions of the adults of certain of. the Selachii. The large perforation of either side of the floor of the rostral basket of Pristivrus is accordingly said, in accord with Gegenbaur’s earlier conclusion, to be a basal communicating canal strictly similar to the one found in the adult Acanthias, but greatly enlarged and shifted forward; this large perforation of the rostral basket of this fish, and the large opening that actually transmits the nervus olfactorius, thus together repre- senting the fenestra olfactoria of embryos of Acanthias. In an earlier work (Allis, 1913), I came to the conclusion that these perforations of the rostral basket of the Carchariidee and Scyllide were not basal communicating canals, and that they were ‘probably ... simply defects in the cartilage (of the rostrum) due to the presence of the Jarge number of ampulle found in this region in these fishes,” and this conclusion I consider to be confirmed by conditions that I have since found in one specimen of Acanthias blainvillii. In this specimen there is a basal com- municating canal in normal position on each side of the head, and on one side of the head the rostral process is perforated by an irregular opening certainly strictly homologous to the per- forations found in the Carchariide and Scylliide; and there are numerous ampulle lying opposite the perforation.
The cartilage ¢ of Pristiurus thus certainly corresponds to a part of the rostral plate of Acanthias, and the two cartilages of Pristiwrus, one on either side of the head, can, for convenience, he together called the rostral plate, although they represent only a part of that plate as found in dcanthias. This plate and its stalk,
gx
108 MR. E, PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON
in both these fishes, lie, at this age, in the line prolonged of the trabecular plate, and each lateral end of the narrow plate of the one (Pristiurus), and each postero-lateral corner of the broad plate of the other (Acanthias), turns dorso-posteriorly as a band- like process which passes dorsal to the nervus olfactorius and dorsal to the nasal sac, and, fusing posteriorly with the anterior ends of both the ethmoidal and sphenolateral cartilages, forms the dorsal boundary of the opening that transmits the nervus olfactorius ; the sphenolateral cartilage quite certainly not taking any part in the formation of the actual boundary of the opening. This opening will be hereafter called the fenestra olfactoria in both these fishes, notwithstanding that it is said by Sewertzoff to be later subdivided into a foramen olfactorium and a basal com- municating canal in Acanthias, and to represent the definitive foramen olfactorium in Pristiurus.
The nasal capsule of either side, as shown in Sewertzoft’s figures, is represented by a curved plate of cartilage which encircles the basal portion of the anterior and lateral surfaces of the nasal sac and projects ventrally from the ventro-lateral surface of the rostral plate. It is completely fused, by its dorsal edge, with the rostral plate, but its position, suggests that it is primarily an independent cartilage secondarily fused with that plate. Parker (1876) shows the nasal capsule in a somewhat different condition in Scylliwm, but the figures given by him are difficult to comprehend and not readily compared with those given by Sewertzoff. The capsule, however, as shown by both these authors in these several fishes, lies ventro-lateral to the trabecular and rostral cartilages, and where, in these or others of the Selachu, the capsules of opposite sides have been pressed together so as to meet in the median line and there be separated only by a septum nasi, that septum lies ventral to the trabecule, as shown in Parker’s sectional views of Seylliwm and in Gegen- baur’s sectional view of Mustelus. The trabecule, in each of these latter fishes, curve dorsally above the nasal sacs and are furnished with a deep median subethmoidal keel which extends ventrally between the sacs and is shown, in each case, as largely fenestrated in its middle portion. Parker (1876, p. 207) appa- rently considered this internasal septum to be an upgrowth of the trabecular cartilage, but Parker and Bettany (1877) say that the trabecular plate gradually rises to the level of the nasal roof and there suddenly narrows and is confluent with the internasal septum, this seeming to mean that the septum lies ventral to the trabecule, as i consider it todo. This difference in interpre- tation, by these two authors, of identical conditions is apparently due to Parker having considered the trabecule to be continued forward in the ventral edge of the subethmoidal keel, while Parker and Bettany consider them to be represented in the plate from which that keel descends, that is in the trabecular crest of Parker’s descriptions.
A ventro-Jateral trabecular process, lying antero-ventral to
THE SKULL OF CHIMERA, 109
the nasal sac, is shown, slightly developed, in Parker’s (1876) figures of embryos of Scylliwm, the process there projecting laterally from the ventral edge of the subethmoidal keel. This process is called by Parker the cornu trabecule ; but two other cartilages on each side of the head are also so designated by him, one being the cartilage c of Sewertzoft’s descriptions, and the other the lateral bar of the rostral basket. This ventro-lateral trabecular process is not shown or described by Sewertzoff even in the oldest of his embryos, but that it is not peculiar to fishes in which there is a subethmoidal keel is shown by the conditions in the adult Chlamydoselachus, where the process is found well developed and there forming the anterior portion of the solum nasi of my descriptions of that fish (Allis, 1913).
The beginnings of a process that lies postero-ventral to the nasal sac is shown, in Sewertzoff'’s figures, at the ventro-lateral corner of the ethmoidal cartilage, and it 1s apparently it alone that is later prolonged into the important ventro-latero-posteriorly directed process that is currently called the antorbital or ethmo- palatine process. This antorbital process is, however, said to be formed, in certain other fishes and in higher vertebrates, by an outgrowth of the trabecular cartilage. It is therefore possible that there are two processes here, one of ethmoidal and the other of trabecular origin. If so, they are indistinguishably fused with each other in the Selachii, and to avoid confusion I shall call the process, whatever its origin, the ventro-lateral antorbital process, the entire antorbital process being considered to form the anterior wall of the orbit and to include both this ventro- lateral process and a more or less developed dorso-lateral process found in the adults of most fishes and frequently called the antorbital or preorbital process.
The sphenolateral cartilage has, in the oldest embryos of Acanthias described by Sewertzoff, grown forward and fused with the ethmoidal cartilage, and its supraorbital ridge, turning downward at its anterior end, forms the dorsal portion of the lateral edge of the antorbital process, that portion of that edge corresponding to the well-developed dorso-lateral antorbital process found in certain other fishes. The ramus ophthalmicus superficialis trigemini and the nervus ophthalmicus profundus both, in younger embryos, run forward through the orbit and then dorsal to the nasal sac, passing external to the ethmoidal cartilage, between the dorso-lateral and ventro-lateral antorbital processes. But when the sphenolateral and ethmoidal cartilages fuse, the two nerves and an accompanying vein and artery become more or less enclosed between them, either separately or together. The nasal vein, which comes from the nasal pit to fall into the orbital venous sinus, also either becomes enclosed between these two cartilages or is enveloped in the lateral edge of the ethmoidal cartilage alone.
The nasal sac of embryos of the Selachii thus lies between four processes, more or less developed, two being derived from the
fel) MR. E. PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON
trabecule and lying anterior to the sac, and: two derived either from the trabecular, ethmoidal, or sphenolateral cartilages and lying posterior to the sac; and the nasal eapsule, when it develops, also lies between and 1s more or less fused with these processes. ‘The dorsal trabecular process and the ethmoidal con- stituent of the dorso-lateral antorbital process always fuse with each other above the nervus olfactorius, so forming the dorsal boundary of the fenestra olfactoria, and they also form, together with the sphenolateral eartilage, the lateral wall of the cavum preecerebrale of my descriptions (Allis, 1913). The two ventral processes may also fuse with each other at their outer ends, so forming a perforated plate which lies beneath the nasal sac, the perforation of this solum nasi being closed by membrane and representing an unchendrified portion of the nasal capsule.
The ventro-lateral antorbital process and the two prenasal processes of the Selachii are found in embryos of Ceratodus, the former being called by Greil (1913) the processus anbouicenke and the two latter the dorso-lateral and the anterior or lateral trabe- eular cornua. No derso-lateral antorbital process is shown in Greil’s figures of embryos of this fish, but it is shown by Fiirbringer (1904) in a figure of the ade Ceratodus, the process there apparently arising as a lateral process from the dorsal end of the posterior wall of the nasal capsule, and being called by Viirbringer the preorbital process. The septum nasi of Ceratodus apparently lies dorsal to the trabecule, as it does in the Teleostei, Holostei, and Crossopterygil, the septum in these several orders of foen accordingly not being the homologue of the septum in the Plagiostomi, unless it be that the internasal prolongation of the trabeculae of embryos of the former fishes corresponds to the ventral edge of the subethmoidal keel of embryos of the Plagio- stomi and not to the rostral stalk and rostral plate, which seems quite probable.
CALLORHYNCHUS.
In Callorhynchus, as in Acanthias and Pristiwrus, the trabecule are first laid down practically at right angles to the parachordals, as consideration of Schauinsland’s (1903) figures of a 60 mm. embryo of this fish makes plainly evident. This is due, as in the Selachu, to the marked cranial flexure at this period : but in C ‘allorhynchus the anterior portion of the brain, instead of recurving upward and forward as if seeking to reacquire a posi- tion in the line of the axis of the body, projects ventro-anteriorly ina straight line. Related to this retention, in this position, of this anterior portion of the brain, the eyeballs of the adult fish lie dorso-anterior to it; but whether it is this position of the brain that has forced the eyeballs to pass antero-dorsal to it, or the precocious development of the eyeballs that has prevented the brain from recurving upward, is not apparent.
The trabecule fuse to form a wide trabecular plate which,
THE SKULL OF CHIMARA. 111
instead of curving gradually upward and forward, as in the Selachii, follows the straight line of the ventral surface of the brain until it reaches what Schauinsland considers to be the anterior end of the cranial cavity. There the trabecular plate, which at this age js still procartilaginous in its anterior portion, contracts abruptly to a narrow procartilaginous bar which hes at a marked angle to the trabecular plate, being directed dorso- anteriorly instead of ventro-anteriorly. This narrow procarti- laginous bar is called by Schauinsland the “ Septum 1 im vorderen Se tL ” but it is evident that it is the strict homo- logue of the rostral stalk of the Selachii. The three rostral processes of Schauinsland’s descriptions are all shown arising from this stalk, the median process from its dorsal end and the two lateral processes from its lateral edges at about the middle or dorsal third of its length. A short, plate-like subethmoidal keel has begun to develop on the external and hence morphologically ventral surface of the stalk.
From either side of the dorsal end of this rostral stalk, a band- like process runs laterally and then posteriorly, and, spreading dorsally and ventrally, fuses with the procartilaginous anterior portion of the ethmoidal cartilage, which cartilage forms the antorbital process and the anterior wall of the orbit. This band- like process is accordingly a dorso-lateral trabecular process, similar to that in the Selachii, and the large opening enclosed between it, the rostral stalk, and the ethmoidal and trabecular procartilages should be primarily a simple fenestra olfactoria. similar to that in the Selachii, but, even in the voungest embryos described by Schauinsland, the dorsal portion of the fenestra has apparently been already converted into a fenestra nasalis by the beginning of the development ef the nasal capsule,
The development of the nasal capsule is not readily com- prehended from the several figures given by Schauinsland. In the figures of the 60 mm. embryo “(ligs. 130-131) the capsule is not indicated by index-letters, but the lateral edge of the anterior opening of the cranial cavity is irregular, the dorsal portion projecting anteriorly beyond the ventral portion and occupying the place in Sieh. in the 85 mm. embryo (figs. 124— 126), the nasal capsule is shown. In an embryo said to be older than the 85 mm. one, but of which the length is not given, the nasal capsule is a dome-shaped protuberance of the dorso-lateral portion of the cranial wall immediately posterior to the actual anterior opening of the cranial cavity. Ventral to this so-called capsule the lateral wall of the cranial cavity runs evenly onward to the edge of the anterior opening of the cranial cavity, the capsule apparently not extending into this part of the cranial wall notwithstanding that the ventral portion of the nasal sac must certainly lie internal to it. The nasal sac also quite certainly does not project upward into the dome-shaped pro- tuberance, that protuberance apparently lying above the nasal sac and resembling a dome-shaped swelling that | find, in the
412 MR. E. PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON
adult A/ustelus, lying posterior to the foramen olfactorium and directly above the lobus olfactorius.
The dome-shaped protuberance of Callorhynchus, the so-called nasal capsule, always lies, at all stages of its development, in the region between the bases of the median and lateral rostral processes, and as the capsule increases in size the bases of the vostral processes are correspondingly separated from each other, and the anterior opening of the cranial cavity carried corre- spondingly forward ; but whether this growth of the cranial wall takes place posterior to the fenestra olfactoria of the 60 mm. embryo, or is due to growth antevior to that fenestra, cannot be told foam the figures. In the one case the nasal sac, which certainly lay primarily anterior and external to the cranial ‘avity, would have been pulled relatively backward into the anterior end of that cavity; the fenestra olfactoria of the 60 mm. embryo would remain morphologically unchanged, but would change in function from a fenestra olfactoria to a fenestra nasalis; and the so-called nasal cartilages of Schauinsland’s figures would represent detached pieces an an undeveloped nasal
apsule, In the other case, the nasal capsule would be developed | as a direct anterior, but morphologically ventral, prolongation of the cranial walls, a fenestra nasalis gradually developing external to the fenestra olfactoria of the 60 mm. embryo. The conditions in the adult Chimera decidedly favour this latter view, but one of Schauinsland’s figures of Callorhynchus equally decidedly tavours the former view. The figure in question (fig. 165) gives n median vertical sectional view of an embryo older than the 85 min. one, and shows the brain in place in ‘the cranial cav ity. The trabeculae are shown lying in the line prolonged of the parachordals, which is not in accord with the figures of other embryos both older and younger than this one. The septal cartilage is shown as a simple rostral staik, while in the younger, 85 mm. embryo, it is already an important plate-like structure the posterior portion of which corresponds to the rostral stalk of the 60 mm. embryo, and the anterior portion to the sub- ethmoidal keel of that’ stalk. The rostral stalk of the embryo shown in figure 165 projects dorso-posteriorly, instead of, as in the other embryos, dorso-anteriorly, and the vential portion of the nasal sac is shown extending forward anterior to the level of the base of the median rostral process and close to the ventro- anterior corner of the ehondrocranium. ‘The nasal sacs, as here shown, must accordingly project beyond the anterior openings of the oem cavity, if those openings are found in this embryo at all in the positions that they have in the other embryos, both older and younger, and furthermore, they must he dorsal to the trabecule, as they do in Ceratodus and the Teleostei, instead of ventral to the trabecule, as they do in the Selachii and as they must also in Callorhynchus if the septum nasi of this fish hes ventral to the rostral stalk, as shown in Schauinsland’s other
£3
THE SKULL OF CHIMERA, sgl
figures. There would accordingly seem to be some error in this figure 165.
The ethmoidal cartilage, as shown in these embryos of Callo- rhynchus, arises from the trabecular plate posterior to the fenestra olfactoria of its side, and runs dorsally and then anteriorly to meet and fuse with the band-like dorso-lateral trabecular process. At its ventral end the ethmoidal cartilage gives off a lateral process which, even in the earliest stages shown by Schauinsland, has already fused completely with the palato- quadrate. The sphenolateral cartilage grows forward dorsal to the orbit, and in the 60 mm. embryo, where it is still pro- cartilaginous, bifurcates anteriorly, one end passing dorsal and the other ventral to the ramus ophthalmicus superficialis tri- gemini, which nerve includes the lateralis fibres destined to supply the latero-sensory and ampullary organs of the region. The ventral one of these two ends of the sphenolateral cartilage has already fused, in this embryo, with the ethmoidal carti- lage internal to the ramus ophthalmicus superficialis, and the dorsal end also later fuses with that cartilage but external to the ophthalmicus superficialis, this nerve rae being enclosed in a foramen and a dorso-lateral antorbital process being formed. This process is called by Schauinsland the preorbital process, and both it and the postorbital process are said by him to be primarily independent pieces of cartilage. Concomitantly with the formation of this process and the related foramen, a root of cartilage has been formed over the nervi ophthalmicus super- ficialis trigemini and ophthalmicus profundus, enclosing them im a median canal called by Schauinsland the ethmoidal canal. This canal is evidentiy formed by the coalescence, in the median line, of two canals, one on either side of the head, each of these canals being formed by the roofing over of the groove that, in the Selachii, lodges the corresponding portion of the ramus ophthal- micus superficialis trigemini. In certain specimens of Chlamydo- selachus I find these grooves partially roofed, either by lips of cartilage that project toward each other from the edges of the grooves, or by nodules of cartilage suspended in membranous strands that stretch across the grooves ; and if this roofing process were to be completed and the grooves so formed pressed together in the median line, a median canal would be formed the roof of which would form the actual roof of the cranium and its floor the root of the cranial cavity.
A remnant of the fenestra precerebralis of my descriptions of the Selachii (Allis, 1913) is found, as will be later fully explained, in the small median opening marked ¢ in Schauinsland’s figures 124 and 125, and said by him to be a “Spalte, oa das Schideldach von dem vorderen ethmoidalen Teil des Schiidels trennt.” The two large openings in the cranial roof that are called by Schauinsland the anterior and posterior divisions of the primary single ‘ Preefrontallicke,” are not parts of the fenestra
114 MR, E. PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON
preecerebralis, and hence not parts of the Prefrontalliicke of Gegenbaur’s (1872) descriptions of the Selachii. The cavum precerebrale, which in the Selachii les directly anterior to the fenestra preecerebralis, cannot be represented in any part of the ethmoidal canal, for, aside from the origin of that canal as above explained, the floor of the canal is not formed by the trabecule, while the floor of the cavum precerebrale is. The hind end of the ethmoidal canal is shown, in Schauinsland’s figure 165, lying -but slightly anterior to the anterior surface of the mid-brain. If this figure is correct, the membranous mesial walls of the orbits must accordingly, even in the oldest embryos considered by Schauinsland, be separated from each other by a considerable interval.
The chondrocranium of embryos of Callorhynchus thus ap- parently owes the several points in which it differs from that of the Selachii mainly, if not wholly, to the fact that that portion of the central nervous system that lies anterior to the plica encephali ventralis not only projects ventrally or antero-ventrally at the time when the trabecule are laid down, but that, for some reason, 1t has continued to lie in that position instead of later eradually curving forward or forward and upward. The tra- becule still apparently seek to curve upward into the line prolonged of the pavachordals, but, because of the interference of the overlying brain, this upward curve is found immediately anterior to the lobi olfactorii instead of, as in the Selachii, in the pituitary region.
The mandibular branchial bars were doubtless laid down primarily at right angles to the trabecule, and hence, as in the Selachii, in a nearly “horizontal position, but as the trabecule later grow downward and forward instead of, as in the Selachii, curving gradually forward or forward and upward, the mandibular bars have been distorted. The dorsal ends of the processus oticus and basilaris, the latter representing the primitive dorsal end of the arch, apparently remain approximately in their prunitive positions in relation, respectively, to the lateral wall of the otic capsule and the trabecule, but they have been stretched out into long cartilages by the marked ventro-anterior growth of the trabecule, and the epal (quadrate) and ceratal (mandibuia) elements of the arch lie in the region of the antorbital process. This will be again referred to when describing the conditions in Chimera. Because of this distortion and change in position of the mandibular branchial bars, the branchial bars of the more posterior arches have also been carried forward and somewhat downward without having been previously pushed backward to ' the extent that they were in the Selachii, and the dorsal ends of the anterior branchial bars are shown lying in the cranial region in Schauinsland’s oldest embryos. The sigma form of arch has, however, been impressed upon their dorsal ends, but not upon their ventral ends.
THE SKULL OF CHIMARA. Pe
CHIMERA.
1. Newrocranium.
In a six-month embryo of Chimera colliet, Dean (1906, p. 108) shows the trabecule projecting ventro-anteriorly at a marked angle to the parachordals, which would seem to establish that when first chondrified they lay, as they do in Callorhynchus, approximately at right angles to the parachordals. In the adult, the conditions shown by Dean in this embryo still persist to a marked extent, for, as shown in the accompanying figure (PI. I. fig. 2), the line of the vertebral column, if pr olonged, “would pass approximately across the dorsal edge of the postelinoid wall and issue from the cranium somewhat dorsal to the base of the median rostral process, the larger part of the prechordal portion of the cranium projecting ventro-anteriorly below this line at an angle of about 30°.
Because of this position of the trabecule, the mid-ventral line of the chondrocranium of the adult Chimera projects ventro- anteriorly, and from the level of the foramen magnum to the level of the fenestre nasales it is shghtly curved, the hollow of the curve presented ventro- posteriorly, Anterior to the level of the fenestre nasales, the mid-ventral line changes abruptly in direction, running at ne dorso-anteriorly and then ventro- anterior ly and ending at the anterior end of the short beak-hke process of the Enon dimmer iniarn, This latter process is morpho- logically subnasal in position, as will be later explained, but as it has the appearance, in lateral view, of being prenasal, it may be ealled the prenasal process.
Beginning at about the level of the middle of the orbit and extending forward to its anterior edge, there is a median, longi- tudinal, gash-like groove which lodges the degenerated tissues “of the extracranial portion of the’ hypophysis, the groove being deepest at its posterior end and gradually vanishing anteriorly. This groove represents a persisting remnant of the hypophysial fenestra, that fenestra being, in the adult, completely closed toward the cranial eavity, as it apparently was even in the ehondrocranium of the sixth-month embryo shown by Dean. Starting lateral to this grodve, on either side, a pronounced but low and rounded ridge runs antero-laterally to the level of the ventral end of the antorbital wall, where it turns somewhat abruptly antero-ventrally and but shghtly laterally and bears on its end an articular facet and an articular head, the former lying directly mesial to the latter and both surfaces giving articulation to the mandibula. From the anterior edge of the articular facet the narrow ventro-lateral edge of the chondrocranium runs antero-mesially in a curved line, concave ventrally, till it reaches a point slightly anterior to the ventral edge of the fenestra nasalis, where it turns anteriorly and becomes the ventral edge of the heak-like prenasal process.
PG MR. E. PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON
Between the mandibular articular facets of opposite sides, the ventral surface of the chondrocranium is deeply concave, this concavity lying in the ethmoidal region and being traversed by the raised median longitudinal ridge of the fused trabecule. Anterior to this large subethmoidal depression there is a smaller, subnasal one which lies in the hollow of the beak-like prenasal process, the two depressions being separated by a V-shaped ridge, each arm of the V running antero- -laterally from the projecting ventro-posterior corner of the subethmoidal keel. The anterior dental plates lie against the dorsal wall of the anterior half of the subnasal depression, the posterior dental plates lying against the anterior border of the subethmoidal depression. From the bottom of the posterior half of the subnasal depression a tough pad of tissue arises and projecting ventrally fills the space between the dental plates.
The bottom of the large subethmoidal depression is separated by the raised ridge of the fused trabecule into two parts, each triangular in shape, and as each depression lies beneath the lateral portion of the ethmoidal cartilage it may be called the ectethmoidal depression, the two ectethmoidal depressions forming the large subethmoidal one. Hach ectethmoidal depression is traversed by the nasal vein of its side, this vein, in some spe- cimens, lying in a pronounced groove at the bottom of the depression. This vein comes from the nasal capsule and the regions anterior to it, and is directly continuous, in the nasal capsule, with a vein that enters the cavum cranii, accompanying the nervus olfactorins, and joins a vein that issues from the cranial cavity through the foramen for the nervus vagus. The nasal vein, running posteriorly from the nasal capsule, first traverses a canal that leads from that capsule through the anterior wall of the ectethmoidal depression, then receives a branch that has traversed the overlying cartilage through a small foramen, and then itself traverses a foramen in the posterior wall of the ectethmoidal depression to enter the orbit and fall into the orbital venous sinus. The ectethmoidal depression of this fish thus corresponds, in general position and in its relations to the nasal vein, to the ectethmoidal chamber of my descriptions of Chlamydoselachus (Allis, 1913), that chamber being, in certain of the Selachii, an open fossa which may, as in Heptanchus, be in direct communication with the cranial cavity through the basal communicating canal of Gegenbauer’s descriptions. There is, in Chimera, no indication of this latter canal, but it is perhaps worthy of note that in Lepidosiren there is, in just this region, a median perforation of the basis cranii (Bridge, 1898).
At the postero-mesial corner of the ectethmoidal depression of Chimera, near the summit of the ridge that there bounds the depression, there is a groove which leads postero-mesially to a canal which traverses the cartilage of the basis cranii and trans- mits the efferent pseudobranchial, or so-called anterior carotid artery, this canal opening on the dorsal surface of the cartilage
THE SKULL OF CHIMAERA. aa
in the region of the line of attachment of the membranous inter- orbital wall, and directly ventro-lateral to the foramen by which the nervus opticus traverses that membranous wall.
The foramen opticum lies directly dorsal to a well-marked and rounded transverse ridge on the floor of the cranial cavity, this ridge marking the anterior end of the pituitary fossa and hence being the presphenoid bolster of my descriptions of the Selachu. The cranial cavity is here abruptly constricted, latero-mesially, and this constriction, in its ventral portion, is produced by the pinching in of the mesial membranous walls of the orbits, the membrane of either orbit being pinched inward and downward so that the internal surface of its ventral portion lies closely upon the cartilage of the basis cranu. The membrane there usually, but not always, becomes adherent to the cartilage, and a second line of attachment of the membranous cranial wall, lying mesial to the primitive line, is acquired. A depression is thus formed in the ventral portion of the outer surface of the membranous wall of each orbit, and it is filled with tough fatty connective tissue. The original line of attachment of the mem- branous wall forms the ventro-lateral edge of this depression, and lies lateral to the foramen for the efferent pseudobranchial artery, while the secondary line of attachment lies mesial to that foramen, the membrane covering the foramen. Having issued from its foramen, the efferent pseudobranchial artery runs pos- teriorly beneath the covering membrane and issues in the cranial cavity at the base of the posterior wall of the depression, there lying posterior to the nervus opticus. It then immediately gives off a recurrent branch which perforates the posterior wall of the depression, traverses the tough fatty tissue that fills the depres- sion, and, joining the nervus opticus, accompanies that nerve to the eyeball. After giving off this branch, the pseudobranchial artery turns mesially and immediately separates into anterior and posterior cerebral arteries.
When the secondary attachment of the membranous orbital wall to the dorsal surface of the basis cranii is not strong, the pseudobranchial foramen opens directly into the cranial cavity, but when the attachment is strong it opens external to that cavity but beneath the covering membrane. The nervus opticus, after issuing from its foramen, lies directly upon this adherent membrane, and the membrane may there become thinned to such an extent that, in dissections not carefully made, the pseudobranchial foramen appears as a perforation of the sub- orbital shelf lying wholly external to the interorbital wall; this apparently having been the condition in the specimen examined in connection with my earlier work on the arteries of this fish (Allis, 1912), where the foramen is said to open external to the cranial wall, The foramen however lies, morphologically, in the actual floor of the cranial cavity, as it is shown in Schauins- land’s figure of an embryo of Callorhynchus. In the Selachii this foramen always lies, in all the specimens that I have
118 MR. E. PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON
examined, dorsal to the trabecule, and where there is a sub- orbital shelf it lies dorsal to that shelf. This foramen of Chimera, which is quite unquestionably the homologue of the foramen in the Selachii, must then have become surrounded by and quite deeply enclosed in the dorso-lateral edge of the trabecula, the membranous lateral wall of this part of the neuro- cranium thus lying lateral to it and the foramen appearing to lie in the floor of the cranial cavity. The foramen is not shown in Dean's figure of an embryo of Chimera, doubtless because it is hidden, in dorsal view, by the supraorbital portion of the cranial wall.
The branch of the pseudobranchial artery that accompanies the nervus opticus to the eyeball was called by me, in the earlier work just above referred to, the arteria ophthalmica magna, this identification of the artery being based on its apparent origin, in a dissection in which the tissues had evidently been torn, from the pseudobranchial artery before that artery enters the cranial cavity. This is, however, an error, the artery quite certainly being the arteria centralis retine, or optic artery, of my descrip- tions of the Selachii, and no arteria ophthalmica magna being found in this fish.
At the hind end of the orbit five foramina, lying close together, perforate the cranial wall and transmit the nervi profundus, trigeminus, buccalis lateralis, facialis, and abducens. The fora- men for the facialis is always separated from the other foramina by cartilage, and the foramen for the abducens usually so separated, the other three nerves usually issuing through a single foramen but being separated from each other by membrane. Dorsal to these foramina there is a large foramen for the ramus ophthalmicus superficialis *, and two foramina that he near the edge of the membranous mesial wall of the orbit, one of them transmitting the nervus trochlearis and the other a venous vessel which 1s doubtless the anterior cerebral vein of my descriptions of Amia and the Teleostei. Slightly anterior to the five foramina that transmit the trigeminus, facialis, and abducens nerves there is the foramen for the nervus oculomotorius, which lies at the edge of the membranous mesial wall of the orbit, and ventro- lateral to that foramen there is a small foramen for the pituitary vein, this latter foramen opening into the pituitary fossa. The vein that traverses this latter foramen is small, and although it connects with ‘its fellow of the opposite side im the usual piscine manner, it is always in communication with a vein that issues from the cranial cavity through the foramen for the nervus vagus. There is in this fish no transverse pituitary canal such as is found in many of the Selachii.
Lateral to the several foramina above described, there is a large perforation of the suborbital shelf which transmits the ramus byoideo-mandibularis facialis and the vena jugularis, and anterior to that foramen there is another perforation of the
* A small foramen is, by error, shown in figure 3, Plate IT., lying slightly ventral to this large foramen. It does not ecist in the fish.
THE SKULL OF CHIM-ERA. 119
shelf which transmits the arteria carotis externa and the ramus palatinus facialis, these two foramina being persisting remnants of the palatoquadrate fissure of Dean’s (1906, p. 108) deser iptions of embryos. ‘That fissure of embryos Ge as shown in Dean’s figures, between the palatoquadrate, the trabecula, and the anterior edge of a shelf of cartilage that projects nee ally from the neurocranium beneath the hind end of the orbit and is fused, in its antero-lateral portion, with the palatoquadrate. The vena jugularis accordingly les definitely ventral to this laterally projecting shelf-like process of the neurocranium, and hence also morphologically ventral and internal to the dorso- posterior portion of the palatoquadrate. If then this shelf-like process is an outgrowth of the neurocranium, the dorso-posterior end of the palatoquadrate, as shown by Dean, must be the processus oticus of that cartilage, but it seems much more probable that the shelf itself is the processus oticus, or extra- branchial element of the arch. Dean (/. c. p. 129) considers this shelf to be the posterior portion of the pharyngeal elenient of the mandibular arch, but mm that case this element of the arch has fused with the neurocranium dorsal to the vena jugularis, which would be in marked exception to the conditions found in all other fishes that I know of (Allis, 1915). It accordingly seems to me, as above stated, that this shelf must represent the extrabranchial of the arch, or processus oticus quadrata, apparently found only partially fused with the palatoquadrate in Dean’s six-month embryo. The vena jugularis, ramus hyoideo- mandibularis facialis, and arteria carotis externa would then all lie ventral and internal to this element of the arch, as they normally should, and the foramina for these several structures would represent the trigemino-facialis chamber = the fish, as 1 have already sug egested i in an earlier work (Allis, 1914).
The orbit has postorbital and antorbital processes. The postorbital process is a pronounced and slightly curved ridge which is fused ventrally with the suborbital ‘shelf. The dorso- lateral antorbital process 1s a short but tall ridge which lies at the dorso-anterior edge of the orbit, and its base is perforated by a foramen which transmits the ramus ophthalmicus super- ficialis trigemini from the orbit to the ethmoidal canal. Immediately ventral to this process there is a foramen which transmits a vein and artery, and antero-ventral to this latter foramen there is another foramen which transmits the nervus ophthalmicus profundus; both these foramina leading into the median ethmoidal canal. A small foramen dorsal to these foramina also leads into the ethmoidal canal and gives exit to a small branch of the ophthalmicus superficialis. A small foramen on the dorso-mesial surface of the nasal capsule gives passage to a branch of the orbital branch of the external carotid, and anterior to 1t there is another small foramen for a delicate branch of the ophthalmicus nerve. The ventro-lateral antorbital process is simply a ridge which traverses the suborbital shelf and is continued onto the palatoquadrate, where it turns
120 MR. E, PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON
posteriorly and joins the ventral end of the postorbital process, this ridge forming the boundary between the horizontal portion of the suborbital shelf and its ventrally projecting eaves-like lateral edge. Between its dorso-lateral and ventro-lateral processes the remainder of the antorbital process is a wide and gently rounded surface which extends from the orbit to the nasal capsule, and is so completely fused ventrally with the dorsal edge of the palatoquadrate that even the line separating the two cartilages cannot be recognised.
The suborbital shelf is a wide thin plate of cartilage which extends between the antorbital and postorbital processes, and has a narrow, ventrally projecting, eaves-like lateral edge, just above referred to. ‘The shelf is prolonged posteriorly beyond the postorbital process, this postorbital portion of the shelf projecting ventro-posteriorly at a slight angle to the orbital pertion, and apparently representing, as just above explained, the processus oticus quadrati. It gives origin, on its ventral surface, to the musculus protractor arcuum branchialium of Vetter’s (1878) descriptions. On the ventral surface of the continuous shelf these two portions are separated from each other by a groove which lies directly ventral to the ventral end of the postorbital process and is directed postero-mesially. That part of the orbital portion of the shelf that lies lateral to the foramen for the nervus hyoideo-mandibularis facialis belongs to the palato- quadrate, and is probably formed by the epal (quadrate) and pharyngeal portions of the mandibular branchial bar, the pharyngeal element not projecting as a processus basilaris.
The cranial cavity has large anterior and posterior portions, separated by a narrow neck in the orbital region, this neck lying between the ventral edge of the azygous portion of the membranous interorbital wall and the summit of the rounded transverse presphenoid bolster. The posterior portion of the cavity is tall, with a concave anterior edge the dorsal end of which projects dorso-anteriorly above the orbit like the horn of a crescent. The postclinoid wall lies at about the middle of the length of this posterior portion of the cavity and_ projects anteriorly or antero-dorsally. Between it and the foramen magnum there is a depression in the cranial floor, and anterior to it, between it and the presphenoid bolster, is the large pituitary fossa. The postero-dorsal end of the hypophysial groove on the ventral surface of the basis cranii lies slightly posterior to the summit of the presphenoid bolster. <A slight transverse ridge at about the posterior quarter of the pituitary fossa marks off a small posterior and deeper portion of the fossa. The foramina for the nervi facialis, trigeminus, and abducens lie dorsal or postero-dorsal to the postelinoid wall, and the small foramen for the pituitary vein antero-ventral to it.
The anterior portion of the cranial cavity increases gradually in height from its hind end up to the base of the median rostral
THE SKULL OF CHIMERA, 121
process, that point marking also the anterior end of the ethmoidal canal. This latter canal is large and is separated from the cranial cavity by cartilage slightly thinner than that of the basis cranii. Beyond the anterior end of the ethmoidal canal the cranial cavity contracts somewhat abruptly to its anterior end, that end being marked, on either side, by the foramen olfactorium. The cranial cavity of the adult accordingly shows, when compared with Dean’s figures of embryos of this fish and with Schauinsland’s figures of embryos of Callorhynchus, that the dorsal portion of the chondrocranium has undergone marked lateral compression in post-embryonic stages, the membranous mesial walls of the orbits being pressed together so that they meet and coalesce in the median plane in front of the midbrain and dorsal to the forebrain, a considerable portion of the cranial cavity of embryos thus being obliterated. Because of this, or correlated to it, the midbrain becomes, in the adult, widely separated from the hind end of the ethmoidal canal, and the forebrain is correspondingly elongated.
The two foramina olfactoria are separated from each other by a stout column of cartilage which hes nearly at right angles to the cranial floor, and each foramen is closed by a membranous evibriform plate. Hach foramen opens directly into the mesial portion of the posterior end of the related nasal capsule, that capsule being directed antero-ventrally and bulging Jaterally so that it forms a pronounced swelling on the lateral surface of the chondrocranium. The ventral edge of the capsule reaches nearly, but not quite, to the ventral edge of this part of the chondro- cranium, and the capsules of opposite sides are in contact in the median line, a septum nasi separating them from each other. This septum nasi is continuous, posteriorly, with the column of cartilage that separates the foramina olfactoria, that column lying in large part posterior to the plane of the foramina and representing the rostral stalk of embryos of Callorhynchus and of the Selachii. The septum nasi thus lies morphologically ventral to the stalk, and is formed either by a subethmoidal ‘keel alone, or by that keel fused with the contiguous mesial sides of the nasal capsules, the rostral stalk forming the morphologically dorsal edge of the septum, as it also does in Mustelus (Gegenbaur, 1872, fig. 1, pl. 5) and Scylliwm (Parker, 1876, fig. 4, pl. 37). The nasal capsules thus fuse with each other, in Chimera, ventral to the trabecule, as they do in the Selachu, this confirming the conclusion already arrived at that they have this position im Callorhynchus.
With the contact and fusion of the nasal capsules in the mnedian line ventral to the trabecule, the ventro-lateral trabecular processes of opposite sides, if they existed in this fish, must also have been pressed together in the median plane, and their flaring ventral ends probably form some part of the beak-like prenasal process, that process being, as already stated, morphologically
Proc. Zeon, Soc 197, No. LX. 9
122 MR. E. PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON
subnasal, instead of prenasal in position. ‘The palatine pro- cesses of the palatoquadrate must, however, also take some important part in the formation of this beak, for the anterior dental plates, which it supports, lying as they do posterior to the primary upper lips (Allis, 1917 6), must belong to the primary, or palatoquadrate dental arcade. These plates cannot accord- ingly be intermaxillary (premaxillary) teeth, as Schauinsland (1903, p. 14) suggests as possible in Callorhynchus, and they must be either vomerine or vomero-palatine teeth according as the term palatine is used to apply to teeth developed in relation to the palatine process of the palatoquadrate or in relation to some part of the palatoquadrate that lies posterior to that process. ‘The posterior dental plate of either side would then be either a pterygoid or a’ palato-pterygoid plate, a pterygoid element quite certainly being included in it. Further facts in favour of considering the beak of Chimera to be formed in part by the palatine process of either side are :—
1. That the external surface of the prenasal beak gives articulation to the anterior end of a cartilage that is quite unquestionably an anterior upper labial, as will later be explained, and this anterior end of this labial is frequently, in the Selachii, in contact with the dorsal surface of the palatoquadrate but never in such contact with the neurocranium, as is also later explained.
2. That the beak of Chimcera is traversed, on either side, by a small canal which, in the specimen used for illustration, begins on its dorsal surface by a single foramen and opens on its ventral surface by three small foramina which he internal to the anterior dental plate. This canal is traversed by a branch of the nervus maxillaris trigemini which descends over the lateral edge of the nasal capsule and is evidently destined to innervate the anterior dental plate and the related tissues. ‘The corresponding nerve in Mustelus, Chamydoselachus, and Raia, and hence probably in all of the Plagiostomi, runs forward along the external surface of the palatoquadrate and then over its ventro-lateral edge, thus being separated from the trabecule by the full width of the palatoquadrate, and while it might become enclosed in the lateral edge of the palatoquadrate it seems impossible that it could become so enclosed in the lateral edge of any cartilage of trabe- cular origin.
The mandibula presents no special features that seem to require consideration, but it may be mentioned that there are two surfaces for the articulation with the palatoquadrate, the antero-lateral one being an articular facet and the postero-mesial one an articular head. It is also to be noted that the line of the gape of the jaws, when the mouth is closed, is approximately parallel with the line of the trabecule, the plane of the epal and ceratal elements of the mandibular arch thus retaining its primitive perpendicular relations to the trabecule and hence being directed postero-ventrally instead of ventrally.
THE SKULL OF CHIMAIRA. 123
7 ae Nasal and Labial Cartilages.
The so-called nasal and labial cartilages of current descriptions of the Holocephali are much more numerous than the similarly named cartilages of the Selachii, and the conditions in the latter fishes must fee st be considered.
The nasal cartilages of the Selachit ave limited to the ala nasalis (Nasenfliigelknorpel), and this cartilage I have recently described in a coeiaan number of these fishes and compared 16 with the cartilage in Chimera (Allis, 19176). It is accordingly not necessary to here consider it in the former fishes,
The labial cartilages of the Selachii are limited to one or two related to the upper jaw and one related to the lower jaw. Gegenbaur (1872) called the one or two former cartilages the auterior and posterior upper labials, and as he at that time considered the premaxillary and caiscillar y bones, respectively, of
the Teleostei to be dev eloped superticial to, and in relation to, these cartilages, he also called them the. premaxillary and maxilary labials. These latter “terms I shall avoid because of the implied homologies, which I consider not yet established. The single labial related to the lower jaw ‘Gegenhaur called the lower, or premandibular labial, the latter term being used by him because he then considered this labial and the maxillary labial to together represent persisting remnants of a premandibular visceral arch. ‘This latter term I shall also nora using in its place the indifferent term mandibular labial. Gs it should be later established that this labial and one or both of the upper labials ave structures related to a premandibular arch or arches, they can then be given names that will show their relations to the arch or arches to which they belong.
The hind end of the mandibular labial and the corresponding end of one or both of the upper labials articulate with each other, or are connected by ligament, immediately posterior to the outer end of the line of the apele of the g gaye, and these ends of the labials there lie at a certain distance from the cartilages of the upper and lower jaws, separated from them by the thickness of the anterior edge of the musculus adductor mandibule. This point of articulation of the labials les at a variable distance anterior to the quadrato- mandibular articulation, and itis shown in nearly all of Gegenbaui’s figures of these fishes lying external to the mandibula.
In Chlamydoselachus there are two upper and one lower labials, and they have been described or figured by Goodey (1910), K. Fur- bringer (1903), and Luther (1909 a). The anterior labial gives attachment, along the dorsal edge of its anterior end, to a ligament which has its origin on the anterior wall of the orbit at about the middle of its height. Numerous short ligamentous strings run from the antero- Sohal edge of this ligament into the tissues of the upper lip, this seeming to indicate that. the ligament has been differentiated from an extensive dermal or
G*
124 MR. E, PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON
subdermal fascia. The posterior uppér labial lies internal and aboral to the anterior one and is closely attached to the musculus levator labii superioris, the tendon of that muscle passing ventral to the ligament related to the anterior labial and. having its insertion on the ventro-lateral antorbital process.
In a specimen that I have of Mustelus, probably vulgaris, there are two upper labials, and they are strikingly similar to those shown by Gegenbaur in a figure (1872, fig. 3, pl. 11) said, in the explanations of the plates, to be of Mustelus, but referred to in the text as of Galews. In this figure the jaws are furnished with sharp pointed teeth; and Marshall and Spencer (1881) and Ridewood (1895) have each independently called attention to the fact that, because of these teeth, the figure is probably of Galeus, as it is said by Gegenbaur to be in his text. But, curiously enough, in this figure with sharp teeth, and hence probably of Galews, there are two upper labials similar to those I find in my specimen of MZestelus, identified by the presence of pavement teeth, while in the figure said by Gegenbaur (J. ec. fig. 2, pl. 12) to be of Galeus, but furnished with pavement teeth and hence probably of Jfustelus, there is but one labial. Gegenbaur furthermore says (1. c. p. 214) that both Meckel and J. Miiller also found but one upper labial in JdZestelus; but K. Fiirbringer (1903) has since found two of them in d/ustelus equestris. If these labials do not vary in different specimens or species of A/ustelus, it is thus probable that Gegenbaur, in his figures above referred to, interchanged either the labials or the teeth, as well as the names, of the two fishes.
But, whatever the error in these two figures of Gegenbaur’s may be, in my specimen, which has pavement teeth, there are two upper labial cartilages, and they both le in the maxillary portion of the labial fold. The anterior labial is about twice as long and much stouter than the posterior one, and lies external and oral to it, as does the anterior labial in Chlamydoselachus. Its hind end lies but slightly anterior to the hind end of the posterior upper labial and is attached to that labial, but not to the mandibular one, by ligamentous tissues. The anterior half, approximately, of the anterior labial lies internal to the ventral edge of the musculus levator labii superioris, in a pocket formed in the tough connective tissues that cover the external surface of the palatoquadrate. The labial is freely movable in this pocket, and its anterior end hes directly upon the palato- quadrate, in a scarcely perceptible depression in that cartilage, but is in no way attached either to it or to the chondrocranium. The walls of the pocket are differentiations of a dermal or subdermal fascia which is somewhat hgamentous in character, and which extends antero-mesially and is attached to the posterior surface of the nasal capsule; this fascia doubtless representing the one from which the ligament attached to this labial in Chlamydoselachus is developed.
The posterior upper labial of J/ustelus is bound by ligamentous
THE SKULL OF CHIMAIRA. £25
tissues to the mandibular labial, and ean thus be said to articulate with it. From near its hind end a ligamentous strand runs antero-dorsally and joins a stouter ligament which arises from the median transverse SLi of the musculus adductor mandibule, at the inner end of the line of the angle of the gape. The ligament so formed is join, ed by a ligamentous slip from about the middle of the anterior labial, and then joins and fuses in part with the internal surface of the dorsal, maxillary portion of the adductor muscle and in part with the clos sely related musculus levator labii superioris. <A part of the ligament continues forward and is inserted on the peer surface of the nasal capsule at the lateral edge of the large surface of insertion, on that capsule, of a part of the Mvecuine levator labii superioris. There ave thus, in this fish, two Hgamentous structures connecting the upper labials with the nasal capsule. In Chlama Niners this connection is, as just above stated, with the antorbital wall.
In Vriakis fasciatum there are two upper labials, and they closely resemble, in relative size and arrangement, those in Mustelus. The hind ends of the two labials lie close together, and both are bound by ligamentous tissues to the hind end of the mandibular labial, but the posterior upper labial alone articulates with that labial. ‘The anterior end of the anterior upper labial rests directly upon the external surface of the palatoquadrate, as in Mustelus, but it is not enclosed in a pocket of the connective tissues of the region. A broad stout ligamentous band arises frem the external surface of the palato- quadrate, at its oral edge and slightly anterior to the angle of the gape, and running antero-mesially across the external . surface of the anterior upper labial is inserted on the internal surface of the nasal latero-sensory canal, close to the postero- mesial edge of the nasal capsule. .
In two small specimens of Scylliwm canicula I find, as Gegenbaur did, but one labial, and it quite certainly corre- sponds to the anterior upper labial of J/ustelus, as Gegenbaur concluded. It extends forward along the ventral edge of, or shightly internal to, the musculus levator labii superioris, and its anterior end lies, as does that of the anterior upper labial of Mustelus, directly upon the external surface of the palato- quadrate, in a slight depression in that cartilage, but 1t is not enclosed in a pocket of connective tissue. This end of the labial lies directly internal to the posterior portions of the nasal and rostral sections of the latero-sensory canals. In one of the two specimens, but not in the other, the mandibular labial hooked around the angle of the gape, as Luther (1909a@) shows it in his figure of Chiloscyllium, this suggesting the possible fusion of a much reduced posterlor upper ‘labial with the mandibular labial.
The anterior end of the anterior upper labial is thus, in each of these few Selachii, either in contact with or closely related to
126 MR. E. PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON
the dorsal surface of the palatoquadrate, and it is also either attached to, or related to, ligamentous or fibrous tissues which are attached to the chondocranium in the nasal region; and these are probabiy universal conditions in these fishes.
In Chimera Hubrecht (1877) describes five cartilages that are called by him nasal cartilages, and four that are called labials, the nasal cartilages being designated by the letters da 9, 1, m, and the labial cartilages by. the letters a, c, d, e. The letter 2 is used by Hubrecht “to designate a process of the cartilage &, this cartilage accordingly sometimes being referred to as the cartilage vn.
The cartilage £, with its large process 7, is called by Hubrecht the Nasenmuschel, and as it certainly represents sume part of the ala nasalis of the Plagiostomi, it may be referred to as that cartilage. It encircles the antero-mesial or so-called ingress nasal aperture, and [ have recently fully described it in this fish (Allis, 1917 6).
The cartilage /, shown in figure 4 (PI. IT.), is a small and irre- gular plate of cartilage which lies in the mucous tissues along the lateral edge of the process 7 of the ala nasalis, and it extends from that process to the inner surface of the cartilage Fg. Ns bounds the dorso-mesial edge of the postero-lateral nasal aper- ture, and is attached both to the process n and the cartilage fy _by connective or fibrous tissues, its point of attachment to the latter cartilage lying inmediately beyond the base of the nasal- fold process of that cartilage, to be described immediately below.
The cartilage m is a thin, flat, curved, triangular cartilage which is attached by its pointed mesial end to the dorso-mesial surface of the ala nasalis (cartilage An) near its external edge, and from there extends ventro-latero-posteriorly in the nasal portion of the naso-labial fold. A small nodule of cartilage mmay be found attached to its latero-posterior edge.
The cartilages fand g, said by Hubrecht to be found separate in Callor haeehae: are fused in Chimera, to form a single piece called by Hubrecht both a Lippenknorpelti viiger Sed au Nasenfliigelknorpel. The two parts f and g differ slightly in coloration and appearance. suggesting that they are of inde- pendent o1igin, the part g being a flat plate-like superficial cartilage, and the part f a stout rounded and curved rod, which arises from the ventro-posterior end of the plate-like portion of the cartilage and may be called the pedicel of the entire cartilage. The plate-like portion of the cartilage lies, in the posterior half of its length, in a nearly horizontal position along the outer edge of the nasal capsule, Its dorso-anterior half turns dorso- anteriorly across the outer edge of the nasal capsule, and there lies’ on the outer surface of that capsule, passing latero-posterior to the lateral rostral process and being strongly but flexibly attached to that process by ligamentous tissues. Approximately at the point where the process turns dorso anteriorly, there is a prcminent eminence on its internal
THE SKULL OF CHIMERA. Le
surface, and this eminence rests upon the little eminence on the dorsal surface of the ala nasalis (cartilage kn) that is described in my earlier work (Allis, 1917 6), the two cartilages there being strongly but flexibly attached to each other by connective or ligamentous tissues. The pedicel of the cartilage turns sharply mesially, in a rounded angle, and passing through a notch iu the postero-ventro-lateral edge of the nasal capsule runs along the postero-lateral edge of the postero-lateral nasal aperture and reaches a smail perforation of the chondrocranium that hes immediately ventral to the ventro-posterior edge of the fenestra nasalis. This perforation of the chondrocranium is filled with ligamentous tissues, and to these tissues the foot of the pedicel is strongly but flexibly attached, the position of this pedicel strongly resembling that of the anterior upper labial in L/etero- dontus (Allis, 19176).
On the ventral edge of the cartilage fy, at about the posterior third of the length of its plate-like portion, there is a slender eurved process which projects ventrally into a ridge on the internal surface of the nasal portion of the naso-labial fold, this ridge quite certainly representing the tissues that enclose the process (3 of the ala nasalis of the Plagiostomi (Allis, 1917 6). Because of its position, this process of the cartilage /y may be called the nasal-fold process. It is thinner than the body of the cartilage fg, is flexible, and in many instances seems to be a primarily independent piece of cartilage that has secondarily and not completely fused with the cartilage fg. In several instances there was a foramen between the base of this process and the body of the cartilage, this foramen giving passage to a delicate nerve which was ‘apparently a branch of the nervus maxillaris trigemini. In other specimens this nerve passed between the process and a crescentic cartilage described imme- diately below. The cartilage J is attached to the inner surface of the cartilage fg immediately beyond the base of this nasal-fold process.
In the hollow of the curve formed by the posterior edge of the nasal-fold process of the cartilage fg and the ventro-posterior portion of the body of that cartilage, lies the crescentic piece of cartilage just above referred to. This cartilage is of the same consistence as the nasgal-fold process, and les, as that process coes, in the ridge on the internal surface of the naso- labial fold, and it is apparently the caitilage e of Hubrecht’s descriptions of Chimera monstrosa. Both it and the nasal-fold process of the cartilage fg are shown in one of Luthev’s figures of the latter fish (1909 6, p. 37), and K. Fiirbringer (1903) also refers to both of them, the two together being considered by him to represent the cartilage e of Hubrecht’s descriptions. In Chimera collier the crescentic cartilage is connected with the cartilage d, which I consider to be the posterior upper labial, bya band of tough fibrous tissue which passes across the external surface of the cartila ge fy, a slip of the tissues being sent antero-
128 MR. E. PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON
dorsally along the external surface of the latter cartilage. This crescentic’ cartilage and the nasal-fold process of the cartilage fy thus seem to both be chondrifications of this fibrous tissue, one of them related to the cartilage d (posterior upper labial) and the other to the cartilage fg.
The cartilage fy is thus a strongly curved cartilage which encircles the lateral half of the fenestra nasalis, lying against the external, and not the internal, surface of the edge of the fenestra, and it either sends a process into the ridge on the internal surface of the naso-labial fold, or becomes secondarily fused with a cartilage that is developed independently in that ridge. ‘The lining femlnon’ of the nasal capsule is not attached to this cartilage fy, as it is to the cartilage kn (ala nasalis), lying wholly internal to it. The cartilage is capable of a swinging, dorso-ventral motion around a line passing through its two points of attachment to the chondrocranium, the cartilage passing backward and forward across the outer, and not the inner, surface of the lateral edge of the fenestra nasalis. The posterior one of these two motions is impressed upon it by the musculus levator anguli oris anterior of Vetter’s (1878) de- scriptions, acting bouts through its own tendon and the long and slender hg: cient called by aouther (1909 6) the levator carti- laginis prelabialis, the contrary motion apparently being caused in part by the simple elasticity of the parts, and in part by the action of the musculus labialis posterior. The musculus labialis anterior, which is attached by one end to the dorso-anterior end of this cartilage and by the other to the cartilage d (posterior upper labial), would seem to exert its action on the latter rather than on the former cartilage.
Hubrecht says that the process x of Gegenbaur’s descriptions of the Selachii, together with that part of the edge of the nasal capsule that, in ‘those fishes, bounds the mesial edge of the postero- -mesial nasal aperture, corresponds to the cartilage kn of Chimera, this latter cartilage thus betng considered by him to be cut off from the outer edge ‘of the nasal “capsule, and its process 7 to correspond to the process # of the Selachii. The cartilage fy of Chimera 1s said to correspond to the process 3 of Gegenbaur’s descriptions of the Selachii, the cartilage e of Chimera to represent the anterior upper labial of the Selachii, and the
cartilage 1 to be a remnant of that part of the ala nasalis that primar ‘ily connected the cartilages kn and fy.
Both Fiirbringer (1903) and Luther (1909 6) apparently accept Hubrecht’s conclusions regarding the homologies of these several cartilages of Chimera; but Luther nevertheless, calls the car- tilage fg a premaxillary cartilage, which must mean that he considers it to be a labial and not a Nasenfliigelknorpel, and he neither mentions, nor shows in his figures, the cartilage e. Vetter (1878), who knew of Hubrecht’s work only by title, describes as a premaxillary cartilage a cartilage that must be the cartilage fy of Hubrecht’s descriptions, but he makes no
THE SKULL OF CHIMARA. 129
mention of the cartilage e. He shows, in one of his figures, a so-called Nasenfliigelknorpel, which is said to be longer than the premaxillary cartilage, to lie directly mesial to it, and to be derived from the nasal capsule. This cartilage, as shown in Vetter’s figure, is not found in Chimera colliei, and 1t 1s not shown in Hubrecht’s figures of Chimera monstrosa. Its dorsal end corresponds, in position, to the lateral rostral process of these fishes, the remainder of it apparently being the cartilage a of Hubrecht’s descriptions, or both that cartil ie and the cartilage kn.
My conclusions regarding the homologies of these several. carti- lages differ somewhat prow those of these several authors, and they are based on my interpretation of the lips and nasal aper- tures of this fish as set forth in the work already several times referred to as now in press (Allis, 1917 6), and which should here be consulted.
In the Plagiostomi it is always that part of the ala nasalis that encircles the antero lateral and ingress nasa] aperture that is the most developed, the part that encircles the postero-mesial and egress aperture always being less developed and in some cases wholly wanting. In Chimera, on the contrary, it is the part of this cartilage that encircles the antero-mesial and here so-called ingress aperture that is the most developed, that part of the cartilage that encircles the antero-lateral and originally ingress spertuce having undergone marked reduction. That part of the cartilage that encircles the antero-mesial aperture is represented in the cartilage An of Hubrecht’s descriptions, the cartilage /: representing that part of the ala nasalis of the Plagiostomi that lies mesial to and between the processes « and /3 of Gegenbaur’s (1872) descriptions of the latter fishes, and the process » of the cartilage & representing the process « of the Plagiostomi together with the process that Gegenbaur eal}s, 7n Mustelus, the process @’. The process (6 of the Plagiostomi is represented in Chimera in the little crescentic car tilage that lies in the ridge on the internal surface of the naso-labial fold, and a remnant of that part of the ala nasalis that originally lay between this process and the process & is represented in the cartilage ¢ of Chimera.
The cartilages m and g of Chimera have no homologues in the Plagiostomi, but they, the nasal-fold process of the cartilage g, and the little adjacent crescentic cartilage are all evidently of fibrous origin and all quite certainly chondrifications of a sub- epidermal layer of fibrous tissue. Just what this layer of tissue is I have been wnable as yet to definitely determine, but it would seem to be the fibrous layer of the corium. The nasal-flap carti- lage of my descriptions of Raia (Allis, 1916) is certainly a Sy aanincon of this same layer of tissue, and as the process 2 of the ala nasalis of that fish has exactly the same subepidermal position as the nasal-flap cartilage, that process must also be of fibrous origin. But, if this process & is of fibrous origin, the alar ring, of which it is a process, must also be of similar origin, all
130 MR. E. PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON
of these cartilages then being chondrifications of a single layer of subepidermal fibrous tissue. ‘This fibrous layer certainly passed, originally, beneath the epidermal tissues that were modi- fied to form the sensory epithelium of the nasal pit, and when this sensory tissue was invaginated to form that pit, the fibrous layer must have been invaginated with it. The nasal capsule might then itself also be a chondrification of this same layer of fibrous tissue, and hence not a part of the axial skeleton, as it is usually considered to be; and its development in the Plagiostom1 is decidedly in favour of this assumption.
The cartilage f of Hubrecht’s descriptions of Chimera, although it lies along the edge of the postero-lateral nasal aperture, has no relations whatever to the original antero-lateral nasal aperture, and hence is not a derivative of the ala nasalis, and its position strongly indicates that it is an anterior upper labial. It has approximately the position of that labial in /Heterodontus, and also that of the single labial of Ceratodus (Allis, 1917 6), and the fact that its anterior end is in contact with a part of the chondrocranium that is quite unquestionably derived from the palato-quadrate is in accord with the conditions that I have above described in several of the Selachii, and would be wholly exceptional for a cartilage derived from the ala nasalis. If, in one of the Selachii above referred to, the fibrous or ligamentous tissues that are related to the anterior upper labial, and that are attached to the chondrocranium in the nasal region, were to undergo chondrification, a cartilage would arise that would closely resemble the cartilage ih of Chimera, one part of this cartilage thus being of labial origin and the other of independent fisveuist origin. Furthermore, tie origin of the cartilage is in accord with its relations to the terminal branches of the nervus inaxillaris trigemini, for the more important terminal branches of that nerve pass internal to the cartilage, between it and the nasal capsule, which is not their relations either to any part of the nasal capsule of the Selachii or to the ala nasalis of those fishes, but is their relations to the anterior upper labial and its related ligaments in those fishes. What is apparently the carti- lage fin Schauinsland’s descriptions of embryos of Callorhynchus (1903, n?, fig. 127) has, however, decidedly the appearance of being a part of the ala nasalis, but the cartilages as there shown are so different from those in the adult Chimara that I am unable to make any comparison. Two of the cartilages de- scribed by Schaninsland, called by him US cartilages 0 “an i”, are said by him to lie in mucous folds “welche die Schnauze umgeben ” and to represent preoral visceral arches. Premandi- bular arches they may represent, as may also the labial carti- lages of the Selachu, but they certainly cannot represent preoral arches.
The cartilages c and d of Hubrecht’s descriptions were con- sidered by him to together represent the posterior upper labial of the Selachii. They are first said by him to be separate and
THE SKULL OF CHIMERA, Lou
distinct cartilages, capable of a slight motion with each other, but they are later said to be so completely fused that there ts even but slight persisting indication of the line of separation between them. Vetter found them as separate cartilages and considered them to be, respectively, the maxillary and mandibular labials. K. Fiirbringer found them more independent of each other than they are said to be by Hubrecht, but less so than described and figured by Vetter, and he agrees with Hubrecht in considering them, together, to represent the posterior upper labial. Luther shows them as a single cartilage, and they to- gether form the maxillary, and hence posterior upper labial of his descriptions. I find them as separate and distinct cartilages lying immediately posterior to the angle of the supplementary secondary gape of the mouth and straddling the line prolonged of that angle, that angle lying near the inner end of the line of the angle of the gape, as fully described in my work now in press (Allis, 1917 6). One of these cartilages thus les dorsal and the other ventral to the line of the angle of the gape, in the positions respectively of the posterior upper and mandibular labials of the Selachii, and I accordingly consider them, as Vetter did, to represent, respectively, those labials, notwith- standing that they both, and particularly the posterior upper labial, seem to be chondr ication: of ae same fibrous layer that has given origin to the cartilages g, m, and e of Hubrecht’s descriptions.
The posterior upper labial, thus identified, is a small and some- what rectangular cartilage that les immediately dorsal (morpho- logically posterior) to the ventro-posterior-lateral end of the plate-like portion of the cartilage fy. It is strongly but loosely attached, by its ventral (morphologically anterior) end, to the latter cartilage, and also strongly but quite rigidly attached, by the adjoining, posterior (morphologically ventral) edge, to ‘the dorsal end of the mandibular labial. This latter attachment allows of but little notion between the two pieces, such little motion as there is being latero-mesial, The labial gives inser- tion, on its dorsal (morphologically posterior) edge, to the musculus levator anguli oris anterior, and either on its external surface or its Mier (morphologically dorsal) edge, to the musculus labialis anterior, the other end of the latter muscle being inserted on the dorso-anterior end of the cartilage /g.
The mandibular labial (cartilage c) is a stout bar of cartilage with a large triangular process on its anterior edge near its ventr: val end. The anterior edge of its dorsal end is str ongly attached to the posterior upper labial, as just above described. Its ventral end lies in the hind end of the labial part of the naso-labial fold. Its anterior process passes internal to the hind end of the supra- mandibular furrow, and les in supporting relations to the sup- plementary secondary lower lip, this process and the nasal-flap process of the cartilage g, together with the related crescentic cartilage above described, thus being opposed to each other in
132 MR. E. PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON
these supplementary secondary lower and upper lips. The ante- vior end of the anterior process of the mandibular labial gives insertion to a tendon of the musculus levator anguli oris pos- terior, that tendon passing downward across the internal surface
the labial to reach its point of insertion, as shown in Luther's figure of Chimera monstrosa. Connected with this tendon, and as direct ventral continuations of it, there are two small liga- ments, one of which joins the ligament / of Luther’s descriptions, to be described immediately below, while the other runs ventro- mesially along the external surface of the mandibula, internal to the musculus labialis posterior, and has its insertion in tough fibrous tissues in the median line. The tendon of the musculus labialis posterior runs dorsally along the internal surface of the mandibular labial, internal (mesial) to the tendon of the musculus levator anguli oris posterior, and has its insertion on the internal surface of the mandibular labial near its dorsal end, this also being as shown in Luther’s figures of Chimera monstrosa.
The cartilage a of Hubrecht’s descriptions was considered by him to be, together with a related ‘* Bandapparat,” the homologue of the mandibular labial of the Selachii. Vetter does not men- tion this cartilage. .K. Fiirbringer accepts Hubrecht’s statements: regarding it as correct. Luther considers this cartilage, alone, to be the homologue of the mandibular labial of the Selachii, and, following Gegenbaur’s nomenclature, he calls it the pre- mandibular labial. The Bandapparat he considers to be an independent and superficial structure, and he fully describes it in Chimera monstrosa.
In Chimera colliei, the thick lower lip contains a mass of dense tough fibrous tissue which extends the full length of the lip and from its oral edge a certain distance posteriorly. This mass of tissue completely surrounds the musculus labialis posterior, that muscle traversing a canal-like perforation of the posterior portion of the tissue without being in any way attached to it excepting only at its origin near the symphysis of the mandibles. The anterior (oral) end of the cartilage a is strongly attached to this tough fibrous tissue, and it abuts against the posterior surface of the musculus labialis posterior, the cartilage being grooved to receive the muscle and the edges of the groove sometimes pro- jecting to such an extent that the cartilage is decidedly Y-shaped. External to the symphysial edge of the cartilage, and strongly attached to it, there is a small piece of strongly calcified cartilage which is grooved on its external surface to lodge a section of the mandibular latero-sensory canal. On its symphysial edge the car- tilage a gives origin to hgamentous tissues which cross the median line and are attached to the corresponding cartilage of the oppo- site side, this apparently being as shown in Luther's figure of Chimera monstrosa, but the musculus Jabialis inferior of that author’s descriptions of Chimera wonstrosa is not found in my specimens of Chimera collier.
The ligament / of Luther’s descriptions (19096, fig. 28) is
THE SKULL OF CHIMERA, : 133
found in’ my specimens of Chimera collie arising from the tough fibrous tissues that cover the ventral surface: “of the sym- phys sis of the mandibles, and also from the external surface of the cartilage a. Running latero- -posteriorly in a curved line, this ligament is joined first by a ligament coming from the median line posterior to the cartilage a, and then by a ligament coming from the ventral edge of the mandibular labial and to which reference has just above been made. The ligament so formed runs posteriorly across the postero-ventral edge of the mandibula, in a slight groove in that edge, and then runs upward along the internal surface first of the mandibula and then of the palatc- quadrate, and is inserted on a little cartilage which seems’ to enone to the spiracular cartilage of Hubrecht’s descriptions of Chimera monstrosa, notwithstanding that it lies mueh farther from the hind edge of the mandibula. This little eartilage is probably a persisting remnant of a mandibular branchial ray such as is frequently found in the Selachii and there currently called a spiracular cartilage, but 16 cannot be the homologue of the spiracular cartilage of ae Batoidei, that cartilage being the extrabranchial, or suprapharyngobranchial, of the mandibular arch and being represented, in Chimera, in the processus oticus quadrati, as already stated. The ligament related to this little cartilage may then represent either certain persisting fibrous tissues of the mandibular arch, or be a ligament derived from certain fibres of the primitive constrictor of the arch such as are found in Astrape (Luther, 1909 a, p. 14), and to which I ie mde reference in a work now in press on the homologies of the muscles related to the visceral arches in the enathostome fishes (Allis, 1917 a). If this little cartilage be a persisting remnant of a-mandibular branchial ray, thon the cartilage a would also seem to be such a remnant. Luther (J. ¢. p. 46) considers the cartilage @ to be a chondrification of the membrane in which it lies.
3. Rostral Processes.
The three rostral processes of the adults of all of the Chime- roids are said by Garman (1904) to be attached to the chondyo- cranium by ligaments ‘in such a way as to admit of considerable movement of their distal extremities up and down,” the evident inference being that Garman did not find, in any of these fishes, the cartilage of these processes continuous Pick that of the hens drocranium. Hubrecht, however, shows all three of these processes directly continuous with the cartilage of the chondro- cranium, and he suggests that the median process may be the homologue of the emocbeall process of the Selachii, and that the lateral processes are probably represented, in the latter fishes, by ligaments. Schauinsland (1903) refers to these pro- cesses, 10 ono of Callor hynchus, as “init dem Schiadel fest verbundenen Knorpeln,” and in. his figures he shows all three of them as outgrowths of the septal cartilage of lis descriptions
134 MR. E, PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON
and as directly continuous with it, the processes thus being of trabecular origin. Schauinsland says that these processes support the rostrum. Garman (1904, p. 252) says there is no rostrum in these fishes, but the presence of the rostral processes suggests that a rostrum existed in ancestral forms and has become ob- solete. Gegenbaur (1898) says that the three rostral processes correspond to, but are not directly descended from, the three- limbed rostral basket of the Carchariide and Scylliide, this implying that they are directly continuous with the cartilage of the chondrocranium. Dean (1906) shows the median process directly continuous with the cranial cartilage in a six-month embryo of Chimera colliei, but says (J.c. p. 129) that: “I am inclined to interpret it as an element, 7. e., a fin support, trans- posed from a hinder position,” which would mean that it-was not primarily a part of the cranial cartilage. The lateral rostral processes he says are “later developed into long and separately jointed elements.” He considers the median bar of the rostral basket of the Carchariide and Scyllide to be probably represented in the septal plate of Schauinsland’s descriptions of Callorhynchus, and hence not in the median rostral process of that author's descriptions. The lateral bars of the rostral basket of the Selachi1 are said to be possibly the homologues of the little processes s of Schauinsland’s descriptions of Callorhynchus, to be later considered.
In my specimens of Chimera colliei, I find the median rostral process articulating with and strongly bound by ligamentous tissue to, but not directly continuous with, a slight eminence of the chondrocranium that lies on its dorsal surface between the two anterior openings of the ethmoidal canal. The lateral process of either side arises from a thin and flexible portion of the anterior edge of the dorsal wall of the nasal capsule, and it is apparently directly continuous with the cartilage of that wall, the surfaces, when the process is removed, always appearing fractured. The median process runs at first dorso-anteriorly and then turns somewhat abruptly ventro-anteriorly, and extends ap- proximately to the level of the outer ends of the lateral processes. From about the middle of the length of the proximal portion of the median process a ligament arises and runs antero-ventrally in the median line until it reaches the level of the lateral processes. There it spreads dorsally, ventrally and laterally and is lost in a layer of tough fibrous tissue that lies internal to the latero- sensory canals on the ventro-anterior surface of the snout, and forms part of the fibrous layer of the corium, to be later described in connection with the ampullary tubules. A stout lgament, which extends mesially from the outer end of each of the lateral processes, also lies in this tough tissue, and is thus indirectly con- nected with the median ligament just above described as well as with its fellow of the opposite side. Gegenbaur (1898) found these three ligaments represented by cartilage in one specimen of Chimera, the ligaments of my specimen thus being capable of
THE SKULL OF CUIMERA. pESi5)
undergoing chondrification. The presence of these three liga- ments connecting the three rostral processes of Chimera, and their possible chondrification, thus suggest that they and the processes together represent a rostral basket similar to that found in the Carchariide and Scylliide, but everted. In certain specimens of JM/ustelus I find similar ligamentous or fibrous strands connecting the median and lateral limbs of the rostral basket, and if ear a basket were to be everted, by the lateral limbs passing antero-ventrally external to the median limb, the conditions found in Chimera would apparently arise ; the lateral processes of Chimera thus representing the basal portions of the lateral limbs of the basket of the Selachii, those portions of those limbs being attached to the nasal capsules as are the processes in my specimens of Chimera.
Garman says that, in Chimera monstrosa, the median rostral] process “presents the appearance of having originally been attached near the nasal capsule, as in Callorhynchus, and otf having the basal portion, for a short distance, brought back against and fused with the frontal region of the skull.” This is certainly also the appearance presented by the process in Chimera colliei ; but it is probable that this apparent folding backward of this process is due to the marked antero-ventral growth of the anterior portion of the naso-ethmoidal cartilage, the rostral stalk being carried forward beyond the base of the median rostral process. Comparison of Schauinsland’s figure 125 of Callorhynchus, giving a median vertical sectional view of an embryo of Callo- rhynchus, with the accompanying figure 2 (PI. I.), giving a similar view of the adult Chimera colliei, will show that this must be so. Comparison with Sewertzoff’s figures of embryos of Pristiurus, and with Dean’s figures of embryos of Chimera colliet, then further shows that, becatiee of the antero-ventral growth of this part of the chondrocranium, the antero-ventral half of the fenestra precerebralis has been carried forward on either side of the median rostral process, that the edges of the fenestra anterior to the process have then fused with each other, and that posterior to the rostral process the fenestra has been closed by lateral compression of the cranium, the ethmoidal canals of oppo- site sides coalescing in the median line and their floors forming the roof of the cranial cavity and their roofs a secondary roof to the cranium. The fenestra precerebralis is thus completely closed in the adult Chimera, but in embryos of Callorhynchus a part of it still persists as the opening ¢ of Schauinsland’s figures.
A stout ligament arises from the dorsal surface of the chondro- cranium at the posterior edge of the nasal capsule, there lying postero-lateral to the corresponding lateral rostral process. ‘This hgament lies at first at right angles to the chondrocranium, and as it is stout and stiff, it looks like a short ligamentous horn which extends to the internal surface of the fibrous layer of the corium above referred to as being related to the tubules of the ampullary organs and to be described immediately below. There
136 MR. E, PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON
the ligament breaks up into numerous branches which spread in every divection along the internal surface of the fibrous mem- brane. From the anterior surface of the columnar portion of the hgament a branch hgament is sent antero-ventrally beneath the fibrous membrane. The little cartilaginous eminence s, shown in Schauinsland’s figures of Callorhynchus on the dorsal surface of each nasal capsule, corresponds approximately, in position, to this hgament of Chimera.
4. Ampulle.
The ampulle were examined in two specimens. In one of these specimens there were five large occipital ampullary pores lying in line along the anterior edge of that portion of the supratemporal commissure (lateral canal, Cole, 1896) of the latero-sensory canals that lies between the posterior ends of the supraorbital and infraorbital canals. The tubules that start from these pores immediately penetrate a subepidermal mem- brane which extends over nearly the entire surface of the head, and, lying in that membrane, between external and internal layers of it, ran forward dorsal to the orbit and terminate in a group of five ampulle that le immediately dorso-lateral to the median rostral process, these ampulle also lying between the two layers of the subepidermal membrane. Dorso-anterior to the eyeball, between it and the supraorbital latero-sensory canal, there is a group of twelve supraorbital pores, the tubules from which also penetrate the subepidermal membrane and, running antero-ventrally, terminate in an equal number of ampulle that lie ventral to the ampullee of the occipital pores and, like them, between the two layers.of the subepidermal membrane. Anterior to these supraorbital pores, in the anterior end of the space enclosed between the supraorbital and suborbital latero-sensory canals, there are three groups of pores more or less contiguous one with the other. In the two dorsal groups together there were thirty pores, and in the ventral group twelve pores. The tubules from the two dorsal groups penetrate the subepidermal membrane, and running dorsally, dorso-posteriorly or posteriorly, terminate in ampulle that le between the two layers of the subepidermal membrane, close to the ampulle of the supra- orbital pores. The tubules of the ventral group perforate first the outer and then the inner layer of the subepidermal mem- brane and terminate in ampulle that he close against the internal surface of that membrane, in the region between the dorsal and lateral rostral processes. Ventral to this latter group of pores there are numerous pores, many of them minute, covering that portion of the ventro-lateral surface of the snout that Jies between the suborbital latero-sensory canal and the supramaxillary fold, and antero- mesial to the point where the supraorbital canal. joins the outer buccalis canal. The tubules leading from these pores all run dorsally between the two layers
THE SKULL OF CHIMERA. 137
of the subepidermal membrane, and apparently all perforate the inner layer of that membrane and terminate in ampulle that lie internai to it, in the region between the dorsal and lateral rostral processes, ‘The tissues were, however, here so dense and tough that the relations of all of these ap: alle to the membrane could not be definitely determined.
The ampulle above described are all innervated by branches of the ramus ophthalmicus superficialis trigemini, these branches being all given off after that nerve issues from the ethmoidal canal through its anterior opening, the branches destined to the ampulle that lie between the two layers of the subepidermal membrane all perforating the inner layer of that membrane to reach the ampulle. ‘These ampulle correspond, in position, to the larger one of the two supraorbital groups of Cole’s (1896) descriptions of Chimera monstrosa, the smaller group of supra- orbital pores of that author's descriptions having approximately the position, in Chimera collier, of a group of ampulle that are innervated by the nervus buccalis.
Cole says (1896, p. 655) that the ramus oticus facialis supplies “the most ventral of the ampulle opening on the surface by the large occipital pores.” No such branches of the ramus oticus could be found in my specimens of Chimera colliei, and as the ampulle related to these occipital pores all lie on the dorsal surface of the snout, at a great distance not only from the related pores but also from the branches of the oticus shown in Cole’s figure, this would seem to be an error.
The buccalis ampullze are found in three groups, two inner- vated by the inner buccal nerve of Cole’s descriptions and one by the outer buccal. The dorsal group of inner buccalis ampuile lies on the dorsal surface of the snout, internal to, or slightly posterior to, the occipital and supraorbital groups of ophthal- micus ampulle, and, like those ampullew, between the two layers of the subepidermal membrane, these ampulle having approxi- mately the position of the posterior group of supraor bital : am pullee of Cole’s descriptions. The tubules of these ampulle run postero-ventrally, internal to the ophthalmicus ampulle and tubules and between the two layers of the subepidermal mem- brane, and with one exception they all open on the external surface in the space included between the latero-sensory canals innervated by the inner and outer buccalis nerves of Cole’s descriptions, the former canal being the one to which I have above referred as the suborbital canal. Nine of these pores form a sub-group which lies in the dorso-posterior corner of that space, while one of them opens somewhat ventro-anterior to that sub- group; and associated with the tubules of these pores there is the one exceptional tubule, which opens by an isolated pore that lies posterior to the posterior hyomandibular latero-sensory canal of Cole's descriptions. A second sub-group, of seven large pores, lies immediately ventral to the inner buccalis suborbital canal, in a large bend at about the middle of its length, and a
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1917, No. X. 10
138 MR. E.,.PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON
third sub-group, of ten pores, dorsal to the outer buecalis canal and postero-lateral to the point where that canal is joined by the supraorbital canal.
The second, or ventral group of inner buccalis ampulle has the position of the group B?* of Cole’s descriptions, and it also lies between the two layers of the subepidermal membrane, about midway between the median and lateral rostral processes. From there the tubules run postero-ventrally, internal to the tubules of the dorsal buccalis ampulla, and open on the external surface in a long line which begins at the point where the outer buccalis
canal falls into the anter ior one of the two hyomandibular canals of Cole’s deseriptions and extends along the dorso-anterior edge of the latter canal until it reaches the postero-ventral end of the supramaxillary fold. There the line of the ampullary pores turns dorso-anteriorly along the edge of the supramaxillary fold, and so continues nearly to the “aiaukens line.
The outer group of buccalis ampulle is Cole’s group B*, and it lies ventral to the base of the lateral rostral process. The tubules of these ampulle all run ventrally and pass internal to the supramaxillary furrow. There two tubules separate from the others, and running mesial to the external nasal aperture open on the external surface immediately ventro- mesial to that aperture. The remaining tubules of the group pass postero- lateral to the external nasal aperture, and open along the ventral edge of the nasal portion of the naso-labial fold. These ampullee and their tubules all lie internal to the inner layer of the sub- epidermal membrane, but they are surrounded by delicate con- nective tissues that would seem to represent the corresponding layer of the corium.
Closely elated to the ampullary pores on the ventral surface of the snout, there are several patches of small depressions which are the external openings of little glandular structures that are of epidermal origin and form little protuberances on the internal surface of the epidermis, suggesting undeveloped or degenerate ampullee.
The subepidermal membrane in which, as above described, the larger part of the ampullary tubules lie is formed by the outer fibrous layer of the corium. The latero-sensory grooves, and the calcified cartilaginous rings that partly surround and support them, all lie external to this fibrous layer, as Wright (1884, p- 263) says that the latero-sensory canals of embryos of dmaurus also do to the corresponding layer in that fish. The membrane passes external to the three rostral processes, and there encloses a median, three-sided sprce which les between the three pro- cesses. ‘The membrane is here thick, because of the accumulation of the enclosed ampullary tubules and sacs, and the inner layer of the membrane is markedly reticulated, the meshes in the membrane being traversed by the tubules of certain of the ampulle and by the nerves that supply the others. The median portion of the three-sided space is filled with loose fatty con- nective tissue, and the nervus ophthalimicus superficialis of either
THE SKULL OF CHIMERA, 159
side, after issuing from the anterior opening of the ethmoidal canal, enters this space and there breaks up into numerous terminal branches. The two layers of the membrane extend into the supramaxillary fold, and apparently end in its ventro- anterior edge. The tubules of the outer buccal group of ampulle open on the external surface oral to the supramaxillary fold; and they and the related sacs he internal to the membrane that lodges. the other tubules, but, as already stated, fibrous sub- dermal tissues are found im the lips and the naso-labial folds that seem to correspond to this layer of the corium, but they do not form a definite membrane.
In my work on Mustelus (Allis, 1901) no attention was given to the relations of the ampulle to this fibrous membrane, But i now find, on re-examining wy sections of this fish, that the con- ditions there are strictly similar to those in Chimera. In the work on Mustelus I came to the conclusion that each ampullary pore of the adult fish imdicated, approximately, the place of origin of the related ampullary organ, the long ampullary tubule of certain of these organs being formed by an exceedingly rapid growth of a primarily short tube, that tube being stretched out between the two relatively fixed points represented by the surface pore and the point where the sensory nerve enters the organ. This has been since confirmed by Coggi (1902), and 1s further confirmed by the conditions that I have sivee found in Chlamydoselachus, the ampulle of that fish all having short tubes, and the ampullary sacs all lying immediately beneath the related surface-pores. This marked difference in the positions of the ampullary sacs in this fish and those in J/ustelus and Chimera evidently needs explanation, and it would seem as if it must be in some way related to the amount of cranial flexure at the time the ampulle are developed. When the cranial flexure is at its greatest, those portions of the external surface of the head on which the ampullary pores are found in the adult must lie anterior or ventral to the curved anterior end of the central nervous system, and hence in the region of the future rostrum, If the ampullary sacs and the related nerves were well developed at this time, it would seem as if the tendency would be to hold the sacs there when the cranial flexure was later reduced and the brain drawn relatively backward. ‘The dermal tissues would, on the contrary, probably retain their relative relations to the underlying parts of the brain, and hence also be drawn backward ; and if the ampulle had already penetrated the fibrous layer of the corium and continued to he in it, their short tubes would be drawn out into long tubules lying in the fibrous layer of the corium, as is actually the case in MWustelus and Chimara, But if the ampullary sacs were not well developed when the cranial flexure was at its greatest, thei tubules could not be stretched, and it would be the related: nerve strands that would be lengthened, as in Chlamydoselachus. This would not, however, explain why these organs penetrate the fibrous layer of: the corium without wholly perforating 1t, nor why these organs alone
10%
140 MR. E. PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON
enter this layer, the latero-sensory organs and terminal buds all. lying external to it, as do apparently also the corresponding tissues of the ear and eye.
CONCLUSIONS.
In the chondrocranium of the adult Chimera the trabecule arise from the ventral surface of the parachordals at a con- siderable distance posterior to their anterior ends, and they project antero-ventrally at a marked angle to the parachordals. This shows that there was not only marked cranial fiexure at the time the trabecule began to chondrify, but also that this flexure was not, as in the Plagiostomi, later greatly reduced ; for that there has here been reversion from the conditions found in the wlult Plagiostomi, the cranial flexure being first reduced and then later reacquired, seems wholly improbable. 'The Holocephali must accordingly be descended from some form in which con- ditions existed similar to those that are now found in embryos of the Plagiostomi, and as these conditions were probably not found in any adult form, the Holocephali must be descended directly from embryos of the Plagiostomi by conservation and modification of the conditions there found.
The chondrocranium is generally considered to have been formed as a cast which lies between the brain, as a core, and the external epidermis, the form of the cast depending primarily upon the form of the brain. There must accordingly have been some potent influence determining, in these fishes, the retention, by the forebrain, of the position imposed upon it by the marked cranial flexure of embryos. The precocious development of the eyeballs, and their shifting forward and mesially dorsal to the forebrain, where they are actually found in the adult, would doubtless have furnished such an influence; but, unfortunately for this assumption, Schauinsland’s descriptions of Callorhynchus show that the eyeballs are still widely separated from each other in early embryonic stages, and that the midbrain hes between them. It would accordingly seem as if the determining influence, whatever it may have been, must have been related either to a precocious development of the olfactory organs, or to such a development of the functional mouth.
In all embryos of the Plagiostomi the mouth is at first directed ventrally, and if it became functional before the cranial flexure was reduced, it would evidently tend to remain ventral, this possibly explaining why it is found in this position in the adults of most of these fishes. If in such an embryo the cranial flexure were relatively late in being reduced, or, what is the same thing, if the mouth became precociously functional, the perpetuation of the conditions then existing might give rise to the relations of trabeculae to parachordals actually found in the adult Holocephali. The eyeballs would then naturally tend to shift forward, and when the head was later compressed latero-mesially they would lie dorsal to the forebrain. The other peculiarities of the,
THE SKULL OF CHIMASRA, 141
chondrocranium would then arise as a result of the anterior ends of the trabecule turning dorsally anterior to the forebrain and between the nasal sacs, and then again forward in their terminal portions, represented in the median rostral process.
The peculiar form of the chondrocranium of these fishes would not then be primarily due to developmental adjustments to feeding habits, but to the acquisition of feeding habits adapted to anatomical conditions which were wholly independent of those habits.
literature cited.
Auuts, E. P., Jr.—19091. ‘The Lateral Sensory Canals, the Eye- muscles, and the Peripheral Distribution of certain of the Cranial Nerves of Mustelus levis.” Quart. Journ. Microsc. Sci. vol. xlv. London.
——, 1912. “The Branchial, Pseudobranchial and Carotid Arteries in Chimera (Hydrolagus) colliei.” Anat. Anz. Bd. xlu. Jena. .
——. 1913. ‘The Homologies of the Ethmoidal Region of the Selachian Skull.” Anat. Anz. Bd. xliv. Jena.
——, 1914. “The Pituitary Fossa and Trigemino - facialis Chamber in Ceratodus forstert.” Anat. Anz. Bd. xlvi. Jena.
——. 1915. “The Homologies of the Hyomandibula of the Gnathostome Fishes.” Journ. Morph. vol. xxvi. Phila- del phia.
——. 1916. “The so-called Labial Cartilages of Raia clavata.” Quart. Journ. Microsc. Sci. vol. lxi1. London.
——. 19174. “The Homologies of the Muscles related to the Visceral Arches of the Gnathostome Fishes.” (In press.)
-——. 19176. “The Lips and the Nasal Apertures in the Gnathostome Fishes.” (In press.)
3ripan, T. W.—1898. “On the Morphology of the Skull in the Paraguayan Lepidosiren and in other Dipnoids.” Trans. Zool. Soc. vel. xiv. part 5. London.
Coaer, A.—1902. “Sviluppo degli organi di senso laterale, delle Ampolle di Lorenzinie loro nervi rispettivi in Torpedo.” Archiv. Zoolog. vol. i. fase. 1. Napoli.
CoLE, F.—1896. “On the Cranial Nerves of Chimera moustrosa, with a discussion of the Lateral Line System and of the Morphology of the Chorda tympani.” Trans. Royal Soc. Edin. vol. xxxvili. Edinburgh.
Dean, B.—1906. “‘Chimeroid Fishes and their development.” Carnegie Institute, Publ. 32. Washington.
Firprincer, K.—1903. “ Beitriige zur Kenntnis des Visceral- skelets der Selachier.” Morph. Jahrb. Bd. xxxi. Leipzig.
——. 1904. “ Beitrige zur Morphologie des Skelets der Dipnoer nebst Bemerkungen iiber Pleuracanthiden, Holocephalen und Squaliden.” Jenaisehe Denkschriften, Bd. iv. Jena,
i
142 MR. E. PHELPS ALLIS, JUN., ON
Garman, S.—1904. “The Chimeeroids (Chismopnea Raf., 1815 FHolocephala Miill., 1834), especially Rhinochimera wad its Allies.” Bull. Nae. Harvard Coll. vol. xli.
GEGENBAUR, C.—1872. “ Das Kopfskelet der Selachier.” Unter- suchungen zur Vergleichenden Anatomie der Wirbel- tiere, Hft. ii. Leipzig.
——. 1898. Vergleichende Anatomie der Wirbelthiere mit Beriicksichtigung der Wirbellosen, Bd. i. Leipzig. —
. “ A Contribution to the Skeletal Anatomy of the Frilled Shark (Chlamydoselachus anguineus Gar.).” Proc. Zoo]. Soc., Part 2. London.
Grett, A.— 1913. ‘ Entwickelungsgeschichte des Kopfes und des Blutgefisssystemes von Ceratodus forsteri. Zweiter Teil: Die epigenetischen Erwerbungen wahrend der Stadien 39-48.” Jenaische Denkschriften, Bd. iv. Jena.
Husrecut, A. A. W.—1877. “ Beitrig zur Kenntnis des Kopfskeletes der Holocephalen.” Niederl. Archiv f. Zoologie, Bd. 111i. Leiden.
KUPFFER, K. v.—1906. “ Die Morphogenie des Centralnerven-
zi - . systems.” Handb, Entw. Wirbelth. Hertwig, Bd. u.
Teil 3. Jena.
LLuraer, A.—1909 a. “ Untersuchungen tber die vom N. Tri- geminus innervirte Muskulatur der Selachier (Haie und Rochen) unter Bericksichtigung ihrer Beziehungen zu den benachbarten Organen.” Acta Soc. Se. Fenn., xxxvL No. 3. Helsingfors.
——. 1909 b. “ Beitriige zur Kenntnis von Muskulatur und Skelett des Kopfes des Haies Stegostoma tigrinum Gm. und der Holocephalen, mit Anhang iiber die Nasenrinne.” Ibid. xxxvii. No. 6.
MARSHALL, A. M., & Spencer, W. B.—1881. ‘ Observations on the Cranial Nerves of Scylliwm.” Quart. Journ. Microsc. Sci. vol. xxi. London.
Parker, W. K.—1876. “On the Structure and Development of
ays the Skall in Sharks and Skates.” Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. x. London.
Parker, W. K., & Berrany, G. T.—1877. The Morphology of the Skull. London.
Ripewoop, W. G.—1895. ‘On the Spiracle and Associated Structures in Klasmobranch Fishes.” Anat. Anz. Bd. xi. Jena. Ei
ScuHavuinsLaNp, H.— 1903. “ Beitraige zur Entwicklungsgeschichte
Smad ‘Anatomie der Wirbeltiere. 1. 2. 3.” Zoologica, Bd. xvi. (Heft 39). Stuttgart.
SEWERTZOFF, A. N.—1899. ‘Die Entwickelung des Selachier- schiidels. Ein Beitriig Zur Theorie der correlativen Entwickelung.” -Festschr. C. von Kupffer. Jena.
Verrer, B.—-1878. “ Untersuchungen zur vergleichenden Anatomie der Kiemen- und Kiefermuskulatur. der
GOoDEY,
THE SKULL OF GHIMASRA, 143
Fische. II. Teil.’ Jenaische Zeit. f£. Naturwiss. Bd. xi. Jena.
Wricut, R. R.—1884. “On the Nervous System and Sense Organs of Amiurus.” Proc. Canad. Inst. vol. it. No. 3. Toronto.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. The figures are all natural size.
Pirate I.
Fig. 1. Lateral view of the head of Chimera colliei, showing the latero-sensory canals and the ampnilary pores. 2. Median view of the bisected skull.
Puatez II,
Fig. 3. Lateral view of the skull, with the labial and nasal cartilages in place. 4. Lateral view of the anterior end of the skull, with the ala nasalis and the cartilage Z in place but the other labial and nasal cartilages removed, 5. The same, with the ala nasalis and cartilage J removed, 6. Ventro-anterior view of the end of the snout.
Prafe III,
Fig. 7. Dorsal view of the skull. 8. Ventral view of the skull, 9. Posterior view of the skull. Index Letters. a, cartilage a of Hubrecht’s descrip- | 9 md, mandibula. * 416NS.. - mdl, mandibular labial. ab, foramen for nervus abducens. mlf, maudibular labial fold. acy, foramen for arteria centralis n, process of cartilage k. retin. | ne, nasal capsule. acv, foramen for anterior cerebral vein. nlf, naso-labial fold. adp, anterior dental plate. o, foramen for nervus opticus, aec, anterior opening of ethmoidal obec, outer buccalis latero - sensory canal, | canal. ant, antorbital process. | oem, foramen for nervus oculomotorius, ecr, cavuin cranil. | opf, foramen for nervus ophthalmicus e, cartilage e of Hubrecht’s descrip- | profundus, tions. oph, foramen for nervus ophthalmicus ec, ethmoidal canal. superficialis. epsb, foramen for efferent pseudo- | pdp, posterior dental plate. branchial artery. pec, posterior opening of ethmoidal Jf, foramen for nerve and artery. canal. ’", foramen for branch of nervus pf, foramen for nervus palatinus ophthalmicus. | facialis. fa, foramen for nervus facialis. | pfg, perforation for pedicel of carti- Jn, tenestra nasalis. | lage fg. . fe, foramen for branchofvenanasalis. | pnb, prenasal beak. fon, foramen for vena nasalis. pnd, prenasal depression. g, cartilage g of Hubrecht’s descrip- pq, palatoquadrate. tions. pre, premaxillary lip. hme, hyomandibular latero - sensory pst, postorbital process. canal. ptf, pituitary fossa, hmf, foramen for neryus hyoideo-man- pul, posterior upper labial. dibularis facialis. © pv, foramen for pituitary vein. hy, hypophysial groove. smaf, supramaxillary fold. k, cartilage & of Hubrecht’s descrip- soc, supraorbital latero-sensory canal, tions. sos, suborbital shelf. lrp, lateral rostral process, sube, suborbital latero-sensory canal. m, cartilage m of Hubrecht’s deserip- t, foramen for nervus trochlearis. tious, fr, foramen for neryus trigeminus,
land i i” OMEE Rae a
he
P2Z51917, 3OULENGER St
3b J. Green del.et lith. 1,2. PHILOCHORTUS 'SPINALIS: 6,4) 2 Rais teres
vee On led a . \ \
P2ZS.1917 BOULENGER Fi
TOIMALLL LATS
LTTE LS BN neal AAT LLL, L EKA a RRS
eB) (@} i J.Green del.et lith.
12,PHILOGHORTUS NEUMANN, 3,4. PD iNT 2 Eines 5. P AAR DEMG GER.
—
ON LIZARDS OF THE GENUS PHILOCHORTUS, 145
On the Lizards of the Genus Philochortus Matschie. By G. A. Boutenerr, F.R.S., F.Z.8.*
'Received January 27, 1917: Read February 20, 1917. }
(Plates I. & II.)
INDEX. SYSTEMATIC : Page Philochortus Matschie, definition and description of the species mn ore ee ee ls Ph. intermedius, sp. ., Somaliland .................. 152
PHILOCHORTUS.
Latastia, part., Bouleng. Cat. Liz. 1. p. 54 (1887). Philochortus Matschie, Sitzb, Ges. nat. Fr. Berl. 1898, p. 30.
Head-shields normal, save for the occasional absence of the interparietal. Nostril pierced between two nasals and bordered by the first upper labial or narrowly separated from that shield. Lower eyelid scaly, more or less transparent in the middle. Collar well marked. Back with two to six longitudinal series of large plate-like scales; ventral plates feebly imbricate, with Fue LS posterior Borden, smooth. Digits more or less com- pressed, with smooth or keeled lamellar scales inferiorly. Femoral pores. ‘Tail long, cylindrical.
Southern Arabia, Eritrea, Abyssinia, Somaliland.
This genus differs from Lacerta and Latastia in the longi- tudinal series of enlarged plate- like seales on the back, an approximation to the condition in Por omera, Lach ydr omus, and HTolaspis.
In all the species the parietal foramen is absent, and a few small teeth are usually present on the pterygoids.
The subdigital lamellee vary according to individuals; they are usually smooth or with two series of obtuse tubercles ; sometimes, however, the tubercles form obtuse keels, and in a female of P. neumanni there is a rather sharp keel along the middle. Steindachner has already observed that of the two types of
hardeggeri one has the subdigital lamelle distinctly keeled, whilst in the other the keels are scarcely indicated.
The species grouped under this genus thus afford another argu- ment against the unnatural division of the Lacertide into two main groups, Liedactyli and Pristidactyli, according to the absence or presence of keels on the lower surface of the digits, which the state of things in Psammodromus and Seaptira had already led me to abandon,
* Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum,
+ For explanation of the Plates see p. 157.
146 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON LIZARDS
Synopsis of the Species.
I. Dorsal plates smooth or very feebly keeled; interparietal usually absent or separated from the occipital by the parietals meeting in the middle; usually 4 upper labials anterior to the subocular; 11 to 15 femoral pores on each side. 30 to 42 dorsal plates and scales across the middle of the body ; hind limb not reaching the ear; foot 14 to 12 times length of head. ee tcee LP. Spinalis Peters. 28 or 30 dorsal plates and scales across the middle of the body; hind limb reaching the car; foot 12 times length OF ead. 60... Se5 ovens sinslen'nsshstcenn ems sou! bantlacuha lege aa alle BypaeD UU Iie canemnea heat
II. Dorsal plates more or less strongly, rarely feebly keeled ; interparieta! in contact with the occipital or separated from it by a small shield; usually 5 upper labials anterior to the subocular.
38 to 42 dorsal plates and scales across the middle of the
body; 12 to 14 large keeled scales in a transverse
series between the hind limbs; supraoculars 1n con-
tact with the frontal; 29 to 34 gular scales in a
longitudinal series; 14 to 16 femoral pores on each
side; 33 to 35 lamellar scales under the fourth toc.. P. neumanni Matsch. 33 to 40 dorsal plates and scales across the middle of the
body; 12 to 18 large keeled scales in a transverse
series between the hind limbs; supraoculars in con-
tact with the frontal; 21 to 28 gular scales in a
longitudinal series; 12 to 18 femoral pores on each
side; 24 to 30 lamellar scales under the fourth toe.. P. 7itexmedius Bley. 24 to 30 dorsal plates and scales across the middle of the
body; 8 keeled plates in a transverse series between
the hind limbs; supraoculars usually separated from
the frontal by a series of granules; 25 to 28 gular
scales in a longitudinal series; 11 to 13 femoral
pores on each side; 25 to 31 lamellar scales under
the fourth oe... 0.0.0 4:. cgaccnsenese vans cntssuvssaebucs scutes - ce UOMO eInymrties
1. PuiLocHortus sprnanis. (PI. I. figs. 1,.2.)
Lacerta spinatis Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1874, p. 369, pl. —- fig 2. Latastia spinalis Bouleng. Cat. Liz. ill. p. 57 (1887); Stejneg. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xvi. 1894, p. 717; Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xvi. 1896, p. 551; Tornier, Zool. Jahrb., Syst. xxii. 1905, p. 375; O. Neumann, t.c. p. 395.
ilead and body feebly depressed. Head 14 to 12 times as long as broad, its depth equal to the distance between the anterior corner of the eye and the tympanum, its length 4 to 43 times in length to vent; snout obtusely pointed, as long as postocular part of head, with obtuse canthus. Pileus twice as long as broad. Neck as broad as the head or a little narrower. Hind lhmb reaching the shoulder or between the shoulder and the ear in males, the axil or the shoulder in females; foot 1} to 12 times as long as head; toes slender, feebly compressed. Tail 2 to 24 times as long as head and body.
Nostril pierced between 3 aves nasals forming a suture behind the rostral, the suture 4 to 3 the length of the fronto-
nasal, which is men broader than long and ee: than the far ecnactal space ; prefrontals forming a short median suture; frontal as long as its distance from the end of the snout, 13 to
OF THE GENUS PHILOCHORTUS, 147
12 times as long as broad, angular in front, much narrower behind, not or but very feebly grooved in front; parietals 1} to 14 times as long as broad, meeting on the median line, the inter- parietal being small and separated from the occipital, or alto- gether absent *; occipital small}, triangular. Two large subequal supraoculars, preceded and followed by a small one (first and fourth), often broken up into two or more small shields or eranules, the first in contact with the frontal; 6 or 7 super- ciliaries, separated from the supraoculars by a series of granules. Lower eyelid opaque or somewhat translucid, with feebly enlarged scales in the middie, some of which are deeper than the others. Rostral not entering the nostril; a single postnasal; anterior loreal. shorter than the second}; 4, rarely 5, upper labials anterior to the subocular, which is usually narrower beneath than above. <A long narrow upper temporal, usuaily in contact with the fourth supraocular, followed by one or two small shields ; upper temporal scales small and granwar or hexagonal, lower larger ; a more or less distinct tympanie shield.
4 pairs of chin-shields, first two or three in contact in the middle; 21 to 29 gular scales between the symphysis of the chin- shields and the median collar-plate, granular in front, gradually or abruptly enlarged and imbricate behind, those of the last row often as large as the plates of the collar; no gular fold. Collar with strongly serrated edge, composed of 7 to 10 plates.
Scales granular on the nape; 2, 4, or, rarely, 6, rows of hexagonal plates along the back, usually smooth, sometimes very feebly keeled; these plates rather small and usually merging gradually into the granular, flat, smooth, or obtusely keeled scales on the sides; 30 to 42 plates and scales across the middle of the body. Ventral plates in 6 longitudinal and 27 to 32 trans- verse series, the border of the transverse series notched between the plates, the median pair of which 1s narrower than the others. Preanal plates small and irregular, or two median enlarged.
11 to 15 femoral pores on each side. 27:-to 30 lamellar scales under the fourth toe.
Caudal scales forming Beer longer and shorter whorls, upper oblique, rather strongly and diagonally keeled, rounded or obtusely pointed behind, lower feebly keeled. basals aioothi: 24 to 28 scales in the fourth or fifth whorl behind the postanal granules.
Young dark brown or black on the body, ad 6 yellowish- white longitudinal streaks, the median pair bifurcating on the nape, the outer branch extending to the superciliary edge, and uniting on the base of the tail; the upper lateral streak from the eye to the tail, passing above the tympanum, the lower from
* Absent in the type-specimen and in most of the 59 specimens from Ghinta examined by me. J was wrong in thinking the absence of this shield in the type- specimen to be an individual anomaly.
+ Divided into two in the type-specimen,
ty Absent in the type-specimen.
148 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON LIZARDS
the upper lip to the thigh, passing through the tympanum and above the fore limb, reappearing on the back of the thigh; upper surface of head pale brown, wath or without darker mottling; upper surface of fore limb pale brown, the shields dark-edged, of hind limb brown with round white spots ; lower parts white; tail coral-red. ‘These markings may entirely disappear in the adult, or the dark spaces between the light streaks may be replaced by longitudinal series of dark brown or black spots on a yellowish- brown ground,
Measurements, in millimetres. 1. 2. 3.
From end of snout to vent ......... 55. 49 52
‘ PE fore limb ... 19 17 18 Headend base ct elec ones teem, 12 12 Width of herd Pee rn een a ih Depth of head’ (ie.cccersts oe OO 6 6 Kore limb: o:2.0.sece ccc eee ee 17 17 Fanaclimil: aos... acest eee ho ee 31 31 Ph OOGE Ma ne ee Oe eee Las 16 16 alts bo eee ete SIR Oe es a 122 123
1. &, Rugdeia Sogheira. 2. ¢, Ghinda. 3. 9, Ghinda.
Particulars of specimens examined.
I =2: 8h 24. a6; 6. 7.
6, Rugdeia Sogheira, Adal... 55 34 29 8 26 13-12 29 ee Gruhn akc at ee pS 34 29 9 21 1415 30 a Pm eae tar. repr asses VY) 33 27 9 24. 12 27 as BaD ofS Se ae nat eA 37 29 ef 22 14-15 28 3 se dcaiishsosah anaes Stan ee OO 37 32 8 29 15 29 n Ton -cdesiaduaite: Soceiy eee UDO OGRE coo mene eno 12 28 Ree lu cn eh oe ya igs Babette ae ee aes an
1. Length to vent (in millimetres). 2. Plates and scales across middle of body. 3. Transverse series of ventral plates. 4. Plates in collar. 5. Gular scales in a straight line between symphysis of chin-shields and median collar-plate. 6. Femoral pores (right and left). 7. Lamellar scales under fourth toe-—Same tabulation for the following species.
Habitat. Eritrea. The type-specimen is from Bogos.
I have examined the type-specimen and one from Adal in the Berlin Museum, two from Rugdeia Sogheira, and 59 from Ghinda, in the Genoa Museum.
2. PHILOCHORTUS PHILLIPSI. (PI. I. figs. 3, 4.)
Latastia phillipsii Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) i. 1898, Di Lol:
Head and body rather depressed. Head about 13 times as long as broad, its depth equal to the distance between the centre of the eye and the tympanum, its length a little more than 4 times in length to vent; snout obtusely pointed, as long as postocular part of head, with obtuse canthus. Pileus twice as long as broad.
OF THE GENUS FHILOCHORTUS, 149
Neck a little narrower than the head. Hind linb reaching the ear-opening ; foot 14 to 13 times as long as head ; toes slender, compressed, ‘T'ail 24 to 23 times as long as head and body.
Nostril pierced between 3 shields; nasals forming a suture behind the rostral, the suture } to 3 the length of the fronto- nasal, which is much broader than long and broader than the ferearial space; prefrontals forming a short median suture ; frontal as long as its distance from the end of the snout, nearly twice as long as broad, angular in front, much narrower behind, feebly 2 erooved ; parietals 13 times as long as broad, meeting on the median line between the narrow or very small interparietal and the small triangular occipital. 4 supraoculars, first small, divided into two and in contact with the frontal, second and third large and subequal, fourth smali and sometimes divided into two; 5 or 6 superciliaries, separated from the supraoculars by a series of granules. Lower eyelid transparent in the middle, with feebly enlarged scales, some of which are deeper than the others. Rostral not entering the nostril; a single postnasal ; anterior loreal shorter than second; 4 upper labials anterior to the subocular, which is a little narrower beneath than above. A long narrow upper temporal, in contact with the fourth supraocular, followed by two small shields; upper temporal scales small and granular, lower large; a distinct tympanic shield.
4 pairs of chin-shields, first three in contact in the middle; 21 gular scales in a straight median line, granular in front, gradually enlarged and imbricate towards the collar, which is formed of 9 plates.
Scales flat, granular on the nape, subimbricate and smooth or faintly keeled on the body, with the two series on the spine much enlarged and plate-like, hexagonal, and twice as broad as long ; 28 or 30 plates and scales across the middle of the body. Ventral plates in 6 longitudinal and 26 transverse series, the border of the transverse series notched between the plates, the median pair of which is narrower than the others. ‘Two enlarged preanal plates, one in front of the other, with smaller plates anteriorly and laterally.
13 femoral pores on each side. 27 to 30 lamellar scales under the fourth toe.
Caudal scales forming alternately somewhat longer and shorter whorls, upper oblique, rather strongly keeled, obtusely pointed behind; 20 scales in the fourth or fifth whorl.
Young dark brown above, with 5 yellowish longitudinal streaks, the median bifurcating on the nape, each branch extending to the middle of the posterior border of the parietal shield; the lateral streaks occupying the same position as in P. spinalis. Adult grey above, with 3 lemon-yellow longitudinal streaks, the median forked on the nape, and with crowded black dots forming a band from the temple to above the hind limb; limbs speckled with black. Lower parts white. Tail red in the young.
150 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON LIZARDS
Measurements, in millimetres.
On
From .endiof sioub torventi 5; 4%. nee oe 53 fore lhnb:<..5 see ee,
Haka, waciditteena ds 2 batts dhaln de uanecdi eR MRCP ee ee ae Widthofihead: 2 da Geseaieiioipe ad Rat Soy HCE oe es EE Depthrorihend: cc2 4h eeate staat, ata te tae mn Fore Si pase ace os tos als ae eee ee el Bind Tiina. % sos cosas wetack po ence ne oon Oe ee ee 1 U0 (0) ra eee RM eye ee dee ei Ta mcd TR
This species is known from two specimens obtained at Berbera, Somaliland, by Mr. E. Lort Phillips. Distinguished from the preceding by the longer foot and by the light streaks being in odd number on the body.
3. PHILOCHORTUS NEUMANNI. (PI. IT. fig. 1.)
Philochortus newman Matschie, Sitzb. Ges. nat. Fr. Berl. 1393, p..30:
Latastia neumannt Anders. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895, p. 643, pl. xxxvii. fig. 1; Steind. Denkschr, Ak. Wien, Ixix. 1901, aa 330,
Latastia hardeggeri, part., Anders. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1901, i p. 145.
Head and body feebly depressed. Head about 12 times as long as broad, its depth equal to the distance between the centre of the eye and the tympanum, its length 4 to 43 times in length to vent ; snout obtusely pointed, as long as poctoeal uw part of head, with ‘bbuse eanthus. Pileus twice as long as broad. Neck as broad as the head or a little narrower. Hind limb reaching the collar or between the collar and the ear; foot 12 to 14 times as long as head; toes slender, compressed. ‘Tail 2 2 to near ly 3 times as long as ‘head and body.
Nostril separated from the upper labial and the postnasal by a narrow rim *; nasals forming a suture behind the rostral, the suture 7 to 4 the length oF the frontonasal, which is much broader than lone and ioreaves than the iternen ial space; pre- frontals forming a short median suture; frontal as long as its distance from the end of the snout, 14 to 2 times as long as broad, angular in front, narrower behind, not grooved ; parietals 14 to 1$ times as long as broad; interparietal small, usually separated from the occipital by a el shield. 4 supraoculars, first small and usually in contact with the frontal, second and
third large and subequal, fourth small and sometimes broken up
into two or three; 6 or 7 superciliaries, separated from the supra- ocular's by a series of granules. Lower eyelid somewhat trans- parent, with feebly enlarged scales in the middle, some of which ave deeper than the others. Rostral not entering the nostril ; 2 single postnasal; anterior loreal shorter than the second; 5
* Exactly as in Lacerta perspicillata.
‘OF THE GENUS PHILOCHORTUS. ED1
rarely 4*, upper labials anterior to the subocular, which is a little narrower beneath than above. A long narrow upper temporal, usually in contact with the fourth supraocular, followed by one or two small shields; temporal scales mostly hexagonal, very small above, larger beneath ; a narrow curved tympanic shield,
5 pairs of chin-shields, first three in contact in the middle; 29 to 34 gular scales ina straight ne in the middle, granular in front, gradually or abruptly enlarged and imbricate towards the collar; no gular fold. Collar with strongly serrated edge, com- posed of 7 to 10 plates.
Scales granular and smooth on the nape, rhombic, juxtaposed or subimbricate, and obtusely keeled on the body ; 4 or 6 series -of hexagonal plates along the back, more or less strongly keeled ; 38 to 42 plates and scales across the middle of the body f; 12 or 14 large keeled scales in a transverse series between the hind limbs. Ventral plates in 6 longitudinal and 28 to 31 transverse series, the border of the fetiovet se series feebly notched between the plates, the median pair of which is narrower than the others. Preanal plates small and irregular, or two large one in front of the other, or three large forming a triangle.
14 to 16 femoral pores on each side. 33 to 35 lamellar scales under the fourth toe.
Caudal scales in alternating somewhat longer and_ shorter whorls, upper oblique, str ongly and diagonally “keeled, rounded or obtusely pointed behind, lower keeled ; 26 to 30 scales in the fourth or fifth whorl behind the postanal granules.
Brown to blackish above, with six yellowish-white streaks, two along the back, diverging on the nape, and two on each side, the upper from behind the eye to the base of the tail, passing above the tympanum, the lower from the upper lp, through the tym- panum and above the fore limb, to the base of the thigh ; the dark band between the two light lateral streaks sometimes spotted with whitish; upper surface of head and limbs pale brown ; lower parts white; tail pale brown above, yellowish beneath, orange-red distally i in the young,
Measurements, in millimetres. i. 2. 3.
From end of snout to vent .......... 73 82 80
5 fore limb .... 29 29 28 ere) TER AUC re Aes Ae Ee a Fs 19 18 Width an nends Re ace Me eetetais Toe 12 dat Depth or head. co. tcce seni 8'S 10 9 orem iclesces sear ater ccvecs “2O 30 26 Hand Gina) 2.2.3. eo eee 48 53 47 Foot.. ST dha eek sce le A 28 25 As Ss ae Eg be ee 0S 190 200
k. 3.3 Mt. MeniES 2 9 Me Manif. 3. ¢, Lahej.
* Tn the female from Mt. Manif. + Anderson’s count, 47, is taken higher up the bedy.
152 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON LIZARDS
Particulars of specimens examined.
mE Oe SOs aos 6. 7.
G., Mt. Manif7.... 73 38 30 df 33 «15-16 34 ts x Ae agin p Pats 38 29 ff 29 14 34 Hore tc ) spires 50 39 88 38 a4 hay eee Or avahe), cniaceeeO 42 31 8 31 16 33 Het.,,,0 sc. 68) 40 (30 10 “932 — aoa
The type-specimen, preserved in the Berlin Museum, has been compared with the specimens from Lahe}j.
Habitat. This species is only known from South-Western Arabia inland of Aden, specimens having been obtained at Lahe}j and in the Wadis below Mt. Manif, near Lahej.
4, PHILOCHORTUS INTHERMEDIUS, sp. n. (PI. II. figs. 2, 3.)
Latastia hardeggert (non Steind.), Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) 11. 1898, p.-130.
Latastia hardeggert, part., Anders. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1901, ii. p. 145.
Head and body rather depressed. Head 12 to 12 times as long as broad, its depth equal to the distance between the anterior corner or the centre of the eye and the tympanum, its length 4 to 44 times in length to vent in males, 44 to 5 times in females ; snout obtusely pointed, as long as postocular part of head, with obtuse canthus. Pileus 2 to 2; times as long as broad. Neck as broad as the head or a little narrower. Hind limb reaching the elbow or the axil in females, the axil, the shoulder, or the collar in males; foot 14 to 14 times as long as head; toes slender, compressed. ‘Tail 2 to 22 times as long as head and body.
Nostril separated from the upper labial and the postnasal by a narrow rim; nasals forming a suture, behind the rostral, the suture } to 2 the length otf the frontonasal, which is broader than long and broader than the internarial space; prefrontals forming a short median suture; frontal as long as its distance from the end of the snout or a little shorter, 13 to 2 times as long as broad, angular or rounded in front, narrower behind, not or but feebly grooved ; parietals 14 to 12 times as long as broad ; interparietal 2 to 3 times as long as broad, in contact with the occipital, which is usually broader and about half as long. 4 supraoculars, first small, sometimes broken up into 2 or 3, and as often as not in contact with the frontal, second and third large and equal or second a little longer, fourth small and usually broken up into 2 or 3; 6 or 7 superciliaries, separated from the supraoculars by a complete series of granules, or first in contact with the first and second supraoculars. Lower eyelid somewhat transparent, with feebly enlarged scales in the middle, some ot which may be deeper than the others. Rostral not entering the
OF THE GENUS PHILOCHORTUS. Las
nostril; a single postnasal; anterior loreal shorter than the second; 5, rarely 4*, upper labials anterior to the subocular, which is narrower beneath than above. <A long narrow upper temporal, usually in contact with the fourth supraocular, usually followed by one or two small shields; temporal scales very small and granular above, much larger beneath; a curved tympanic shield.
4 pairs of chin-shields, sometimes followed by a small fifth, first three in contact in the middle; 21 to 28 gular scales in a straight line in the middle, granular in front, gradually or abruptly enlarged and imbricate towards the collar; no gular fold. Collar with strongly serrated edge, composed of 7 to 10 (exceptionally 4) plates.
Scales granular and smooth on the nape, rhombic and keeled on the body ; ; 2 or 4 series of hexagonal plates along the back, more o1 less strongly keeled, avely faintly keeled; 33 to 40 plates and scales across the middle of the body; 12 to 18 large keeled scales in a transverse series between the hind limbs. Ventral plates in 6 longitudinal and 27 to 32 transverse series (27 to 30 in males, 30 to 32 in females), the border of the trans- verse series feebly notched between the plates, the median pair of which is narrower than the others. Preanal plates small and irregular, or two or three enlarged ones in the middle, in a series or three forming a triangle.
12 to 18 femoral pores on each side. 24 to 30 lamellar scales under the fourth toe.
Caudal scales in alternately somewhat longer and shorter whorls, upper oblique, strongly and diagonally keeled, rounded or obtusely pointed behind, lower keeled ; 24 to 28 scales in the fourth or fifth whorl behind the postanal granules.
Young black on the upper sur face of the body, with 6 yellow streaks, the median pai diverging towards the occiput, to em- brace an additional pair of short eee or each streak bifurcating just before reaching the occiput; the upper lateral streak ex- tends from behind the eye to the base of the tail, passing above the tympanum, the lower from the upper lip, through the tym- panum and above the fore limb, to the thigh; head and upper surface of fore limbs brown, hind limbs and tail coral-red, throat and belly white.
These markings may persist more or less distinctly in the adult, which vary much in colour: the blackish bands between the light streaks may be much spotted with whitish, or broken up into spots, or the upper parts may be grey, brown, or reddish with 7 blackish longitudinal streaks (9 behind the occiput) or merely with two series of blackish spots on each side, Tail often reddish towards the end.
* 4 in two specimens only.
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1917, No. XT. 11
154
MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON LIZARDS
Measurements, in millimetres.
Li 2. 3. 4. From end of snout to vent ......... ae 68 56 85 ~ fore limb... 27 25 20 ae Head eh 18 1074 13 17 Width of ead Jil 11 8 12 Depth of head 9 8 67519 Fore limb Och ROR eae RL 24. 18 26 aimed him 52 oe pew cee 42, 42 29 45 Foot.. 22 23 16 25 Tail .. Sy SE “175 180 145 200 di . anne 213% as Berbera. 4,5. 2 (gravid), Berbera. Particulars of specimens examined. 1. 2. 3. 4. D. 6. Os Wiaeeay nti tO 40 30 9 28 16-14 se os 71 34 2.202 8 %O7 NSSIy E B2- 36 "428 © 7 bad ial on 3 SEE Are ro LO 38 30 7 26 =14-16 64 Berberavec® ois oe ae, 43 34 27 9 22 12 » Inland of Berbera ... 68 40 28 9 27 16 ‘ a 68-87. 99. 99 | Ob. Neate . P 56. ©3629 11 eon eed 2 fy 55 39° 29. Bh beat - 55 6386S 28 10 oak 14 e 5 53 36 29 4. 23 14 53 * 53 34 28 8 23 14-13 Aa 55 ol 40 27 9 26 13 oy . 95) 7) 36. 80, 107 aut Ke . 85 8%. 82 Bo eee GEIS . . 80. 868 «80. 30m 24s aroead . ' 15 B74 30 ae 0 eae Gols 55 a 71 39 31 10 28 17-16 i i 67 40, 30° “ge eae aE is . 58 34° (30° teow Nenu i a4 . 56 | (80. 31> “Men a oats : S 63:// 38... 808p7 10. 2b A588 a a 511986 +80 By ~) Bardens
Habitat. Northern Somaliland at and near Berbera.
5, PHILOCHORTUS HARDEGGERI. Latastia hardeggert Steind. Ann.
Derails (ple: xaL3,
Zeal Jaheb., Syst. xxu. 1905,
(Pl. LL. figs. 4,:5.) Hofmus. Wien,
vil, 13a,
Bouleng. Zool. Rec. 1893, Rept. P- 23; ‘Tornier,
p. 375.
Eremias heterolepis, Boettg. ae Anz. 1898, ve 115y 193:
Latastia degent Bouleng.
p. 55.
Ann. & Mag. N. FLY (7)
Head and body rather depressed. long as broad, its depth equal to the distance between the anterior corner or the centre of the eve and the tympanum,
Head about 12
x1 eta.
times as
OF THE GENUS PHILOCHORTUS, 155
its length 44 to 5 times in length to vent; snout pointed, as long as postocular part of head, with rather sharp canthus. Pileus 1? to 2 times as long as broad. Neck as broad as the head or a little narrower. Hind limb reaching the shoulder, the collar, or between the collar and the ear; foot 12 to 2 times as long as head ; toes slender, compressed, Tail 2? to 37 times as long as head and body.
Nostril between three shields, or separated from the upper labial and the postnasal by a narrow rim; nasals forming a suture behind the rostral, the suture ? to 2 the length of the frontonasal, which is much broader than long and broader than the internarial space; prefrontals forming a short median suture ; frontal as long as its distance from the end of the snout or a little shorter, 14 to 13 times as.long as broad, angular or rounded in front, narrower behind, distinctly grooved; parietals 1} to 14 times as long as broad, in contact with the upper postocular ; interparietal extremely narrow, in contact with or narrowly separated from the very small occipital *. Two large supra- oculars, subequal or anterior the shorter, entirely surrounded by a series of granules t, of which larger ones represent the first and, fourth supraoculars; 5 or 6 superciliaries. Lower eyelid somewhat transparent, with feebly enlarged scales in the middle, some of which may be deeper than the others. Rostral not entering the nostril; a single postnasal; anterior loreal shorter than second; 5 upper labials anterior to the subocular, which is narrower beneath than above. <A long narrow upper temporal, followed by a shorter shield; temporal scales very sinall and granular above, much larger beneath ; a small curved tympanic shield usually present.
A pairs of chin-shields, first three in contact in the middle; 25 to 28 gular scales in a straight line in the middle, granular in front, gradually or abruptly enlarged, and imbricate towards the collar; no gular fold. Collar with strongly serrated edge, composed of 7 or 8 plates.
Scales granular and smooth behind the occiput, rhombic, sub- imbricate, and keeled on the body; 4 or 6 series of hexagonal strongly keeled plates along the back, 8 between the hind limbs. 24 to 284 plates and scales across the middle of the body. Ventral piates in 6 longitudinal and 27 to 30 transverse series, the border of the transverse series feebly notched between the plates, the median pair of which is narrower than the others. Preeanal plates small and irregular, or one enlarged.
11 to 18 femoral pores on each. side. 25 to 31 lamellar scales under the fourth toe.
Caudal scales in nearly equal whorls, upper oblique, strongly
* A small sbield between the interparietal and the occipital in one young specimen.
+ Inone of the two type-specimens described by Steindachner, the circle of granules is incomplete, the supraoculars being in contact with the frontal.
+ 30 in the type of Hremias heterolepis, according to Boettger.
11
156 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON LIZARDS
and diagonally keeled, pointed and more or less distinctly mucronate behind, lower keeled, except the basals; 22 to 28 scales in the fourth or fifth whorl behind the postanal granules.
Young black above with five yellowish-white longitudinal streaks, the median bifurcating on the nape, the two laterals as in the preceding species; head and limbs brown above, hind limbs with round white spots; throat and belly white, lower surface of hind limbs and tail coral-red. Adult brown above, with a more or less distinct yellow vertebral streak, bifurcating on the nape and extending some way down the tail; each of the dorsal plates with a small blackish spot; sides of body pale greyish brown, with a series of large blackish spots or bars; lower parts white.
Measurements, in millimetres.
1 2. 3
From end of snout to vent ......... 70 70 56 3 53 fore limb ... 23 24, 19 Feats) A 9th. tay Moos teehee ote: 14 13 Width-oftherd re eee AO 9 8 Depth rofrhend 1457... a3 08 sent ip 8 6 Hore limbs gy.ssnet et cee eee 22 18 Pindilimnibs.26 2) eee ee eee 38 34 GOOG. fates cd ee eae me 21 18 Pails pean Sareea oaceh ch) 170 105y5)
1. $, Berbera. 2. 9, Berbera. 3. 9, Mandah, type of L. degeni
Particulars of specimens examined. 1B Oo 35 4. 5. 6. Vie
6), Berbera... cen... 70 24, 27 7 25 11 26 OO ed te eee 70 26 30 Us 28 fel 25 ty 0h ORE eet PGS. SEM NES trem OR eal sans 40 Mandal. .2ht0..7 96 24 30 7 26 i 31
Habitat. Northern Somaliland and Abyssinia. The type- specimens, preserved in the Vienna Museum, are from between Hensa and Artec, near Harrar.
This species is distinguished from the two preceding by the lower number of plates and scales across the body, and by the nearly constant presence of a series of granules between the supraoculars and the frontal; also by the light vertebral streak.
List of the Specimens in the British Museum.
Philochortus spinalis Peters. Tae Rugdeia Sogheira, Adal, Eritrea. Marquis O. Antinori. 2-9. 62 & yg. Ghinda, Eritrea. Signor Ragazzi. Philochortus phillipsii Blgr. 1-2. g &her., types. Berbera, Somaliland. E. Lort Phillips, Esq.
1-10. 2 & yg,, types.
ll. ¢, type.
12-30. 62 & yzg,, types.
1. g, type of La- tastia degent. 2-6. 62 & ve.
Fig.1. Philochortus spinalis, p. 146, 9. nat. size. Upper view of head, X 2.
ig.
OV G9 LO LY LO bo po a 8
OF THE GENUS PHILOCHORTUS.
Philochortus newmanni Matschie.
Lahej, near Aden. Wadis below Mt. Manif, N. of Lahej.
Philochortus intermedius Blgy.
Wagga, Goolis Mts., 3000-4000 ft., Somaliland.
Berbera, Somaliland.
Inland of Berbera, up to 400 ft.
Philochortus hardeggeri Stdr, Mandah, Somaliland.
Inland of Berbera, up to 400 ft.
157
Col. Yerbury. A. B. Percival, Esq.
G. W. Bury, Esq.
E. Lort Phillips, Esq. G. W. Bury, Esq.
Mr. E. Degen. G. W. Bury, Esq.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES,
Pirate I.
29 2) §
Side - ,,
99 ce}
99 29 Young, nat. size.
99 99 . = Side 8 bb) 39:
3 3 Young, nat. size.
Prats II.
Philochortus neumanni, p. 150, &, nat. size, intermedius, p. 152, 2, nat. size. Upper view of head, X 2.
” bP) 22. Side
2) CB) 39 22)
phillipsii, p. 148, ¢, nat. size, Upper view of head, X 2.
Scales in middle of back, x 3.
Scales in middle of back, x 4.
Scales in middle of back, <s. Young, nat. size.
5 hardeggeri, p. 154, 2, nat. size.
39 29
Young, nat. size.
S ' u { of r 4, 3 = aes ' r : — 2 a > . n i w) , 1 oe " . :, { i” ‘ fi x i z 7 ie fre p ' H : ? a ies a | F a Rr fe 4% { os a. 7 1 i 7 - BMS 3. ia res 2 Sy 7 iy 7 ie , q t a ee be ‘ eo ae | 1 Sol aaa SS aiid . =! 7: : o : ht Me Ds ee hye A 7 , \ : Ab : . . / ; ; F . f ‘ ; ; 4 D : : wt PRE ‘ 1 poe. d i i i ; : , = a os i c 1, oan Se S 4 Dan) “ . t : f * % r + oa ~*) ta i . & i) oe. 2 ’ ; ' t 1 a iT a whe t ! uy " my F \ a , hy Aa ‘aye \ / et \ \ rs ‘ sae oe Hed { é 3 un . i at 4 4 * r , 5 7 ‘ , P . n , y = S . 1 e Sy, ‘ f \ ‘ aa 44 . \ + ' 2 " 7 . - i B 5 . . 1 s r 4 . . : Oy, geet ak EY 5 ; yt tae, . y ¥ A , i) 5 / ie bo | - 3 4 ore ] 5 ' A , ‘ S ' if . ‘Cs f, < 1 7 2 a oan f w . q * y * i ie we Ws, f 4 ¥ - ‘ ' 7 ‘ 4 ¥ ’ a = ; 1 y t . ‘ Wy t * 5 iS \ a " " 5 - Le Mt i ’ t 7 : . . 1 7 7 ' t , } A ae . y ie 4 - oo ai Ors as, S : : « 4 - i" a . v . . = i > x oh a a i : : r. ‘ : } oe i" r } : AT i f oa j + rp : i - =~ ae 4 ; ¢ a \ 4 = 7 — if y - = \ . 1 iG r fl hd U " “ aa ‘ a Pata i ; ‘ a ‘ ra se a a 0 = 7 . , my “g ’ pon ‘ 1 wo & £ i yt ) od 1) it oe a ‘ i ' . oe J r 3 f . < i wy nd id « ‘ { * . Ne fi f "i . , 4 ‘ : . y } all - ; ee Nr} < oe . 4 , ‘ par = { : fon ’) . Wy, 1 i 1 : t n y) i - j wy. ts r . « : , * : ‘4 ‘ 4 . va es
ON THE MIGRATION OF WOODCOCK. 159
9. An Experimental Investigation of the Migration of Woodcock breeding in the West of Ireland. By S. R. Doveras, M.R.C.S8., L.R.C.P. Lond., Captain I.M.S. (retired), F.Z.8., Ist Assistant Bacteriological Depart- ment, Medical Research Committee, National Insurance
Act. [Received February 15, 1917: Read March 6, 1917. ]
To ascertain if the woodeock breeding in the British Islands are migratory in their habits has from time to time been the subject of investigations. These investigations have usually taken the form of marking a number of nestling birds, generally by means of metal rings placed round the legs, and collecting the data furnished by the recovery of these birds in various localities.
The best known of such experiments which have been published up to the present time are :—
(i.) That made on the Duke of Northumberland’s estate at Alnwick and reported by Lord William Percy in ‘ Country Life,’ 1909, Feb. 27th.
(ii.) That made at Baron’s Court, Co. Tyrone, and reported by Hamilton in ‘The Field,’ 1908, Oct. 17th, p. 717, and Oct. 24th, p. 745. :
(iii.) Other references dealing with smaller experiments are to be found in ‘ British Birds,’ vol. iv. p. 280, and vol. v. p. 186; and also in the report of the Aberdeen University Bird Migration Inquiry.
The experiment, the details of which are here given, has been carried out at the instigation of Col. W. W. Ashley, M.P., of Broadiands, Romsey, Hampshire, and the Palmerston Estates, Co. Sligo, who has most kindly given me permission to publish the results obtained up to the present time.
Before giving the actual details of the numbers of birds. marked year by year and the numbers recovered, etc., it is necessary to describe accurately the situation where the expe- riment was carried out, and to give a description of the breeding- grounds, together with a few notes on the nesting-habits of woodcock 1n this locality.
Col. Ashley’s property consists of a strip of country lying between the Ben Bulben range and the southern shore of the Bay of Donegal in the County of Sligo, the position being almost exactly 8° 30’ west and 54° 30’ north.
It is composed largely of small holdings which have been vested in the tenants under the various Land Acts, but it also: contains a considerable extent of bog-land and some fine coverts made up of both hard and soft wood trees. These woods during the winter months harbour a considerable number of woodcock,,
160 CAPT. S. R. DOUGLAS ON
affording excellent sport: in exceptional years large bags have been made, for instance, in January 1892, 92 and 98 cock were shot on consecutive days; the more usual bags, however, are about 120 cock for two guns in a week’s shooting.
Woodcock have only comparatively recently nested regularly in these parts, for, from information received from a former keeper of Col. Ashley’s, Mr. R. Bracken, who had been brought up in this part of the country and who has several relatives keepers on neighbouring estates, it appears quite certain that a woodcock’s nest was considered the greatest rarity before the year 1875. Since that date they have become more and more numerous. On Col. Ashley’s property, and especially in respect of the principal breeding-ground described below, woodcocks’ nests were practically unknown before the year 1900.
The principal breeding-ground is a wood about 150 acres in extent, situated about the centre of the property. This wood, which was planted about 1830, consists almost entirely of Scotch and Maritime fir, and lies within half a mile of the sea. The soil is very sandy, and the ground between the wood and the sea- shore ts occupied by sand dunes covered with bent grass.
That part of the wood where most of the woodcock nest is occupied by well-grown pine-trees, and is practically destitute of any undergrowth, the ground between the tree-trunks being thickly carpeted with moss and fallen pine-needles, with here and there heaps of fallen sticks.
The nests are most frequently placed at the foot of a well-grown tree ; they consist of a saucer-shaped depression in the moss with no more lining than a few pine-needles, and are often partly shielded from view by some fallen dead wood.
The usual number of eggs laid is four, but nests containing five have been found. One egg in the clutch frequently fails to hatch out. The average of 50 nests is now found every breeding- season in this wood.
The nesting-season commences in March, a nest with eggs having been found as early as the fifth of this month, and continues throughout the summer until the end of July or the beginning of August; however, most of the young are hatched in the months of April, May, and the early part of June.
The young birds grow very rapidly after being hatched out, and within two or three days leave the locality of the nest, so that the marking of the young birds has to be carried out very soon after they are hatched.
No definite proof of a woodcock raising two broods in the year has been obtained, but all the keepers are of the opinion that this at any rate occasionally happens.
The young birds remain near the place of their birth until about the middle of September. About this time, however, they practically all disappear until the middle of October, when a number of birds are again seen, and these appear to constitute the regular winter inhabitants of the different coverts.
THE MIGRATION OF WOODCOCK. 161
‘The experiment was commenced in the year 1910, and has been continued every year since then. The number of marked birds that have been recovered varies considerably in different years, this being mainly due to there being practically no shooting during certain seasons.
For the first three years the birds were marked by having a single ring placed on one leg; this ring was made of aluminium and stamped with the lettering. “ A.C. 10” in the year 1910, while in 1911 and 1912 the lettering was ‘ W.A A. Sligo, ual ” and “ W.A. Sligo, 12” respectively.
After the year 1912 two rings were used, one ring being placed on each leg. The reason for this was that it was ascertained that the postal authorities would not deliver letters which were addressed with initials only, a fact that may account for the searcity of information from outside sources received in the earlier years of the experiment.
The lettering on these rings was ‘“W. Ashley” on the one ring, and on the other “ Sligo 13”-14”—15 ”-16,” according as the year was 1913, 1914, 1915, or 1916.
The following table gives the number of birds marked and the lettering on the rings for each year :—
TABLE I, Date. Paes Lettering on rings. 1910. 33 One ring, “ A.C. 10.” 1911. 48 One ring, “ W.A. Sligo, 1911.” 1912. 50 One ring, “ W.A. Sligo, 12.” 1918. 50 Two rings, * W. Ashley” & “Sligo 13.” 1914, 50 | Two rings, “ W. Ashley” & “Sligo 14.” 1915. 50 Two rings, ‘‘ W. Ashley” & “Sligo 15.” 1916. 50 Two rings, ‘‘ W. Ashley” & “Sligo 16.”
This gives a total of 331 bills marked in seven years. All these birds with the exception of seven were hatched in the large pine-wood described above. The seven exceptions, consisting of two in 1910, two in 1911, and three in 1912, were young birds taken from nests in some of the outlying coverts.
The total number of marked birds that have been recovered is 55, that is 16°6 per cent.
The following table gives (i.) the number of birds recovered year by year; (i1.) the locality in which they were found ; (ii1.) the date the bird was marked ; (iv.) the date the bird was recovered ; (v.) the method of recovery.
In respect to the various names of places on the estate, Classiebawn includes the large pine wood and _ its immediate
162
CAPT.
. R. DOUGLAS ON
surroundings, Cloonkeen, Carnduff, Bunduff, and Castlegal being the local names of various portions of Col. Ashley’s estate, and all of them lie within 3 miles of the principal breeding-ground, To simplify the reading of the table the letter (.), signifying estate, is placed after these place-names.
For convenience the years are reckoned in shooting-seasons.
In the case of birds recovered outside the estate the appnommmaye distance and bearing are given.
TaBueE LI.
heey ie No. of mtg aes and ta ee Date and method of July 3st. ag marked. hs ales 8 1910-1911. | 1, Hazlewood, an estate 10 miles 1910. Nov. 1910. Shot. to the south. : I *Cloonkeen (WH: exec 5.'4 sacs ees 1910. Feb. 1911. Shot. ADIT =VO Il, Castlecali(li.)) (gr esavece. esc 1911. .| Nov. 1931. Shot: i Carnduil (Hoa et ete seas nee: 1911. | Nov. 1911. Shot. 4, Classiebawn (1.).....60.. 0080 crs TOM: Nov. 1911. Shot. 1; Castleral (Ea 75. 1911. Dec. 1911. Shot: be @lassvepbawMebiain.tenease eae meee 1911. | Jan. 1912: Shot. TC@loomkeen (Ch ice.cacin sue ete 1911. Jan. 1912. Shot. le\Castlepalls(W)y cam. it -cccosssoan ee eee 1911. | Jan. 1912. Shot. i Cloonkeen (6 )s. pesos cee sens 1910. | Jan. 1912. Shot. 1912-19138. | 4, Classiebawn (E.).......0........0000 1912. Dec. 1912. Shot. 3. Cloonkeen (Moje cere ticsss car teres 1912. Dec. 1912. Shot. | 1, Cloonkeen (E.)..00.0.....nc00.0.| 911.) Jan. 19182 > Shot: | 1, Classiebawn (KE. ) DORR ee Race 1911. June 1913. Found dead. lee Classiebawany CH) eter nee ees 1910. | June 1913. Found dead. 1913-1914. | 1, Classiebawn (E.) .............0.c00-+ 1911. | Jan. 1914. Shot. :8, Classtebawm (H.) 320% tees. cssens 1913. Jan. 1914. Shot, 1, Bunduff (E.) 1912. | Jan. 1914. “Shot. | re Buna wilds) ees ee tere 1913. Jan. 1914. Shot. | 1, Hazlewood, an estate 10 miles 1913. Jan. 1914. Shot. | to the south. 1914-1915. | 1, Morga, Biscay, Spain, about 1914. | Nov. 1914. Shot. | 800 miles due south. 1, Castlegore, Co. Mayo, about 1914. | Dec. 1914. Shot. | 40 miles to south-west. | Lo Glencarss@o. sligOm sa.:.0 cee. cae 1914. Feb. 1915. Shot. 14, Classiebawmt (Ha) ee.1 ie fone: 1914. April 1916. Found dead, killed | by a hawk. 1915-1916. | 8, Classiebawn (H.) ...........0......-5- 1914. May 1916. Found dead, killed | by a hawk. 1916-1917. 1, Bridgetown, Co. Donegal, 60 miles} 1918. | Nov. 1916. Shot. to the north-east. 1, Mullins, Co. Donegal, 15 miles to} 1915. | Nov. 1916. Caught in rabbit- the north-east. trap. i @lassiebawim (Mo) strc aceeens 1910. | Jan. 1917. Shot. lM Classiebawn (ls) 2h0.c8esres oe 1913. | Jan. 1917. Shot. i Classiebawany (Hi) 02.14. vedas eee heres 1915. | Jan. 1917. Shot. 6;:Classiebawmi (HN)... casccenten ee 1916. | Jan. 1917. Shot. EP Carnduiii(bs) i o..ccccsccaccoee se 1914. | Jan. 1917. Shot. 1, Carndutff (E.) 1915. “| Jan. 19172-" Shot
THE MIGRATION OF WOODCOCK, 163
Besides these, two other ringed birds have been reported, but were not actually obtained by any responsible person.
One with one ring only was caught by a cat in 1915, and therefore was a bird marked in 1910, 1911 or 1912; the other with rings of the year 1916 is said to have been shot by a poacher in 1916. |
On looking over this table the most striking fact is the large number of marked birds which have been recovered on the estate, the actual number being 48 out of the total of 55 birds recovered, and of these no fewer than 33 were obtained either in the large wood forming the.main breeding-ground or its immediate vicinity.
Of the seven birds which have been recorded as obtained in other situations three were shot within a radius of ten miles in a southerly direction, two at Hazlewood. and one at Glencar, about 6, 7, and 9 months after being marked.
One was shot at Castlegore, Co. Mayo, which is about 40 miles to the south-west, about six months after being marked. One was noticed in the market-place of Bilbao, having been shot at Morga, in the province of Biscay, Spain, within six months of being marked, the distance in a direct line being about 800 miles.
It is therefore to be noticed that all the birds which have been _ recovered south of the breeding-place have been obtained within 9 months of their being marked.
Two birds were recovered north of the breeding-place, one about 15 miles to the north-east in the townlands of Mullins, Co. Donegal, 14 years after being marked, and the other near Bridgetown, Co. Donegal, 60 miles to the north-east, 33 years after being marked.
The small number of birds recovered during the years 1914— 1915 and 1915-1916 is accounted for by the fact that owing to the war there was very little shooting in these years.
Table II. (p. 164) gives (i.) the year, (ii.) the number of birds marked, (iii.) the number of birds recovered, (iv.) the date the birds were recovered. _
This table is imserted so as to bring out some of the data already given in a more convenient form; one point to which attention may be drawn is that a bird marked in 1910 was shot in Jan. 1917, so that it must have been at least 64 years old.
On examining this bird no evidence of old age could be detected, and its weight, which was 13 oz., was rather above the average.
With regard to the weight of woodcock, on two occasions when a considerable number of ringed birds have been obtained, the weights of these birds have been compared with the weights of the unmarked birds obtained on the same day. Thus, on Jan. 2nd, 1914, nine ringed birds and eight unringed birds were shot.
The weights of the nine ringed birds were :—11, 11:5, 11°5, 11°75, 11°75, 12°25, 12°25, 12°75, and 13 ounces respectively,
giving an average of 11°97 oz.
164 CAPT. 8S. R. DOUGLAS ON
TABLE ITI.
No. of birds: | No. of birds Dates the birds were marked. recovered. | recovered.
1910. | 33
Or
1, Nov. 1910. 1, Feb. 1911. 1, Jan. 1912. 1, June 1918. 1, Jan. 1917.
1911. 48 13 | 6, Nov. 1911. 1; Dee. 1972, 3, can. 1912, 1, Jan., 1913: 1, June 1913. 1, Jan... 1934;
1912. | 50 8 | 7, Dec. 1912. | |} 1, Jan. 1914.
1913. 50 12 110, Jan. 1914. 1, Nov. 1916. 1, Jan. 1917.
1914, 50 8 | 1, Nov. 1914, , 1, Dec. 1914. 1, Feb. 1915. 1, April 1915. 3, May 1916. | L Jans aon
1915. 50 3 1, Nov. 1916. 2, Jan. 1917.
1916. 50 6 6, Jan. 1917.
The weights of the eight unringed birds were :—10, 11, 11, 11°5, 11°5, 11:5, 11°75, and 12°25 ounces respectively, giving an average of 11:3 oz.
Again on Jan. 15th, 1917, eight ringed and sixteen unringed birds were shot. The weights of the ringed birds were :—11°25, 12, 12°25, 12°25, 13, 18, 13°5, and 14°25 ounces respectively, giving an average of 12°7 oz.
‘Those of the sixteen unringed birds were :—10°5, 11°5, 11°5, 11°75, 11°75, 12,-12, 12, 12°25, 12°25, 12:5, E303, sao, and 14 ounces respectively, giving an average weight of 12°3 oz.
The following day 31 unringed birds gave an average weight of 12°1 oz.
Although these numbers are not great, it 1s worthy of note that on both occasions the average weight of the ringed birds was greater than that of the unringed birds.
These being the data obtained up to the present time, is it justifiable to draw any conclusions from them ?
The first point, and this may be taken as conclusively proved,
THE MIGRATION OF WOODCOCK. 165
is that many of the woodcock which are hatched out in this locality remain there throughout the following winter months.
The second point is that at any rate a proportion of the wood- cock hatched out in this locality remain in the neighbourhood for several years, and, even if they at some period or other migrate to other places, they return to nest: this is indicated not only by the recovery of several marked birds during the nesting-season, but also by the fact that on more than one occasion a nesting- bird flushed from the nest has been noticed to be a ringed bird.
The third point is that five woodcock have been recovered in localities situated at various distances south of the breeding- centre, all within a few months of their being hatched out of the egg, and, although the numbers are few, 1t indicates that some of the birds tend to migrate south in the autumn months.
A fourth point worthy of notice is that the woodcock appears to show a decided preference for a large-sized pine-wood free from undergrowth, as a nesting-ground, £0: any other type of covert.
The fifth point is that on two occasions a number of ringed birds have given a larger average weight than a number of unringed birds, indicating that the “resident birds” are rather heavier than the winter migrants.
In conclusion, the data already collected point to their being three classes of woodcock in this part of the west of Lreland, namely :
(i.) Woodcock that are hatched out and remain in this locality, sometimes for years, that is “resident birds.”
(ii.) Woodcock that are hatched out in this locality and then migrate in a southerly direction.
(iii.) Woodcock that arrive from the north during the winter months.
These classes are comparable to those into which Eagle Clarke divided the starlings of Shetland.
Finally, let me point out most emphatically that any success which this experiment may have achieved in elucidating the habits of woodcock is largely due to the care and zeal with which Col. Ashley’s keepers, Messrs. Jules, Arthur and Walter Bracken have carried out their work. Their knowledge and powers of observation have furnished many of the points of interest recorded in this paper.
uv
, % a 3 e ; i , 7 Fl ‘ 3 - . # , ‘ ; 4 = : ~ . : = * ory, a ;..& \ F iptv j ; 4 i. . 1 ‘ i i a , 5 1 y ’ a j ’ my t er \ > Sen { f 7 i - ‘ ; P. . ' i a gait tip Oa * fy ep : ‘ t ~~ Be nt : . i T 7 n ba -=* » A g y r « Pa ' 4 —— 5 : 1 = i 4 ‘ 1e oe h —~ i a : ~ 3S ore F een a4 4 Foe 4 ' ae * o we * sf - y t t= J - _ ‘ ’ ‘ af ’ : - , f . . . ‘ 4 & i re ; — fie > ~~ i : os 4
a
lm?
ON PRE-JURASSIC TETRAPODS, 167
10. A Sketch Classification of the Pre-Jurassic Tetrapod Vertebrates. By D. M. 8. Warson, M.Sc, F.Z.S., Lecturer in Vertebrate Paleontology in University College, London.
[Received February 20, 1917: Read March 20, 1917. ]
(Text-figures 1 & 2.)
INDEX. SysTEMATIC :— Page PANNA aeat acer ine mecca ae wear eersicaeeten LOO Ue Ul etrenter send wrnyrate os Te eee cae eae onnaare tenets Lk
The enormous expansion of our knowledge of early Tetrapods during the last twenty years, which we owe especially to the work of Broili, Broom, Case, v. Huene, Moodie, and Williston, has led to the general realisation of the inadequacy of our existing scheme of classification.
It is the purpose of this paper to produce a classification of these animals which, whilst including all existing information and paying attention to the taxonomic views of other students, shall be so far as possible a consistent whole expressing my own view of the relationships of the forms which fall within its scope.
The difficulties of classification of early Tetrapods are identical with those which lead to divergence between those classifications of the early Hocene placental mammals characteristic of the American and European schools.
Most American authors, for example, follow Osborn in dividing the Lower Eocene Perissodactyls, which are all very much alike in structure, between the families of Horses, Tapirs, Rhino- ceroses, Lophiodonts, Calicotheres, and Titanotheres, whilst European authorities include them all in the one family Lophio- dontide, ancestral to all other families of Perissodactyls.
Both methods are quite legitimate, expressing as they do different aspects of the subject.
Prof. Osborn’s method has the great merit of forcing atten- tion to the consideration of the small details which persist throughout families, and of bringing out clearly our knowledge of actual lines of descent. Its drawbacks are that, without a very considerable knowledge not only of one animal, but of its descendants, it is impossible to be certain: of its position in the system, and that the families are with difficulty, if at all, definable.
The other method, of having large primitive familics ancestral to all later lines of an order, has the advantage of emphasising the great resemblances between all members of an order in its early youth and of giving readily definable families nto which any relatively well-known type can be securely placed. It
168 MR. D. M. S. WATSON ON
suffers from the disadvantage that whilst emphasising resem- blances it is liable to obliterate remembrance or recognition of differences.
As in my opinion the study of early Tetrapods is at present suffering from an insufficient appreciation of the differences that do exist, the following scheme will follow Prof. Osborn’s method, although I fully realise that this course leads to a multiplication of Orders and to the placing of many types as incerta sedis.
BATRACHIA. Macartney, 1802
Tetrapods which, either in a larval stage or persistently, breathe by gills.
Super-Order LABYRINTHODONTIA (Owen).
Amphibia with a roofed skull, a lower jaw consisting of at least eight bones on each side, and vertebre consisting ote neural arches aid intracentra in all fone with pleurocentra in addition
in most.
Grade EMBOLOMERI Cope.
Labyrinthodonts with large well-ossified basioccipital and basi- sphenoid. Occipital condyle single or triple. Pterygoids with a large palatal part, articulating by movable facets with definite basipterygoid processes of the basisphenoid. Interpterygoid vacuities very small. Tabulars and dermo-supraoccipitals with- out occipital extensions.
Family ANTHRACOSAURIDA Cope, 1875.
Embolomeri with a single occipital condyle. No specialised sacral vertebre. Clavicles flat plates with parallel anterior and posterior margins. A ventral armour of scutes. Primitively aquatic. | :
Anthracosaurus Hux. Lower Carboniferous, Scotland.
Pteroplax Hancock & Atthey. L.? Coal Measures, North- umberland.
Pholiderpeton Hux. M. Coal Measures, Yorkshire.
? Hrpetosuchus * Moodie. U. Coal Measures, Kansas.
Family LoxommMip&, nov.
Embolomeri with triple occipital condyles and enlarged orbits. Post-cranial skeleton net known. ¢ No ventral armour.
Loxomma Hux. IL. Carboniferous, Scotland.
‘“ Loxomma allmant.” Lower and Middle Coal Measures, Lanarkshire, Fifeshire, Northumberland, Staffordshire.
Baphetes Owen. Coal Measures, Nova Scotia.
** Loxomma bohemicum.” L. Permian, Ny¥ran, Bohemia.
* Name preoccupied. E. T. Newton, 1893,
PRE-JURASSIC TE!RAPODS. 169
Family PHOLIDOGASTERIDA, nov.
Embolomeri showing a passage to Rachitomi? With clavicles expanded on the ventral surface. Ventral armour of scutes. (Secondarily aquatic ?)
Pholidogaster Huxley. Lower Carboniferous, Scotland.
Family Cricotipa Cope.
Embolomeri with elongated skulls. Clavicles expanded on the ventral surface. Ventral armour of small scutes, (Secondarily aquatic ?)
Cricotus Cope. Artinskian, Texas, and ? U. Coal Measures, Tilinois.
Embolomeri incerta sedis.
Diplovertebron Fritsch. L. Permian, Bohemia.
Nummulosaurus ,; - -
Macromeriwm 55 * a Spondylerpeton Moodie. U. Carboniferous, Illinois.
Grade RACHITOMI Cope.
Labyrinthodonts with ossified basioccipital and basisphenoid. Occipital condyle triple or double. Pterygoids usually with a medium-sized palatal part, interpterygoid vacuities of medium to large size. Pterygoids articulating with both parasphenoid and basisphenoid. Tabulars and dermo-supraoccipitals with occipital flanges. Paroccipital always visible from behind.
Vertebre rachitomous, 7. e., with small paired pleurocentra and half-moon shaped intercentra.
Grade STEREOSPONDYLI Cope.
Labyrinthodonts with reduced basioccipital and basisphenoid. Occipital condyle double. Pterygoids with a reduced palatal ramus, interpterygoid vacuities large to very large. Pterygoids supported by the parasphenoid. Exoccipital meeting the occi- pital flange of the tabular so as to hide the paroccipital in an occipital view.
Vertebre stereospondylous, 7. e., with very reduced or absent pleurocentra and enlarged intercentra.
I have discussed the classification of the grades Rachitomi and Stereospondyli in very great detail in a paper which will, I hope, soon be published ; it is therefore unnecessary to reproduce the division into families on the present occasion.
Super-Order PH YLLOSPONDYLIA Credner.
Small, very highly specialised Batrachia with a roofed skull, palate with very widely open interpterygoid vacuities, palatines and lower jaw very reduced. Coracoid and pubis not ossified. Four-fingered hand. Ventral armour of small round scutes.
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1917, No, XII. 12
170 MR. D. M. S. WATSON ON
Family BRANCHIOSAURID Fritsch.
With the characters of the super-order. Lranchiosaurus Fritsch. Upper Coal Measures and Lower Permian, Bohemia, Germany, and France.
Micrerpeton Moodie. Coal Measures, Llinois. Melanerpeton Fritsch. L. Permian, Bohemia and Saxony. Pelosaurus Credner. % Saxony and France.
? Dawsonia Fritsch. - Bohemia.
Super-Order LEPOSPONDYLIA Zittel.
Small Batrachia with a roofed skull aa lepospondylous vertebre.
Very few members of the super-order are at all completely known, and these differ in many respects. In the structure of the skull and lower jaw Batrachiderpeton and Diplocaulus show clear resemblances to the Labyrinthodontia, perhaps only owing to a common descent from Crossopterygian fish.
Family Necrripra Miall.
Lepospondyli with the posterior corners of the skull produeed.. Two occipital condyles. Palate with a small parasphenoid and small vacuities. ‘Tail with long neural and hemal spines, ex- panded and fluted at the ends. Accessory articulating facettes between the vertebre.
Keraterpeton Hux. Coal Measures, Ireland and England.
Urocordylus Hux.
Batrachiderpeton Hancock & Atthey. Coal Measur es, En gland.
? Scincosaurus Fritsch. L. Permian, Bohemia.
? Oestocephalus Cope. Coal Measures, Ohio:
? Ptyonius Cope. a 3
? Sawravus Thevenin. U. Coal Measures, France.
? Diceratosaurus Jaekel. Coal Measures, Ohio.
? Crossotelos Case. L. Permian, Oklahoma.
Family DreLocauLip&
Lepospondyli with enormously produced corners of the skull. Palate with a large parasphenoid and moderate-sized vacuities. Tail long, with well interlocked vertebre.
Diplocaulus Cope. lL. Permian, Texas; U. Carboniferous, Illinois.
Family AIsToPpoDID.
Legless Lepospondyls.
Dolichosoma Hux. U. Carboniferous, Ireland; and other forms not necessarily closely connected.
Batrachia incerta sedis.
Lysorophus (primitive Urodele 2) ; Cardiocephalus, Gymnarthrus, etc.
PRE-JURASSIC TETRAPODS. Lél
Class REPTILIA.
It is now impossible to give any definition of the class Reptilia which, whilst including all members of the group, will exclude all other Tetrapods. The essential feature of a reptile is that it can carry out the whole of its life-history on dry land, not pro- ducing a gill-breathing larva, and that it is not a mammal or a bird. Reptiles lay a shelled egg except in viviparous forms, in which the egg is hatched before it is laid.
Super-Order COTY LOSAU RIA (Cope).
Reptiles with a roofed skull and _ plate-like pelvis. The members of this super-order are merely held together by these primitive characters, the typical forms also by many other common primitive reptilian characters lost by the advanced members of this group.
Order Seymouriamorpha, nov.
Cotylosaurs with a skull resembling in nearly all known details that of the Anthracosauride. Otic notches small, quad- vate inclined backward. Tabulars and dermo-supraoccipitals on the skull roof, but with occipital flanges. Pro-otie reaching the skull roof. Inner ear widely open to the cranial cavity in the lateral wall of the cranium. Vertebre with very heavy and expanded arches and very large intercentra.
Limbs very primitive, like those of the Rhachitomous amphi- bian Hryops in many features.
Seymouria Broili, Artinskian, Texas.
Order Diadectomorpha, nov.
Cotylosaurs with exaggerated laterally placed otic notches and a vertically placed quadrate.
Super-Family DiApEctip& Cope.
Diadectomorphs with a long low brain-cavity. Tabulars and interparietal turned down onto the occipital surface, closed post- temporal vacuities. Inner ear widely open to cranial cavity. Vertebree with heavy neural arches. Limbs primitive.
Diadectes Cope. Artinskian, Texas.
Diadectoides Case. ‘, ‘
Nothodon Marsh. ? U. Coal Measures, New Mexico.
Animasaurus Williston. _ ,, 59 a
? Desmatodon Case. B Pennsylvania, Diasparactus Case. ; a New Mexico.
? Chibonyx Cope. Artinskian, Texas. ? Stephanospondylus Geinitz & Deich. M. Rothliegende, Saxony. Peg
2 MR. D. M. 8. WATSON ON
Super-Family Partasaurip#& Seeley.
Diadectomorphs with a long low brain-case. Tabulars and dermo-supraoccipitals on the dorsal surface. Large post-temporal vacuities. Otic notch secondarily obliterated. Inner ear sepa- rated from cranial cavity by bone.
Vertebie with heavy neural arches. Pectoral limb advanced in the nearly vertical position of the fore arm in life. Pelvic girdle advanced in the expanded backwardly sloping ilium.
‘Pariasaurus Owen. U. Permian, S. Africa. Propappus Seeley. Anthodon Owen. - bs ue Lradysaurus Watson. M. Permian, Embrithosaurus Watson - 4 Higinia K. T. Newton. U. Permian, Scotland.
Pariasuchus Broom. < S. Africa.
? Sclerosaurus H. v. Meyer. L. Trias, Switzerland.
ae 29
99
Super-Family PRocoLopHonip& Seeley.
Diadectomorphs with a short high Sphenoden-like brain-case. Tabulars partly on the oceipital surface.
Vertebree with heavy neural arches.
Fore limb specialised in the loss of the screw-shaped glenoid cavity.
Procolophon Owen. LL. Trias, 8. Africa.
Telerpeton Mantell. M. Trias, Scotland.
Koiloskiosaurus v. Huene. L. Trias, Germany.
Order Capitorhinomorpha, nov.
Cotylosaurs with an obliterated otic notch and vertically placed quadrates.
Super- Family CAPproRHINIDA,
Captorhinomorphs with short high brain-cavity, widened supraoccipital (inner ear placed low down ?%). Dermo-supra- occipitals on the occipital surface. Stapes perforate, with a very large foot-plate articulating with pro-otic, paroccipital, basi- sphenoid, and basioccipital, and distally reaching the quadrate.
Limbs primitive.
Fam. CAPTORHININ#. Captorhinus Cope. Artinskian, ‘Texas. Labidosaurus ,, es a
¢ Fam. PaRioricHID&. Parvotichus Cope. Artinskian, Texas. Lsodectes ie - Re Puercosaurus Williston. Artinskian, New Mexico.
PRE-JURASSIC 'TETRAPODS. 173
Super-Family LIMNOSCELID#, nov.
Captorhinomorphs. Brain-case unknown. With primitive limbs, carpus and tarsus only partially ossified. Limnoscelis Williston. U. Coal Measures, New Mexico.
Super-Family PAnryLip&, nov.
Brain-ecase unknown. With light neural arches and limbs.
Pantylus Cope. Artinskian, Texas.
Super-Order ANOMODONTIA Owen.
Reptiles with a single temporal vacuity. A short high brain- case with the inner ear placed low down. Supraoccipital very broad. ‘“Stapes” articulating with the quadrate. Tabulars and dermo-supraoccipital on occipital surface. In typical forms the lower jaw laterally compressed and with a notched angular.
Derived from a common ancestor with Captorhinide.
Order Caseasauria, nov.
Doubtfully belonging to super-order.
Skull short, with a single laterally placed temporal fossa, sur- rounded by the postorbital, squamosal, ? quadratojugal and jugal.
Brain-case not well known but apparently considerably different from the normal type of the super-order. Stapes extending nearly to quadrate. Lower jaw showing a projection of the articular on the inner side and perhaps a lateral compression of the angular which may lead on to the typical superordinal arrangement.
Casea Williston. Artinskian, Texas.
¢ Trispondylus Williston. Artinskian, Texas,
Order Pelycosaurias
Anomodonts with the postorbital and squamosal meeting over the temporal fossa, with a screw-shaped glenoid cavity carried by scapula, coracoid, and precoracoid, and primitive limbs.
Super-Family PoLrosauRID& Case.
Pelycosaurs with a straight tooth-row and undifferentiated dentition. A small supratemporal; stapes articulating with the pro-otic, paroccipital, basioccipital, and basisphenoid round the fenestra ovale only. Cervical neural arches usually heavy and with nearly horizontal zygapophysial facets.
Varanosaurus Broili. Artinskian, Texas.
Varanoops Williston. i 5 ? Poliosaurus Case. » Pecilospondylus Case. - ”
¢ Mycterosaurus Williston. ,, 56
174 MR. D. M. Se WATSON ON
-Super-Family OPpHIACODONTIDA.
Pelycosaurs with a curved tooth-row and slightly differentiated dentition. A small supratemporal. Stapes articulating with the edges of the fenestra ovale and by a special head with the under surface of the paroccipital process. Cervical neural arches not heavy.
Deiopeus Cope. Artinskian, ‘Texas.
Theropleura Cope. e i
Ophiacodon Marsh. U. Coal Measures, New Mexico.
? Stereorachis Gaudry. L. Permian, France.
Super-Family SPHENACODONTIDA.
Pelycosaurs with a curved tooth-row and well-differentiated dentition.
Stapes of two parts, a small element articulating with the fenestra ovale and distally with a large element which articulates with the paroccipital process, the pterygoid and quadrate. A typieal compressed and notched angular.
- Family CLEPSYDROPID Cope.
Sphenacodontide with a carnivorous dentition and a_pro- nounced step between the dentigerous edges of the premaxilla and maxilla.
Clepsydrops Cope. Artinskian, Texas.
Upper Coal Measures, Illinois.
Dimetrodon Cope. Artinskian, Texas.
Sphenacodon Marsh. ‘ New Mexico.
Tetraceratops Matthew. ,, Texas.
?“ Geosaurus cynodus” Gervais. L. Permian, France.
Family EDAPHOSAURID& Cope.
Sphenacodontide with a powerful palatal dentition of small teeth. Edaphosaurus Cope. U. Coal Measures and L. Permian, Texas, New Mexico, Bohemia, Saxony, Urals. Naosaurus Cope. L. Permian, Texas. |
Super-Family Botosauripé.
Systematic position very doubtful, but as the occiput seems to be of Anomodont type and the lower jaw is undoubtedly com- pressed and the angular apparently notched, they may be placed here.
Skull with large orbits and very short pre-orbital and temporal region, upper surface passing smoothly into the occiput. Tem- poral vacuity entirely on the side of skull and placed low down.
PRE-JURASSIC TETRAPOULS, lye
Bolosaurus Cope. Artinskian, Texas. ?Glaucosaurus Williston. Artinskian, ‘Texas. ? Paleohatteria Credner. L.. Permian, Saxony.
Pelycosaurs of undetermined position.
Arribasaurus Williston. U. Coal Measures, New Mexico. Bathygnathus Leidy. Permian, Canada. (?% Clepsydropid.)
Order Deinocephalia Seeley.
Anomodont reptiles, with unreduced quadrates. No supra- temporal element. Postorbital and squamosal meeting above temporal fossa. ‘The basicranium forming a deep wall below the condyle. Glenoid cavity supported solely by the scapula and coracoid in typical forms. Limbs modernised.
Super-Family TAPINOCEPHALID.
Deinocephalia with a short skull and shoit mouth. Tapinocephalus Owen. M. Permian, 8. Africa.
Mormosaurus Watson. 3 55 Pnrigalion Watson. - a Lamiasaurus Watson. * > Struthiocephalus Haughton. _,, = Moschosaurus . " Moschops Broom. 3 35 Moschognathus Broom. re 7 Taurops m 8 3 Eceasaurus - es ¥ Delphinognathus Seeley. i . Deuterosaurus Eichwald. Permian, Russia. etc.
Super-Family TrranosucHID&.
Deinocephalia with an elongated mouth.
Titanosuchus Owen. M. Permian, 8S. Africa. ? Rhopalodon Fischer. . i Russia.
? Cliorhizodon Twelvetrees. __,, ‘ -
? Dinosaurus Fischer. a " -
Order Dromasauria.
Anomodonts with very long slender limbs. Large orbits, short pre-orbital and temporal region, rounded dorsal contour of skull, and a T-shaped squamosal.
¢ descended from Bolosauride.
Galechirus Broom. M. Permian, S. Africa.
Galepus 9? 99 9
Galeops ” ” 20
¢ Paleohatteria Credner. L. Permian, Germany.
176 MR. D. M. S. WATSON ON
Order Dicynodontia.
Anomodonts with a reduced quadrate ‘and quadratojugal. T-shaped squamosal without otic groove. Fenestra ovale carried down by along process composed of basioccipital, basisphenoid, prootic, and paroccipital.
Scapula with acromion.
Glenoid cavity borne only on aca and coracoid. Pelvis with a pubo-ischiac vacuity.
Dicynodon Owen. M. and U. Permian, 8S. Africa and Russia.
Tropidostoma Seeley. 10
Endothiodon Owen. M. Permian, S. Mees, Cryptocynodon Seeley. U. Permian, = Prodicynodon Broom. is ri Pristerodon Huxley. ne a Gordonia Newton. Be Scotland. Geikia of x * Kisticephalus Owen. a S. Africa.
Dielurodon Broom. Taognathus ,, Kannemeyeria Seeley. M. Trias, Lystrosaurus Cope. L. Trias, Eubrachiosaurus Williston. M. Trias, Wyoming. Placerias Lucas. M. Trias, Arizona.
Order Theriodontia Owen.
Anomodonts with carnivorous specialisation and reduced quadrate and quadrato-jugal. Glenoid cavity on scapula and coracoid.
Sub-Order GorGonopsra Lydd.
Theriodonts with the parietal excluded from the temporal fossa. Palate with no suborbital vacuities.
Gorgonops Owen. M. Permian, 8. Africa. Scymnognathus Broom. U. as cs Arctops Watson. M. ; 3 Galesuchus Haughton. M. ¥ Sipe Scymnosaurus Broom. M. a a
? Cynodraco Owen. jy cone <f
? Tigrisuchus Owen. linea de Atlurosaurus Owen. M. ‘ 3, Arctognathus Broom. Us ss ‘ Inostransevia Amalitzki. U. b Russia.
Sub-Order CYNODONTIA Owen.
Theriodonts with a narrow intertemporal bar formed by the parietals. Secondary palate with no suborbital vacuities.
PRE-JURASSIC TETRAPODS, Lid
Fam. CYNOGNATHID&. Cynognathus Seeley. M. Trias, 8. Africa.
Diademodon ,, se ” Trirachodon _ ,, 35 9 Cynochampsa Owen. 9
Fam. NyTHOSAURID. Galesaurus Owen. M. Trias, S. Africa. Nythosaurus ,, 3 A
Sub-Order Z'vzROCEPHALIA Broom.
Theriodonts with a narrow intertemporal bar formed mainly by the parietals. No secondary palate. Large suborbital vacuities. F
Scylacosaurus Broom. M. Permian, 8. Africa.
Lycosaurus es 99 ”
Alopecodon - _ ”
Hycenosuchus ne 5 9
Pardosuchus 3 ” ” etc.
Sub-Order BAURIAMORPHA.
Theriodonts with short temporal vacuities separated by the parietals. A secondary palate and large suborbital vacuities.
Bauria Broom. M. Trias, S. Africa. Microgomphodon Seeley. M. ,, = Sesamodon Broom. an Oars . Melinoden Broom. M4; "
Super-Order CHELONTIA.
Reptiles with a roofed skull and the middle eight of the ten dorsal vertebre provided with widened ribs, supporting a dermal armour.
Order Eunotosauria.
?if rightly referred. Chelonia with costal plates not fused with the ribs and the pectoral and pelvic girdles not within the ribs.
ELunotosaurus Seeley. M. Permian, 8. Africa.
Order Testudinata.
Chelonia with the pectoral and pelvic girdles within the dorsal ribs. |
Family PLEURODEIRA.
‘Testudinates which withdraw the head sideways.
178 MR. D. M. S. WATSON. ON
Family AMPHICHELYDID&.
Proganochelys Baur. U. Trias, Wiirttemberg. Proterocherys K. Fraas.
39 99
Super-Order SAU ROPTERYGIA,
Aquatic or semi-aquatic reptiles with a single temporal vacuity. Neck long, the cervical ribs articulating solely with the centrum, dorsal ribs single-headed.
A single coracoidal element.
Pelvis with an obturator foramen.
Sub-Order VOTHOSAURLA.
Seml-aquatic Sauropterygia. Paroccipital expanded and reach- ing the squamosal, pterygoid, and quadrate so as to close the middle ear behind.
Radius and ulna, tibia and fibula long bones.
Nothosaurus Minster. lL. & M. Trias, Germany.
Cymatosaurus Fritsch. M. Trias, Germany.
etc.
Sub-Order PLACODO NTA’
Shantou ygia with paroccipital not eeiculaneae with ptery- goid and quadrate. Massive crushing teeth on the palatines. (Body with a heavy armour of bony scutes.) Limb-bones long.
Placodus Agassiz. M. Trias, Germany.
Cyamodus ,, ..
Placochelys Jaekel. ns Hungary.
Order Thalattosauria Merriam.
Aquatic reptiles with a single lateral temporal vacuity. A supratemporal present. A single coracoidal element. Occipital , region of skull unknown. Humerus twisted with expanded ends.
ae ; : : Thalattosaurus Merriam. M. Trias, California and Nevada. Nectosaurus
Order Ichthyosauria.
Aquatic reptiles with a single temporal vacuity, very large orbits, and much elongated premaxille.
Basisphenoid without definite basipterygoid processes, ptery- goids underlying much of its lower surface and that of the basi- occipital. Neck short.
Family M1ixosauRID&.
Ichthyosauria with relatively small orbits and short rostrum. Upper end of the scapula expanded. Pubis and ischium broad.
PRE-JURASSIC TETRAPODS. 179
Kpipodials long and separated. Caudal region not much deflected.
Fam. Mrxosaurin&. With five digits.
Mixosaurus. M. Trias, Italy, Germany, Spitzbergen, W.N. America. |
Fam. SHASTASAURIN®, Narrow paddles with three or four digits.
Cymbospondylus. > Toretocnemus. Merriamia. M. Trias, Nevada.
Shastasaurus. Delphinosaurus.
Super-Order ARCHOSAURIA.
Reptiles with a skull with two temporal openings. Brain-case much narrowed between the ears, usually surrounded by bone in advance of the prootic. Paroccipital process antero-posteriorly compressed and long, with the fenestra ovale opening on its lower edge.
A single coracoidal element.
Order Thecodontia.
Primitive Archosaurians with clavicles and an interclavicle. Pelvis “ plate-like.”
Family ‘“‘ KosucHip.”
Thecodonts with intercentra throughout the column.
* Kosuchus” Watson. U. Permian, 8. Africa. Youngina Broom. 5 5
Family ERyrtHrosucHID&, nov.
Very large semiaquatic Thecodonts with a twisted humerus’ with much expanded ends. Anterior margin of pubis suddenly deflected. Feeble dorsal armour.
Lrythrosuchus Broom, M. Trias, 8. Africa.
Family Puyrosaurip# McGregor.
Large Thecodonts, with an elongated rostrum formed mainly by the premaxilla. Dorsal and ventral scutes.
Mesorhinus Jaekel. L. Trias, Germany.
Palworhinus Williston. M.? Trias, Wyoming.
Phytosaurus Jaeger. U. Trias, Wiirttemberg and U.S.A.
Mystriosuchus Fraas. 3 .
Rhytidodon Emmons. Toe secre
¢*Stagonolepis Agassiz. M. Trias, Scotland.
180 MR. D. M. S. WATSON ON
Family OrnrirHosucHip# v. Huene.
Small, slightly built Thecodonts. Pointed skull without pro- duced rostrum. Pubis and ischium much produced.
Hinder limbs longer than the fore.
? Directly ancestral to Theropodous Deinosaurs.
Oriithosuchus EK. 'T. Newton. M. Trias, Scotland.
Huparkeria Broom. . S. Africa.
Scleromochlus A.S. Woodward. _,, Scotland.
Sphenosuchus Haughton. U. Trias, 8. Africa.
Family AErosaurRID& Baur.
Small Thecodonts with a pointed skull without rostrum, pubis and ischium short. Hind limbs not greatly larger than the fore. A very heavy dorsal and ventral armour.
Aetosaurus Fraas. U. Trias, Wiirttemberg.
? Dyoplax 3 _ cs
¢Stegomus Marsh. * WAS .As
¢ Notochampsa Broom. ,, S. Africa.
Family Howest1p&, nov.
?Theecodonts with several rows of teeth in the maxilla. Howesia Broom. M. Trias, S. Africa.
? Mesosuchus Watson. a sf
?¢ Proterosuchus Broom. e ss
Family ERPETOSUCHIDA, nov.
Small Thecodonts with a pear-shaped skull, not very elongated rostrum. Palate ineipiently secondary, with the posterior nares in a deep groove.
¢ Ancestral to the Crocodilia.
Erpetosuchus E.T, Newton. M. Trias, Scotland.
Order Saurischia Seeley.
Archosauria with the astragalus very closely and immovably articulated with the tibia. Pelvis with the pubis and ischia long and projecting downward, usually with an ischio-pubic vacuity.
Thecodontosaurus Riley & Stutchbury. U. Trias, Somerset-
shire, Swabia, 8. Africa, Queensland ; and very many forms representing numerous families, defined especially by v. Huene.
Order Rhynchocephalia Giinth,
Reptiles with a two-arched skull, a short, high brain-case not ossified in advance of the prootic, and large fenestra ovale. Teeth on the dentary biting into a groove between the maxillary and palatine teeth.
PRE-JURASSIC TETRAPODS. 181
Family RHYNCHOSAURIDA. With plate-like pelvis. Rhynchosaurus Owen. U. Trias, England. Hyperodapedon Hux. M.& U. Trias, England, Scotland, India.
Stenometopon Boulenger. M. Trias, Scotland. ? Palacrodon Broom. M. Trias, S. Africa.
Order Proganosauria Baur.
Aquatic reptiles with long tails. Skulls elongated. Vertebrze with small notochordal centra and very heavy arches and no intercentra. A single coracoidal element, five distal carpals and tarsals. Pelvis plate-like.
Mesosaurus Gervais. L.? Permian, 8. Africa, Brazil.
Noteosaurus Broom. S. Africa.
79. Stereosternum Cope. » . Brazil.
Order Protorosauria Seeley.
Lightly built reptiles with pointed skulls and a single tem- poral vacuity. A single coracoidal element and a_ plate-like pubis.
There ig not the slightest evidence that the series of small Paleozoic reptiles listed below are related to one another. Prof. Williston believes Arwoscelis to be related to the lizard ancestry. Broomia may also have affinities with the Squamata. <Adelosaurus may be related to the Rhynchocephalha.
¢ Protorosaurus Meyer. U. Permian, Germany and England. 2 ( Arceoscelis Williston. Artinskian, Texas. ° 1 Kadaliosaurus Credner, L. Permian, Saxony. Broomia Watson. M. Permian, S. Africa. 24 Heleosaurus Broom. Heliophilus a; Pe <3 ¢Adelosaurus Watson. U. Permian, England. ? Aphelosaurus Gervais. L, Permian, Autun.
39 wy)
Noves ON THE AMPHIBIAN CLASSIFICATION.
The superordinal a ore of the Labyrinthodontia, Phyllo- spondylia, and Lepospondylia is based on the fact that the early members of these groups differ from one another as much as do their ultimate descendants, despite the fact that in a number of characters such as the gradual development of large interptery- goid vacuities, the replacement of basipterygoid processes with definite articulating surfaces by expansions of the posterior end of the parasphenoid with which the pterygoids are suturally united, and the loss of a finger in the hand, the course of evolutionary change is the same in the first and last group. The structure ot the skull and lower jaw is known to be similar in
182
TRIAS
DEVONIAN /L.CARBONIFEROUS|U.CARBONIFEROUS| BASAL PERMIAN] M.PERMIAN | U.PERMIAN
SILURIAN
' MR. D. M. S. WATSON ON
Text-figure 1.
-->
oe SO TEREOSPONDYLI
Capitosaurus
Microphalidce
Lydek'kerinide
1 i] ! ' ‘ t U 4 U
RACH TOMI,
Eve Loxommiide )
t )
ELES?
URO
w--- Oe ee ee ee ee
Phylogenetic tree illustrating the relations of the early Amphibia, each group
being placed in its correct time.
183
PRE-JURASSIC TETRAPODS.
‘eipyqday Apiva oy} Jo LuasopAyg oy} Suryeaqsnyyt vay,
‘snows _ ; ; peeese eee : “4. i] LY a sae Ge, wwmey ee ae ae ; - ‘viuOHIOWIMOWARS XE Noes i Ai ee ee -NOEYVD ie i ! ae , ‘ % ee Sac oe “SS ae eeane os a ay ; ' x | ee ae 1 SS WINNWSOJAT3d NVINERE, A, PROSE \ SrTanaaS MHAUOWONIHYOLAVOS ; | SSS RS OON SHEER SREY i \ Ss dha fapiacoade5 i | ‘ NS \ Seton epidospAsday, : Se - oy ad fae a Sen Se <s | WAYS “8 py wireONG 7 (XS HRHVOOHIOR / VINES VU gSOLOS; ny x -O1ONNS ! WIGIS dW USK va uJ a J < § : ‘ Seale | ye Silesk \SasOvie t | i fiwica0ouaAl ‘wBgonoeto3\ ‘ | ‘ 4 i, sme x %. Spunesericy .s ‘ \ \ Nas em SN a \ vlyoadidan ee:
ae -
a alae rh Ge L.A nh wey ann IO Sy) See : \ eae ay . 4 z A}
SVIGLT 's WIINOGONAZIG ate masta
|
“SVIMLIN SOR ; <3 ees Ne WLYNIC | ore SWIM yeplanesojays Se Wriqoo0w) VIROSTuRWS es Lae
'G WNSY-4XO,
184 MR. J. M. S. WATSON ON
the Labyrinthodontia and Lepospondylia, but the resemblance may easily be due to inheritance from common ancestors amongst the Crossopterygian fish.
The ordinal division of the Labyrinthodontia marks three stages in the evolution of that group. It is founded primarily on the skull, which becomes more and more depressed, the basi- occipital and basisphenoid being gradually reduced from the quite large bones they are in Pteroplax to the small slightly ossified tracts lying on the parasphenoid which represent them in Stereospondyls. The development of the vertebral column is used as a check on this classification.
NovreEs ON THE REPTILIAN CLASSIFICATION.
The super-order Cotylosauria is retained simply because of its use as a dumping-ground for those primitive reptiles which retain a roofed skull. The orders are also probably somewhat unnatural groups, and it would perhaps have been more satisfactory to raise the super-families to ordinal rank.
The real classification, 7. e. that into families, is founded as far as possible on the characters of the brain-case, which have been discussed by me in a series of papers.
The separation of the super-order Anomodontia is founded on its very characteristic brain-case, and for the typical forms on the equally characteristic lower jaw.
The remarkable animal Casea is obviously ordinally different from all other well-known forms, its position in the super-order Anomodontia is very doubtful, but it is not improbable that it represents a very early offshoot from this stock.
The order Pelycosauria is referred to the super-order Anomo- dontia with certainty ; in Dimetrodon the brain-case and lower jaw are absolutely typical, and the other forms included are obviously allied to this type by the whole of their structure.
The super-family division is founded on differences in the stapedial articulation with the brain-case, which in the three suborders seem to form a morphological series.
The order seems to be self-contained, culminating in Dime- trodon and Edaphosaurus, towards which the other types lead. At the same time the trend of evolutionary change in the brain- case is the same as that which, continued in later times by the South-African forms, leads up to the mammals. |
The super-family Bolosauride is founded for very badly known reptiles, which it might perhaps have been wiser to leave as Anomodontia incerta sedis. The position of the super-family in the super-order depends mainly on the badly preserved lower
AW. The order Deinocephalia is certainly a member of the super- order, having the typical brain-case and lower jaw. It is distin- guished from the Pelycosaurs by its advanced limbs, shown most
PRE-JURASSIC. TETRAPODS. 185
clearly in the loss of the screw-shaped articular surface of the head of the humerus, and the corresponding restriction of the glenoid cavity to the scapula and posterior coracoidal element alone.
It is separated from other Anomodonts with advanced limbs by the retention of the large quadrate. The mode of articulation of the stapes shows that it cannot have been derived from any Pelycosaur more advanced than a Poliosaurid.
The order Dromosauria is referred to the super-order by its lower jaw and occiput. It is distinguished from all other South- African types by the short face, very large orbits, slender limbs, and long tail.
Paleohatteria is only placed here provisionally ; it is certainly an Anomodont, and in the structure of its temporal region very strongly recalls Galepus. The absence of the posterior coracoidal element may only mean that, as in Varanoops, it is unossified, although present as a cartilage.
It will possibly be found, when fuller knowledge of Bolosaurus becomes available, that that type is really allied to the Dromosaurs, and that the two orders should be combined.
The order Dicynodontia includes the first known and typical Anomodonts. The order is a very compact group, thoroughly distinct from all others and of uncertain derivation, perhaps from the Deinocephalian stock.
The order Theriodontia includes many very diverse animals, still known almost wholly from skulls. Its members are held together by the presence of a reduced quadrate in all of them and by a well differentiated carnivorous dentition.
The suborder Gorgonopsida appears to be ancestral to the Cyno- dontia, the Therocephalia to the Bauriamorpha, and it is probable that other lines will be distinguished. Each suborder certainly contains many families, but in the absence of detailed knowledge of the skull and of all knowledge of the post-cranial skeleton in most forms, it seems at present useless to found families on the dentition.
I have recently discussed at length the relations of Hunoto- saurus to the Chelonia; if rightly referred, it is so much more primitive than any other Chelonian that ordinal separation seems justified.
The various animals included in the Sauropterygia differ so widely amongst themselves, and the whole group is so distinct from all others, that its ordinal rank 1s unquestionable.
Merriam’s quite distinct order Thalattosauria is still rather incompletely known, but its members certainly have only a single arch and the temporal region of the skull is reminiscent of the early Pelycosaurs.
The Ichthyosaurs form a very compact group, whose origin is quite unknown.
The inclusion of the two arened reptiles in one super-order is now commonly accepted. I have excluded the Rhynchocephalia
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1917, No. XIII. 13
186 ON PRE-JURASSIC TETRAPODS.
from the super-order because of certain differences in the brain- case, Which may, however, be due to the small size of Sphenodon, in which alone is the region known. The exclusion is really for the purpose of drawing attention to the extreme smallness of our knowledge of early two-arched reptiles.
The small aquatic J/esosaurus and Stereosternum are still un- represented by well-preserved skulls. They seem to be definitely ordinally distinct, but their affinities are quite obscure.
Finally, the order Protorosauria is retained merely because it is already in existence. Included in it is a series of small Permian reptiles which resemble one another in having slender limbs and a single coracoidal element. There is no evidence that these animals are in reality in any way related. -
In this classification I have refrained from throwing weight on the peculiarly modified 5th metatarsal which occurs in Chelonia, Rhynchocephalia, Thecodonts, Crocodiles, Deinosaurs, and Squa- mates, because it is difficult to believe that all these forms can have beew derived from the same advanced Cotylosaurian ancestor. It is perhaps an arboreal adaptation, which may have originated separately. Possibly the broadened ribs of Hunotosaurus, which recall those of sloths, are also to some extent an arboreal adaptation.
This classification is on the whole consciously conservative, but contains many new features, chiefly in the definitions and the super-ordinal grouping. An attempt has been made to make the structural differences separating orders approximate, having regard to the total variation, to those used in separating the orders of mammals, but in many cases suborders should perhaps be raised to ordinal rank. Super-orders are used to group together orders which seem to have had a common origin,
ON THE VISCERA OF AN OKAPI. 187
11. Notes on some of the Viscera of an Okapi (Okapiu
.johnstont Selater). By R. H. Burng, M.A, F.ZS. [Received March 9, 1917: Read April 3, 1917.] (Text-figures 1-23.)
INDEX. Page Structure or Morphology ..scci.0...5sccasavasseoseeeese LST
During the winter of 1915-1916 certain parts of the viscera of an Okapi were sent by Dr. Cuthbert Christy to the Royal College of Surgeons for investigation.
They included the tongue and the soft parts of the anterior end of the throat, the contents of the thorax, the stomach, and the colic coil of the intestine.
A superficial examination revealed, as was to be expected, a general similarity to the corresponding viscera of the Domestic Ruminants, but a more detailed comparison with other genera * made it clear that underlying this general Ruminant type of structure were many small and individually unobtrusive pecu- liarities that pointed definitely to a very close relationship between the Okapi and the Giraffe.
The Tongue (text-figs. 1 & 2).
The tongue of the Okapi, though of the Ruminant type, resembles most nearly that of the Giraffe, both by reason of its great length and slenderness (it measures some 14 in, in length by from 14 to 2 in. in breadth) and its sharp pointed extremity and smooth base. It is thus distinguished from the tongues of Antelopes and Deer, the tip of which is as a rule either blunt oi: broadly spatulate, and in which the surface of tte elevated base or intermolar fixed portion 1s covered with large fleshy papuille.
It is manifestly dificult to state with accuracy the relative measurements of a tongue or the proportions that its different parts bear to one another, as they depend on its degree of exten- sion; but after comparison with numerous tongues of Antelopes and other Ruminants, both fresh and preserved, it seems fairly clear that the free part of the Okapi’s tongue is considerably more developed relative to the base than is that of other Ruminants, with the exception of the Giraffe.
The form and disposition of the various papille upon the sur- face of the tongue differ little from those in the Giraffe, and are
* Tam indebted to the Zoological Society for material for use in the comparative study of the throat and tongue,—Giraffe, Crowned Duiker, Indian Antelope, Black Buck, Scemmering’s Gazelle, and Gazella rufifrons.
Use was also made of preparations in the Royal College of Surgeons Collection of the tongue and larynx of many Ruminants, of the heart and lungs of Ox, Sheep, and Goat, and of the stomach of a young Giraffe and of several Antelopes and the Domestic Ruminants.
Ji
MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE
188
‘QA1OU [BSSOTSodAFT “TTX ‘oAdou pvosutreyd-ossopy "XJ “oAtou jeusury “A ‘gonp Ss, Wowel AA “PA § [Isuoy “2 Soposnut plorkgy-ouI94ys “w-y7'7s + aPOSMA jvoSufreyd-op{ys “wyd'gs Sayosnut prokyorsys Sw hy'7s Soposnut prosy-ou.to4s “wrys Spwkyorsys “y'7s foposnut snssopsopAys “wm bys ‘ pueps Aleypixeurqus Jo syoup Surqoo[foo “pews * purps Areppixvugus “op eu's §pueps pensuryqns 747s £pueys [eusuty -olqjad “76774 § anSu0} Jo vaay poyuwusid Jo qty “d £ eposnut snapropA4s-091d1990 “2U"78"0 faposnur prosyop dua See'ue £ SULOA [RNOUTT Gary $spuvps-ydurky "7 $ Srojre peusul| “py Faposnut snssopsody “eps 'y + aposwut ploxqoiuas “wyh faposnul sussopsorues uO Suda perry “af Sapided [ensuly [v10yv] JO asury cdf ¢ Saaqae perorg Cos * oposnut plorkyyoorts Sw yzda § L1oyAB prIyoreo “yo
-wuogsuyol vrdvyoO jo xufieyd pus onsuo} oy} JO MELA [B.10}UT
‘] oansy-} 297,
VISCERA OF AN OKAPI. 189
characteristically Ruminant. ‘The dorsal surface and sides are clothed with a close layer of sharp-pointed filiform papillee which are more or less cornified, particularly so upon a central area of the dorsal surface close behind the tip, where they form a patch of small horny recurved spines.
Fungiform papille are scattered sparsely all over those parts of the free extremity and base that are coated with filiform papille except, as one frequently sees among Ruminants, along the central line of the dorsum.
Circumvallate papille, to the number of 15 ox so on either side, are arranged in two indistinct irregular rows far back upon each side of the base of the tongue. This is the normal Ruminant position and arrangement, but the indistinctness of the individual papille and of the limits of the group asa whole recal] more particularly the condition in the Giraffe.
There are no foliate papille, and, as previously mentioned, the base of the tongue is smooth, as in the Giraffe.
Text-figure 2.
Lingual papille of Okapia johnstoni.
In a large number of Ruminants (nearly all Antelopes, the Giraffe, some Sheep and Oxen, but not in Deer) parts of the free extremity of the tongue are deeply pigmented. This also is the case in the Okapi, where the pigmented area includes the extreme tip of the tongue and extends some way backwards on either lateral surface, gradually fading away (text-fig. 1, p.).
In the valley between the base of the tongue and the gums, there is in all Ruminants a fold of mucous membrane fringed by a number of sharp-pointed papille similar in character and probably also in function to the conical papille that clothe the inner surface of the cheeks.
A similar fringe of fleshy papilla les beside the base of the tongue of the Okapi; but whereas in all the other Ruminants examined the papille are simple conical processes flattened from side to side and usually recurved like the thorns of a rose, in the Okapi they have quite a peculiar shape, being swollen and blunt with two three or more short, sharp horny spines projecting from their rounded free extremities (text-fig. 2).
190 MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE
The Muscles of the Tongue and Pharyna.
The muscles of the tongue conform in general to the common Luminant type, but in the details of their arrangement and individual development disclose more points of agreement with the Giraffe than with any of the other Ruminants examined.
A comparison of the accompanying figures (figs. 1, 3, 4,5, 6) shows more readily than a verbal description how close the similarity between the Okapi and Giraffe in respect of these muscles is. Attention may, however, be drawn to the following particulars.
Digastric, Mylohyoid, Geniohyoid, and Genioglossus Muscles.
Blending of the various muscles in the floor of the mouth to a varying degree is typical of Ruminants in general. In the majority, 1f not in all genera, the anterior belly of the digastric muscle and the mylohyoid are so closely united that where they
Text-figure 3.
Outline of the tongue and pharynx of a Giraffe, for comparison with text-fig. 1.
Lettering as in text-fig. 1.
blend in the superficial sheet of the mylohyoid it is impossible to distinguish the one from the other. The deeper muscles (genio- hyoid and genioglossus) are, as a rule, more independent. Generally the former has a weak fibrous attachment along the central line of the mylohyoid, and very occasionally (e. g. Antilope cervicapra) it unites with the genioglossus close up to the sym- physis menti, but as a rule it is a well-developed paired muscle independent of its neighbours.
In the Okapi and Giraffe, not only is the association of the digastric and mylohyoid peculiarly intimate, but there is also a very close fibrous union between the deep layer of the mylohyoid and the geniohyoid and a blending of the geniohyoid and genioglossus,
The geniohyoid is also very much reduced in both these
VISCERA OF AN OKAPI, 191
genera, and can only with difficulty be separated into its two component halves.
Tne condition is shown in text-figs. land 3. It will be noticed that the belly of the geniohyoid extends only about halfway from the-hyoid to the symphysis menti, and is continued upon the ventral surface of the genioglossus as a flat tendon from which a large part of the latter muscle arises.
Text-figure 4.
SRPHM HLM be
\ ‘ M4
HY PHM
THe S.LK THY
TRAY
GV,
ORTH PL
ST.TH.M Dissection of the pharynx of Okapia johnstoni.
er.c., cricoid cartilage; c7r.ph.m., crico-pharyngeal muscle; h.l.m., hyoideus latus muscle; hy.a., hyoidean branch of lingual artery; hy.ph.m., hyopharyngeal muscle; /.g., cervical lymph-gland ; s./.a., superior laryngeal artery; st.g.m.?, lesser styloglossus muscle; st¢.ph.m., slips of stylo-pharyngeal muscle ; th.c., thyroid cartilage; th.b., thyroid body; th.hy.m., thyro-hyoid muscle th.ph.m., thyro-pharyngeal muscle.
X!_ Pharyngeal branches of vagus. X2. Superior laryngeal branch of vagus.
Other lettering as in text-fig. 1.
Stylohyoid Muscle.
The round tendon of origin of this muscle differs a good deal in length in different genera of Ruminants. It is relatively short. in Antelopes, considerably longer in the Okapi and Sheep, and longer again, though not by much, in the Giraffe.
e
192
cr.ar.m., crico-arytenoid muscle ;
MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE
Text-figure 5.
nyetim STPAM
ST.TH.M Outline of the pharynx of a Giraffe, for comparison with text-fig. 4.
h.tr.m., hyoideus transversus muscle. Other lettering as in text-fig. 4.
Text-figure 6.
OT PMP
CRAR LT:
CR TY py Superficial dissection of the larynx of Okapia johnstoni. cr.ph.m., crico-pharyngeal muscle; ¢7.th.m., crico-
thyroid muscle; hy.ep.m., h yo-epiglottidean muscle; hy.ph.m., ‘hyo- pharyngeal muscle; s.d.a., superior laryngeal artery ; st¢.ph.m., stylo-pharyngeal muscle ;
t., tonsil; th.c., thyroid cartilage; th.ph.m., thyro-pharyngeal muscle. IX. Glosso- pharyngeal nerve. X}. Phar yngeal branches of vagus. X?. Superior
laryngeal nerve. .
VISCERA OF AN OKAPI. 193
Occipito-styloideus (text-figs. 7, 8, 9, 0.st.m.).
This muscle is peculiar to Ungulates, and extends from the styloid process of the occipital to the upper portion of the styloid bone.
In the Giraffe and Okapi it was far larger than in any of the other Ruminants examined (Antelopes and Sheep), and offers in these two genera a striking contrast to the same muscle in Antelopes, particularly as regards the area of the styloid bone covered by its insertion. |
In connection with the insertion of this muscle it should be noted that the styloid bone of the Giraffe and Okapi differs markedly from that of other Ruminants in the form of its upper extremity (text-fig. 10). :
Text-figure 7.
O.oT.™M
The upper end of the stylohyal of Okapia johnstoni, inner surface, showing the insertion of the occipito-styloideus muscle. o.st.m., occipito-styloideus muscle ; s¢.i.m., tendon of stylohyoid muscle ; st.ph.m., stylo-pharyngeal muscle.
In Ruminants in general, the posterior margin of this bone, close to its upper end, is produced to form a prominent angular process, to the tip of which is attached the tendon of the stylo- hyoid muscle. This process stands out more or less transversely to the length of the bone and shows a tendency to a downward
194 . MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE
curve, forming in some Antelopes (text-fig. 10, B) a veritable hook, and in all cases offers a very broad surface for the insertion of the occipito-styloideus muscle.
In the Giraffe and Okapi (text-fig. 10, A) and in the Camels and the Perissodactyl Ungulates the process is relatively small, and is directed upwards, forming a simple swelling or tuberosity of the upper end of the styloid bone.
Text-figure 8. Text-figure 9.
0.ST.™M
BSUS Ur oxS 2
3 U
- aie Yyy cy [ZB
-32
Text-fig. 8—The stylohyal of a Giraffe, showing the occipito-styloideus muscle.
Text-fig. 9.—The stylohyal of Scemmering’s Gazelle, showing the occipito- sty loideus. Lettering as in text-fig. 7.
Salivary Glands.
The submaxillary gland (text-figs. 1, 3, smaxgl.) is similar in position, form, and relative size in the Giraffe and Okapi, and is closely comparable also to the same gland in Antelopes and Domestic Ruminants.
In the Giraffe and Okapi the-.gland gives off two main tributary ducts, one from its posterior and one from its anterior end. The parts drained by these two collecting ducts can be .readily and completely separated from one another in the Giraffe, but this is not the case in the Okapi.
VISCERA OF AN OKAPI. 195
The two tributary ducts unite in the Giraffe ne junction was destroyed in the Okapi) close in front of the gland to form a single Wharton’s duct (text-fig. 3, Wd.), and there is no reason to think that the separate lobule drained by the anterior tributary is anything but a part of the submaxillary gland, for the retro- lingual gland, which at first sight it might be supposed to be, is represented in Ruminants, including the Okapi and Giraffe, by a mass of gland-tissue surrounding the anterior extremity of Wharton’s duct close behind the symphysis of the jaw, between the origin of the genioglossus muscle and the sublingual mucous membrane (text-figs. 1, 3, rl.gl.).
The sublingual sland calls for no comment. The parotid gland had been removed with the skin.
Text-figure 10.
A B
Upper end of stylohyal of (A) Okapia and (B) Scmmering’s Gazelle.
The Blood-vessels of the Tongue (text-figs. 11, 12, 13).
In his description of the anatomy of the Giraffe, Owen * mentions a peculiar plexiform arrangement of the veins close in front of the body of the hyoid bone. In this position there is generally among Ruminants a large venous anastomosis uniting the lingual veins of either side. This anastomosis was strongly developed in the Giraffe’s tongue (text-fig. 11, v.a.) dissected for comparison with that of the Okapi, and in front of it, upon the left side (text-fig. 11, v.pl.), there was some slight branching and reunion of the veins, suggesting the plexus mentioned by Owen. There was no indication of a plexus i in the Okapi (text-fig. 12).
Posteriorly, the lingual vein passes through the substance of the submaxillary gland, and where it emerges again to the sur- face receives the facial vein (text-fig. 1, fv.). At this spot lies a very definite lymph-gland, which in the Giraffe lies embedded in the substance of the salivary gland, and by its dark colour forms a very striking object when the surface of the gland is exposed.
* Owen, Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. ii. 1841, p. 223.
196 MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE
In the Okapi, Antelopes, and Sheep this lymph-gland is not so deeply embedded as in the Giraffe, and in the Okapi (text- fig. 1, 2.g.) consists of two globular masses separated from the submaxillary gland by a capsule of fibrous tissue.
Text-figure 11.
SLAYV 66L.M
» CLM G.HAY.M
Blood-vessels at the root of the tongue of a Giratte.
g.gi.m., genioglossus muscle; g.hy.m., geniohyoid muscle; h.gl.m., hyoglossus muscle; hy.a., hyoidean branch of lingual artery ; /.a., lingual artery ; La, lingual vein; s/.a. & v., sublingual artery and vein; st.gl.m., styloglossus muscle; v.a., venous anastomosis; v.pl., venous plexus.
XII. Hypoglossal nerve.
The lingual arteries of the Okapi and Giraffe agree in many particulars and show several, though small, differences from those of Antelopes.
In both, the lingual artery arises from the carotid independently of the facial (text-figs. 1, 3, f.a.), as it is stated to do normally
VISCERA OF AN OKAPI. 197
in the Sheep* and Goat, and occasionally in the Ox. In Antelopes, on the other hand, a common trunk (the arteria maxillaris externa) intervenes between the carotid and the lingual and facial arteries, dividing to form these two arteries about the middle of the submaxillary gland.
Text-figure 12.
G.HY.M
MM
Blood-vessels at the root of the tongue of Okapia johnstoni. m.m., mylohyoid muscle turned back.
Other lettering as in text-fig. 11.
In passing the hyoid region of the tongue, the main trunk of the lingual artery may lie either deep or superficial to the hyo- glossus muscle. In the Antelopes (text-fig. 13, /.a.) and Sheep it lies deep to this muscle, and in this position forms in ‘the Antelopes a strong anastomosis (text-fig. 13, aa) with its fellow of the opposite side, from which are given off the continuation of the main lingual artery, the sublingual artery, and branches to the muscles of the hyoid region.
* In the Sheep dissected it vas given off from an external maxillary trunk as in the Antelopes.
198 MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE
In the Okapi (text-fig. 12) and on one side in the Giraffe (text- fig. 11), the lingual arteries, after giving off a large branch to the hyoid region, passed superficially to the hyoglossus muscle, and in neither case was there any anastomosis between the vessels in this region. Nor was I able to trace in either of these genera the large connection between the lingual arteries at the com- mencement of the free portion of the tongue described by Owen in the Giraffe.
On the other hand, I can corroborate the fact mentioned by Owen that in the Giraffe the left lhngual artery greatly exceeds the right in size (text-fig. 11), and carries practically the whole blood-supply to the free part of the tongue.
Text-figure Lay
Blood-vessels at the root of the tongue of an Indian Antelope. a.a., anastomosis of the lingual arteries.
Other lettering as in text-fig. 11.
This is not, however, the case in the Olapi or among Antelopes and Sheep. In them the two lingual arteries are of equal size, but it should be noted that in the Okapi the left artery divides at the commencement of the free part of the tongue into a large ventral and a small dorsal branch, and thus provides the chief source of supply to the ventral parts of the extremity of the tongue, as it does in the Giraffe, the dorsal parts being supplied by the right artery and the smaller branch of the left.
The Laryn« (text-figs. 14, 15, 16).
The larynx of the Okapi presents a remarkably close resem- blance to that of the Giratte, and by its structure suggests that the animal, like the Giraffe, 1s practically mute. In general it
VISCERA OF AN CKAPI, 199
Text-figure 14.
CAP.
FS Reoeeers
; io CRAM | THAN HY.EM, ERT 14
Mascles of the larynx of Okapia johnstoni.
a.m., arytenoideus muscle; c.a.dm., crico-arytanoideus lateralis muscle; c.a.p.m., crico-arytenoideus posticus muscle; e.ph.m., crico-pharyngeal muscle ; c.th.m., crico-thyroideus muscle ; e¢.g/., epiglottis; hy.e.m., hyo-epiglottidean muscle; th.a.m., thyro-arytenoideus muscles; s.c., cartilage of Santorini.
Text-figure 15.
Longitudinal section of the pharynx and iarynx of Okapia johnstoni.
a.c., arytenoid cartilage; a.p.ph., arcus palato-pharyngeus (posterior pillar of fauces) ; er., cricoid cartilage; ws., wsophagus; p., soft palate; ¢f., tonsillar fossa ; th.c., thyroid cartilage; v.c., vocal cord.
Other lettering as in text-fig. 14.
200 MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE
has the simple form common to Ruminants. The eminence sup- ported by the arytenoid and Santorini’s cartilages is peculiarly large and prominent (text-fig. 14, s.c.). The general cavity (text- fig. 15) is quite simple, without recesses or pouches of any kind, and, as in the Giraffe, the vocal cords (text-fig. 15, v.c.) are
Text-figure 16,
Longitudinal section of the larynx of Okapia johnston, showing the cartilages.
Lettering as in text-figs. 14 & 15.
extremely rudimentary, represented only by minute folds con- necting the ventral extremities of the enormous arytenoids to the mid-line of the thyroid cartilage. The cartilages (text-fig. 16) closely resemble those of the Giraffe. The muscles (text-fig. 14) are similar to those of other Ruminants, and call for no special comment.
VISCERA OF AN OKAPI. 201
The Tonsils (text-figs. 1, 4, 6).
The tonsillar fossa of the Okapi lies in the usual position (text- fig.15, ¢.f.), between the anterior and posterior pillars of the fauces somewhat in advance of the hinder free margin of the palate. It is a simple oval pit, with its fundus subdivided into two or more subsidiary recesses. The fossa and the area surrounding it are covered externally by a nodulated mass of tonsillar tissue, which is encapsulated by a thin longitudinal sheet of muscle derived from the muscles of the palate.
The tonsils are thus of quite a usual Ruminant type, and very similar to those of the Giraffe. It is interesting, however, to note that in many Ruminants the single fossa is replaced by a row of separate incisions, which no doubt represent the subsidiary recesses in the fundus of the common fossa of the Okapi.
The Palate.
In 1915 the Royal College of Surgeons purchased the roughly prepared skeleton of a young male Okapi collected by Dr. Christy, in which the soft tissues covering the hard palate had not been removed. They are shown in the accompanying photograph (text-fig. 17).
In front of the molar region the palate is extremely narrow, and throughout this region is traversed by a series of about 15 major palatal ridges. The anterior three or four are weak and do not extend across the entire breadth of the palate; they are succeeded by some twelve or so more complete ridges bowed forward in the centre and with their free papillate edges directed backwards. In the middle line these ridges are interrupted, the right half of each being situated in the majority of cases slightly posterior to the left. Behind the level of the anterior molar teeth, the palatal ridges become less and less pronounced and more nearly transverse in direction and gradually fade away, leaving the greater part of the intermolar area of the palate quite smooth.
Between the major palatal ridges are series of papille arranged transversely, forming minor ridges.
As in the Giraffe, there is no papilla incisiva, but at the extreme anterior end of the palate, in front of the palatal ridges, are two little longitudinal slits—the openings of the naso-palatine canals.
The soft palate terminates posteriorly in a simple curved border, without any indication of a uvula. Its lateral parts are prolonged, as the posterior pillars of the fauces, and become con- fluent upon the dorsal wall of the pharynx, forming, as in the majority of quadrupeds, a complete circular lip (arcus palato-
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1917, No. XTV. 14
202 MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE ~
pharyngeus) (text-fig. 15, a.p.ph.) through which the nasal passage communicates with the pharynx,
Text-figure 17.
J
Palate of Okapia johnstoni. The Thyroid Body.
The thyroid body, as in many other Ruminants (Sheep, Ante- lopes, Giraffe), consists of the lateral lobes only, without a connecting portion or isthmus between them.
Each lobe is an oval body measuring 47 mm. in length x 16 mm. in breadth, and occupies much the same position as in Domestic Ruminants in the angle between the cesophagus the hinder part of the larynx and the trachea.
The Lungs (text-fig. 18).
The chief subdivision of the lungs follows the plan common to Ruminants, there being two lobes to the left lung and three and an azygos lobe to the right. The upper lobe of the right lung is partially divided into two minor lobes, the upper of which (text-fig. 18, 7.a./.") is the larger of the two, and is bent in the
VISCERA OF AN OKAPI. 203
characteristic Ruminant way transversely across the front of the heart. The lower (text-fig. 18, 7.a./.*) is leaf-like and resembles the same lobule in the Sheep or Goat, but is relatively larger. The middle and lower lobes and the azygos lobe resemble very closely those of the Goat.
§
Text-figure 18.
RAL
B.R.AJ
RPL
Rib
The lungs of Okapia johustoni, ventral aspect.
b.l.a.l., bronchus of left apical lobe; 6.r.a.l., bronchus of right apical lobe; l.a., azygos lobe; J.a.l.1, left apical lobe, longitudinal process; J.a.l.?, left apical lobe, transverse or cardiac process; J.i.1., left inferior lobe; Li.l.a., cardiac appendage of left inferior lobe; 7.a.0.!, right apical lobe, transverse process ; r.a.l,*, right apical lobe, cardiae process; 7.7.2., right inferior lobe; 7.m.U., right median or cardiac lobe; ¢7., trachea.
The upper lobe of the left lung is very similar to that of the ‘Goat or Sheep, except for the greater length of its anterior 14*
204 MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE °
(text-fig. 18, /.a.0.‘) (longitudinal) lobule. The lower lobe (text- fig. 18, 2.2.2.) is remarkably prolonged at its upper and outer angle, forming a long finger-like cardiac process (text-fig. 18, J.i.l.a.) that lies alongside the lower (transverse) lobule of the upper lobe (text-fig. 18, /.a./.*), bound to it by a fold of pleural membrane. In the natural position these two elongated lobules embrace the” left side of the heart.
The trachea, chief bronchial tubes, and pulmonary veskele call for no particular notice, as they resemble closely those of the Sheep.
The Heart.
The heart has a long narrow form, and measures 140 mm. in total length from base to apex, and 95 mm. in breadth at the upper part of the ventricles. The length of the ventricular portion is 120 mm.
It is of the same type as that of other Ruminants. In dissecting it, the musculi papillares of both atrio-ventricular valves gave one the impression of being more than ordinarily developed, particularly as regards the muscular swelling that forms the foundation of those of the anterior cusp of the mitral valve. The wall of the left ventricle seemed also to be thick for a heart of the size.
The moderator band in the right ventricle is noticeably small. The great arteries spring from the arch of the aorta by a single large innominate trunk, as in other narrow-chested Ungulates. Between the aorta and pulmonary artery is a large vestige of the ductus arteriosus.
There is at the root of the aorta in Ruminants a very cha- racteristic splinter of bone (os cordis) supporting the attach- ment of one of the cusps of the aortic valve. In the Okapi this bone is represented by a plate of cartilage, but whether its unossified condition is a permanent character or is due to youth it is difficult to say definitely, but it should be noted that in the calf ossification * sets in almost immediately after birth, and that in Antilocaprat the os cordis is permanently cartilaginous.
The Thymus Body.
The thymus is a relatively small triangular mass of tissue attached by a fold of membrane to the antero-ventral surface of the pericardium. It measures 64 mm. in length x 55 mm. in breadth at its posterior end.
The Stomach < (text-figs. 19, 20, 21, 22, 23).
In its general forin (text-fig. 19) the stomach of the Okapi resembles that of the Giraffe and many Antelopes more nearly
* Vaerst, ‘“ Herzknochen bei Wiederkauern,” Deutsch. Zeitschr. f. Thiermedicin, Bd. 30, 1888, p. 53.
+ Maurie, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870, p. 348.
t Garrod, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, p. 5.
VISCERA OF AN OKAPI. 205
than that of the various other Ruminants figured by Cordier *. All four chambers (rumen, reticulum, psalterlum, abomasum) are fully developed.
The paunch (rumen) is subdivided by folds into secondary chambers in a manner similar to that of Domestic Ruminants, and is lined throughout by coarse papiile (text-fig. 20), mostly of large sizeand flattened lanceolate form, like those in the rumen of the Giraffe. Upon the free edges of the dividing partitions the papilla are reduced in height and resemble flat scale-like plates rather than papille.
Text-figure 19.
SPL oe eT
gy é : ) 4 es ; pet ene ISTE e ae pe ee LER AS os cB Seas ar ag, 5 o,
SSS eT ep se
Re aecaek
Outline of the stomach of Okapia, with the cavities opened.
ab., abomasum; duo., duodenal dilatation; cs., cesophagus; cs.g., cesophageal gutter; psal., psalterium; pyl., pylorus; 7., longitudinal ruge in aboma- sum ; ret., reticulum seen through opening from the rumen ; ret.’, outline of the reticulum ; spl., spleen.
The reticulum is a roomy, oval chamber, and is remarkable, like that of the Giraffe and Antilocapra ty, for the extreme shallowness of its cells (text-fig. 21). In this particular it is approached by the reticulum of many Deer, and offers a striking contrast to that of Domestic Ruminants and the majority of Antelopes.
The psalterium is large, of about the same size as the reti- culum, and contains some 14 chief lamine. The spaces between
* Cordier, Ann. des Sci. Nat. t. xv. 1898, pl. 6. + Murie, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870, p. 349.
206 MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE
the chief lamine are occupied by others of less height, consti- tuting according to their size and position secondary, tertiary, and quaternary series.
The position and height of the different series are shown to scale in the accompanying diagram (text-fig. 23). It is to be noticed that of the quaternary series those only interposed between the secondary and tertiary series are represented by definite lamine. Those between the tertiary and primary, when they are repre- sented at all (and they apparently are not in every case), are indicated only by a row of minute papille (text- fig. 23, p.), as the whole ee ee series is in the Giraffe and certain other Ruminants*
Text-figure 20. Text-figure 21.
Text-fig. 20.—Papille of rumen, x 2.
Text-fig. 21.—Cell of reticulum, nat. size.
Text-figure 22.
Specialised papille of cesophageal gutter, nat. size.
1., lamina of psalterum ; cs.g., roof of esophageal gutter.
Towards the esophagus the lamine gradually fade away, and are succeeded by rows of enlarged papillee similar in character but not in size to those that cover the surface of all the lamine. Some of these papille are enormously developed (text-fig. 22) and form, when the cesophageal gutter 1s closed, a coarse filter to prevent unsuitable food from passing into the psalterium.
Papille similar to these, though fewer in number and smaller in size, are present in the stomach of the adult Ox, at the entry of the cesophageal gutter into the psalterium.
* Garrod, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, pe 5.
VISCERA OF AN OKAPI. 207
In the Okapi each of these special papille of the cesophageal gutter consists, like those on the free margin of the leaves of the psalterium, of a fleshy base and a horny apex. The separation of the base from the apex is quite abrupt and clear, giving to the papilla the appearance of a long horny rod set upon the summit of a rounded fleshy boss.
The digestive stomach (abomasum) calls for no particular com- ment. Its walls become gradually more and more muscular towards the pylorus, béyond which the commencement of the duodenum is marked, as in other Ruminants, by a sudden dilatation. The lining membrane, towards the cardiac end, is longitudinally folded.
Text: figure 23.
uu
Diagram, to scale, of laminze of psalterium.
1, 2, 3, 4, laminee of primary, secondary, tertiary, and quaternary series.
p., lamina of quaternary series represented by row of papille.
In the small portion of cesophagus preserved there was found amass of partly masticated food. This was composed of small fragments of the leaves of trees. Though the fragments were too small to offer much likelihood of detailed identification, Mr. L. A. Boodlé, of the Jodrell Laboratory, Kew Gardens, most kindly undertook to examine them. He reports that they “ consist, chiefly at any rate, of fragments of Dicotyledonous plants, grasses being apparently absent. A few specimens show considerable resemblanee to leaflets of certain Leguminose, but these and the fragments of other plants present have not been identified. No definite opinion has been arrived at as to the stature of ulate plants concerned.”
This report, in the apparent absence of grass, agrees =n the field observations made by Dr. Christy. He says that the animal ‘‘feeds chiefly on the small leaves and twigs of trees.” ‘It does not’ eat grass, but does browse on the coarse herbage on the outskirts of the forest” *.
* Quoted from ‘The Field,’ July 10, 1915, by Sir H. H. Johnston, ‘ Nature,’ Aug. 16,1915, p. 714; see also to the same effect, Wilmet, C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris, 1913, vol. 156, p. 2007.
208 ON THE VISCERA OF AN OKAPI.
The Spleen.
The spleen (text-fig. 19, spd.) is massive and wedge-shaped, and is situated, as in other Ruminants, upon the left anterior surface of the paunch, adherent by its thick end to the diaphragm and with ‘its narrow edge projecting freely to the left into the abdominal cavity.
The Colic Coil.
The colic coil is flat, not conical as in the Giraffe, and is almost circular, measuring 190 mm. in diameter. The gut of which it is constituted is relatively narrow (20 mm. in diameter), and is arranged in 33 concentric and 33 excentric coils. This number appears to be high. In Antelopes of which I have seen records * it apparently varies from 1 to 3, in the Ox it is 14, in Antdlo- capra 37, and in the Giraffe may be as many as 4.
In judging of the bearing of the above anatomical facts, it must be borne in mind that they are records of one individual only, but assuming that they fairly represent the condition normal for the species, the following points seem to be most worthy of note :—
A. In comparison with the Giraffe :
1. The form and superficial anatomy of the tongue. 2. The condition of the geniohyoid and _ genioglossus muscles.
3. The occipito-styloideus muscle and the form of the styloid bone.
The structure and form of the larynx.
. The arrangement of the lingual arteries.
The general form of the stomach, and particularly the character of the reticulum.
OO
B. As more or less characteristic of the Okapi:
1. The papille of the sublingual fringe.
2. The cartilaginous os cordis.
3. The elongation of the upper angle of the left lower lobe of the lungs.
4, The specialised papillee in the cesophageal groove of the stomach,
* Beddard, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1909, i. p. 181; Mitchell, Trans. Zool. Soc. xvii. 1905, p. 473.
+ Beddard, JZ. e.
t Owen, Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. ii. 1841, p. 227.
ON THE ‘* DEATH-WATCH” BEETLE. 209
EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES. March 20th, 1917.
Dr. A. SmirH Woopwarb, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.
The Srecrerary read the following report on the Additions made to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of February 1917 :— :
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of February were 101 in number. Of these 36 were acquired by presentation, 44 were received on deposit, 19 were purchased, and 2 were born in the Gardens.
The number of departures during the same period, by death
. and removals, was 115.
Amongst the additions special attention may be directed Oh
1 Allamand’s Grison (Grison allamandi) from Le Quiacea, Bolivia, presented by A. 8S. Hume on February 10th.
1 European Bison (Bison bonasus) 3, born in the Menagerie on February 22nd.
2 Golden Eagles (Aquila chrysaétus) from Ross-shire, presented by Lady Bignold of Rosque on February 16th.
Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.Z.S., Curator of Mammals, ex- hibited a young Lion Cub recently deposited in the Gardens, and also a Galago from German East Africa presented by Commander
R. J. N. Watson.
April 3rd, 1917.
Prof. E, W. MacBripg, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.
Mr. C. J. GAHAN exhibited a living example of the “ Death- Watch” Beetle (Anobiwm tesselatwm), and demonstrated its response to sharp taps, such as could be made with the point of a pencil on the table.
210 MR. ALFRED EZRA ON BIG-GAME SHOOTING IN INDIA.
Mr. C. Davies SHERBORN, F.Z.S., exhibited an autograph of Captain Bligh of ‘The Bounty.’
Mr. C. Tare Reean, M.A., F.Z.8S., exhibited a Piraya (Serra- salmo piraya) from the Amazon, and gave a short account of the habits of this ferocious fish.
Big-Game shooting in Cooch Behar, Assam, and the Bhutan Duars, India.
Mr. Aurrep Ezra, F.Z.S., gave a lantern exhibition illustrating Big-Game Shooting in Cooch Behar, Assam, and the Bhutan Duars, India, and made the following remarks :—
On account of the heavy grass- and reed-jungle, sometimes well over 20 feet high, so common in these districts, it is impossible to do any shooting on foot. All big-game shooting is done here with the aid of elephants, which are thoroughly trained for the purpose. During the shooting-season the country is generally burnt in patches, and here one follows the method adopted in covert-shooting in England. Two or more guns are sent in with the line of elephants, while some guns are posted forward as ‘“‘stops,” and the patches are beaten up to them. The elephants used for the ‘ stops” are generally very steady and well-trained animals and are most valuable. The shooting arrangements at Cooch Behar are reduced to a science, and the men in charge of the line are so well trained that a tiger can invariably be beaten out to any particular “stop,” should the Maharaja wish a special guest to have the first shot. My favourite way of shooting in this country is to go alone on a pad-elephant with an intelligent mahout (driver) who is a good tracker. In this way you go through the thickest parts of the jungle without disturbing the game, and you see the animals in their natural haunts, sleeping, grazing, or w allowing in the muddy streams. Being accustomed to always seeing wild elephants, the animals do not take the slightest notice of your mount, and you are able to get within a few yards of them. At such close quarters the sportsman can pick and choose his head, only shooting something that is worth having as a trophy. The game found in this country consists of tiger, leopard, bear, rhino, buffalo, bison (gaur), sambur, swamp- deer, wild pig, and hog deer,
ON THE PLUMAGE OF THE FEMALE JAPANESE PHEASANT, Date
April 17th, 1917.
Dr. A. SmirH Woopwarp, F.R.S8., Vice-President, in the Chair.
The Srcrerary read the following report on the Additions made to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of March 1917 :—
The number of registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of March was 149. Of these 21 were acquired by presentation, 125 (chiefly small Finches) were received on deposit, 2 by purchase, and 1 was born in the Gardens.
The number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 101.
Amongst the additions special attention may be directed tO :-—
1 White-handed Gibbon (Hylobates lav), from Pahang, deposited on March 29th.
1 Bushy-tailed Galago (Galago crassicwudata), from Mafia I., Kast Africa, presented by Commander R. J. N. Watson, R.N., on March doth.
1 White-toothed Shrew, from Albert, France, new to the Collection, deposited on March 23rd.
\
Mr.C. Davies SuErgory, F.Z.S., exhibited the piece of hairy skin of a Gorilla, which specimen was torn off the freshly killed beast, and posted to Richard Owen, by P. B. Du Chaillu, from the interior of the Gaboon. ,The envelope is postmarked ‘+ Etablissements du Gabon, 1 Sept 1864,” and was the precursor of Du Chaillu’s long letter of August, 1864, from the Fernand Vaz river on the coast, announcing that six skins were being shipped to London among other specimens. These were registered at the British Museum
1 Dec. 1864.
My. D. Sers-Snrtu, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds, exhibited a female Japanese Pheasant (Phasianus versicolor) which had assumed the very nearly complete plumage of the male. The ovaries were found on dissection to be very atrophied.
A male specimen of the Carolina Dueck (#w sponsa) was also shown in which the colour of the soft parts were similar to those of the female. When living, this bird was thought to be a female in male plumage, but on dissection proved to be a male with atrophied testes.
Mr. Seth-Smith also showed some specimens of the trachea of various species of Ducks.
ANI THE SECRETARY ON AN ABNORMAL CAPE LOURIE.
My. EK. Heron-Auen, F.L.S., P.R.M.S., F.Z.S., described the Mussel-fishery and Foraminifera of Esnandes (La Rochelle), and the early work of Alcide d’Orbigny. .
A series of slides was exhibited illustrative of the early studies of Alcide d’Orbigny at Esnandes (near La Rochelle), and the Mussel-fisheries established there since the year 1035. The experiments of Prof. W. A. Herdman on the West Coast of England were referred to, and those of Prof. A. Meek at Holy Island on the East Coast. A further series was shown illust- rating some of the notable d’Orbignyan species found in the neighbourhood, not recorded from there by d’Orbigny in 1826, but recorded from other localities at that date, and from distant seas between 1839 and 1846. A third series of slides illustrated well-known species from the locality which had been recorded and described by earlier authors, but were not apparently identified by d’Orbigny from the neighbourhood of La Rochelle.
May 1st, 1917.
Dr. A. SmrirH Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.
The Srcrerary, Dr. P. Coatmers Mircue t, F.R.§., announced with the deepest regret that Mr. Henry Peavot, the Society’s Librarian and Clerk of Publications, had been killed in action. Mr. Peavot had entered the service of the Society in 1896, and, after passing through various departments, was appointed Assistant Librarian and Clerk of Publications in 1908, and was promoted to the post of Librarian and Clerk of Publications in 1912. In every way he had gained the esteem and regard of the Scientific Fellows of the Society, and was one of the most valuable and competent members of the Society’s staff.
The Srecrerary exhibited a coloured sketch of an abnormal Cape Lourie (Z'uracus corythaix Wagl.), kindly sent to him by Mr. E. C. Chubb, F.Z.S., the Curator of the Durban Museum, Natal. The specimen, which was the property of the Durban Museum, was normally coloured on the head and neck, but the rest of the plumage was pale grey or dirty white, with the exception of a portion of the wings, which retained the normal red colour. The example could not be exactly described as an albino, inasmuch as the red colour was known to be due to a pigment, the ‘‘ Turacin” originally described by Professor Church, and the green colour of the head and neck, unlike that in most species of birds with green feathers, was due also to a green pigment.
THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 203
A Gynandromorphic Specimen of the Karwig ( Forficula auricularia). -
Prof. J. P. Hitu, F.R.S., F.Z.S., remarked as follows :—
The specimen (a photograph of which was exhibited) attracted attention by reason of the asymmetry of its forceps. The right limb of the latter measured 3°25 mm. in length, and is unmistake- ably of the male type, being stout and distinctly curved. ‘The left limb measured 2°75 mim., and is just as unmistakeably of the female type, being slender and only slightly curved.
Dissection of the specimen revealed the presence of a well- developed testes, containing fully formed sperms, on the right side. The left gonad was not observed and was probably either absent or very rudimentary. It is certain that a well-developed ovary was not present on this side.
Dr. A. Smira Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President, exhibited enlarged models, made by Mr. Frank O. Barlow, of the first lower molar tooth of a large Chimpanzee, Melanesian Man, and Piltdown Man (Loanthropus dawsoni). He maintained that the latter tooth was of the megadont human type.
Mr. D. M. 8S. Warson, F.Z.8., exhibited and explained by
diagrams, models of the teeth of fossil horses.
Professor H. Maxwextui Lerroy, M.A., F.Z.S., described the Silkworms and Silk industry of India, illustrating his account
with lantern-slides and specimens of the Silk Moths, Cocoons, and Silk.
May 15th, 1917.
Dr. 8S. F. Harmer, M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.
The Srcrerary read the following Report on the Additions made to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of April 1917 :—
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of April were 130 in number. Of these 46 were acquired by presentation, 33 were received on deposit, 48 by purchase, 1 in exchange, and 2 were born in the Gardens.
214 THE EVANESCENCE OF PATTERN IN THE SKINS OF ZEBRAS,
The number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 93.
Amongst the additions special attention may be directed to:
1 Chimpanzee (Anthropopithecus troglodytes) 9, from West Africa, presented by Lieut.-Comm. J. W. Rainier, R.N., on April 16th.
1 Demidoff’s Galago (Hemigalago demidoffi) 3, from Obuassi, Ashanti, presented by Dr. G. H. F. Spurrell on April 5th.
2 Pandas (“lurus fulgens) $ 9, from Nepal, purchased on April 12th.
Dr. P. CHatmers MircuHe.y, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society, showed the behaviour of a large series of Birds and Mammals in the presence of living Serpents, and demonstrated that, except in the case of the higher Monkeys and a few kinds of Birds, there was no trace of instinctive dread of Serpents.
Mr. D. Seru-Smitu, F.Z.8., Curator of Birds, gave a lantern exhibition of Birds now. or recently living in the Society's Gardens.
June 5th, 1917.
Dr. 8S. F. Harmer, M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.
My. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., Curator of Mammals, exhibited on behalf of Messrs. Rowland Ward Ltd. the skins of two Zebras, shot by Mr. David Mackenzie at Gil-Gil in British East Africa, which showed remarkable evanescence of pattern affecting the body, neck, and head and to a less extent the legs. The oblitera- tion of pattern was carried to a much greater extent than in the skin described by Prof. Ridgeway as representing a new variety named Hguus quagga goldfincha.
The two specimens were secured from a herd of normally coloured Zebras of the East African race Equus quagga granti.
ON EGG-PRODUCTION AT THE POULTRY EXHIBITION. 215
Mr. R. E. Hotpine exhibited and made remarks on a Cirriped (Coronula diadema) which occurs in considerable numbers on the Humpbacked Whale (Megaptera nodosa Bonn. ).
Mr. Holding also exhibited two curiously malformed eggs in which the inner membrane only remained, the shell and yolk being absent.
Mr. D. Sera-Situ, F.Z.8., Curator of Birds, gave an account of the Poultry Exhibition which the Society is now holding for the second season with a view to the encouragement of poultry- keeping for egg-production. The method of keeping hens on the intensive system was explained, as well as the lines to be followed in the breeding and selection of heavy-laying strains. Mr. Seth- Smith called attention to the value of certain strains of ducks, especially those known as ‘** white runners,” for egg-production.
eu *
FY
<@
,
INDEX. 1917.—Pages 1-215.
[New names in clarendon type. (z.8.1.) indicates additions to the Society’s Menagerie. |
Systematic references in italics,
Abraxas grossulariata (Zz, 8. L.):
logy, 96. Ailurus fulgens (4, 8. u.), 214.
Aéschna grandis (Z. 8. L.) : ethology, 97.
juncea (4. 8. L.): ethology, /Ex sponsa: exhibited, 211.
etho-
lord
D1.
Agrion puella (z. s. u.): ethology, 97.
Anatomy. See STRUCTURE.
Anobiuin tesselatum ; exhibited, 209.
Anseranus semipaliuata: variat
ion, 96.
Anthropopithecus troglodytes (z. s. L.),
214. ; Aquila chrysaétus (z. s. u.), 209. AVES:
Archeopteryx: (fossil) structure, 1 ;
Hybrid between male
Thrush
and female Blackbird, 95; Trachea of a male Anseranus semipalmata, 96; Migration of Woodcock, 159; Plumage of Japanese Pheasant,
211; Soft parts of male specimen | of Carolina Duck, 211; Trachea of’ |
various Species of Ducks, 211;
Sketch of an abnormal
Cape
Lourie in the Durban Museum,.
212; Behavicur of Birds presence of living Serpent
in the
s, 214;
Lantern-exhibition of birds from the Society’s Gardens, 214; Mal-
formed eggs: structure,
215 ;
Poultry exhibition in the Society’s
Gardens, 215.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1917, No. XV.
Bison bonasus‘(z. 8. u.), 209.
. * rey + cA ‘y . c =) ° e . ° Brachytron pratense (z. 8. L.)
logy, 97.
Capricornis argyrochetes, 22, — collasinus, 23.
milne-cdwardst, 22.
rocherianus, 23.
vidianus, 22.
Cervus dugennianus, 19.
hanglu (z. 8. L.). 99. Cinnyris afer (z: Ss. L.), 96. Cis alni, 89.
— bidentatus, 89.
—- hilamellatus, 87. boleti, 88.
castaneus, 91.
—- dentatus, 89.
—— elongatulus, 91. JSestivus, 91,
—— hispidus, 89.
—— jacquemarti, 87.
-—— latifrons, sp. n., 89. lineatocribratus, 86.
--— lineatosetosus, sp. n., 87.
—— jicans, 88. nitidus, 87.
oblongus, 90.
—— punclulalus, 90. —— setiyer, 88. vestitus, 91,
15
etho-
X1V
CLASSIFICATION: Pre-Jurassic Tetrapods, 167. Cobus defassa (z. s. u.), 95. Coronuia diadema, exhibition, 215. CRUSTACEA: Palamonide : mouth-parts, 37 ; Coro- nula diadema (exhibited), 215. Cryptorrhynchus harrisoni, sp. n., 93.
Donacia linearis (z. 8. L.): 97.
Duthiersia elegans, 79.
expansa, 80.
— finbriata, 79.
ethology, |
Ennearthron affine, 92. -— cornutum, 92. EKoanthropus dawsoni: exhibition, 213. Equus quagga granti: exhibition, 214. Eremias heterolepis, 154. Erinaceus albiventris (z. 8. 1.), 96, ErnoLoey.
Mammauta: Behaviour in presence of |
living Serpents, 214; Pattern on
skins of Zebras from British East Africa, 214.
AVES: Woodcock, | 159; Behaviour of Birds in pre- | sence of living Serpents, 214.
Insecta: British Cissid Beetles, 83; species bred in the Society’s | Gardens, 96.
Migration of
Forficula auricularia : photograph, 213.
Galago crassicaudata (z. s. L.), 211. GEOGRAPHICAL:
MammautA: Heude’s collection of
pigs &c. in Sikawei SHanghai, 7; Big Game-shooting in India, 210; Zebras from British East Africa (skins), 214. |
Aves: Migration of Woodcock breed- | ing in the West of Ireland, 159.
Piscus : Exhibition of a Piraya from | the Amazon, 210.
Moutusea : Mussel-fishery &c. of Es- nandes, 212,
Museum,
INDEX.
Grison allamandi (z, s. L.), 209.
Hemigalago demidoffi (z. s. u.), 214. Hyla pulchella (z. s. 1.), 96. Hylobates lar (z. s. t.), 211.
InsEcTa: British Cissid Beetles, 83; Insects bred in the Caird Insect House, 96. Coleoptera : Anobium exhibition of living example, 209. Coleoptera: Cissidve found in Britain :
tesselatum :
systematic, 83. Dermayptera : Forficula auricularia, 213. Lepidoptera: Silk Moths, Cocoons and Silk (exhibition), 213.
Lacerta spinalis, 146.
Latastia degeni, 154.
hardeggeri, 150, 152, 154.
—— neumanni, 150.
-— phillipsit, 148.
spinalis, 146,
Libellula quadrimaculata (z. s. L.); ethology, 97.
Mammalia.
Chinese: systematic, 7; work of Beavers in the Society’s Gardens, 100; Okapia johnstoni (viscera) : structure, 187; Pre-Jurassic Te- trapods: classification, 167; Lion Cub, 209; Galago from German East Africa, 209; Big Game- shooting in India, 210; Piece of hairy skin of a Gorilla, 211; Molar tooth of a Chimpanzee &c.: struc- ture, 213; Teeth of horses (fossil) : structure, 2138; Behaviour in the presence of living Serpents, 214 ; Pattern on sking of Zebras from British East Africa, 214.
Merula merula: variation, 95. Moxuusca: Mussel-fishery of Esnaudes, exhibition of slides, 212. MorrPuo_oey. Nemorhedus arnouxianus, 2d.
a
See STRUCTURE,
INDEX. | XV
Nemorhedus caudatus, 26.
cinereus, 25.
griseus, 25.
henryanis, 25.
—— niger, 25.
raddeanus, 26.
Octotemnus glabriculus 93.
Orthetrum ecerulescens (z. s. L.): etho-
logy, 97.
PaTHOLOGY. Animals in the Society’s Gardens, 2: Phasianus versicolor, exhibited, 211. Philochorius hardeygeri, 154. intermedius, sp. n., 152. — neumanni, 150. — phillipsii, 148. spinalis, 146. PISCEs : Chimera colliei: L055 Serrasalino piraya, exhibited, 210.
structure,
Reptiia: Lizards of the Genus Philochortus: systematic, 145. Rhopalodontus fronticornis, 92. —— perforatus, 92.
Serrasalmo piraya: exhibited, 210. Solenophorus fimbriatus, 79. STRUCTURE,
Mamnauia: Chinese, 7; Work of Beavers in the Society’s Gardens, 100; Chimera colliei (skull), 105; Okapia johnstoni (viscera), 187; Mcdels of molar tooth of Chim- panzee &c., 213; Models of teeth of fossil horses, 213.
Aves: Archxopteryx (fossil), 1; Ducks (trachea), 211; Malformed egos, 215,
Insecta: Forficula auricularia (Gy- nandromorphic specimen), 213; Silkworms and Silk industry of India, 213.
CrustacHa : Palemonidee (mouth- parts), 37.
Vermipea: Duthiersia, 73.
Sus coreanus, 15.
gigas, 14.
—- meles, 1d.
—— moupinensis, 138. paludosus, 12.
Tetropium gabrieli (z. s. L.): ethology, SH
Trimerorhinus triteniatus (z. s. b.), 96.
Turacus corythaix: sketch exhibited, 22,
Turdus musicus: variation, 9d.
Ursus horribilis (z. s. u.), 95.
VARIATION,
Mammaria: Pattern on skins of Zebras from British East Africa, 214,
Aves: Hybrid between Thrush and Blackbird, 95 ; Trachea from An- seranus semipalmata, 96; Plumage
hile Colour of soft parts of male Caro- lina Duck, 211; Cape Lourie in the Durban Museum, 212.
VERMIDEA:
Duthiersia : 73.
of Phasianus _ versicolor,
structure, systematic,
PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,
RED LION COURT, FLEET STREKT,
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF 1-0 NON,
1917, pp. 217-338,
witH 5D PLATES and 33 TEX't-FIGURES.
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, SOLD AT ITS HOUSE IN REGENT’S PARK. LONDON: MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO,, PATERNOSTER ROW.
kes
OF THE
COUNCIL AND OFFICERS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL
SOCIETY OF LONDON.
WM ee
Patron. . His Masesry THe Kina.
COUNCIL.
His Grace THe Duxe or Beprorp, K.G., F.R.S., President.
THe Hon. Crecit Barina, M.A. R. H. Burne, Esq., M.A. ALFRED H. Cocks, Hisq., M.A.
Li.-Cout. S. Moncxron Copes- MAN, M.D., F.R.S.
CHARLES Drummonb, KEsq., Treasurer.
ALFRED Ezra, Esq., Vice- President.
Cart. Huau S. GLADSTONE, M.A.
Tue Viscount Harcourt, P.C.
SIDNEY FrepERIC HArRMER, KsqQ., | Vice- |
MrAy Seb oR. President.
Proressor J. P..H1t1, D.Sc., EBS:
WiLiiAM Huntsman, Esa.
Sik HoMunp Gites Lopmr, Br., Vice-President. ;
Con. Sir A. Henry McManon, G.C.M.G., C.8.1.
E.:G. B. MerApE-WaAtzpo, Esq., Vice-President.
P. CuatmMers MircHey, Esq., M.A., D.Se., Li, a Secretary.
THe Marquis oF Suiao, F.S.A.
_ OLpFrELD Tuomas, Esq., F.R.S.
AUBYN Trevor-Batrys, Esq., M.A.
ARTHUR SMITH WoopwarD, Ksq., LL.D. F.R.S., Vice- President.
Henry Woopward, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President.
PRINCIPAL OFFICERS. P. Caatmers Mircurtt, M.A., D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S.,
Secretary.
R. I. Pocock, F.RS., F.L8., Curator of Mammals and Resident Superintendent of the Gardens. ~
D, Seru-Smiru, Curator of Lirds and Inspector of Works.
Lieut. Epwarp G. BouLencer, Curator of Reptiles.
Prof. H. Maxwetu Lerroy, Curator of Insects.
JOHN Barrow, Accountant. W. 4H. Corn, Chief Clerk.
g
LIST OF CONTENTS.
1917, pp. 217-338.*
EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES.
The Secrerary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the months of May, June, July, August, and September, 1917....... SA Une err e e cir
Prof. F. Woop Jonss, M.B., D.Se., F.Z.S. Exhibition of the skull of a Lioness, showing the effect of Seay HIS CN RR Nn Pers a Rana a esau la oa ihasue Tad edousledinnss
Miss E. CHEEsMAN. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the feeding habits of the Long Water -Scorpion, on the burrows made by the Mole-Cricket, and on the formation of the case by the Caddis-worm Phryganea grandiosa, based on observations made in the Caird Imeect Itouse:. (Vexb-tigure: Lo iiewwesssnecceden sen sneene
Mr. C. Tare Reean, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S. Description of the present state of knowledge regarding the life- history of the Common Eel, illustrated by means of PMMA D Ge oh exes iae icin tonics takeie Mieaels teeta 345
Mr. Rk. H. Burne, M.A., F.Z.8. Exhibition of a Common Frog showing the Spalteholz method of preparation .
Prof. F. Woop Jones, M.B., D.Sc., F.Z.S. Exhibition of
a series of brains prepared in the Prosectorium ......
Dr. P. Coatmers Mircue tt, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Secretary to the Society. Exhibition on behalf of Mr. D. Seru- SmirH, F.Z.8., Curator of Birds, of a set of lantern- slides prepared from photographs of mammals.........
* (Parts III. & IV. (P. Z.S. 1917, pp. 217-388) were published together. |
Page
331
333
339
336
iv
Page The Secrerary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of October, 1917......... 336 Mr. R,- I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.L:S., F.Z:8., Curatormen . Mammals. Exhibition of the head of a castrated Bushbuck, and of three successive pairs of antlers of an adult. Pére David's Deer 2!.......2.....0. eee Be Prof. J. P. Hitu, D.Se., F.R.S., F.Z.S. Lantern exhibition of new-born Marsupials, with an account of the mode of parturition and external characters .................. 330 PAPERS. . 12. Note on a Hermaphrodite Dogfish. By Rutan C. BamBer, M.Sc. (Plates 1. & ©.) 2.25 217
13. On the Use of the Names VPlestosauria and Sauro-
pterygia. By G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S., F.Z.S8. ...... 221
14. Some Additions to the known Dragonfly Fauna of Borneo, with an Account of new Species of the Genus Celiccia. By F. F. Latpuaw, M.A., F.Z.8. (Text-
foures T-2O.) 9125 a ccbeaas sat cel yo ane eee 223 15, Notes on a Collection of Heterocera made by Mr. W. Feather in British East Africa, 1911-138. By Lt.- Col. J. Mo Fawenpie (Plate 1) er aes 9. ht eee 233 16, Deformity of Os penis in a Seal (Phoca caspica Nilsson). By Srereius ALpHiRAKY. (Text-figure 1.) 23.0) 2. 251 17. Some Observations upon Concealment by the apparent Disruption of Surface in a Plane at Right Angles to the Surface. By J. C. Morrram, M.B.(Lond.). (Text-feures Loa Wn; voici tess ee beexe eer eee ee 253 18. New South-American Rhopalocera. By J. J. Joiczy, PLS. F.Z.S., EHS, and) “Gl SPALson, ibe: (Plates) 3.00 suki ete treet ie 259
19, New South-American Arctiide.. By Joek J OICEY, . F.ILS., F.Z.8., F.E.S., and G. Tarsor, F.ES. (Platte Di ence. Re, ae nee ae 26
and
V
Page 20. -New Butterflies from Africa and the East. By J. J. Jorcny,. HES. h Zs: EES. and G. Tarsor, F.E.S. eovreereeer et POF FH HH OHHH HTC FOF SHH EHH HOHE HHH HOOT EHH HHO REO OD PG 21. A Gynandromorph of Papilio lycophron Hbn. By J.J. Jorcey, F.LS., F.Z.8., F.E.S., and G. Tapor, He Bees 4( Plated) ...... BS Dit are cola ie citi den ipl 273 22. Three Aberrations of Lepidoptera. By J. J. Jorcry, Has. F.Z.5., FES. and G. Tarsor, FES. (Blate wl, fig. 3.)- si..6s- Ree Sem R ee Eesisclee hers es oeaianrgatan cinta 275 23. Ant-like Spiders from Malaya, collected by the Annandale - Robinson Expedition, 1901-2. By H. D. Bapcock, M.A. (Text-figures 1-12.) ......... 277 24, The Structure of the Orbito-temporal Region of the Skull of Lemur. By F. Woop Jones, M.B., D.Sc., Boe (Rempneures. LD.) cccesssseisievetwessetes cx cans 323 Alphabetical List of Contributors ................0cseccsneeseoeeee vil
BUTS Ge ee ey sect he isn ag ives v'sluo ok WeE Sod we UW edad doxadedeoaseseeen’s xi
=
é o - ‘ . ' > ‘ oa
&
iy
wie A Db iE hCG A bal St OF THE CONTRIBUTORS,
With References to the several Articles contributed by each.
(1917, pp. 217-338.)
Page
ALPHERAKY, SERGIUS.
Deformity of Os penis in a Seal (Phoca caspica Nilsson).
(lextstioure’ 1.) 3.05... ER Ore er een Cee 251
Bavcock, H. D., M.A.
Ant-like Spiders from Malaya, collected by the Annandale-Robinson Expedition, 1901-2. (Text-figures
L212 eon eee ne Set ae aCe rca tn a eee ena Pre
BamsBer, Ruts C., M.Sc. '
Note on a Hermaphrodite Dogfish. (PlatesI.&II.)... 217
Boutencer, G. A., F.R.S., F.Z.8.
On the Use of the Names Plesiosauria and Sauro- TOSELED TG CRP seh at OBE A EEL eee ene ee ee eee 22
Burne, R. H., M.A., F.Z.S.
Exhibition of a Common Frog showing the Spalteholz method of preparation
vill } Page CHEESMAN, Miss EK.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the feeding habits of the Long Water-Scorpion, on the burrows made by the Mole-Cricket, and on the formation of the case by the Caddis-worm Phryganea grandiosa, based on observations made in the Caird Insect House. (Text-
figure 1.) wi sassi canes causes esuinn e> delncleleesiese see see see eee 333
Fawcett, Lt.-Col. J. M.
Notes on a Collection of Heterocera made by Mr. W. Feather in British East Africa, 1911-13. (PlateT.) ... 233
Hint, Prof. J. P., D.Sc., F.B.S., F.Z.S.
Lantern exhibition of new-born Marsupials, with
an account of the mode of parturition and external
Characters. scot. cbecy sees cs de ole cesar eee eee 337 Jorcey, J. J., F.LS., F.Z58., F.E.S., and Tatsot, G,, FBS: New South-American Rhopalocera, (Plate I.)......... 259 New South-American Arctiide. (Plate I.) ............ 265 New Butterflies from Africa and the East............... 271 A Gynandromorph of Papilio lycophron Hbn. (Plates i c5o ist A ae te ue e eee APA Be te eee 273
Three Aberrations of Lepidoptera. (Plate I. fig. 3.). 275
Jonges, F. Woop, M.B., D.Sc., F.Z.S.
The Structure of the Orbito-temporal Region of the Skull‘of Lemur. o(lext-tigures 1=5;) 0). e eee 323
Exhibition of the skull of a Lioness, showing the efiect of captivity: is.2501...c:caaseaseoueean eh eee ae tee a eee 333.
Exhibition of a series of brains prepared in the Prosectorium
1X
LAIDLAW, F. F., M.A., F.Z.S.
Some Additions to the known Dragonfly Fauna of Borneo, with an Account of new Species of the Genus Colca. WWext-houres! 10.) cose. cect eres een uote eae
MircHei, P. Cuatmers, M.A., D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.8., Secretary to the Society.
Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie
during the months of May, June, July, August, and
EC DUCINIO CI MMO -guharns ia atomasn Setter nce soagteas ates
Exhibition, on behalf of Mr. D.’Sern-Smira, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds, of a set of lantern-slides prepared frome PhoOtvopraphs OL MAM MGS i656 s.0c.sscateeccaeaneeassaees
Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie
during the month of October, L917 .....0c..-...ecscssevess eee
Morrram, J. C., M.B. (Lond.).
Some Observations upon Concealment by the apparent Disruption of Surface in a Plane at Right Angles to the murmiaeer o(Text-feures 1-4.) (crise. cccceseecseossincrsosceess
Pocock, RecinauD I., F.R.S., F.LS., F.Z.8., Curator of Mammals.
Exhibition of the head of a castrated Bushbuck, and of three successive pairs of antlers of an adult Pere
David’s Deer .......... Be er ee era SMM ei cinterg 4 Vit Aa tact eB tae
Re@an, C. Tats, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S.
Description of the present state of knowledge regarding the life-history of the Common Eel, illustrated by means
WimlaMiberMeslIGOe es 7. .c cadet coud cics ub ad dabwsdedsce vaceereaeses
Taupot, G. See Jorcey, J. J.
Proc. Zoou. Soc,—1917, 6
Page
223
dod 1
336
253
Jol
+s
be ‘Pa ae . 3 i I a 1 a Hk Fi ie, he F i - . a . ¥ ‘ ‘ \ y eee tig es Es 7 . . z = t 5 o ias + “Wie =) 5 H ed iY 4 : - s fe “A 5 x oa me) 38 . , «es \ , . mS “ a Oo Ope ip ¥ i pe a : as ; t E ~~. ees Th * , * ¢ ms : : “ ft aeen > r oy ava g te \ J a \ ' fe oe - . fe a] 4 ie S i ” ON : 2 pte BO reg pet pL OD © ae w= ty Savy res, re, - f)_I-s . ee a 7 a ‘ ty, 7, - i ’ ie 4 J : - = a : i ’ . P] *
ae Ay : aa a <x IX ro OD ese o N 0.
ano een pain ori Sen alas ea DANES
Y a \ Nan) is} & 8 cs . 8 S38 ‘ S NES ae S Re a R 8 any nN % 8 Ss iS Ve oe G S s §
a ~ ye 4
y 8
PW Ue Fleece
R.C.Bamber del.
SCYLLIUM CANICULA. HRRMAPHRODITE CONDIMGR
P.Z.8.1917.BAMBER PLII.
f) yas ae
a: so: : PEG
oy x 5
aes a ‘ By
= 2940 CG < @ o 4 Js
or Soh + ~, Seine
R.C. Bamber del,
CANI CUuLA. HERMAPHRODITE CONDITION.
SCYLLIUM
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
PAPERS.
12. Note on a Hermaphrodite Dogfish. By Ruru ©. Bamser, M.Se.*
[Received August 8, 1917: Read October 23, 1917.]
(Plates I. & II.*)
INDEX. Page AVG EVEN GUO) 01. Meg rcunayes cat ak! hg on Sn hee ED) Bo
A case of hermaphroditism in Scylliwm canicula L. has recently come under my notice whilst demonstrating in the Zoology laboratories at the University of Liverpool, and, as the condition is rare in Selachians, it may be of interest to record the details.
In 1914, Vayssiére and Quintaret ¢ described a hermaphrodite specimen of Scyllium stellare L. from the Gulf of Marseilles, but it was quite unlike the one I have seen. Their specimen had the left pelvic fin like that of a normal female, and the right like that of a male, with the clasper well developed. Internally an ovary and both oviducts were present. Also there was one testis, the right, united with the posterior end of the ovary, and the male ducts were normally developed on the right side only.
* Communicated by C. TatE Rrean, F.R.S., F.Z.S.
+ For explanation of the Plates see p. 219.
f~ A. Vayssiére et G. Quintaret, “Sur un cas d’hermaphrodisme dun Seylliwm stellare L.,” C. R. Ac. Sci. Paris, 158. pp. 2013-2014, :
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1917, No. XVI. 16
218 MISS RUTH C. BAMBER ON
The urinary system was not connected in any way with the genital system, the right and left ureters joining together to form a short common canal which opened separately into the cloaca, on a papilla behind the female genital opening.
There does not appear to be any other record of hermaphro- ditism in Seyllium; but Semper*, in 1875, recorded a rudimentary testis in a female Hexanchus.
The specimen which is described below came from Port Erin, Isle of Man. It was unfortunately so badly damaged that the description 1s necessarily incomplete.
Externally the animal was a typical male; the claspers were well developed, and the pelvic fins were united together along almost the whole length of their inner edges.
Internally, both male and female organs were present. Both testes were developed, and except for the lobate character of the left testis, looked normal when seen from the ventral surface (Pl. I. fig. 1). On the dorsal surface, however, the right testis showed a small mass of ova developed at the anterior end, on the inner side. Dissection showed that the ovarian part formed about half the thickness of the right gonad, and was confined to the anterior end (Pl. II. fig. 4). The oviducts were normal, and each had an oviducal gland. The right duct and gland were con- siderably larger than the left. The ducts opened together into the coelom anteriorly as in a normal female. Posteriorly they were united together by their adjacent walls for about 2 cm., but their cavities remained distinct (Pl. I. fig. 2). The external opening was not seen.
The male ducts were well developed. The vasa efferentia were not seen because of the damage to the mesentery, but on each side there was a well-defined epididymis, and a long, narrow, convoluted vas deferens, increasing in diameter posteriorly to form the straight vesicula seminalis. Sperm-sacs were not present (fig. 2). Posteriorly each vesicula seminalis united with the dorsal wall of the oviduct of its own side, and for a short distance after uniting, the right one ran parallel with the oviduct and then opened into it. The left one, however, ran obliquely in the wall of the left oviduct towards the median line of the body until it reached the wall separating the two oviducts, and then opened into the right one, side by side with the opening of the right vesicula seminalis (PI. II. fig. 3). No papilla was formed, but a little fold of the wall of the oviduct surrounded the two male genital openings, so that they lay in a slight depression.
The interrelationship of the genital ducts, as also the complete development of the oviducts coupled with the absence of sperm- sacs, might suggest the possibility that the sperm-sacs are normally developed from the posterior ends of the degenerate oviducts. The specimen deseribed by Vayssiére and Quintaret,
* Semper, “ Das Urogenitalsystem der Plagiostomen und seine Bedeutung fiir das der titrigen Wirbelthiere,” Arb. Inst..Witizburg, Bd. 2, 1875, pp. 195-509 (see p. 278 & Taf. xiv.).
A HERMAPHRODITE DOGLISH. 219
however, conclusively disproves any such homology, for it had both oviducts well developed and also the sperm-sac of the right side.
The ureter of each side was attached to the inner side of the vesicula seminalis, slightly in front of the point where the latter became united with the wall of the oviduct; behind this point it was united also with the wall of the oviduct. The ureter opened into the vesicula seminalis of its own side immediately before the latter opened into the oviduct. The small duct from the posterior end of the kidney opened separately into the vesicula seminalis on a level with the opening of the ureter.
It will be seen that, except for the absence of sperm-sacs, this animal had the complete genital systems of both male and female, and thus showed the completion in the adult of the primitive embryonic condition in which both male and female genital ducts are potentially present.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Pruate I,
Fig. 1. Gonads, from ventral surface: about natural size. 2. Urinogenital ducts: semi-diagrammatic: about natural size.
Puate [T,
Fig. 3. Diagram of posterior part of urinogenital ducts. Ventral view.
Figs.3a,36, & 3c. Diagrams of transverse sections of urinogenital ducts at a, 5, & c respectively.
Fig. 4. Anterior end of right gonad, dissected to show hermaphrodite character of that region. Ventral view. The gonad has been split along the inner edge, and the ventral half turned back to show tl.e ovarian region: about 1} natural size. :
16
. ON THE NAMES PLESIOSAURIA AND SAUROPTERYGIA. 220
13. On the Use of the Names Plesiosauria and Sauropterygia. By G. A. Boutenesr, F.R.S., F.Z.S.
[ Received October 6, 1917: Read November 6, 1917.]
INDEX. SYSTEMATIC: Page
On the names Plesiosauria and Sauropterygia ......... 221
I wish to point out the misapplication, or rather inverted application, of the names Plesiosauria and Sauropterygia by some of the most recent writers on the classification of fossil Reptiles.
The order Plesiosauria was so named, and properly defined, by de Blainville in 1835 *; the genus Plesiosaurus was then its only representative.
When, in 1839, Owent accepted the name Hnaliosauria (Conybeare, 1821) for the marine Reptiles known as Plesiosaurs and Ichthyosaurs, which were associated in one order, he desig- nated the former as Plesiosawit and the latter as Jchthyosaurt. After the relationship of the Nothosaurs to the Plesiosaurs had been recognised by Hermann von Meyer, they were placed together as Plesiosauri by Quenstedt in 1852 f.
Plesiosauria (1835-1852) is the earliest name for the order in question, it is open to no objection, and it should therefore be used, as it has been by Huxley, Gegenbaur, Cope, Baur, Hay, and myself,
In 1859, Owen§, dropping the artificial group Enaliosauria, proposed to call Sawropterygia and Ichthyopterygia the two orders on which he had already bestowed names which there was no need to change. The Sauropterygia were defined as long-necked marine Reptiles with fin-like limbs with not more than fiv digits. Owen insisted on the character of the limbs as distinctive of the order and, although accepting the proposition that the Nothosaurs should be included, remarked, rather inconsistently :— ‘““T continue, as in my former Report of 1841, to regard the fin- like modification of the limbs as a better ordinal character than the number of vertebre in any particular region of the spine , ee The Plesiosaurus, with its very numerous cervical vertebra, sometimes thirty 1n number, may be regarded as the type of the Sauropterygia or pentadactyle sea-lizards.”
It is therefore perfectly clear, and beyond discussion, that the
* Ann Mus. Paris (3) iv. p. 241.—Reference to this important contribution to the classification of Reptiles has unfortunately been omitted from O. P. Hay’s most useful bibliography, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. no. 179, 1902.
+ Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1839, p. 45; also 1841, p. 60.
{ Handbuch der Petret faktenkunde, pe 130:
§ Rep. Brit Assoc, 1859, p. 159.
222 ON THE NAMES PLESTIOSAURIA AND SAUROPTERYGIA,
earlier name Plesiosauria, also the better from its non-committal meaning, should stand for the order in its wide sense; and that the later name Sauropterygia should only be applied, in accordance with Owen's definition and express designation of the type, as well as with its etymology, to the suborder including the Plesiosauride, Pliosauride, and Hlasmosauride, in which the limbs are transformed into hyperphalangeal fin-like paddles.
ON BORNEAN DRAGONFLIES. Dire
tel hl
14. Some Additions to the known Dragonfly Fauna of Borneo, with an Account of new Species of the Genus
Celiccia. By F. F. Latpiaw, M.A., F.Z8: [Received September 4, 1917: Read November 6, 1917.]
(Text-figures 1-10.)
INDEX. MorPHoLocy : Page A feature in the structure of the prothorax of Celiccia sp., 2 ... 229 SYSTEMATIC: COMCCUG {LADOSLIIGTA, SP. Dy. saiciy22c55 ska vee ess ava edits wasann evs syn caesea, 2D of CONUPUOMU SIs Us. Vice nntncees ts vancetm sens vat cbs soap sater ares eM 55 RUA CTOSELGIN Gs SP Wie 2 0864.5 x95 ee seas talesdwatennetdennnoveeccss S20 4 TWUOCONCMALE ASD Ms: kia tusks Saks tie a SO ZYGOPTERA. Family AGRIONID& (=Ca@NAGRIONINE Kirby), Legion PLATYCNEMIS. CaELICCIA FLAVOSTRIATA, sp. n. (Text-figs. 1, 2.) ‘
25 $. Mt. Merinjak, 21-28.v.14, (The second specimen is the type.) 1g. Mt. Matang, 4. xii. 13. Length of abdomen 35 mm., of hind wing 21°5 mm. M, rises at level of subnodus, Rs a little after *. Three cells between quadrilateral and subnodus. Costal margin of quadri-
lateral three-fifths the length of anal margin in fore wing ; three- fourths in hind wing.
Text-figure 1,
Wings of Celiccia flavostriata Laidlaw. Type g.
Pterostigma dark brown, sides approximately parallel, covering rather more than one cell. 12-13 postnodals on fore wing. (Text-fig. 1.)
* The veins are indicated by the Comstock-Needham notation,
294 MR. F. F. LAIDLAW ON
Head: Lower lip yeliowish white, otherwise the head is black except the anteclypeus and extreme base of upper lip, which are white, and a pair of transverse marks, cuneiform in shape, on either side ef the hinder ocelli, these marks being yellowish white.
Prothorax: Anterior and posterior lobes black, middle lobe yellow, with a very fine median black line.
Thorax black above, yellow at the sides and underneath, a pair of orange-yellow antehumeral stripes, and at the top of either shoulder, just outside the stripes, a fine yellow spot. On the side of the thorax a black line on the second lateral suture, incomplete below.
- Abdomen: Segment 1 yellow, with median line of black. Segments 2—5 brown, paler below, each with a black terminal ring. The remaining segments progressively darker, the last two bronze-black.
‘The youngest of the three males has a whitish, diamond-shaped spot on the dorsum of segment 10.
Text-figure 2
Celiccia flavostriata, 3g.
Anal appendages, seen from above.
Anal appendages black, upper pair longer than segment 10, lower pair one-third: longer than upper pair. Upper pair mode- rately stout, incurved, flattened dorso-ventrally towards the free extremity; each carries an internal tooth at the end of its basal third. In the youngest specimen the flattened part of the appendage is yellow. The lower pair are slender, cylindr ical and incurved, (Text-fig. 2
Legs: Femora sllon with black stripes ; tibie brown, tarsi and spines black.
Type 3 in the'British Museum. Paratypes, one in my own collection, and one to be returned to the Sarawak Museum.
C@LICCIA CAMPIONI, sp. n. (Text-figs. 3, 4.) 1g: lio Matu;, 31. x54,
Length of abdomen 37 mm., of hind wing 21 mm.
Postnodals on fore wing 13.
Closely allied to the preceding species (C. flavostriata). It differs as follows :—
Colour: No cuneiform markings on vertex.. Markings on
BORNEAN DRAGONFLIES. Pia,
prothorax and thorax bluish white, possibly blue in life. The black lateral line on thorax relatively longer.
Venation: The pterostigma is more oblique, its inner and outer margins more definitely parallel than is the case in C. flavostriata. (Text-fig. 3.) :
Prothorax: The posterior lobe carries a very fine projecting point at either lateral angle, not present in C. flavostriata.
Text-figure 3.
Wings of Celiccia campioni Laidlaw. Type.
Text-figure 4.
See ee Coliccia campioni, g. Anal appendages, seen from above.
Anal appendages (see text-fig. 4): Upper pair a trifle longer than lower, stout and a little incurved; hooked sharply down- wards at the extremity ; each carries at its middle an inwardly directed spur. Lower pair stouter and relatively much shorter than in C. flavostriata ; hooked in towards each other distally.
Type ¢ in the British Museum.
These two small species, characterized by their open reticula- tion and antehumeral stripe, would appear to form an independent section of the genus. ‘
CG@LICCIA MACROSTIGMA, sp.n. (Text-figs. 5, 6.) I-¢- Baram; Borneo, 20.x.10 (1 2, Baram, 19.x. 10).
Length of abdomen, ¢ 35 mm., of hind wing 21 mm.
” ” » (¢@ 33 mm., - 22) mm.) ; ace Louie 14 | 14. Postnodals it) 15" ( e) ae)
226 MR. F. F. LAIDLAW ON
M, rises at subnodus, Rs a little distal. Three cells between quadrilateral and subnodus. Costal margin of quadrilateral three-fourths the length of anal margin in the fore wing, four- fifths in the hind wing. :
Pterostigma brown, with fine pale margin, rather large, dis- tinctly broader than the cells of the postnodal costal area. In the front wing it lies over a single long and narrow cell, in the hind wing it covers one cell and a half. (Text-fig. 5.)
Head: Upper lip and anteclypeus black, gene and lateral parts of postclypeus yellow, the latter black in the centre. rons and vertex black, base of antenne and a minute spot on either side of the posterior ocelli yellow. Occiput black, with yellow postocular mark.
Text-figure 5.
Wings of Celiccia macrostigma Laidlaw, . Type.
Text figure 6.
Caliccia macrostigma, 6.
Anal appendages.
Prothorax: Anterior and posterior lobes black; middle lobe, ventral and lateral surfaces whitish (probably blue in life).
Thorax: Dovsum black, with broad (biue ?) antehumeral bands. These are indented at the middle by a black mark projecting from the inner side. Laterally the thorax is bluish white, . ventrally yellowish whlate ; a fine black line runs along the second lateral suture.
BORNEAN DRAGONFLIES. PAE
Legs yellowish white, the joints, spines, and a line on the femora black.
Abdomen: Segment 1 yellowish white with dorsal brown spot ; segments 2-7 brown, becoming darker posteriorly, with narrow black apical rings, 2 has a small pair of basal lateral blue (?) spots; segment 8 is black above, yellowish white below, 9 and 10 yellowish white. During life the light colouring on these seg- ments is probably blue; 9 and 10 have fine black basal rings.
Anal appendages yellowish brown (? blue) tipped with black. Upper pair a trifle longer than lower pair, each with a large triangular projection inwards and downwards, scarcely visible in profile. Lower pair cylindrical, slightly incurved, and with a distinct elbow at the middle. (Text-fig. 6.)
The presumed female of this interesting species has most un- fortunately been completely destroyed whilst in my possession. I have, however, in my possession an account of the specimen which I append here.
Colouring in general very similar to that of the male. It differs as follows :—
1, Antehumeral band of thorax completely divided by the black projecting mark into a broader lower part, which is rounded below and pointed above, and a narrower upper part, which is linear.
2. Abdomen: Segment 1 entirely yellowish brown above; 8 pale above (probably blue during life); 9 black, with a pair of pale marks above on either side of the middle line ;
10 black.
The structure of the prothorax is very remarkable. A curious crescentic projection stands out on either side of the middle lobe attached to the prothorax by its convex border. When looked at obliquely from above, each of these projections shows like the moon at the end of the first quarter, but when viewed directly from above each shows as a single outstanding spur.
In addition the black posterior margin of the prothorax carries a fine black spur mid-dorsally. This is nearly -5 mm. in length, and projects forwards and upwards at an angle of about 45° to the long axis of the body. Oni either side of this projection lies a small lappel, also black, directed backwards,
I do not know of any structure in the Legion Platycnemis that can be compared to the crescentic structure on the pro- thorax, except in the females noted below.
This female was taken in the same locality as the male, and the two specimens were captured on two consecutive days. ‘They agree In size and wing-characters, and closely in colouring, though in this respect they are by no means identical. The evidence that they belong to the same species is not conclusive, though enough to justify the assumption that they may do so.
Type 3 in the British Museum.
228 MR, F. F. LAIDLAW ON
CG@LICCIA NIGROHAMATA, sp. n. (Text-figs. 7, 8.)
6 gd. Mt. Merinjak, Borneo, 21-28. v. 14.
Length of abdomen 38 mm., of hind wing 24 mm.
M, rises from subnodus, Rs a little distal. Three cells between quadrilateral and subnodus. Costal margin of quadrilateral about two-thirds the length of anal margin in fore wing ; four- fifths in hind wing. Postnodals 17-18.
Pterostigma black, covering 14-2 cells. (Text-fig. 7.)
Head: Upper surfaces black, except for a pair of yellow marks on the gene, and a pair of minute yellow spots on the vertex on either side of the hinder ocelli.
Prothorax black, with lateral and ventral parts yellow.
Text-figure 7.
Wings of Celiccia nigrohamata Laidlaw, g. Type.
Thorax: Dorsum bronze-black; on either side of the mid- dorsal carina are two silver-blue spots, the lower large and elliptical, the upper small and linear. The black colour extends to the level of the first lateral suture, beyond this as far as the second lateral suture the side of the thorax is of a dull purple- blue colour. Below this the thorax is yellowish white, delimited by a black line along the second lateral suture.
Legs yellowish brown; the articulations and spines black, as are a line on the posterior surface of the femora and on the anterior surface of the tibie.
Abdomen: Segments 1-7 black, 1 with yellow on the sides; segment 8 is black dorsally and blue below; segments 9 and 10 are blue.
Anal appendages black; the upper pair shorter than the lower pair, obliquely truncate, with two internal ventral teeth on each, Lower pair slender, incurved, pincer-like (see text-fig. 8),
Type o in the British Museum.
BORNEAN DRAGONFLIES. 229
Cauiccia sp. (Text-fig. 9.) 3 9 2. Kuching, Sarawak.
These specimens belong to a species probably closely allied both to C. macrostigma and to C..nigrohamata. ‘They may even belong to the latter species, but as there is no definite evidence on the subject I note them here separately.
Length of abdomen 22 mm., of hind wing 34 mm.
M3; rises at or immediately before subnodus, Rs distal; costal margin of quadrilateral two-thirds length of anal margin in the fore wing, four-fifths in the hind wing. Three cells between quadrilateral and subnodus.
Head black, upper hp with paired yellow spot at its base; frons with yellow line from eye to eye. Yellow marks between ocelli, antenne, and eyes, small linear postocular mark of the same colour.
Prothorax: Anterior and posterior lobes black, middle lobe yellow, with median longitudinal black stripe. On either side of
Text-figure 8. Text-figure 9.
Text-fig. 8—Celiccia nigrohamata, $. Anal appendage. Text-fig. 9.—Ceeliccia sp., 2. Prothorax, seen from above.
the lateral lobe is developed a small projecting spur, similar: to that found in the presumed female of C. macrostigma, but not so largely developed (see text-fig. 9). Posterior margin with fine median spine about -25 mm. long.
Thorax black above, with large concentric antehumeral bands, concave inwards, blue in colour. Sides and under surfaces yellow ; a fine black band on the second lateral suture, incomplete below.
Legs yellow; spines and articulations, and a band on the posterior surface of femora, black.
Abdomen brownish black above; segment 1 yellow; segments 9 and 10 black. Ventral side brownish yellow. Pale, small antero-lateral lunules on segments 3 and 4.
Ca@LICCIA sp. 1 $. Platang Rd.
There remains to be noted this specimen, which is unfortunately : a
230 MR. F. F. LAIDLAW ON
incomplete, being without the head. It is evidently very closely allied to C. mgrohamata, but differs in the following respects. Segment 8 of the abdomen bas its terminal quarter ringed with blue, the blue mid-dorsally has its margin indented with black. The upper anal appendages are brownish black, more abruptly truncate than is the case in C. nigrohamata, and distinctly though very little longer than the lower pair. The lower pair are relatively stouter than in C. nigrohamata, and are brownish yellow (probably blue in life).
The three species, C. macrostigma, nigrohamata, and that to which this male belongs will probably constitute another distinct section of the genus Cliccia, characterized by small size, rather dense reticulation of wings, as opposed to the open venation of C'. flavostriata; by the shape of the upper anal appendages of the male; and probably by the prothoracie structure of the female.
To this group I believe it will be found that the species called Trichocnenis octogesima albicauda by Forster (which I suggest should. be named C. albicauda (Forst.)), also belongs.
C@LICCIA MEMBRANIPES (Ramb.), race NEMORICOLA Laidlaw.
CO. nemoricola Laidlaw, Journ. R. Asiat. Soc. Str. Br. no. 63, p. 95 (1912); id. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1915, p. 37.
L have re-examined the examples of this form from Mt. Kina Balu, and have come to the conclusion that they may fairly be taken as representing a local race of the widely-spread C. mem- branipes (Ramb.). The character most readily empioyed for separating males of nemoricola from the typical membranipes is afforded by the colour of the upper anal appendages, which are blue in membranipes, black in nemoricola.
The Kina Balu specimens show marked variability in size and in venation.
Measurements of 5 males taken at random from amongst the 15 male specimens that I have received from Mr. Moulton are as follows :—
Length of abdomen 47 mm., 43 mm., 41 mm., 45 mm., 45 mm.
- hind wing 30 mm., 28 mm., "26 mm. 30 mm. 30 mm.
The number of postnodal costal nerves ranges from 16 to 21.
The point of origin of M, and Rs varies greatly, as shown in the following table taken from the same males.
M,, rises at subnodus.
¢=") Re distal.
is M, rises proximal to subnodus. Rs distal.
a bia o.- ala
ieee la” i b |b
BORNEAN DRAGONFLIES, 23
C@LICCIA OCTOGESIMA (Selys). |
C. octogesima Kirby, Cat. Odonata, p. 128 (1890).
TO. Matang Rd:, 3.1. 10.
This specimen, unfortunately much damaged, agrees well with the description of the type female in the Synopsis.
It differs from other females of the genus I have seen in the ereater length of the spine developed on the posterior margin of the prothorax, which projects forward at an angle of about 45° to the main axis of the body and is approximately 1 mm. in length.
I have not been able to identify any of the species I have seen with (. borneensis Selys, and as the Bornean species are evidently numerous, and often very similar in appearance, it will be difficult to redetermine Selys’ species.
Legion AGRION.
SrENAGRION DuBIUM (Laidlaw). (Text-fig. 10.)
Pseudagrion ? dubium Laidlaw, Journ. R. Asiat. Soc. Str. Br. Noe Oo, 1912. p. 97, pl. fig. d.
Stenagrion dubiwm Laidlaw, Proc. Zool. Soe, London, 1915, Pp: ov. ;
I take the opportunity of figuring here the venation of the type maie of this interesting species (text-fig. 10). It shows a development which parallels with remarkable exactitude that of Celiccia. Iam indebted for the photograph of the wings of this species, and of all the new species of Caliccia described in this note, to Messrs. H. and F. E. Campion, to whom I desire to tender my best thanks.
Text-figure 10.
Wings of Stenagrion dubium Laidlaw. Type g. Mt. Batu Lawi, Borneo, 27. v.11.
‘TEINOBASIS SUPERBA (Selys).
Teinobasis superba Kirby, Cat. Odonata, p. 157 (1890); Ris, Nova Guinea, xiil. Zool. pp. 100, 101, 122 (1915).
1 S$. Lio Matu.
The specimen belongs, I think, to the typical race of this species.
2.32 ON BORNEAN DRAGONFLIES.
ANISOPTERA. AVSCHNIDA.
GOMPHIN#.
HETEROGOMPHUS SUMATRANUS Kriger.
Heterogomphus sumatranus Kriiger, Stett. Entom. Zeit. 1898, p. 294.
5 $6 d. Retuh, 15-16.v. 14.
Mi. J. C. Moulton tells me that this species has blue eyes. It is otherwise remarkable for the rich chestnut-brown colouring of the thorax and abdomen. ‘The latter has the apices of seg- ments 2—9 ringed with black.
Lhe species is quite distinct from H. icterops Martin.
| Nore.—Owing to the great difficulty of setting the wings of these very fragile insects, some distortion of the wing-base has occurred in the specimens photographed. ‘This is especially the case with the types of C. macrostigma and C. nigrohamata, con- sequently the figures of the wings of these species (text-figs. 5 and 7) do not exhibit clearly the course of the “anal bridge” vein, which is, however, that normally found in the genus. |
eo She SUSIE Fawcett. Pia
J. M. Fawcett, del.
HETEROCERA FROM BRITISH BAST ABNICA AND SOME OTHER EOCALITIES:
MENPES PRESS, WATFORD.
ON MOTHS FROM B. E. AFRICA. Doe
15. Notes on a Collection of Heterocera made by M-. W. Feather in British East Africa, 1911-13. By Lt.-Col. J. M. FAwWceErTtT *.
"Received October 10, 1917: Read November 20, 1917. |
(Plate I.+)
INDEX. . GEOGRAPHICAL : Page Localities at which collections were made .............ceeceseeeeeeeeene ene 23 SYSTEMATIC: era COm COMa Mem we ans coutsns ccateh staat. etareaanes ish sab seb esieddi'stsen's 240 Page Page Syntomis polyxo, sp. UN. ............6.. 284 | Lacipa albula, sp. ne... cee. BAZ PLUTO AGANACE, SP. Me... 0. ose. cc ees ves 235 | Hylemera lepta, sp. n. ............... 248 Cladocerotis ceneus, Sp. Ne... .....6 +. 230 |) Eheterocrita Metis, Sp... 7 icis.sss30. 244 Odontestra avitta, sp. Mn. ............ 236 DPROSEAUNOCSH, SP Wyo iecceess.eceesten GAN HAVESUICRLIS OFY1US, SP». N....... 0. 237 LPhOSCA Pervsets, SP. Ne... .c0ecceerses+. BAA Porastichtis lysis, sp.N. «........... 288 | Thosea chloris, sp. un. ...............-.. 245 Giaura arethusa, sp. N................ 238 | Rhodoneura bryavis, sp. n. ......... 246 Brevipecten icarus, sp.u............. 240 | Surattha rufistrigalis, sp.n. ...... 247 Cynisca thisbe sp.n............. ..... 240 | Ancylolomia chrysolinealis, sp. n.... 247 Pteronycta cervicornis, sp. n. ...... 240 | Ancylolomia gracilis, sp. n. ......... 243 Rhodesana mintha, sp. n. ............ 241 Anthela nigristigma, sp. Me ...... 60 248 PAleteronygmia aurelia, sp. un. ...... 242 | Nyctipao acuta, sp. 0. .......0...... 249 EHuproctis rubricosta, sp. n. ......... 242 d et
The object of the third memoir on this subject is to describe a few more of the remaining forms of this collection in my possession, and to figure some of the forms described in my second memoir, published in 1916, of which I was unable to give figures from want of space on the plate.
The forms dealt with in the present memoir were taken at Kedai (altitude 2500 feet) and Masongaleni (altitude 3000 feet) in B. E. Africa, with the exception of a few specimens taken by Lady Colvile at Meru, B. H. Africa, At the end I have described two new forms from India and Australia, which have been some time in my possession awaiting an opportunity of publication.
It will be noticed that among the forms from B. EK. Africa there are a good many which are typical of the desert, of which Euphiusa hermione, Ctenusa psamatha, Galactomoia berenice, described in my former memoir, and Cynisca thisbe, in this one, are notable examples, which seem to occur along with darker, richer-coloured forms such as we should expect to meet with in a country of considerable rainfall. Not being acquainted with the district myself, and having no notes on the subject by Mr. Feather, I regret [ cannot offer an explanation of this curious phenomenon.
I notice that my first memow on this subject, published in
* Communicated by the SECRETARY. + For explanation of the Plate see p. 250.
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1917, No. X VII. Ih
234 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON
P. Z.S. 1915, has evoked a certain amount of criticism, and that from a quarter from which I did not expect it, as one of the writers was good enough to help me in the thankless task of working out my specimens amongst the vast material in the British Museum Collection, and to agree with me at the time in the conclusions I arrived at.
These criticisms refer to my descriptions of what I consider as new forms of Sphingide, and I would remark that until the pre- liminary stages and life-history of the specimens are known (and we are still in ignorance of them), I do not see how anyone, even the highest ‘author ity on the subject, can say as an absolute fact that such a specific name is a synonym of one already described. Such an assertion is merely a matter of opinion. In any case, it is desirable that undescribed forms from an extensive country like British East Africa, which has not been worked out to any great extent, should receive names in these days, when the Lepidoptera of each separate island in the Eastern Archipelago are being given distinct names as geo- graphical forms—even when obviously belonging to well-known previously described species. The reader has only to refer to Seitz, ‘Macrolepidoptera of the World,’ to verify what I say. In making the above remarks I do not, for a moment, deprecate criticism ; on the contrary, it is most interesting to me to read it, and, as I am a correspondent to the press on sporting subjects during the winter months, I get my fair share of it.
The figures in the accompanying plate are drawn by myself to represent the exact size. In this memoir B.M. stands for British Museum, and C. L. P. for ‘ Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phalenz,’ by Sir George Hampson.
My best thanks are due to Lord Rothschild, Mr. Louis Prout, and Mr. J. H. Durrant, for their kindness and ever ready help in the British Mnseum.
HETEROCERA Family SYNTOMID&.
249. SyNTOMIS PoLYxo, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 10.)
Description.— $. Black, shot with coppery suffusion in certain lights. Antenne black with white tips; frons orange-yellow ; collar biack; patagia with orange-yellow stripes ; metathorax with an orange patch ; abdomen nee with six yellow bands. Fore wing with the following white diaphanous spots :—one below base of cell; an oblique diamond-shaped spot below middle of cell and vein 2; a spot in end of cell; an elongate spot above vein 6, and two spots between veins 3 and 5. Hind wing with a large basal spot between median nervure and inner margin, and a smaller one beyond end of cell, above vein 3.
The plan of markings is similar to that of S. humeralis Butler, from North Australia (C. L. P. i. pl. it. fig. 15, p. 63); but this
MOTHS FROM B. BE. AFRICA. 2935
form is much smaller, and the spots are white, and not yellow as in that species.
This is the smallest form of Syntomis that I am acquainted with, and the figure is slightly larger than natural size.
Hahitat Kedai, 3lst December, 1911, 2 9; 15th March, Pies. | xpanse, ¢ 13, 9° 15 mm.
Family ARCTIADAZ, Subfamily ARCTIANZ,
250. ESTIGMENE TENUJSTRIGATA Hampson, Ann. S. Afr. Mus. i. peo (1900); C. L./P. pl. xiviil. fig. 16. Habitat. Masongaleni, 18th April, 1911, 1°
250 a. Estig@MENE LeMNiscata Distant, A. M. N. H.° (7) i. pe Vi6(1898)3) C.L. P. pl. xivii. fig: 20:
Habitat. Meru, B. E. Africa, taken by Lady Colvile, 1 ¢.
This specimen is much more heavily marked, as regards the black bands, than the figure above quoted, and, moreover, has a black band along the costa.
250 6. EstigMENE LINEA Walker, Cat. il. p.671 (1855); C. L. P. ple xlvil. fig. 2.
Hubtiat. Meru, B. BE. Africa, taken by Lady Colvile, 2 3.
These specimens agree fairly well with the figure in C. L. P., but one example is much lighter in tone than the other, whilst both have more heavy black : markings.
251. TERACOTONA SUBTERMINATA Hampson, C. L. P. iil. p. 471, ple. ie. 16 (1901), fabitat. Masongaleni, 18th April, 1911, 1 ¢.
Family Hy psip@.
252. BITHRA AGANICE, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 11.)
Description.—-9 . Head and thorax pale grey-brown ; antenne black, and pectinate for half the length, filamentous thence to tip. ali black spots on collar, two on euch of the patagia, and one on metathorax. Abdomen pale orange, with a dorsal row of black spots on first three somites, and a interval series on each somite. Fore wing pale grey- on with the following black points: two basal; two subbasal, one of which is near the base of costa, and one below base of cell; two antemedial one of which is below cell, and one above vein 1; one in cell before middle, and one in interspaces 3, 4, and 6, near base, and beyond cell. Hind wing dull yellow. Underside similar to upperside, uninarked.
This form is nearest to Bithra aganois Felder, which has only one basal black spot and one in cell.
Habitat. Kedai, 7th January, 1912,1 29. Expanse 86 mm. * Lie
236 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON
Family NocTUID.. Subfamily AGROTINE,
253. CLADOCEROTIS GNEUS, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 12.)
Description.— $. Head, thorax, abdomen, and fore wing pale red-brown. Head and thorax densely covered with thick long hair ; abdomen with lateral tufts of hair. Fore wing with the veins, orbicular and reniform pale ochreous; reniform defined outwardly by black lines. Interior of cell dark red-brown, with a black line below costa from base to middle. Claviform very elongated and black, from base to beyond middle. An irregular series of black wedge-shaped spots subterminally between veins 4, 5, and 6, double the size of those between the other veins. A fine black terminal line. Ciba ochreous on both wings. Hind ‘wing with the basal area ochreous and the terminal area pale fuscous.
This form seems fc be allied to C. optabilis Boisd., from Europe, but is larger than the figure in C. L. P. and Sawek darker, the claviform is black, not ochreous defined by black, the marginal spots are irregular, and the hind wings ochreous and pale fuscous instead of white as in that species.
Habltat. Meru, taken by Lady Colvile, 2 ¢, 19. Expanse 36 mm.
The 2 specimen is darker in colour, the markings are more ill- defined, and the antenne are not so highly pectinated.
254, PorosacGroris CAFFRA Hampson, ©. L. P. iv. p. 658, pl. Ixxvul. fig. 29 (1903). Habitat. Meru, taken by Lady Colvile, 1 9.
255. ADISURA ATCINSONI Moore, P. Z.S. 1881, p. 368, pl. xxxvii. fiee6;
Habitat. Kedai, 6th March, 1912,1
This form is very variable, and the specimen under notice has darker hind wings than some specimens in the B.M. from British East Africa.
256, CHLORIDEA OBSOLETA Fabricius, Ent, Syst. 3, 1. p. 546 (1793).
Habitat. Kedai, 16th March, 1912,1 3. Formerly known as armigera Hiibner, Samui, is Schmett.
fig. 370 (1827). Subfamily HapvEniInz&,
257, ODONTESTRA AviTTA, sp, n. (PI. I. fig. 15.)
Description.— 8. Head, thorax, and abdomen pinkish brown. Fore wing pinkish brown, chestnut in the medial area, Sub- basal and antemedial lines represented by a single thick black
MOTHS FROM B. E. AFRICA, yaae
line, Claviform short and thick, black. A black line on inner margin from base below vein | to antemedial line. No ochreous white fascia on medial part of inner margin. Orbicular and reniform large, extending over costa, pinkish defined outwardly by indistinct ochreous. Postmedial line excurved round reni- form and thence straight to inner margin—a thick black line. An indistinct subapical spot below costa. Hind wing white with some ochreous irroration near the apex. Underside pale ochreous, with discocellular spots and diffused postmedial lines.
This form differs from vittigera Hampson, from Mashonaland and Natal, in being without the ochreous-white fascia on medial part of inner margin, that part of the wing being concolorous with the remainder; also in the following characters :—-the orbicular and reniform are larger and spread out over the costa, and are pinkish in colour; the ante- and postmedial lines are thick black single lines, not double lines filled in with ochreous ; the subterminal area beyond the postmedial Jine is plain pinkish brown, without a trace of any marks save a small subapical spot below the costa.
It also differs from albivitta Hampson (C. L. P. v. p. 206) in being without the whitish fascia above the claviform, which species is also recorded from British East Africa.
Habitat. Kedai, 8th December, 1911, 1 ¢. Expanse 30 mm.
Subfamily AcRoNYCTINA.
258, PERIGEA CAPENSIS Guén. Noct. 1. p. 213 (1852), ITabitat. Masongaleni, 22nd June, 1911,1 ¢.
259, LapHyema ExempTa Walker, Cat. x. p. 855 (1856).
Habitat. Kedai, 1911, 24th November, 1 ¢ ; 25th November, 2G
260. PARASTICHTIS OXYLUS, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 22.)
Description.— 3. Head, thorax, abdomen, and fore wing dark red-brown with black-brown markings. Fore wing: subbasal and antemedial lines only represented by strigeze on the costa. Orbicular and reniform defined by fine black lines with a dark shade on and below the costa between them; an irregular dentate postmedial line angled inwardly above veins 4 and 6, and out- wardly at veins 4 and 3, with some black lines running from it to the outer margin. A black band starting from base under vein 1, angled up to vein 2, and running below it to postimedial line, and thence on to outer margin. Hind wing pale ochreous basally and fuscous towards the apex. Cilia of fore wing black and ochreous chequered, of hind wing whitish. Underside pale ochreous.
Habitat. Kedai, 19th November, 1911,1 ¢. Expanse 34 mm.
238 LY.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON
261. PARASTICHTIS Lysis, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 25.)
Description.— 3. Head and thorax bright ferruginous, abdo- men reddish ochreous. Fore wing bright ferruginous, the sub- terminal area beyond the postmedial line pale ochreous. Orbicular and reniform defined outwardly by fine black lines and with a dark shade below the costa between them. Subbasal and ante- medial lines obsolete. A black line from the base of interspace 1 to middle, where it is recurved upwards and then inwards. Another black line from base below vein 1, with a small black spot on inner margin below it. Some black streaks with bright red edges between the veins on the subterminal area. Post- medial line highly dentate. Hind wing pale ochreous, darker towards the termen. Underside pale ochreous, with fuscous discocellular spots and diffased postmedial bands.
Habitat. Kedai, 1911, 10th November, 1 ¢ ; 18th November, 1 g. Expanse 34 mm.
Of the large number of species (39) of the genus Parastichtis given in C. L. P. vil., only one is recorded from Africa, nigri- costata Hampson, which is a totally differently-coloured insect.
The first of the forms under notice may always be known by the prominent curved black band below vein 1,and the second by its bright ferruginous colour.
Subfamily SARROTHRIPIN &.
262. GIAURA ARETHUSA, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 14.) _ Description.— $. Head, thorax, and abdomen grey. Fore wing grey, minutely irrorated and striated with fuscous. Subbasal line represented by a V-shaped striga on the costa, Antemedial line represonted by another costal striga which gradually becomes obsolescent in the cell, with a dark shade beyond it. Postmedial line outwardly oblique to vein 4, then bent inward, and becoming obsolete before reaching the inner margin. A highly dentate submarginal line with diffused fuscous shading beyond it, from apex to near tornal angle, where there is a black spot before it. A fine marginal black line. Cilia grey. Hind wing pale ochreous at the base, terminal area fuscous black. Cilia ochreous. Under- side of fore wing ochreous, thickly irrorated with fuscous towards the margin ; hind wing white with a black subterminal band.
Habitat. Kedai (date not recorded), 1 g¢. Expanse 34 mm.
Subfamily HRAsTRIANz. 263. OZARBA SUBTERMINALIS Hampson, P. Z. 8. 1910, p. 407; Cie. x. pl. clayton: Habitat. Kedai, 27th November, 1912, 1 3.
264. OzarBa vARIA’ Walker, Cat. xxxill. p. 772 (1865).
Habitat. Kedai, 5th January, 1912, 1 ¢. This specimen has orange hind wings in contradistinction to
MOTUS FROM B. E. AFRICA, 239
some specimens in the B. M. Collection ; but the species is exceed- ingly variable.
265. OZARBA SINUA Hampson, C. L. P. x. p. 414, pl. clx. fig. 31 OES LT).
Habitat. Kedai, 18th November, 1911,1 ¢. ‘This specimen represents a very light form of the species.
266. OzarBA ABscissA Walker, Cat. xv. p. 1764 (1858). Habitat. Kedai, 9th December, 1911, 1 ¢.
Subfamily ACONTIAN A.
*148. Leocyma CANDACE Fawcett, P. Z. 8S. 1916, p. 712. GE fie, 20.) ;
As promised in my former paper, quoted above, I am now able to give a figure of this species, which the reader is requested to compare with the woodcut figure of camila Druce, in C. L. P. x1. p. 663, and that of discophora Hampson, pl. exci. fig. 19.
Subfamily CaTocaLin®.
*152, CreNUSA RECTILINEA Fawcett, P. Z. S. 1916, p. 713. PBI ities 3.) A figure is here given of the typical form : no. 2 form psamatha
was figured in my memoir published in 1916 (P. Z. 5S. 1916, Fawcett, Pl. I. fig. 21).
*162. Cortyta minyas Fawcett, P. Z. 8. 1916, p. 715. (Pl. I. ie. 1%) te CorTYTA GRISEACEA Fawcett, P. Z. 8. 1916, p. 718. (PI. I.
fig. 18.)
Figures are now given of the above species. As both minyas and griseacea have been taken in December 1911 at Kedai, they can hardly be seasonal forms of the same species, and [ am now of the opinion that they are distinct forms.
267. PLECOPTERODES MODERATA Wallengren, Wien. Ent. Mon. iv. p. 174 (1860). Habitat, Masongaleni, 22nd April, 1911, 1 6.
Subfamily Nocruinz.
*181. PLECOPTERA POLYMNIA Fawcett, P. Z.S. 1916, p. 722. (PL. I. fig..23.)
A figure is here given of this form. The reader has only to compare it with the figure of polymorpha Hampson, P. Z. 8. 1916, pl. 1. fig. 3, to see how it differs from Hampson’s species, which is clearly a desert form.
* These numbers refer to my paper in P. Z. 8, 1916, p. 707 et seq.
240 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON
268. BREVIPECTEN ICARUS, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 24.)
Description.— 6. Head and thorax grey; abdomen ochreous. Fore wing with the basal half grey, the costa tinged with ferru- ginous. Subbasal line represented by two black spots below the costa and on the median nervure. Antemedial line very faint and indistinct. A square black patch before end.of cell, with two small black spots above it on costa, separated by a, patch of ferruginous suffusion, and with a patch of ferru- ginous suffusion below it on interspaces 1, 2, and 3, before the postmedial line. Reniform large, represented by a grey patch, beyond which the postmedial line is angled out- wardly at vein 6, and is then evenly curved inwards to inner margin, A black patch on costa before apex with ferruginous suffusion before it. Subterminal area pale brown, with a mar- ginal row of indistinct wedge-shaped spots between the veins. Hind wing ochreous, darker towards the margin. Cilia ochreous. Underside: medial areas of both wings grey, subterminal area pale fuscous ; costa ochreous, with some black strigz on that of hind wing, and a discocellular spot.
Habitat. Kedai, 28th November, 1911,1 ¢. Expanse 32 mm.
Genus Cynisca, nov.
Type, C. thisbe, sp. n.
Allied to Calpe. Proboscis fully developed. Palpi long, porrect, the 2nd and 38rd joints fringed with long hair above and below. Antenne eiliate; metathorax with slight tufts of hair, which also appear on dorsum of abdomen on first three somites. Costa of fore wing straight, not arched. Apex rectangular, not acute. Outer margin crenulate, evenly rounded. Inner margin with a very pronounced lobe at middle, and a smaller lobe at tornal angle. Venation as in Calpe.
269. CYNISCA THISBE, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 13.)
Description.— 2. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous white. Antenne red. Fore wing pale brown, shading into pale purple on the centre lobe and the area above it, and witha purple shade on outer margin. Antemedial line red-brown from costal ner- vure to inner edge of lobe, with ashort line beyond it. A medial line from end of cell to outer edge of lobe, where it is bent inwards and becomes double. A very indistinct dentate post- medial line from before apex to outer lobe. Cilia pale brown. Hind wing white, with a pale ochreous shade on the veins on outer margin. Cilia white. Underside ochreous white, marked only by the postmedial band of the upperside showing through.
[fabitat. Kedai, 9th March, 19138, 1 9. Expanse 42 mm,
This is clearly a well-marked form of the desert.
270. PrERONYCTA CERVICORNIS, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 21.)
Description.— 3. Head, thorax, abdomen, and fore wing pale pinkish grey. Fore wing: subbasal and antemedial lines only
MOTHS FROM B. E. AFRICA, 241
indicated by a couple of black spots. Orbicular stigma, a fine black point with a fine black line round it. Reniform indistinct. Postmedial line represented by a double row of black points bent in to inner margin. <A broad red-brown band from base along median nervure to end of cell, where it is bent up into a tooth, then curving down to outer margin at vein 4. The area below this band reddish towards base. Some small ferruginous stripes between veins 3, 4, and 5 submarginally. Hind wing grey, the terminal area fuscous. Cilia ochreous. Underside pale ochreous, with a fine striga at end of cell of fore wing.
Habitat. Kedai, 13th January, 1913, 1 6. Expanse 40 mm.
IT have named this form cervicornis, from a fancied resemblance of the broad red band to a stag’s antler.
The only species in the B. M. Collection which seems to be near this form is the recently described Pteronycta Jasciata Hampson, from Zomba in Nyassaland, which is a much larger insect.
Subfamily Hypenina.
*189,. Hyprena sussaALis Walker. Habitat. Kedai, 1911, 29th December, 1 ¢; 30th December, 1d.
HYPENA STRIGATA Fabricius.
Habitat. Kedai, 25th November, 1911, 1 6; 3rd January, Poe lis.
In my former paper I mentioned that the specimens of Hypena in the Feather collection represent two forms, a grey and a brown form. I now find that the grey form is jussalis Walker, and the brown form strigata Fabricius.
Family LYMANTRIAD&.
271. CASAMA VILIS Walker.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 25th June, 1911,1 9.
Specimens of this species in the B, M. Collection are nearly all from Ceylon and Arabia, but there are a few from the Red Sea littoral which agree with this specimen. Clearly a desert form.
272. RHODESANA MINTHA, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 19.)
Description.— 6. Head, thorax, abdomen, and fore wing chestnut red-brown. Antenne bipectinate. Abdomen with dorsal tufts. Fore wing thickly irrorated and striated with black. A subbasal black line from costa to vein 1. Antemedial line irregularly waved and bent inwards on vein 3, and thence more or less straight to inner margin. A line of wedge-shaped ‘red-brown submarginal spots between the veins. before termen. Cilia red-brown, whitish at the extremities of the veins, Hind wing ochreous, irrorated with red-brown atoms, with a somewhat indistinct medial line across the dise. Underside ochreous, with indistinct brown medial band.
242 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON
Habitat. Masongaleni, 27th March, 1911, 1¢; Kedai, 27th November, 1912, 2 ¢. Expanse 32 mm.
This form is nearest to /t?. crenulata Bethune Baker, but is much smaller and redder than that species. It also differs in the postmedial line being angled in on vein 3, and there being a medial line across the disc of the hind wing.
273. HETERONYGMIA AURELIA, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 16.)
Description.— 3. Head and thorax golden yellow, abdomen ochreous. Antenne bipectinate. Palpi long, thickly covered with long hair. Tore wing golden yellow ; no antemedial lines. Three oblique lines, red- Drown: and leading in the shape of a V from the costa to a dark red-brown shade at end of cell. A narrow waved oblique postmedial line from costa just before apex to middle of inner margin. A subterminal line of black points between the veins. Cilia reddish yellow. Hund wing ochreous ; a fuscous spot at tornal angle with a fuscous striga above it, and three fuscous discal spots between veins 3, 4, 5, and 6.
Underside: fore wing bright ochreous, with a fuscouse band on discocellulars, and a thicker fuscous postmedial band than that on the upperside ; hind wing bright ochreous, with medial band and discal spots as on the upperside.
Habitat. Meru, B: KE. Africa, taken by Lady Colvile. Expanse o8 mm.
There are no specimens of this genus in the B. M. Collection, but there is a figure of Heteronygmia stigmatica Holland, from Gaboon, which appears to be near this species, but it has no black oblique postmedial line as in this species.
274. EupRoctris RUBRICOSTA, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 7.)
Description. 3. Head, thorax, and wings pure shining white; antenne bipectinate and ochreous, base of shaft white; legs thickly covered with long white hair. Abdomen with the first three somites white and the terminal three golden yellow. Underside white, with a red-brown band along the costa from base to Just before apex.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 1911, 28th May, 1 ¢ ; 25th December, 12. Expanse 32 mm.
274 a. LACIPA ALBULA, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 8.)
Description.— 3. Head, thorax, and wings pure shining white. Antenne ciliate. Abdomen golden yellow with the exception of the first somite and the anal extremity, which are white. Fore wing unmarked, save for a shade on the costa beyond cell, and on inner margin before tornal angle. Hight black points on the margin between the veins, seven of which also appear on the hind” wing. Underside: fore wing with the basal and internal area white, the costa and half of cell occupied by a red-brown band, and short reddish bands between the veins distally, above vein 3. The black marginal poimts more distinct than on the upperside.
“MOTUS FROM B. E. AFRICA. 243
Habitat. Masongaleni, 1911, 24th March,1 ¢; 29th December,
1 g. Expanse 24 mm. This form is near to Lacipa sexpunctata Distant, but is with-
out the black spots and yellow ante- and postmedial lines.
Family GEOMETRID4&. Subfamily BOARMIANA.
275. KYLOPTERYX ARCUATA Walker. Habitat. Masongaleni, 21st June, 1911,1 ¢.
9276. HonorANA EREBARIA Guen. Habitat. Kedai, 30th December, 1911, 1 9.
277. HyLEMERA LEPTA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 29.)
Description.— $. Head and pectus yellow. Thorax and first three somites of abdomen white above, yellow below, and con- colorous with the terminal somites which are yellow. Fore wing white ; the costa fuscous, and a broad apical fuscous fascia the inner margin of which is angled outwardly between veins 3 and 4. Hind wing white, with a very narrow fuscous border, which is almost linear, between veins 2 and 6,
Underside as on upperside.
Habitat. Kedai, 1911, Ist December, 1 ¢ ; 12th December, 19. Expanse 36 mm.
This species differs from doleris Plotz, accra Swinhoe, and ansorgei Warr., from Uganda, in the black band of the hind wing being narrow and continuous, the above forms having a large black spot on the apex of the hind wing: from dexithea Druce, it differs in not having the inside of the fascia of the fore wing evenly curved, and a black spot below apex of hind wing.
278. EURRANTHIS PENNIGERARIA Hubner. Habitat. Meru, B. BE. Africa, taken by Lady Colvile.
Subfamily ACIDALIIN#. 279. ACIDALIA SAGITTILINEA Warr. Nov. Zool. iv. p. 219 (1897). Habitat. Kedai, 8th April, 1912, 1 ¢.
280.. MIcROLOXIA RUFICORNIS Warr. Habitat. Kedai, 29th December, 1912, 1 9.
Subfamily GEoMErriIn #.
231. TRIMETOPIA ZTHERARIA Guén.
Hubitat. Kedai, 1911, 4th January, 1 9 ; 23rd November, 1 $; 25th November, 1 2 ; 17th December, 1 3.
One of the most beautiful forms of Geometride.
244 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON
282. HetTERocrita METIS, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 30.)
Description.— 2. Head pinkish brown, the vertex between the antenne white. Antenne white above, pink beneath. Thorax and wings bright grass-green. Abdomen pale pinkish brown above, ochreous on the under surface, the first two somites bright pinkish. Wings unmarked except for a bright pink-. brown marginal line, inside which are two minute white spots defined inwardly by pinkish brown between veins 5 and 7, and a large one of the same colour at tornal angie of each wing. The inner margin of the hind wing also defined by a pinkish-brown line. Cilia pale pink, Underside glaucous grey.
Habitat, Kedai, 20th February, 1912, 19. Expanse 30 mm.
This form is near to, and may, perhaps, be a local race of Heterocrita deprensa Prout, from which it differs in (1) having no discoidal spots, (2) the spots at the tornal angles of both wings are much larger, and (3) the abdomen is much more pink- coloured.
\
283. HURYTHECODES FLAVEDINARIA Guén. fTabitat. Meru, B. E. Africa, taken by Lady Colvile.
Mr. Prout informs me that this is a common and very variable species, but I have only one specimen of it.
Family LIMACODIDA.
284. 'THOSEA GANALE Pagenstecher. Habitat. Kedai, lst December, 1911, 1 ¢.
285. THosEA UNDOSA, sp. n. (PI. I: fig. 6.)
Description.— 2. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale ochreous brown. Fore wing with the basal area as far as the postmedial line red-brown, the distal area beyond it pale ochreous brown. Subbasal and antemedial lines absent; a black point at end of cell. A broad, dark brown oblique postmedial line, waved and irregular, from costa to inner margin at middle. <A fine dark brown subterminal line from costa to tornal angle, where it almost meets the black marginal line. Cilia pale brown in both wings. Hind wing ochreous brown, with a brown marginal line. Underside ochreous brown, irrorated with red-brown atoms, .
Habitat. Kedai, 4th December, 1911, 1 2. Expanse 30 mm.
This form is nearest to 7. cana Walker (=transversata Walker) from India, in which the dark line is antemedial, less oblique, and straight without waves; the subterminal line is straight, and not curved, and the basal area is not so dark as in this species.
286. THOSEA PERSEIS, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 4.)
Description.— 3. Head, thorax, abdomen, and fore wing red- brown minutely irrorated with black atoms. Subbasal and ante-
MOTHS FROM B. E. AFRICA. 245
medial linesabsent. A white pointatend of cell. A black highly-. waved postmedial line from costa before apex to middle of inner margin, which is inwardly diffused into black patches below end of cell, and from vein 2 to inner margin. ‘This line is outwardly defined by a prominent white line, with dark shades beyond it between veins 2 and 3 and 6and/7. An irregularly curved sub- terminal line followed by a black marginal line. Cilia of both wings red-brown. Hind wing ochreous. Underside ochreous, with indications of a postmedial line.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 30th April, 1911,1 ¢. Expanse 30mm.
This form is nearest to 7’. syrtis Schaus, from Salisbury and West Africa. It differs in the lnes being waved and not straight, and that species has not the dark patches inside the postmedial line. When at the B.M. I submitted the above specimens to the inspection of Lord Rothschild, who said the forms were unknown to him, and differed from described forms mainly in their undulating lines.
287. THOSEA CHLORIS, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 5.)
Description.— $. Head and thorax red-brown beneath, frery orange dorsally. Abdomen red-brown, with some fiery-orange hairs on the dorsum. ‘Tibi fiery orange, with long red-brown hairs to the tarsi. Fore wing red-brown with pinkish suffusion. A white point at end of cell. No subbasal or antemedial lines. Postmedial line dark brown, from costa before apex to middle of inner margin, Subterminal area paler. Subterminal line from costa before apex to outer margin at vein 3, Two whitish spots between veins 2 and 3: one outside the postmedial line, and one on inside of subterminal line, near its junction with outer margin. Hind wing red-brown paling to ochreous at base. Underside pale red-brown unmarked.
Habitat. Ashanti, W. Africa (4. Norris), 1g. Expanse 30 mm.
This form is nearest to 7. rara Swinhoe, from Thyetmyo. Burma, but is darker red, and has fiery orange head and thorax which rara has not. In the B. M. Collection there is an unnamed specimen from the Gold Coast, which may or may not. be refer- able to this species.
288. CoSUMA MARGINATA Holland.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 7th April, 1911, 1 3. This form seems near to the following which I have from W. Africa.
289. CosuMA RUGOSA Walker. Habitat. Ashanti, W. Africa (A. Norris), 1 3.
290. APLUDA INCINATA Hampson. Habitat. Masongaleni, 1911, 2 3.
246 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON
291. GAVARA VELUTINA Walker.
Habitat. Kedai, 1912, 16th March, 13 ; 10th December, 1¢.
I identified these specimens in the B. M. as above; there are however, two forms of Limacodide which have passed as “ velu- dina,” and are given by Hampson in Faun. Brit. Ind., Moths, i. pp. 3882 & 398, which are very different-looking insects from the present form. :
292. ALTHA LACIDES Druce. Habitat. Masongaleni, 1911, 25th December, 1 ¢ ; 2nd April, LO
Family ARBELIDA.
293. ARBELODES TETRASTICTA Hampson.
flabitat. Kedai, 12th January, 1912, 1 ¢.
This specimen only differs from the specimen in the B. M., which is also from British Hast Africa, in the body being on what shorter, and the pale markings of the wings being larger.
Family Coss1pD&.
*228. Duomitus. pInDARUS Fawcett, P. Z. S. 1916, p. 733. GEL he. 20:)
I am now able to give a figure of this species, which was omitted from my last paper fron want of space in the plate.
Comparison of fignre 27 with that of D, stewiptera Hampson, PZ. IS. 9OiG: plate u. fig. 31, will show how much it differs - from that species both in colour and size,
Family THYRIDID4&.
294, RHODONEURA BRYAXIS, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 9.)
Description.— 9 . Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous suffused with rufous. Fore wing reddish ochreous profusely striated with rufous. Antemedial line indistinct. Postmedial line bifid on the costa, originating from two costal spots, and bent in obliquely on veins 2 and 3. Subterminal line very prominent, from costa before apex, angled outwards to outer margin at veins 4 and 2. Hind wing with a medial double line, a post- medial line, and a Sabecrminal line angled to outer margin at veins 4 and 2.
S. Smaller and paler in coloration, being pale ochreous. The postmedial line on the fore wing and the medial line on the hind wing double and filled in with rufous ; otherwise as in @.
Habitat. Kedai, 1911, 26th November, 1 ¢ ; 15th December, loo 1D 3th January, 1 ei ; 12th March, 1 ©; Sth Decem- ber, 1 ¢. Expanse, 6, 287mm 230 mm:
This form differs from all the specimens of Rhodoneura in the B. M. Collection in its prominent subterminal line angled to outer margin at veins 4 and 2.
MOTHS FROM B. E. AFRICA. : 247
295. DysoDIA INTERMEDIA Walker. Habitat. Kedai, 5th January, 1912, 1 ¢.
The; above example agrees with B. K. African specimens in the B. M. Collection which were collected at Taveta by Rogers in October and at the end of December, and named flavillula by Warren, and which Sir George Hampson evidently regards as forms of Walker’s South African species.
Family PyrawuipDa,
Subfami'y CRAMBIN&.
296. SURATTHA RUFISTRIGALIS, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 3.)
Description.— 3. Head, body, and legs ferruginous. Fore wing brownish ochreous, ferruginous on costa. Highly dentate medial and postmedial ferruginous lines from costa to imner margin, angled outwardly at vein 5. A ferruginous terminal line with dark wedge-shaped spots between the veins. Median nervure and inner margin defined by bright ferruginous bands ; the interspaces between the veins defined with fuscous irroration. Hind wing ochreous, with ferruginous irroration in the subapical area: cilia ochreous.
Habitat. Kedai, 18th November, 1911, 13. Expanse 24 mm.
The figure is slightly Jarger than natural size.
This form is nearest to S. africalis Hampson, but has no dark medial area; the postmedial line is more dentate, and the coloration is brighter ferruginous.
297. ANCYLOLOMIA SIMPLELLA De Jaan. Habitat. Meru, B. EB. Africa, taken by Lady Colvile, 1 9.
298, ANCYLOLOMIA PECTINIFERA Hampson.
Habitat. Kedai, 9th January, 1913,1 9. Also recorded from Somaliland.
299. ANCYLOLOMIA CHRYSOLINEALIS, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 2.)
Descripiion.— $. Head, thorax, abdomen, and fore wing very pale ochreous. Fore wing with eight golden stripes in the inter- spaces between the veins in the distal area beyond the cell, of which those in interspaces | and 7 are shorter than the remainder. Each golden stripe is defined beneath by a yellow fascia with streaks of black scales on it. A minutely dentate silvery sub- marginal line on which are some dusky points. Cilia silvery. Hind wing pure white; cilia white. Underside as on upperside, with silvery suffusion.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 26th December, 1911, 1 ¢. Expanse 34 mm.
This form is nearest to A. chrysographella Kollar, from: India,
248 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON
but is distinguished by having the golden stripes of the fore wing confined to the distal area, and it is considerably larger than chrysographella.
300. ANCYLOLOMIA GRACILIS, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 1.)
Description.— 3. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale ochreous brown. Fore wing bright ochreous, unmarked; the interior marginal area below vein 1 thickly irrorated with fuscous scales. A series of black points at the end of the veins on the outer margin. Hind wing silvery grey, with ochreous suffusion on the subapical area. Cilia ochreous. Underside as on upperside, with silvery suffusion.
Habitat. Meru, B. E. Africa, taken by Lady Colvile, 1 ¢. Expanse 28 mm.
There is a series of unnamed specimens in the B, M. Collection, which appear to be very near this species.
Subfamily ANERASTIANZ.
301. EMATHEUDES LENTISTRIGALIS Hampson. Habitat. Masongaleni, 6th June, 1912, 1 9.
New Forms from other Regions.
Family LYMANTRIADA,
~
302. ANTHELA NIGRISTIGMA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 28.)
Description.-— 3. Vertex of head and collar ferruginous ; thorax pale red-brown ; abdomen ochreous. Wings pale ochreous with golden suffusion in certain lights. Base of fore wing and internal area of hind wing clothed with long pale red-brown hair. Fore wing with a round black spot in centre of cell, and a larger quadrate black spot on discocellulars. A somewhat in- distinct line of submarginal black points cn the veins in the subterminal area. Hind wing with a quadrate discocellular black spot, and a submarginal series of black points on the veins.
Underside concolorous with upperside, with an additional black spot in the cell of the hind wing which does not appear on the upperside, and all the black spots have whitish centres. Cilia
ochreous. Habitat. Townsville, Queensland, Australia, August 1913,1 ¢.
Expanse 36 mm.
The above specimen was sent to me by Mr. Feather in a small collection from Australia. In the B. M. Collection there is a series of unnamed specimens which may, or may not, be referable to this species. In some of them the cellular spots are a good deal larger and the submarginal series “more distinct. This species is near to ocellata Walker, which has ‘the submarginal spots black and prominent.
MOTHS FROM B. E. AFRICA, 249
Family NocruipD4. Subfamily CATocALIN#,
303. Nycrrpao acuta, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 26.)
Deser iption.— 3d. Head, thorax, and abdomen fuscous brown. Fore wing with the basal two-thirds very dark red-brown the subterminal third pale red-brown with pinkish suffusion, profusely striated with red-brown. Apex of fore wing acute. Antemedial line obsolescent, and hardly distinguishable. An inverted comma-shaped discoidal whorl with bilobate head defined by black, and its head by silvery blue with a red-brown patch beyond it; its centre reddish brown with an ochreous line on inner side of tail. Medial line black, arising below the costa, excurved round the discoidal whorl, and angled inwards below it on vein 2, and then erect to inner margin. This line is defined outwardly by a pale round ring beyond the whorl. Postmedial line curved, starting from a large triangular black patch below the costa and continued as an indistinct fuscous line to below vein 2, where it forms the outer edge of the basal dark area to inner margin. ‘This line is defined outwardiy by a narrow ochreous line from costa to below vein 7, and thence to inner margin by an indistinct line of the ground-colour. Subterminal line obsolete. Hind wing with the basal two-thirds dark red- brown, the terminal third pale red-brown with pinkish suffusion ; the postmedial line represented by double fine lines of the ground- colour; subterminal line represented by an indistinct, waved,
subterminal shade. Cilia pale red-brown.
Underside of both wings fuscous brown; fore wing with a white postmedial patch from below costa to vein 6, where it is broadest. A subterminal series of white oblong spots, incurved in interspace 4, excurved in interspace 3.
9. Similar to gd, but the comma-shaped discoidal whorl is somewhat larger, and there is a pale ochreous postmedial patch from costa to just above vein 6, diffused outwardly.
This form has, I think, been overlooked by later writers; I say this because I cannot find amongst the described forms in C. L. P. vol. xii. (published in 1913) a description and figure that absolutely tallies with my specimens. ‘The nearest to it is Vyctipao gemmans Guén. It differs from all the forms of Nyctipao which I have seen in having the apex of the fore wing acute. The form crepuscularis Linn. is nearest to it in this respect, but its outer margin is highly crenulate, whereas in this species it is evenly rounded. From gemmans in particular it ‘differs in the absence of the white postmedial line, which is represented by a short ochreous striga below the costa.
Habitat. Hills E. of Toungho, Burma, May 1896, 13,1 @. Expanse 74 mm.
The above specimens were taken by some native Lepcha col- lectors sent to the Burma hill-country to collect Lepidoptera by Mr. F. Moller, Mr. J. Apcar, and myself,
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1917, No. XVIII. 18
250 ON MOTHS FROM B, E. AFRICA.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE.
Fig. Fig. 1. Ancylolomia gracilis, 3. 17. Cortyta minyas, 6. 2. Ancylolomia chrysolinealis, 8. 18. Cortyta griseacea, 3. 3. Surattha rufistrigalis, g. 19. Rhodesana mintha, 6. 4. Thosea perseis, g. 20. Leocyma candace, 6. 5. Thosea chloris, 6. 21. Pteronycta cervicornis, g. 6. Thosea undosa, &. 22. Parastichtis orylus, &. 7. Euproctis rubricosta, &. 23. Plecoptera polymnia, ¢ . 8. Lacipa albula, g. 24. Brevipecten icarus, & 9. Rhodoneura bryaxis, &.' 25. Parastichtis lysis, 6. 10. Syntomis polyxo, 8. 26. Nyctipao acuta, 6. 11. Bithra aganice, 2. 27. Duomitus pindarus, 6. 12. Cladocerotis ceneus, 8. 23. Anthela nigristigma, 6. 13. Cynisca thisbe, 9. 29. Hylemera lepta, 3. 14. Giaura arethusa, 8. 30. Heterocrita metis, 2. 15. Odontestra avitta, @. 31. Clenusa rectilinea, g.
16. Heteronygmia aurelia, o.
DEFORMITY OF OS PENIS IN A SEAL. 251.
16. Deformity of Os penis in a Seal (Phoca caspica. Nilsson). By Seretus ALPHERAKY *,
[ Received October 5, 1917: Read November 20, 1917. ] (Text-figure 1.)
My friend Mr. T. N. Arnold, our well-known ichthyologist, has kindly lent me for description an abnormal os penis of an adult Phoca caspica he himself shot a few years ago on the Caspian Sea.
This abnormality is evidently due to an accidental fracture at about the first third part of the total length of the bone. ‘That the. bone has here been broken in some way, and has again united with the portions in a distorted position, can clearly be seen from the accompanying drawing, made by my son Dmitry Alpnéraky. The drawing shows the bone from above, and as it is very exact in form and size, I think it gives a better idea of the malformation than could be given by any amount of description.
Text-figure 1.
The fractured part is so strongly and solidly united with the main part of the bone, that the fracture must have taken place a long time prior to the animal’s death.
It is dificult to find a satisfactory explanation of the cause of such a fracture, and Mr. Arnold thinks that it may have been the sequel of some violent movement of one of the animals during the act of copulation.
As far as Mr. Arnold remembers, the penis outwardly had no signs, or scars, to show that anything was amiss inside, and the deformity was discovered only during the cleaning of the bone. This was not an easy thing to do, as the apical part of the bone hal the cavernous integument round it strongly adherent. This apical part of the bone has now a very rough, porous, uneven surface, showing that the erectile tissue had been deeply embedded.
* Communicated by Mr. O. Tuomas, F.R.S,
oh
CONCEALMENT BY THE APPARENT DISRUPTION OF SURFACE. 253
17. Some Observations upon Concealment by the apparent Disruption of Surface in a Plane at Right Angles to the Surface. By J. C. Morrram, M.B. (Lond.) *.
[Received October 22, 1917: Read November 6, 1917. ]
(Text-figures 1-4.)
INDEX., MorPHOLOGY: Page FAMALY SIS OF PALLETS iiss sessacnstsronssirrncncaiseraecsecess 920M ETHOLOGY : Concealinge power of patterns. (1s. ..cvises drecsncvscescnsnses «200 2
The forms of animals are often rendered inconspicuous by the methods which the artist usually employs in the representation of three dimensions on a flat surface. “
Attempt is here made to show, first, what use the artist makes of Simultaneous Contrast for the apparent disruption of the surface of his paper or canvas: and subsequently to ascertain whether similar arrangements occur in the patterns of animals.
The Artist's Use of Simultaneous Contrast.—When a dark object is viewed against a light background or vice versa, it will be seen that where the dark and light areas join, the dark tone appears darker than the rest of the dark area, and the light, lighter than the remainder of the light area.
The same appearance will be seen on the artist’s paper if he copies exactly the tones of the original. If, however, he exaggerates the contrast by surrounding dark objects with dark lines and light objects with light, then the objects will appear to stand out from the background, and different portions of his paper to occupy different planes. For this purpose, foreground figures are often surrounded with dark lines, clouds are edged with light tone, and trees against the sky are outlined with black, whilst the neighbouring sky is greatly heightened in tone.
It is not uncommon to find a series of receding hills outlined with dark lines of gradually decreasing intensity: it is remark- able how realistically distance is thus represented,
The introduction of dark tone between coloured areas results in disruption of surface for another reason. On viewing the junction of two coloured areas, there will be seen for a short distance a flowing-over of each colour into its neighbour. This is well seen by drawing a narrow white line across red and blue surfaces: where the white lies on the red, it appears reddish, where on the blue, ight blue. If the white line be surrounded on both sides with black lines, then this flowing-over is prevented and the white line retains its purity. By thus preventing this
* Communicated by the SECRETARY.
254 DR. J. C. MOTTRAM ON CONCEALMENT BY
blending, coloured areas in juxtaposition have the appearance of standing out, one from the other, and occupying different planes.
These appearances may be explained in another manner. ‘The mind largely recognises objects by their outline, and to some extent judges their distance by its sharpness. If in representing objects on a flat surface, they be edged with white or black lines, then the sharp outline thus given will make them appear nearer the eye than their surroundings, and the flat surface appear to be disrupted in a plane at right angles to the surface.
Surface Disruption in Animal Pattern.—Concealment in the animals consists chiefly in the hiding of outline, solidity, and surface. Outline is largely concealed by ‘“ Disruptive Coloration,” solidity by ‘‘ Counter Shading.”
‘Disruptive Coloration” conceals outline in the following manner: when an animal covered with a number of large patches of different tone and colour comes to rest on a back- ground which harmonises with any one of the components, then its characteristic outline will be broken, as shown in text-fig. 1.
Text-figure ie
Disruptive Coloration: A, a pattern of three components which largely interrupt the margin. B, the appearance when seen against a background harmo- nising with the spotted component, C and D when seen against a striped and a plane background.
The disruption is in the same plane as the wings of the insect, and is dependent upon a pattern breaking out over a large portion of the margin.
Disruption of surface consists in an arrangement of pattern and coloration, which causes some portion of the surface to appear close to the eye, and others far away. In this case the disruption is in a plane at right angles to the plane of the object. As has already been shown, this can be produced by the use of Simultaneous Contrast and, thus brought about, may be termed Surface Disruption -by Contrast. ‘Outline Disruption” and “Surface Disruption by Contrast” are often combined as shown in text-fig. 2A (compare text-fig. 1). Text-fig. 2B illustrates an insect showing only Surface Disruption.
An examination of RBiitish Lepidoptera is now made in order to estimate to what extent this method is employed for purposes
THE APPARENT DISRUPTION OF SURFACE. 955
of concealment. It may be said with confidence, that the whole of the Geometers in respect of the dorsal surface of their wings, of the Noctuas with regard to the dorsal surface of their anterior wings, and of the Rhopalocera in respect of the ventral surface of their posterior wings, present concealing pattern and coloration, Here, therefore, ‘‘Surface Disruption by Contrast” may be looked for.
Text-figure 2.
A B
A, a pattern similar to that shown in text-fig. 1, but with the addition of Surface Disruption produced by light and dark lines between the components ; in C the surface is further disrupted by the representation of solidity. B shows “Surface Disruption by Contrast ’’ not associated with disruption of outline. This is rarely found: Thyatira batis is a good example. D shows the combination of Surface Disruption by Contrast with Surface Disruption by Solidity. Large ocelli generally appear to be of this nature.
Text-figure 3.
5
Shows in diagram seven types of pattern commonly found in Geometers and other Lepidoptera, in which Surface Disruption by Contrast is combined with Outline Disruption. Many variations occur of type no. 6; in some cases the bands are wavy or zigzag, more especially in the fore wings of Noctuide.
An examination of the Geometridee (Newman) shows that surface disruption occurs, associated with well-marked types of outline disruption. ‘These are illustrated diagrammatically in text-fig. 3, and are seen to consist of well-defined bars of tone interrupting the margin and which are separated from the rest of
256 DR. J. C. MOTTRAM ON CONCEALMENT BY
the insect’s wing by distinct black or white lines (only black lines are shown in the diagrams).
The distribution of these types is given in the Table on p. 257, where it can be seen that “Surface Disruption by Contrast” occurs in the Geometers in 69 out of 276 insects. In the Noctuas the patterns occur 34 times in 311 insects, in the Cuspidates 11 in 33, and in the Rhopalocera 10 in 60.
It follows that this method is often used for purposes of con- cealment amongst the Lepidoptera ; numerous examples are also to be found in the patterns of Vertebrates.
Surface disruption can also be produced by the representation of solid objects on a flat surface: this, indeéd, is the method chiefly employed by the artist. This method is very often found in the pattern of animals generally combined with “Outline Disruption ” and “Surface Disruption by Contrast.” Examples
Text-figure 4.
The Oleander Hawk-Moth (Cherocampa nerii). From ‘The Natural History of British Butterflies and Moths,’ by Edward Newman, F.L.S., F.Z.S. See text below : reference is made only to the fore wings; the hind wings are more or less concealed by the fore wings in the position of rest.
ave shown in text-fig. 2, C and D; in C all three methods are combined, in D surface disruption by solidity with contrast. No better example of snch combinations of methods can be found than Cherocampa nerw illustrated in text-fig. 4; 1u this insect the components of the pattern break out at the margin, are shaded to represent excrescences and depressions, and are separated from each other by well-defined white and black lines.
Opportunity is here taken to call attention to the fact that many small details of pattern are of value in concealment; it would seem dangerous therefore to conclude on negative evidence, that small differences such as often distinguish species can have no value in the struggle for existence.
THE APPARENT DISRUPTION OF SURFACE.
TABLE.* pees Geometers. | Noctuas. | Cuspidates. Rhopalocera. (eee 3 i | 3 Die Cec, 1 me 2 4 3 ae ae ee 4, 2 1 ar AR tetas 10 8 3 3 OPE, Pasar 25 a 4 nee 21 15 ieee 5 2 | eee as itt! Prats! | Total 69 34 | 11 | 10 SO 311 33 60
: | species. J
\
a |
| |
* Compiled from Newman, ‘The Natural History of British Butterflies and
oo
P.Z.S. 1917. TALBOT, & [OICEYeRlaae
Horace Knight, del. MENPES PRESS, WATFORD.
LEPIDOPTEROUS ABERRATIONS, NEW SOUTH AMERICAN ARCTIIDE.
ON NEW SOUTH-AMERICAN RHOPALOCERA. 259
18. New South-American Rhopalocera. By J. J. Joicry, F.L.S., F.Z.8., f.H.S., and G. Tatsot, F.1.S8,
[Received June 20, 1917: Read November 20, 1917. |
(Plate 1.*) INDEX.
SYSTEMATIC : Page Papilio erlaces chinchipensis, subsp. Nn. ....6..+...... 259 Papilio iphidamas ayabacensis, subsp. n. eee ee 3), Papilio harmodius tabaconas, subsp. n. ... ........... 260 Leodonta zenobia monticola, subsp. n. .................. 260 Catasticta philone nimbata, subsp. n. .................. 260 Catasticta flisa tamboonsis, SUDSPe Ms. ( hcteeqar cates 200 Catasticta lathyi,sp.n. ...... etic 2 Ok Catasticta nimbice peruviana, subsp. Mee hago Ok Vila eueidiformis, sp. n. ....... Hess ll Vila eueidiformis ab. radiata, new ‘aberration .. ...... 262 Polygrapha cyanea G. &S., Qo... ccccce cece tees ee ees 268
eee
“ila eueidiformis and lewis CONIG CS a vieahce akon on 263
The types of the forms herein described are in the collection of Joicey. PAPILIONIDAE,
PAPILIO ERLACES CHINCHIPENSIS, subsp. n.
3. Upperside like typical erlaces Gray. Underside with spots as in lacydes Hew.
2. Resembles lacydes but with no post-discocellular spots.
This race connects erlaces erlaces with lacydes through canthias R. & J.
Hab. North Serer tae River, Sept., li did, 62°; Charape, 4000 feet, 29 9; Tabaconas, 6000 feet, 2¢ ¢. These places are on the eastern slopes of the Andes. Collected by A, t,, & H Pratt.
PAPILIO IPHIDAMAS AYABACENSIS, Subsp. n.
Nearest to the race calogyna Roths. & Jord., from West Ecuador and Colombia.
3. Upperside with reduced green patch on the fore wing. Hind wing with three red spots, all separate.
Underside of hind wing with the spots smaller and more widely separate; ground-colour not so black and browner than in ealogynda.
2 similar to calogyna 2, but band of hind wing much whiter and with an extra spot in cellule 6, similar to a specimen in the Tring Museum from Zaruma, S.W. Ecuador, which has the band of the hind wing half white.
Hab. North Peru-—Ayabaca Mtns., 6 od, 2292; River Tabaconas, 6000 feet, 1g. Collected by A. E., & F. Pratt.
* For explanation of the Plate see p. 276.
260 MESSRS. J. J. JOICEY AND G. TALBOT ON
PAPILIO HARMODIUS TABACONAS, subsp, n.
Near the race weniades Hew., from Ecuador.
3 like harmodius Doubl., but with a narrower white patch on the fore wing, straighter on its proximal edge.
2 with no constant difference.
A og in the Tring Museum from Zamora, -S.W. Ecuador, occurring as an aberration with typical weniades.
The 2 presents a strong resemblance to the Q of P. erlaces chinchipensis found in the same. district.
Hab, North Peru—River Tabaconas, 6000 feet, 12 ¢ ¢6, 19 (types); Charape, 4000 feet, 27 g ¢; Ayabaca Mtns., 1 9 ; Rentema Falls, Upper Maranon, 1000 feet, 1g. Collected by A. E., & F. Pratt. . |
PTERT Da.
LEODONTA ZENOBIA MONTICOLA, subsp. n.
3g. A larger race with deeper yellow markings.
Upperside of fore wing with the two post-discocellular spots -farther from the cell, there being a wider space between the Jower spot and the one in 3; the subterminal spot in 3 is larger.
Underside with a larger cell-patch, which extends basad beyond vein 2; patch below vein 2 slightly more extended basad. Hind wing with no constant difference.
Length of fore wing 80-34 mm.; in zenobia zenobia it averages 29 mm.
Hab. Uruhuasi, §8.E. Peru, 7000 feet, April to May, 1910. H.& C. Watkins. 5 3 ¢.
CATASTICTA PHILONE NIMBATA, Subsp. n.
3. Upperside very similar to philone Feld. from Colombia, but basal markings less well-defined.
- Underside of fore wing with the three anterior spots of the Aieal band smaller. Mind wing with the discal white band much narrower in the cell and below it; the yellow spots deeper in colour.
This race is not well differentiated.
Hab. Peru, 1 @.
This and the following forms of Catasticta were received from Monsieur E. Le Moult of Paris.
CATASTICTA FLISA TAMBOENSIS, subsp. n.
3. Upperside more brown than black. Hind wing with the band narrowed in the cell and postdiscal spots minute.
Underside of fore wing with cell-spot larger; spots of post- discal row larger and nearer the margin, distally concave, form- ing lunules. Hind wing with precostal area white, discal band widened costally ; outer subterminal area more washed with
NEW SOUTH-AMERICAN RHOPALOCERA. 261
white; marginal spots yellow, large, and triangular, their apices almost touching the postdiscal spots.
Hab. Peru, 1 ¢.
This form is probably the same as the specimen recorded as flisa H.-Sch. by Weymer & Maasen, Lepidoptera, p. 73 (1890), from Tambo Almirante. We do not know another record of this species from Peru.
CaTASTICTA LATHYI, sp. n.
Allied to philais Feld., from Colombia.
g. Colour above nearly as in manco Doubl. and pattern similar, but easily distinguished by the brown margin of the hind wing and different underside. Differs from philais above in colour, philais being brown; the pattern is the same, but the dark margin of the hind wing is broader.
Underside of fore wing with reducel cell-streak; marginal spots smaller but more produced proximally, forming streaks ; the spots of the postdiscal series are smaller. These markings, which are brown in philats, are here grey-white. Hind wing with markings very much as in philais, but the yellow intra- neural distal streaks longer.
Length of fore wing 26 mm.
Hab, Loja, Ecuador, 1 g. Also in the Tring Museum from the following places: Loja; Zamora, Ecuador, 3000-4000 feet ; Cushi, Huanuco, Cent. Peru, 1820 m.
CATASTICTA NIMBICE PERUVIANA, subsp. n.
3. Distinguished by the more rounded wings and _ paler markings. ‘Lhe discal spot in 4 on the fore wing is much smaller than the spot above it; spots in 7 and 8 absent ; post- discal spot in 3 shifted inwards; no marginal dots. Hind wing with the pale band widened and its outer edge nearer the post- discal spots; spot in 3 shifted inwards; spots in 2 and 4 farther from the band than the others.
Underside of fore wing with the band, cell-spot, and lower five postdiscal spots pale straw-colour. Hind wing with the discal band reduced distally, the spot at base of 2 being smaller, and widened proximally; postdiscal and marginal spots larger. ‘The markings which are orange-yellow in numbice are bright yellow In perwviand.
Hab. Peru, 1d,
NYMPHALIDA -
A remarkable new species of the Nymphaline genus Vila.
VILA EUEIDIFORMIS, sp. n. (PI. I. figs. 1, 1a.)
3. Upperside black-brown. Fore wing with pale yellow mark- ings. A basal wedge-shaped streak in lower part of cell; a wedge-shaped spot in end of cell, placed transversely, its pointed
2O2, MESSRS. J. J. JOICEY AND G. TALROT ON
end posteriorly ; a large, somewhat quadrate spot beyond end of cell divided by vein 5, the lower part in 4 larger than the upper, the inner edge slightly curved ; a small spot above it in the angle of 6; an elongate oval spot below it at base of cellule 3. Hind wing paler in the costal area. A black patch of androconia in base of cellule 7, 9 mm. long. Red basal streaks in la, 6, c, and in the cell. In a second specimen, from Bolivia, they are a little reduced, but in a third, from the Upper Amazon, the red streaks are greatly enlarged and more extended, the one in the cell filling its base and whole upper part, forked at the end and forming two short streaks in 4 and 5; there are also two additional short streaks in 2 and 3,
Underside with paler ground-colour. Fore wing with markings as above, and a white dot at base of costa. The black patch of androconia, common to all members of the genus, is longer than in other species and does not touch the median vein; it is placed obliquely in the submedian area, whereas in other species it 1s parallel to vein 2; the inner margin is shining grey; a white subterminal line from tornus to vein 2 and represented above this vein by a few scales. In the species with increased red on hind wing above, the basal fore-wing stripe is only represented by a few scales. Hind wing with brick-red stripes between the veins; base of costa and precostal area brick-red, joined to a stripe bordering vein 8 in 7; stripes in lc, 2-6, nail-headed distally, the one in 4 joined to a broader cell-stripe, stripe in la filling the cellule; a subterminal seriés of white spots between the veins. In the specimen with increased red on hind wing above, the stripes are broader below.
Antenne black-brown, club and inner surface yellow-brown ; palpi black, first and second segments white at sides; head, thorax, and abdomen black, collar with white dots; abdomen below dark brown, legs dark brown, coxe with white tufts.
Length of fore wing 35 mm.
Hab, Jurua River, Brazil (type and paratype); Bolivia (1d). This latter locality is doubtful.
We propose the name radiata for the aberration with increased red rays on the hind wing above (PI. I. fig. 1a). .
This species agrees in structure with other species of the genus, possessing the characteristic inflated basal part of the costal vein of the fore wing, and also the curved lower discocellular touching the cell before vein 3. In pattern, its relationship with other species may perhaps be traced in the fore-wing cell-streak, the white mark at base of costa on fore wing below, the white sub- terminal mark near tornus, the red subcostal stripe on hind wing below, and the series of white spots which may represent the subterminal line. The colour of the palpi and antenne also shows affinity with other species.
The chief feature of this species lies in its remarkable mimetic resemblance to the Heliconine genus Hueides as represented by E. eanides Stich. and its form aides Stich., which inhabit the same
NEW SOUTH-AMERICAN RHOPALOCERA. 263
region. The form eanides is mimicked by the specimen with increased red rays on the hind wing above. The hind-wing underside, with its rayed pattern and marginal row of white spots, shows the greatest resemblance. It also bears a strong likeness to Pericopis mimica Feld., a day-flying Hypsid moth, which occurs from Colombia to Peru. In a lesser degree, the species also resembles two forms of the Nymphaline genus Hresia, represented by the darker specimens of 4. perilla Hew. and cornelia Stgr. The diversity-of co-existent mimetic forms, seen in the species of Hresia, is analogous to the wide departure from the normal form now seen to occur in the genus Vila.
The typical forms of Vila possess a somewhat Ithomiine-like pattern, but more nearly resemble some white-banded forms of Eresia, the likeness being marked on the underside of the hind wing. Ithomiines would probably serve as models for Vila on the wing, and in such a white-banded association would be included Adelpha epione Godt. Another Adelpha, coryneta Hew., resembles Vila azeca D. & H. on the hind wing below, as also does Hresia clio L.
We have, therefore, a mimetic association of Vila eweidiformis with Hueides, Hresia, and Pericopis, and another association of Vila azeca with Ithomiine species and the Nymphalines Adelpha and Hresia. It would appear probable that the resemblance of Vila to Ithomiines and Adelpha would be most marked when on the wing, whilst presumably the resemblance on the hind wiug below between Vila azeca, Hresia clio, and Adelpha coryneta would be sufficiently marked when at rest.
No doubt the white-banded Ithomiines, probably of the genus Leucothyris, have served as models, as they are more abundant than the Nymphalines. Adelpha is fairly common, and so are the white Hresia, but Vila is comparatively rare.
The Female of PoLYGRAPHA CYANEA G. & 8. (PI, 1. fig. 2.)
The male of Polygrapha cyanea Godm. & Salv. is not rare in collections, but no description of the female seems to have been published. We describe it from the only specimen which we believe to exist in collections. This specimen, which is much _ damaged, was taken by Mr. W. F. H. Rosenberg’s collector, Mr. G. Palmer, at Alpayacu, Rio Pastaza, E. Ecuador, 3000 feet, and was found drowned in a native “ Chicha” pot outside a house. The collection containing the specimen was acquired by the late Mr. Herbert Druce.
Upperside with dark brown ground-colour. Fore wing with yellow-brown oblique band from vein 4 to the inner margin near tornus; the band is much broader in cellules 2 and 3 and its inner edge is incurved in cellule 2 and in 10, the outer edge is evenly curved outwardly ; a pale brownish streak at base of cellule 6, and beyond this the costal area whitish brown, not
é
264 ON NEW SOUTH-AMERICAN RHOPALOCERA.
extending to the base nor distally beyond the streak in 6; a small triangular brown spot in 5 in the distal area. Hind wing with a yellow-brown costa] edge and apical suffusion ; a-series of yellow- brown subterminal spots, well-defined proximally, but distally suffused ; outer margin narrowly edged with yellow-brown. Underside marked as in the 3, but the specimen being rubbed we cannot distinguish any differences in colour.
Head and antenne missing. ‘Thorax and abdomen black-brown.
Length of fore wing 41 mm.
The completely different pattern presented by the female of this insect suggests some sort of mimetic resemblance. It pre- sents a great similarity to the pattern of many species of the Brassolid genus Opsiphanes, four species of which, with brown bands on the fore wing, are recorded from Ecuador and Peru. Mr. W. J. Kaye informs us that Opsiphanes fly round the houses at dusk, and this observation, coupled with the fact that the female Polygrapha was found in a water-pot near a house, points to the possibility of the two insects flying in company.
>
ON NEW SOUTH-AMERICAN ARCTIIDA. 265
19. New South-American Arctiide. By J. J. Joicey, ELS: 1:Z.S,, FHS... and G. Tarsor, F.E.S.
[Received June 20, 1917: Read November 20, 1917. |
(Plate I.*)
INDEx. SYSTEMATIC: Page RIC AUUSIAVELNOFAD, SY. /Is bers0scesdevserenesias ss sesgsesds ate, 200 Neonerita metapheenica, sp. nN. ......... cee cece eee eee ees 265 Areéomolis nigripuncta, SP. Me... .cccce cece cece teens eee 266 PARMLOMOLIS AGNIVENA, SPs Ne .aseie..-bep-2cncvececseos seems 200 Automolis ochreogaster, SP. De ....0.0.c.ccbeeveceeeeesene ess 267 Automolis ochreomarginata, Sp. ...... ce. ce cece 267 Glaucostola maroniensis, Sp. Ne 2... ..c cece cee eee. 268 UMICLCSeIAVESCENS"SP)sNe 5x2 rede. tcads xe oreoreradeicien 9208 OphOTUS OCHRACEA, SPeMe res cteneie: cemnes tesco vex 209 Neritos purpureotincta, Sp. Ve... .....0cc ccc ceccee eee 269
The types of the species herein described are in the collection of Joicey. Our thanks are due to Sir G. F. Hampson for kind help given.
1. IDALUS FLAVITHORAX, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 4.)
Nearest flavoplaga Schaus. 6. Both sides of fore wing pale purplish brown ; veins white. A large pale-yellow distal costal patch, extending to below vein 4 and filling end of cell, its outer edge parallel to margin and as long as its costal edge. Inner margin with a yellow stripe on its outer half, the edge of the stripe curved above the submedian. Hind wing pale yellowish white, costa and margins more deeply tinted.
Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous-yellow, three end seg- ments of abdomen above black fringed with grey, below yellow excepting end-segment. Antenne white above, brown below. Palpi greyish-white. Legs white, coxe of fore-legs yellow. Length of fore wing 15 mm.
Hab. 8. Brazil, Rio Grande do Sul. A single specimen.
2, NEONERITA METAPHENICA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 5.)
Nearest to yahuase J.& T., Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 8, vol. xviii. p. 54, pl. xiv. fig. 3 (1916) (Peruvian Amazon).
3. Differs from yahuase in its smaller size, broader band on the fore wing, and hind wing washed with crimson except over the apical area. Antenne, thorax, and abdomen above crimson, the thorax being much duller with a greyish admixture. Length of fore wing 9 mm.
Hab. French Guiana, St. Jean du Maroni, 1 ¢.
* For explanation of the Plate see p. 276. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1917, No. XIX. 19
266 MESSRS. J. J. JOICEY AND G. TALBOT: ON
3. ARHOMOLIS NIGRIPUNCTA, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 6.)
Near sanguinea Hamps.*, but more strongly irrorated with yellow, the discal line strongly curved, and the three subapical spots placed in a curve.
3. Upperside of fore wing crimson, strongly irrorated with yellow. Costal edge greyish white for proximal two-thirds, Markings yellowish grey tinged with crimson. Three ill-defined basal spots edged with blackish outwardly, the upper one in the cell; a discal band of spots, its Inner edge strongly curved and defined by blackish dots, its outer edge irregular, though the upper part defined by blackish dots forms a curve to below vein 3; below this the band is much narrower and reaches the tornus ; anteriorly it is limited by the subcostal and is composed of a double spot in the end of the cell, three outside the cell and five below it; three subapical spots forming a curve, and below the third two smaller and darker spots parallel to the margin ; the termen marked by black dots at the ends of the veins. Hind wing with distal area salmon-pink, the discal and basal area being hyaline.
Underside of fore wing with basal area to vein 2 grey tinged with crimson, costal edge grey, distal area crimson strongly tinged with yellow, markings of upperside faintly showing. Hind wing paler than above.
Antenne grey-brown except basal two-thirds of shaft, which is crimson above; palpi crimson inside and grey-brown on outer side; frons grey-brown; head and thorax crimson irrorated with yellow ; abdomen above salmon-pink, basal two segments and anal tuft grey-white; thorax and abdomen below grey-white ; legs grey-white marked with crimson, anterior coxze crimson on inside, Length of fore wing 16 mm.
Hab. French Guiana, St. Laurent, Maroni River, July—Sept. J ui raueh tole
Whilst Sir George Hampson regards this as an Arcomolis, it may be useful to point out that it differs from his original diagnosis of that genus. The fore wing has vein 10 originating before 7, and the hind wing has 3 and 5 on a short stalk, and 6 and 7 from the cell. The fore wing has a patch of androconia below the cell in the median area. The hind wing has the costa lobed, and bears a small patch of androconia on the upperside above the cell; on the underside of the inner margin is a fold containing a brush of androconial hairs which are club-shaped. The antenne are serrate and fasciculate.
4, AUTOMOLIS IGNIVENA, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 7.)
Near ditissima Walk. from 8. Brazil, but larger and with a
difterently shaped apical patch. 2. Upperside of fore wing fuscous-brown irrorated with
* Areomolis sanguinea Hampson, A. M. N. H. ser. 7, vol. xv. p. 442 (1905) Cayenne).
NEW SOUTH-AMERICAN ARCTIIDA. © 267
blackish, darker on the inner margin, basal area paler; apical patch pale yellow, extending to vein 3, outwardly defined by pale orange, which also colours the veins traversing it; the part filling cellule 4 is half the length of the areas in 3 and 5; a discal zigzag crimson line from the costa at vein 6 to the middle of inner margin, outwardly curved to vein 3, then directed basad to sub- median, thence distad to margin on the black area, being here much thickened and enclosing a yellow spot; anteriorly the teeth formed in cellules 3-5 are filled in with pale orange; some reddish suffusion at the base; a short crimson basal streak below cell; costa pale orange; veins crimson. Hind wing dark brown, also fringes; apex produced and a short anal lobe.
Underside of fore wing dark brown, apical patch as above ; basal two-thirds of cell and a stripe below it pale yellow. Hind wing with a pale-yellow subbasal spot below costa.
Antenne brown, white anteriorly; palpi with first segment white, the rest grey on outside, black on inside; frons grey-white; head pale orange; thorax yellowish white marked with orange, two black dots at base; abdomen crimson above, white below; pectus white; legs white, fore-legs marked with pale orange. Length of fore wing 18 mm.
Hab, North Peru, Charape River, Tabaconas, 4000 feet: A. E. Prawb 1912: 12.
5. AUTOMOLIS OCHREOGASTER, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 8.)
¢. Upperside silky-white; underside similar with the veins brownish. ¢
Head, tegule, patagia, and base of abdomen silky-white ; antennee with shaft white above, brown below, serrate and fasci- culate; frons with a tinge of ochreous; an ochreous line at side of eye; abdomen pale ochreous; legs grey-white; palpi white, ochreous on inside.
Hind wing with 3 and 5 stalked, 6 and 7 stalked, 8 from middle of cell.
Length of fore wing 17 mm. —
flab. Sapucay, Paraguay, July 1902, 1°.
Similar to albescens Roths., but differs in neuration of hind wing.
6, AUTOMOLIS OCHREOMARGINATA, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 9.)
Nearest sicilia Druce, from Mexico and Panama.
d. Upperside.—Vore wing orange-yellow, the apex thinly scaled with black. A narrow terminal buff margin widening posteriorly. Hind wing paler yellow than fore wing, darker along outer and inner margins. .
Underside as above.—Vore wing with apex and costal edge narrowly black to within a quarter from base. Hind wing deeper yellow on costal area. .
13%
268 MESSRS, J. J. JOICEY AND G. TALBOT ON
Head and thorax orange-yellow; frons metallic blue, anteriorly ochreous; vertex with a metallic-blue spot: palpi black, ochreous on the outside; antenne black, serrate and fasciculate ; ; legs ochreous striped with black; abdomen black above, first and second segments orange-yellow, segments 4-6 with a metallic-blue dorsal spot, a lateral and sublateral series of metallic-blue spots reaching terminal segment, ventral surface ochreous with narrow black bands. Length of fore wing 16 mm.
Hab. French Gian St. Jean du Maroni, 1 ¢.
7. GLAUCOSTOLA MARONIENSIS, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 10.)
3. Upperside.—fore wing blackish brown, greyish between the veins; two large irregularly-rounded white spots, one sub- basal, the other subapical; inner margin at the base narrowly orange. Hind wing pale orange with black outer margin, which is widest at angle of the wing and narrows posteriorly.
Underside.—- ore wing with basal area white and fovea bearing a tuft of white hair. Hind wing as above.
Head orange, a black spot on vertex, frons black; palpi black, paler on outside; antenne black, serrate and fasciculate ; tegule orange with mesial black spot; thorax grey-black; abdomen orange, paler below, segments 5 and 6 black dorsally and later- ally, a lateral row of black spots; legs grey-black and ochreous. Length of fore wing 13 mm.
Hab. French Guiana, St. Jean du Maroni, 1 3.
Differs from typical Glaucostola in antenne being serrate aud fasciculate, and in fore wing having vein 3 from before angle of cell. Near metaxantha Schs.
~
8. MELESE FLAVESCENS, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 11.)
This distinct species belongs to Sect. 11. of Hampson’s diagnosis, and the antenne are serrate and fasciculate.
3. Upperside of fore wing fuscous-brown irrorated with yellow. A yellow dot at the base, a yellow spot below the celi on the submedian, another boyoud it touching submedian and vein 2, one at the base of cellule 2, a rounded yellow spot beyond the cell in 5. Hind wing hyaline, costal and inner margins pale yellow, veins yellowish, fringes yellowish white.
Underside of fore wing paler than above, grey-white in the » basal area.
Antenne brown; palpi and lower part of frons pale orange- yellow, upper part of frons fuscous, vertex yellow ; tegule fuscous, rest of thorax yellow mixed with fuscous; abdomen yellowish brown, fringed at base with yellowish-white hair; pectus and fore-coxe pale orange-yellow, femora and tibize fuscous, tarsi grey-white. Length of fore wing 17 mm.
Hab. Argentine, September, 1 3.
bo (or) eo)
NEW SOUTH-AMERICAN ARCTIID®,
9, OPHARUS OCHRACEA, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 12.)
This distinct species has no near ally.
©. Fore wing pale ochreous-brown with white markings. A small patch at the base with two black dots; a median band, its upper part directed distad, its lower part below cell narrower and directed basad to Inner margin; a broader discal band broken at cellule 2, its upper part formed of an oblong patch at right angles to costa, its lower part below vein 2 narrower and parallel with median band; a narrow postdiscal band of spots, its upper part to vein 4 at right angles to costa and composed of four spots joined together, the fourth much smaller, its lower part curved. basad to inner margin and composed of four separate spots smaller than the upper first three; a subterminal series of irregular spots, the first in 7 the second in 6, and nearer the margin, the third and fourfh joined in 4 and 5,and below the first, the fifth in 3, the sixth and seventh joined in 2 and 1, the last being curved and close to tornus. Mind wing semi-hyaline with a pale ochreous subterminal band, narrowing posteriorly and not reaching inner margin.
Antenne rufous, basal segment white with a black dot; palpi pale ochreous, black at sides; frons pale ochreous, anteriorly with a black spot ; vertex white with a black spot; tegule white, bear- ing two black spots; patagia white with black spots and fringed with ochreous-brown ; abdomen pale orange above, grey-white below, with a dorsal and lateral series of black spots; pectus grey-white ; legs ochreous-brown, fore-coxe bearing a black spot on inside. Length of fore wing 25-27 mm.
Hab. North Peru, Charape River, Tabaconas, 4000 feet: A. E. Pratt. £912. 2 O° 2.
10. NeRITos PURPUREOTINCTA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 13.)
This distinct species belongs to Sect. 111. of Hampson’s diagnosis, and the antenne are serrate and fasciculate.
3. Upperside of fore wing pale purple, with a darker brownish basal area; a crimson dot at extreme base, another at base of eell, another, encircled by black, in upper basal part of cell ; black line strongly curved outwards, from origin of vein 2 to inner margin and bordering a rounded crimson inner spot; heyond it a second curved blackish line below vein 2; some blackish sealing in outer part of cell; a crimson basal str eak on inner margin; a broad postdiscal semihyaline band of pale amber-yellow, its inner edge straight and oblique, margined with crimson, the distal edge curved inward, also margined with crimson, cutting off a rounded apical patch; veins traversing apical patch crimson near margin and blackish behind ; costal edge crimson except on the band; fringe of outer margin pale yellow. Hind wing pale orange-yellow, costa pinkish,
Underside of fore wing similar to upperside, basal area darker,
* 270 ON NEW SOUTH-AMERICAN ARCTIID.
paler in the median space; crimson edging to the band better defined ; apical area darker, more invaded by crimson. Hind wing with costa pale crimson.
Antenne reddish brown, crimson in basal part; palpi crimson, second segment marked with brown, first segment white in outer and basal part; head and thorax crimson and with a blackish- brown patch; abdomen orange-yellow above with a white basal dorsal spot; pectus and abdomen below white; legs white, fore- and mid-tibie and tarsi pale yellow. Length of fore wing 13 mm.
Hab. French Guiana, St. Jean du Maroni, 1 ¢.
& ON NEW BUTTERFLIES FROM AFRICA AND THE EAST. 271
20. New Butterflies from Africa and the Hast By J. J. Jorn | tes.e BP AS.. FLES.,.and G. Tapor,
[Received June 20, 1917: Read November 20, 1917. ]
INDEX.
SYSTEMATIC: Page Papilio illyris hamatus, subspe Ny ......s0cececesccreres 201 Charaxes maudei, sp. n. San eda DEA, Charaves smaragdalis or senate. saber Tih see eeee oe ee Papilio polydorus ulawaensis, subsp. n. or aberr.n.... 272
The types of the forms herein described are in the collection of Joicey.
PAPILIO ILLYRIS HAMATUS, Subsp. n.
So. Upperside with broader bands. Sore wing with band straighter on its outer edge. ae wing with a bar at the end of cell, almost cutting off a cell-s
Underside with reduced red on ae hind wing; the red line fringing the black spot in 7 is very narrow, and the black spot is reduced to a straight bar; white spot beyond cell enlarged and entering the cell.
Hab. German East Africa (British “Cecupaoh )s. ex coll. Suffert, 1 ¢.
Ciranaxns MAUDEI, sp. n.
Allied to atphares Cram. and citheron Feld., and perhaps linking these two species together.
8 “The upperside resembles, citheron and the underside more like wiphares. Much larger than any females we have seen of these two species.
Upperside of fore wing with a broad white discal band, broken where 1c, 2, and 3 cross it, the spot in 3 larger than the others, in le smaller than the spot below it; 3 subapical spots as in citheron, followed by 6 spots in 5, 4, 3, 2, le and 1b, forming a subterminal series of fulvous spots, the two upper ones being white proximally, the two lower ones placed close to the lower median white patches. Mind wing with a broad white discal band formed as in citheron, its distal edge with diffuse purplish scaling ; a postdiscal series of 5 fulvous spots in cellules 2-6, the anterior one touching the discal band; a subterminal series of small violet spots; marginal lunules thicker than in the two allied species, the anterior 3 fulvous, the posterior 3 dull green.
Underside with greener ground-colour than in the. allied species. More wing with discal band continuous, its proximal edge indented so that the black line is strongly curved in the
*
272 ON NEW BUTTERFLIES FROM AFRICA AND THE EAST,
lower median space, and in 2 and 3; black post-discocellular line much thicker than in the allied species; subterminal fulvous spots much brighter than in citheron, some faint whitish scaling distally of the upper 5 spots, which is seen completely developed in xiphares; black subterminal spots in 2 and below it as in citheron, and not so large as in xiphares. Hind wing with discal white scaling from costa to vein 4 more developed than in citheron, but much less so than in wiphares; other markings as in citheron.
Length of fore wing 57 mm.
Hab. German East Africa (British occupation),—Lindi, 1 92, ex coll. Suffert.
CHARAXES SMARAGDALIS ORIENTALIS, subsp. n.
d. Differs from the type-form in reduced blue on both wings. The patch below vein 2 on the fore wing is reduced distally and is indistinctly divided by a curved line between vein 2 and the submedian, a line which sometimes appears in the typical form. The blue band of the hind wing does not extend basad beyond the point of origin of veins 3 and 4; ‘it is also reduced distally and the spot in 6 is only about two-thirds the typical size; the submarginal spots have only the faintest trace of a white dot.
Underside more yellowish, the yellow subterminal lunules thicker and without any white scaling.
Hab. Kast Africa—Kericho, July 1903 (Jackson), 1 5. In Tring Museum 1 ¢ from Rau, Nandi, 12. 2.98 (Dr. Ansorge).
PAPILIO POLYDORUS ULAWAENSIS, subsp. or aberr. n.
Near the race polydemon Math. The hind wing with discal patches obsolete above and much reduced below. Hab. Ulawa Island, North Solomons, 1 2? , ex coll. Grose-Smith.
-
+ ber +
.
7 = ra . .
=m)
PZ.5. 1917, TALBOT & |@l@zieuiaaNe
Horace Knight, del. MENPES PRESS, WATFORD.
GYNANDROMORPH OF PAPILIO LYCOPHRON. HBN.
A GYNANDROMORPH OF PAPILIO LYCOPHRON, 273
21. A Gynandromorph of Papilio lycophron Hbn. By Jao sorony, f.iis., HZ.5.; f.B.S., and G, Tatsor,
[Received June 20, 1917: Read November 20, 1917. }
(Plate II.*)
This remarkable specimen is a well-marked example of gynan- dromorphism, the right hind wing above being normal. It belongs to the race phanias Roths. & Jord.
Both fore wings are asymmetrical and each shows a large spot in the end of the cell. The right fore wing has the band inter- rupted between the submedian fold and vein 3, two small spots being left below vein 2; the outer part of the spot in cellule 3 remains and the inner portion of it is nebulous, the spot in 4 is indented distally, the spot in 5 is only represented by a streak above vein 5, the spot in 6 is reduced distally, also the spot in 7. The left fore wing shows some traces of the band in the median area, and on the inner margin the spot in 4 is reduced as on the other wing, the spot in 5 is slightly reduced anteriorly, that in 6 is represented by a curved proximal line and a distal dot, the one in 7 reduced toa proximal dot. The right hind wing is normal except for some orange scaling at the lower angle of the yellow band. The left hind wing has the band invaded by streaks of brown ground-colour, and notably a broad stripe filling the lower part of the cell fromthe base to the end; there is some orange scaling at the lower angle of the band. The distal area is damaged, but there is some green scaling in cellules 3-5; the apical spot is much larger than on the other wing.
The underside of the right fore wing is normal. The left fore wing is darkened over the inner and median area and lower half of the cell. The right hind wing has the red discal spots larger than usual. The left hind wing is more strongly darkened than above, leaving a yellow streak in the cell, in 7, and in 6, with other minor traces of the band. The red spots are a little larger than on the other wing, especially the apical spot.
The abdomen bears some scattered dark-brown spots.
This specimen was obtained by Mr.’ A. E. Pratt at the Rentema Falls on the Upper Amazon, North Peru,
* For explanation of the Plate see p. 276.
is!
aye 2 Ts : 2 . . * - me * 7 S rasp = © >
se
Cap
Pare
ine)
ON THREE ABERRATIONS OF LEPIDOPTERA, 275
22, Three Aberrations of Lepidoptera. By J. J. Jotcry, Hit, beZioss, Le tise, and G., LAnBon,, WH.8.
[Received June 20, 1917; Read November 20, 1917.] The specimens described herein are in the collection of Joicey.
A Melanie Aberration of CATAGRAMMA CYNosuRA Hew. (Pl: I. fig.:3.)
Upperside of fore wing with distal red band much obscured by dark scaling and showing faintly; apical spot absent. ind wing with red basal patch reduced and limited by vein 6.
Underside of fore wing with blue subterminal line thickened and forming a series of 6 proximally pointed spots; subapical yellow streak represented by a thin and shorter line. Yellow diseal band narrower and reduced proximally. Hind wing much blackened ; yellow costal patch reduced, yellow band encircling the disc only represented by a short streak before vein 2, discal transverse streak absent, distal series of blue spots nearer the cell and smaller.
The specimen bears the locality ‘‘ Peru.”
PHILOSAMIA CYNTHIA Drury. Aberration.
This remarkable aberration is a 2 specimen bred in Trinidad, B. W. I:, and received from there by Mr. Ernest Swinhoe.
The ground-colour of the wings is much darker and in the distal area is nearly black, excepting the grey marginal border. The white bands are very broad. On the fore wing the post- discal band is united as the basal bands at vein 4 and the submedian, the space between these being white; the distal widening of the lower basal band leaves only a small patch of ground-colour on the inner margin; similarly the widening of the upper basal band and the proximal widening of the post- diseal band reduces the discal lunule to a small ovate spot which is obsolete on the left wing.
The bands of the hind wing are united anteriorly so that the space between costa and origin of vein 5 is white; the discal lunule is very small on the left wing and minute on the right wing. The distal normally pink scaling on both wings is replaced by grey.
Abdomen wholly white; head and tegule white.
PAPILIO NEOPHILUS PARIANUS R. & J. Dichromatic Aberration. This is an example of erythrism in a ¢. specimen which hag the patches on the fore wing salmon-pink instead of green; the
276 ON THREE ABERRATIONS OF LEPIDOPTERA,
anterior spot is translucent, and the scales on the underside in the area of this spot are also pink. The scales have suffered no displacement; those forming the anterior spot are longer and narrower than the more ovate ones of the lower patches, and are -mostly tridentate, like those of the underside, this being normal. Hab. Las Quiguas, Esteban Valley, N. Venezuela, Nov.-March.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES I. & II,
PuateE I.
Fig. 1. Vila eueidiformis. aa f. radiata.
. Polugr apha cyaneaG. & 8S. Q. . Catagramma cynosura Hew. Aberration. Idalus flavithorax. Neonerita metapheenica. Areomolis nigripuncta. Automolis ignivena.
a5 ochreogaster.
=. ochr comarginata, 10. Glaucostola maroniensis. 11. Melese flavescens. 12. Opharus ochracea. 13. Neritos purpureotincta.
Die Ses A
PLATE IT.
Fig. 1. Gynandromorph of Papilio lycophron Hbn. Upperside. 2. a 5, Hi a Underside.
ON ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA, 277
23. Ant-like Spiders from Malaya, collected by the Annandale-Robinson Expedition, 1901-2, By H. D. Bapcock, M.A.*.
| Received July 7, 1917: Read October 23, 1917. |
(Text-figures 1-12.)
INDEX. SysTEMATIC. Page Page New names :— Descriptions of species previously described :-—
Myrmarachne cornuta ............... 291 aaa a COP UORMIUS. acces 296 | Strigoplus albostriatus K. Sin. ... 280 , CUNEUUA. mucun sede ener: 300 | Amyciea forticeps O. P. Camb. ... 283 is TAMOSA ......0.00..... 803 | Hpidius longipalpis Thor......... sac 280 a albicrurata .......5 306 | Myrmarachne maxillosa C. L. se VACeralis oases SLO ICOCISe ret ec eee enone ase: Fs biseratensis ......... 812 | Agorius gracilipes Thor. ............ 318 Bt gedongensis............ 316
The Spiders here described were collected by Dr. Nelson Annandale and Mr. H. C. Robinson in the Malay States in the
years 1901-2, and are now under the charge of the British Museum, South Kensington.
The specimens examined were :—
THOMISID&. IDET OPUS akaen Gna p ia cease 1 AMIN CURD, aicchiawihi tee ayuicins 1 DEUS ete ctovtarc aunistaar gra es 1 SALTICIDA. Myrmarachne ..........4. DO AG OTUU Sin. 038s werastooe net sat 1
Many of these were accompanied by ants which have been numbered for reference, but which have not been identified.
The species of Thomiside and of <Agorius are known. Of Myrmarachne, with the exception of J. mawxillosé, of which there are 13 specimens, all seem to be new species. Material in the British Museum available for comparison is, however, scanty, and the descriptions and especially the figures dealing with known species are so scattered and often inadequate, that certainty on this point is at present impossible.
Myrmarachne maxillosa female was very common, and it is curious that no male was found. In general shape M. biseratensis is very much like it, but it differs in teeth and tibial spines from
all previous descriptions of the male of that species. It may ultimately prove to be a variety.
* Communicated by the SECRETARY.
208 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON
M. turriformis is a very distinct species of the Plataleoides group.
M. cornuta is distinguished from all other species fibno described by the excess of length of the second over the first joint of the pedicel.
The distinction between M. albicrurata and M. lateralis is not very satisfactory, and one specimen occurs which suggests that these are only varieties of a single species.
The males If. ramosa and M. gedongensis are well marked, but there is no information to suggest to which (if any) of the females they belong.
The chief diagnostic differences between the various species of Myrmarachne are given in the key preceding the descriptions. The group is a difficult one. In general shape the prosoma falls into three classes, viz., somewhat squat with a narrow and shallow thoracic groove and thorax falling rapidly behind it (mawillosa, biseratensis), caput towering high above thorax (turriformis), and caput and thorax separated by a wide groove of moderate depth with caput not much higher than thorax (all the rest). The prosoma is further characterized by the presence or absence of a wedge of white colour below the thoracic groove, but this is liable to be almost obliterated.
Constriction of the opisthosoma or the absence of it seems a constant character, though its depth and the extent of light coloration about it are variable. The shape of the unguis and armature of the falces in the male are always characteristic. .
The shape of the sternum, though in cases “appearing very definite, is certainly variable to a considerable extent and except in extreme cases is a doubtful guide. The epigyne appears to differ in the figures, but it 1s probably more due to differences in condition than specific differences. ‘The male organs all consist of a fine coiled spine of about 13 turns with slight, if any, specific differences ; but distinction may be based on the relative lengths and shapes of the last three palpal joints and the terminal process of the tibia, none of which, however, is particularly striking.
In both sexes the number of spines below the patella and tibia afford marked distinctions and are probably as good a first guide as anything. They are, however, liable to be rubbed off and are not absolutely constant.
In every case the practice adopted has been to start wih a detailed description. This has been followed in the case of Myrmarachne by a short description or diagnosis. Finally a note is given stating the place where and circumstances under which specimens were taken, any particulars concerning them and any measurements made. In the case of these last it must be remembered that the specimens, having been in spirit for years, were very brittle and difficult to measure with accuracy, and that . the figures given must only therefore be taken as approximate.
ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 279
In the following descriptions I have used Lankester’s terms “prosoma” and ‘ opisthosoma ” for the main divisions of the body, while retaining “ caput” and “thorax,” employed by Cam- bridge, as convenient terms for the two parts of the former.
The ‘thoracic groove” is the depression between caput and thorax. ‘Cephalic wedge” the wedge of white hairs or colour at the side of the prosoma reaching downwards from the groove. “Width ” or “height ” means greatest width or height.
The eyes are referred to as 1, 2, 3, 4 in the order—central of front row, lateral of ditto, central of back row, lateral of ditto; the small eye of the Salticide being considered as 3 in this series.
The intervals between the eyes are expressed as 1.1, 1.2, de. When the shape-of a quadrilateral of eyes is mentioned it is con- sidered as the quadrilateral circumscribing the eyes in question. The letters f, b, 0, u referring to an eye indicate that it is directed forward, backward, outward, upward.
The basal end of the groove of the falx is the end nearest the roct of the unguis.
The joints of the legs are referred to as c¢, tr, f, p, ti, m, and ta, with a subscript letter to denote the particular leg where necessary; thus tr, means ‘trochanter of third leg. oo ele refer to joints of pedicel.
In describing the prosoma the order adopted has invariably ‘been: (a) as seen from above, (>) from the side, (c) from in front. In the case of the falces and opisthosoma it has been (a) from above, (6) from the side, (c) from below, though in none of these has it always been thought necessary to describe from all these positions.
The upper margin of the groove in the falces is always that furthest from the maxille, even though this in the case of Amyciea and some female Salticids may more correctly be described as ‘“ outer.”
Key to Myrmarachne mentioned in this paper.
1. a. Second joint of pedicel much greater than first. Opistho- soma constricted . eases haa cornuta, b. Second joint of ret ae in or more sothen ntehi 1es8
than first .. Wes ee 2 2. a. Opisthosoma not poerricrede shee eet rahe eek ec Seeder 3 _ 6. Opisthosoma aes ee AUR ak ere ee ok seta ce 5 Dre OCC OL SN ONG ston baw Zits soa ticasactdce oBe as (4eeaa hoomaedonc eins, foveie 4 b. Pedicel aioree Maton cep ete aaa pane canton Hesse, CULT LOTICIS: 4. a. Spines on Ist fabs B4o pairs. Sera a ere anata esa MINCE IL LOGO = 6. Spines on Ist tibia 5 pairs .. Pobdsescendota? eee aiass ess csnene | DISCLALENSIS O « 5. a. Ist patella no spines, Ist aie! pairs.. Sis Seeetncesue PALOTCHULALO 2s b. 1st patella 1 spine ........ er ee 6 c. 1st patella 1 pair of spines, ae aw bt to 1) ATES oat ii Sara statis, A VSpimegpAMS 2:20...) avaes.sccbecheasie ise see< slic sascee’ LAMOSA Os ByalststibtaowtOuG pails eat nct arnt Meher eslanesteaease lateralis Q. 7. a. White wedge on side of prosoma . ME eet elmeata: 2. Do NOs Waniber Wiel Omer ean heey dec art hi. etnencsiicheiicceel these” GE@ONGENSIS<S.
280 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON
THOMISID4. Srrtcopius E. Simon, 1885.
@. STRIGOPLUS ALBosTRIATUS E. Sim. (Text-fig. 1.)
S. albostriatus K. Sim. Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, 1885, p. 144.
Peltorhynchus rostratus Thorell, K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. xxiv. pe2 (1891):
Prosoma.—(a) Clypeus nearly straight or very slightly recurved, with fringe of stiff red hairs projecting forward slightly; notch on sides behind clypeus then swells out to § and then inwards, ending in a truncation slightly narrower than width of clypeus. Thorax and caput cannot be separated except by colour. Clypeus and a triangle from outside eyes 4 to centre of cephalothorax is
Text-figure 1.
\
“ity
‘ue N AY “bay tlife om er ren
NGAI la Wy
aN | Wg
d
Strigoplus albostriatus E. Sim., ¢.
a. Prosoma from above. 6. Do. profile. e¢. Do. from in front. d. Sternum &c. e. Opisthosoma from above. f. Do. from below.
light yellow (caput), remainder darker yellow-brown (thorax), Caput has a still lighter fine line proceeding forward from apex of triangle and stopping just beyond line of 3.3 at a transverse line of stiff hairs similar to those on clypeus. ‘This line is slightly expanded into a dot immediately after its start. A similar light line crosses this at right angles between 4.4, the two lines together forming a faint but distinct cross. Eyes 2 and 4 are on tubercles with a distinct blue tinge which is striking. Line centre to eye 4 is marked by two light dots similar to that on central line, and these dots form approximately the line of demarcation between the light and dark portions (caput and
ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 28]
thorax) of prosoma. There are also less distinct dots or streaks radiating from centre and marking other thoracic divisions. Dark portion is bordered by a thin white marking at hind corners, and there is a very thin darkening at outer edge. Cephalothorax is practically free from hairs except the bristle fringes and a very slight thin pubescence at edges.
(b) Clypeus slopes very gradually backwards and upwards with convex section, and on this view is equal in length to eye-cliff, its rise being very slight. Portion of face containing eyes 2 now rises vertically or rather slightly overhanging, and from here to centre of cephalothorax (which is well behind eyes 4) top is flat with slight rise; thence 45° slope to rear. White marking is prominent at rear end and can be traced round to front as a fine white line. Hyes 2 and 4 are also prominent on side view.
(c) Clypeus slightly procurved and about = eye 1; top convex, sides straight.
Cephalothorax has somewhat the appearance of a death’s head.
Eyes.—\|st row distinctly procurved.
1.1 nearly =2x1.2, on slight tubercles of bluish tinge, Onued:
2=2x 1, largest of the 4, on blue tubercle connected by valley with tubercle of 4, the whole markedly blue, o. u. f.
3=4 x1, smallest of all, u.
4 very slightly <2, blue most marked and tubercle most pro- minent, o. b. u.
2.3 very slightly <1.1; 3.3=4.4 approximately.
Total length of 2nd row greater than Ist. Trapezium 1.3.3.1 is narrower behind than before and approximately as ai as long.
Falces nearly horizontal, projecting forward and very pro- minent from above, broad at base and rounded, rapidly reducing to apex and curving slightly apart on inner side so that there is a distinct space between. Short tooth-like spines from about 3 to apex, one on top near commencement being distinctly stronger than the rest. Lower side free from hairs. Groove indistinct and toothless. Outer margin has a thin scopula of moderate hairs.
Maxille.—Long, nearly = falces, broadest at base, slightly con- eave without and within round labium and tapering to a blunt point, greatest slope being on outer edge. Short spines all over lower side. Serrula on outer edge after concavity. Scopula strongest at angle but also slight on inner side.
Labiwm shaped like a Florence flask, length = maxilla = 3 breadth ; blunt-pointed.
Palpi—One missing, other broken after patella. Light- coloured. stout, cylindrical.
Legs.—Mostly detached and damaged.
lst. One missing, other broken after femur. Light especially
on top of f, which is marked with ‘somewhat indistinct longitudinal series of white spots.
Proc, Zoou. Soc.—1917, No. XX. 920
‘
282 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON
2nd. Two detached legs are probably 2nd. These have :—
f dark with distinct large white spot at centre and one at apical end on each side, and a fainter one at basal end on one (% both) sides. p dark.
ti=f=3 p, a little lighter and with white annulation about centre; basal } darker and < apical.
m < ti, deve at Hae) then a white spot followed by hight end.
ta light, <m, and distinctly lighter for basal half.
Claws Zs pectinated with about. 5 teeth.
3rd. Only one remains. Much lighter, no distinct rodent Slight hairs thickest on m & ta. 4th. Both missing.
There are three detached legs resembling 3 and three resem- bling 2; presumably, therefore, 3 and 4 are much alike and 2 and 1, though the detached one is not much like the attached 1. In-any case none has any spines, though all have considerable hairs on ti, m, ta. All joints are cylindrical except f, and f,, which are slightly bow-shaped though not angular.
Sternwm.—Broad, nearly an equilater al triangle, with fore side straight, sides slightly convex, and hind end a blunt point.
OprstHosoma.— Light and dark brown.
In front a slightly recurved narrow transverse white line with short central white line projecting back and rather indistinet returns at ends. .
About middle a white line, whole width of abdomen, waved doubly at centre.
About same interval another straight line broken on each side of centre.
4th line wavy and shorter.
5th shortest, just above spinners.
The darker brown is more or less bounded in front by the white line, light after 3rd.
Shape an amphora with spinners for neck. Sides have some more or less irregular white splashes or spots which bound lower surface ; a pair on each side of lung-sacs and a shortest pair at base of spinners are very marked.
Below, brown. Lung-sacs small, light, fairly wide. Epigastric fold marked, pr ocurved.
Spinners. —1st Gacelishanod ; 3rd longest and thinner; all hunched.
Note.—Description from a single ? somewhat damaged, from Sungkei, found in company with ant no. 2. The prosoma and opisthosoma were separated and the legs were not ‘measurable,
Prosoma 1-2 long x 1:2 wide x 1:1 mm. high.
Opisthosoma 270 x 1°8 x 1:4 mm.
ae prosoma is widest and highest at 2 3, the Ppleclere a widest at 3, highest at 3.
Total length estimated at 3 mm.
ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 283
Amycr@A KE. Sim., 1885. @. Amycr#a ForticEPS O. P. Cambridge, 1873. (Text-fig. 2.)
Amycla forticeps O. P. Cambr. P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 122.
Amyciea forticeps Thorcll, Spid. Burm. p. 282.
Prosoma.—(a@) From above truncated but slightly recurved in front, the same but slightly procurved behind, sides slightly convex, widest a little behind centre.
(6) Nearly as high as long, very convex, very steep in front to eye 2, then shghtly and convexly rising to highest point over eye 4, then with a more gradual and very slightly convex slope to hind end.
(c) In front sides convex, subparallel, front edge slightly pro- curved. Clypeus=eye-space.
Colour reddish yellow, with a few black hairs on front edge and between eyes. Very faint traces of fovea immediately behind eyes and striz therefrom.
Text-figure 2.
e
Amyciea forticeps O. P. Camb., 2. a. Profile. 6. Prosoma from in front. c. Sternum &c.
Hyes.—¥irst row straight and subequally spaced, 1.1 being possibly very slightly <1.2. 2 large on bluish tubercle = 4x 1. ‘2nd row strongly recurved so that 3.3 is well in front of 4.4.
Quadrilateral 1.3.3.1 is very much wider behind than before. 3 considerably <1.
Quadrilateral 2.2.4.4 slightly wider than long, a rectangle. 4 large on blue tubercles but slightly < 2.
Falces not longer than clypeus, slightly stouter at base than apex, which is cut square. On side view rather more tapering. Unguis small. A weak scopula below unguis, and inner sides of falces with short, dark, stiff hairs in a regular row, longest at unguis. :
20*
284 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON
Maxille.—Narrow at base, at first parallel then curving in- wards to rounded points facing each other in front of labium. On inside curves closely round labium. Serrula from well on outer side round end to point, very weak. Scopula very weak just inside point.
Labiwm.—Length = maxilla. Breadth <4 length. Sides . slightly constricted immediately after base and then convex to a round point.
Palpi.—Spring from base of maxilla. All joints cylindrical. f much longest, >c, ; p, ti, ta increasing in length, but all short ; ‘ta has a single simple claw.
Legs.—2.1.4.3, with 2 and 1 practically equal and marked differences between the others. All are cylindrical except coxe, which are rather rectangular on section. Proportions of joints much the same in all, f, ti, m, ta being in decreasing order with m about 4 ti or 2 ta. Femurs of 1, 2, and 4 have a weak short spine above near apex, otherwise there are no spines. Tarsi have two claws, pectinated, with more teeth on one than the other ; teeth close together and extending threughout.
Sternum.—Shield-shaped, cut straight and broad in front, and with a short point behind. Nearly as broad aslong. ¢;,1 whole width of sternum, ¢c4,4 close but not in contact.
The colour of the prosoma including appendages is a dull orange-yellow.
Pepicet.—Moderate, distinctly visible from above, slightly tapering forward, single-jointed, covered at top with a long narrow lorum. Nearly white.
OpristHosoma.—Length nearly = 2 width or height. Some- what flask-shaped from above, distinctly widest at %. Light grey or mouse-colour, with two longitudinal sets of white spots, rather irregular in disposition, proceding from front to widest place and spreading outward. These terminate each in a large black spot.
Below plain. Lung-sacs very dark and wide apart. LEpi- gastric fold distinct.
Epigyne.—Rosette-shaped. Not noticeable.
Spinners.—All short; 1st and 3rd pair making a rectangle considerably breader than long; 2nd pair between 3rd, so that 3.2.2.3 is a straight line. All spring from sockets in a common projection, all 2nd joints very small.
Ist stout barrel-shaped. 2nd shortest, cylindrical, thinnest. 3rd cylindrical, intermediate.
Anus.-—Tubercle rather broad and thin, nearly as high as 3rd spinners.
Note.—Description is from a single 9 dropped from a tree in the jungle at Biserat.
The following are the measurements :—
PROSOMUG Re Hin Siete: 2°0 x 1:5 wide x 1°6 mm. high. Opisthosoma ...... 27 < LSeeee x aled Pe Palpus see. ne. rian ae
ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 285
Legs.—1 ...... c+tr 0°6, f 2:2, p+ti 2:2, m+ta 22 =7:2 yA ts 0°6, SRE DMs tls 2-2, al Oe ua dee Dilip tees cc OSG sia Leo, ptr +m+ta2°4 =4°5 ov ney poe OF Om eel IE F 37 =5°4
Ant accompanying, none. Eripius Thorell.
3g. Eprpius tonerpaueis Thor. (Text-fig. 3.) E. longipalpis Thor. St. Rag. Mal. i. 1877, p. 152.
runcated or very slightly convex in front, swells out slightly and concavely at sides to thorax, which is much wider and rounded at sides and slightly concave at rear. Caput is cut off above by strong striz, and there is a deep fovea and thoracic striz. Caput has a central longitudinal indentation from fovea to 2nd line of eyes, Colour dirty brown, lighter at indentations and rear of thorax.
(b) Clypeus vertical, gradual slope up from Ist eyes to mid- thorax, then more abrupt slope to end.
(c) Clypeus nearly = face, very slightly procurved. Caput convex above and at sides, thorax convex at sides and flattened above.
Text-figure 3.
Epidius longipalpis Thor., 3.
a. Prosoma from above. 6. Do. from in front. c¢. Sternum &c. d. Tarsus. e. Palpus.
Eyes.— 1st row recurved, 1.1 =1.2, 1 = 42. 2nd row re- curved as viewed from above but ace s0 than “Tat row, slightly procurved as viewed from in front, considerably longer than Ist. 3.3 very slightly >3.4, 4 very slightly > 3.
Trapezium 1.3.3.1 longer than broad and nearly twice as broad behind as before.
Falces.—Vertical or very slightly sloped forwards, parallel
286 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON
sides with very oblique long truncation, groove distinct. Upper margin, one small tooth at angle with one smaller above it, and one or more very small below. Lower margin, one tooth half way to angle and two at angle, one of which is fairly large; these two may, however, be really one with two cusps. <A strong and long scopula of light hairs on outer margin.
Maxilla.—Moderate, length =14 breadth, subparallel, being shghtly wider in front than at base. Outer apex rounded, inner obliquely truncated with scopula. Serrula from well before outer rounding to truncation.
Labium.—Length > maxilla, broader than long, strongly barrel-shape.
Palpi.mRemarkably long = about % leg 4. Tr simple, much broader than long, breadth = nearly least width maxilla; f length = prosoma, cylindrical, slightly S curved; p very short, <+ ti; p+ti>f, ti<f and shghter, S curved; four steut bristles at lower apex pointing directly forward and reaching beyond base of fovea; a short sharp apophysis pointing directly forward at lower outer apex. Ta a little >p, very short, subelliptic, with blunt point and fovea occupying about half of it. Organs have largish but flat bulb ending in blunt-pointed extension forward. Style springs from centre and points forward over extension of bulb, ending in a sharp black spine-lke point.
Legs.—Only Ist and 38rd on one side remain, Ist being much stronger and about twice as long as 2nd. lst. ec length = nearly 2 breadth.
tr, a few short dark hairs at ridge, fore section distinctly < aft.
f, 2 or 3 spines at top in longitudinal row, a very few smaller at side.
p. =} ti, hairless.
ti slightly curved, slenderer than f; 3 or 4 spine pairs and a few spines along upper sides.
m nearly =,ti, two spine pairs below but stronger and a few at sides.
ta = 3 m, hairless, 2 claws with 5 teeth and fasciculus.
3rd. General proportions as Ist, but much shorter and f
stronger. Spines on back of f and p, others as Ist.
Sternum.—Cordiform, as broad as long, very smooth, front corners rounded, rear point rounded. c.; = full width of sternum. c4y,4= width of c,.
PrpiceL.—Short and stout, with a darker narrow lorum above.
OpistHosoma.—Very much damaged, but appears to be almond- shaped from above, with two or more pairs of spots in a longi- tudinal series at the fore part above. On a side view very high in front, rising vertically or with a slight overhang from pedicel and falling with a straight slope to spinners.
Spinners compact, short. Ist stout at base, tapering, 2- jointed. 2nd slender, longer, cylindrical. 3rd in shape and proportions between Ist and 2nd.
Anal tubercle.—Wide and noticeable.
="
ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 287
Note.—Description is from a much damaged ¢ specimen from Biserat, Jalor, in company with the Salticid spider M/yrmarachne biseratensis ¢ @ and three ants of species 2 and 17.
The following measurements were taken :—
WE OSOMUG! Gee vic. es +s 1-7 long x 1:7 mm, wide.
Opisthosoma ...... 2°0 or longer, damaged.
Palpi::..<.. f 1:8, p very short, p+ti2°0 =abt. 4:0.
Legs.—1...... e+tr+f 3°6, p+ti 3°9,m+ta40 =11'5 om ae 55 Oi ay AO ge PLO, ae Org)
SALTICIDA. MyRMARACHNE Macleay, 1839.
Q. MyrMaracune MAxILLOsA C, L. Koch. (Text-fig. 4.) Toxeus maxillosus C. L. Koch, Die Ar. xii. p. 19, tab. cecelxxvi. fig. 1090. Synemosina procera Thor. Ann. Mus. Genov. x. p. 538 (1877). Toxeus procerus id. ibid. xxv. p. 346 (1887), xxxi. p. 220 (1892). Salticus modestus id. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, ix. p. 235 (1892), Q jun. Toxeus maxillosus id. Spid. Burm. 1895, @.
Text-figure 4.
Myrmarachne mavillosa C. L. Koch, 2.
a. Profile. 6. From below.
Prosoma.—Length = patella + tibia of 4th leg, slightly longer than opisthosoma. Greatest breadth and greatest height each nearly 4 length. Caput = or very slightly < thorax. Front wall straight or very slightly recurved and stepped back at eye 2. Side walls straight or very slightly convex. Back wall somewhat pro- curved as it slopes down to the groove, where the cephalothorax
288 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON
is narrowed above but not at base. Thorax swells out again behind groove towards width of caput, being strongly rounded, and terminates in a truncated or even slightly hollowed end of about half greatest width of thorax.
Clypeus very low, top of caput flat and sloping very slightly upward to eye 4, over which it is convex. Groove is very shallow, hardly reaching as low as bottom of eye 4. Thorax rises very slightly behind it, and then falls with an even but slightly convex slope to rear end, where it rises concavely into a rim which can be traced along sides to caput.
Colour dark mahogany, with black eye-frame broken in front of eye 4 and terminating just below the level of eyes 2 and 4. Scanty short grey hairs all over (Text-fig. 4, a.)
Hyes.—1st row straight by summits. 1.1 in contact, 1.2 close but not in contact. 2=41 and slightly behind it. 4= or very slightly > 2.3 < 4 2, very slightly nearer 2 than 4 and on the upper tangent to 2 and 4. Hye square slightly broader than long, with eyes 4 projecting prominently at hind corners and 4.4 very slightly > 2.2 and > distance between itself and rim of cephalothorax.
Falces.— Very nearly as long as caput. Length > 2 breadth. Project horizontally forward. Sides subparallel, with inner edge straight to about § and then rounded off to base of margins, outer edge very slightly convex. On side view straight at lower edge, upper edge strongly convex making falx very much thicker at + to 4 than elsewhere. Unguis ==4 falx, sickle-shaped with base much thicker than tip and curve with a tendency to being straight in the middle with angle inside near base. Groove is marked. Upper margin has typically 8 teeth, of which the first three are close together at base of unguis, increasing rapidly in size from 1 very small to 3 large, 4-6 are large teeth, 7, 8 rapidly decreasing till 8 is very small. 4-8 evenly spaced. 1 and 2 and 8 are sometimes missing. Lower margin has 8 to 10 or more very small teeth close together and reaching from base of unguis to a little beyond angle, but always terminating before the upper ones. They or at any rate the middle ones are alternately large and small. There is a strongish scopula of long grey hairs on upper margin, largest at angle, and of short dark scanty hairs on lower margin.
Colour dark mahogany as cephalothorax. The falces are glabrous and somewhat rough.
Maaille.—Length = coxa + troch. of 1st = falx nearly. Outer edges parallel from base to apex of labium, then still remain straight but incline slightly outwards. Outer corner is well rounded and end square, a serrula following the edge from about middle of outer side to end of straight portion. Inner corner very slightly rounded and truncation straight and nearly parallel axis runs back more than half way to labium. Hence slopes slightly outwards and follows labium back to base, being hollowed out to enclose it. . Truncation has a strong scopula of black hairs which |
ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 289
is extended towards labium and also outwards to inner angle at termination of serrula, where hairs are grey and as long as width of maxilla.
Width at end = lJabium. Colour light mahogany except for outer edge, which is as dark as cephalothorax.
Labium.—Iin length % maxilla, terminating half way up it. Breadth 4+ length. Tapers very slightly from base to apex, which is square. Sides straight. Apex has a scopula of dark hairs. Colour as dark as outer portion of maxilla except for apex, which is ight.
Palpi.Spring from near base of maxilla. Trochanter length =width maxilla. Dark brown except for light yellow on inner basal side. Femur > half length of caput, flattened, narrow at both ends where its width > 4 length. Patella < 4 femur, wedge-shaped, broadening at apex from narrow base. Tibia broadens from base to apex, where it is twice width of patella apex. ‘Tarsus slightly longer than patella, with rounded point. Tibia and tarsus together form a lanceolate plate, glabrous below, nearly twice femur in length, with strong fringes of hairs on both sides and round point. All joints except patella have short grey hairs on back. General colour dark brown-green, except as mentioned for trochanter. Total length of palpus where extended = 2 falx, the basal end of tibia being about level with apex of falx.
Legs.—Order 4.1.5.2, with 4 and 1 practically equal and likewise 3 and 2. In the lst leg patella + tibia and in the 4th metatarsus + tarsus are notably long compared with the other legs.
Ist. Coxa length = 23 breadth, very slightly tapering, light yellow except for brown patch at lower outer vertex.
Trochanter = ¢ coxa, narrower, light yellow except for con- tinuation of coxal brown patch strengthened.
Femur strongly clubbed at base, < patella + tibia > tibia, dark except below at apical end.
Patella > 3 tibia, slightly curved downwards. No spines. Dark at sides, hght above and below.
Tibia. Has normally 7 spines on the inner and 6 on the outer side below, but there are frequently 6 pairs. The spines are evenly spaced from base to apex, but the largest are in the middle and they get rapidly shorter, so that the apices of the last 3 or 4 are all about level near the end of the joint. Dark at sides, light above and below.
Metatarsus > patella, with two pairs of strong spines longer and stronger than those of tibia, the last of which reach to beyond the middle of tarsus. Dark.
Tarsus < 3 metatarsus, with claw-tuft and 2 claws.
2nd.c equally broad and long, swollen near base, < 3c,. Dark. brown with a touch of light at apex.
tr short = 3c, cylindrical, brown with light patch below.
f slightly clubbed at base, brown with light below at apex.
290 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON p =¢# ti, curved downwards, no spines, Light above and below, dark sides. 3 pairs of feeble spines evenly spaced, with a 4th pair extremely short and feeble at extreme apex often missing. Light above and below, dark sides. m> ti. 2 spine pairs stronger than on ti, but much weaker chan on m,, basal is lar hea apical only just reaches ta. Light oowe fail below, dark at sides. ta< 3m. Light. ards Ca nae larger and move cylindrical than 2nd Cc, buowall tr short, cylindrical, brown. f brown, slightly clubbed at base. p short, curved downward, brown except for light patch above at basal end. ti brown except at tip where light above. m. feel) = = ti, light above and ‘below brown sides. ta > 3m, light. 4th. c > ec, but not more than § ¢,, cylindrical, brown. tr larger and a little slenderer than ¢, cylindrical, light. f long and slightly clubbed at base, pravent
Peep ti brown throughout, slender. m very long, nearly = ti, slender, brown except for very
small hghter patch at upper apical end. ta = ¢ m, light above and below, dark at sides.
In Eee appearance the posterior legs are much darker than the anterior, and the light (almost white) Ist ¢ and tr and 4th tr are very noticeable.
Sternum.—Lanceolate, short-pointed between C1. 1, which are ; their width apart. Widest from C1.2 to C2. 3, thence tapering to a long point in front of ¢4,4, salvich are in contact. Sides undulate to accommodate coxe but do not run into points between them. Broad for the genus, being > width of middle cox. Gaps c),2 and c2,3 about equal and not materially greater than ¢3,4. Colour mahogany, lighter than cox 2,3, 4. (Text- fig. 4, 6.)
PrpicEL.—Short but visible from above. First joint covered by brown plate overlapping second. Second joint longer and covéred by longitudinal narrow plate. Whole length of pedicel not greater than its w dth. It is received into a short projecting socket in abdomen. |
OpisrHosoma.—EHee-shaped from above, widest about 3 back. From side overhangs in front and about same level for first 3. Above, general colour a dark green-brown. Below, general colour the same but coarser, and at “sides distinctly composed of darker lines separated by light spaces. Lung-sacs very wide apart and dark red-brown, space between around epigyne lighter red-brown. A smoother and darker longitudinal band from epigastric fold to spinners, slightly wider at spinners.
Kpigastric fold procurved.
ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 291
Epigyne.—A pair of white oval spots with a darkish mahogany bridge between expanded at both ends. The whole ou a ground of the same colour. (Text-fig. 4, 6.)
Spinners.— 1st stout, subconical, light green-brown. 2nd very thin, white, slightly longer than Ist. 3rd a little stouter and darker than 2nd, much thinner than Ist, slightly longer than Ist.
All have 2nd joint very much longer than Ist.
Anus on a tubercle of two joints.
Suort Descriprion.
2. Prosoma = opisthosoma. Caput = thorax. Groove very slight, with thorax not rising appreciably behind.
Falces project horizontally forward, nearly as long as caput, giving the appearance of ¢. Teeth, upper 8 strong at centre, subevenly spaced ; lower 8 small, alternate sized, close.
Legs 4.1.3.2, with 4 and 1, 3 and 2 nearly equal pairs. c, and tr, and tr, are very prominently white. Ti, has 6 spine pairs or more often 6 and 7 spines, m, 2 pairs., p, none, p, none, ti, 3 pairs, occasionally a 4th, m, 2 pairs stronger than on ti,.
Sternum rather broad. Gap c2.3 not > others.
Pedicel short but visible from above.
Opisthosoma squat, much thicker than usual in the genus.
Note.—Description based on 13 9 from Biserat, K. Mahek, c. Patani. It was found practically everywhere and is much the commonest. '
2. The ¢ is possibly JZ. biseratensis.
Length varied from 3°5 (imm.) to 7°0 mm., the normal length being 5 to 7.
The accompanying ants were numbers | and 2. Legs of a specimen, 2 :— | aes e+ti 1:2, £2°5, p+ti2°9, m+ta 16
==8°2 7 apa c--f 2°0, p-ta 2:9 =4°9 Barrer c-f 2:0, p-ta 3°2 = D78 es e+til4, £2°7, p+ti2°9, m+ta2°3 =9'3 Legs of another specimen, length 6:0, 9 :— Tee ae c-f 3°6, p+ti3:2, m+tal4 =8-2 Dianne Ree os tne oie p-ta 2°8 =U) teh ate ee See 3 —)".) LS ee » 26, p+ti2-7, m+ta26 =89
MYRMARACHNE CORNUTA, Sp. n. (Text-fig. 5.)
2. Prosoma.—(a) Length = opisthosoma. Greatest breadth very slightly >‘greatest height and each nearly 2 length. Caput = thorax. Front wall straight, slightly stepped back to eyes 2. Side walls slightly convex. Rear wall procurved where it slopes back to groove where p.s. is narrowed above but not at base, though white wedge makes it look as if strongly constricted. Thorax swells out again behind groove to width of caput and then narrows with straight or almost concave edges to base,
292, MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON
which is cut nearly straight and about 4 greatest width of thorax.
(6) Clypeus very low. Caput slightly convex. Groove shallow and broad. Thorax rises behind it to nearly height of caput and then falls with convex and concave slopes to rim, which is slight but can be traced round to caput.
Colour mahogany moderate to dark, with black eye-frame broken in front of eye 4 and terminating just below the line of eyes 2and 4. In dark species this frame is hard to distinguish. Thorax a shade lighter than caput. Between the two on each side a wedge of white hairs broadest below.
Text-figure 5.
Myrmarachne cornuta, sp. n.
a. 6: Profile. 6. ¢: Right falx from below, unguis omitted; ¢. Do. from above. d. $: Right palpus from below. e. 9: Epigyne.
Eyes.—1st row procurved by summits. 1.1 subcontact, 1,2>1.1 but very close. 2>41 and slightly behind it. 4=2. 3< 72 and very slightly nearer 2 than 4 and on the upper tan- gent to 2.4. Hye square broader than long and 4.4 distinctly > 2.2and much > 4-rim. Hye 4 projects over edge of prosoma but not at all prominently so, and the prosoma is not convex over it in either view.
Falces.— Length < 4 caput =14 breadth, nearly vertical with slight forward slope. Outer edge convex, inner more markedly sloping inwards from about ? to root of unguis. On side view strongly convex above with almost an angle at 4 so that basal portion is horizontal and apical nearly vertical; straight or very slightly convex below. Unguis regular curve and regular diminution in thickness from base to apex. Teeth on upper margin 5 or 6, of which 3 above angle evenly spaced and of
ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 293
moderate size, others below angle and smaller. Lower teeth 7 or 8, close, about same size from end to end, but alternate ones possibly smaller. Long thickish light scopula largest at angle on outer margin. A few long dark hairs along lower margin.
Colour mahogany lighter than cephalothorax. Unguis at base darker, at apex lighter than paturon.
Maville.—Length > ¢,, nearly = falx. Narrow at hase, outer side curving strongly and concavely outwards beyond labium to bold rounded corner, truncation shortish and at about 45° with axis of body. Inner side slopes outwards from truncation, being strongly hollowed in front of and at side of labium. Dark serrula from outer corner to angle. Light scopula along truncation. Width at base =+ labium, at end > labium.
Colour mahogany, markedly lighter at inner end.
Labiuwm.—Length > 3 maxilla. Breadth at base > 3 length. Sides parallel at base, slightly inclined towards each other at apex, which is cut off square and has thin scopula of dark hairs. Colour darker than darkest part of maxilla except at apex where light.
Palpi.Spring from close to base of maxilla. Trochanter < width of maxilla. Femur = + caput, flattened, reduced at ends, greatest width = + length. Remainder as I. macillosa,
Colour = caput with end joints darkest.
Legs.—Impossible to measure lengths.
Ist. Proportions as mawillosa except patella =4 tibia. Patella has 1 spine below towards outer side. Tibia 4 spine pairs, subequally spaced and nearly of equal size but with basal slightly the greater. Apex of last spine just reaches end of joint. Metatarsus 2 spine pairs, basal strongest and somewhat stronger than tibial, apex slightly beyond end of joint.
Colour very light throughout except small dark splash ° on outer side of trochanter and larger dark splash towards outer basal end of femur and slight darkening on outer side of metatarsus. In a light specimen all these dark markings are absent or merely shades.
2nd. e¢ nearly as broad as long, markedly swollen on inner side about centre.
tr = 4c, barrel-shaped.
f slightly thicker at base than apex, > ti < p+ti.
p = 3 ti, ti 2 spine pairs. m=p, 2 spine pairs.
Colour light throughout except strong dark longitudinal marking on outer sides of c and tr.
3rd. Proportions as far as patella = mazillosa. Dark brown c to f, light beyond.
Ath. c > ¢,, cylindrical or very slightly wider at base.
tr = 3¢, slightly barrel-shaped, both these joints are brown with longitudinal light centre line below.
f brown, slightly thicker at base.
Remainder missing.
294 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON
The white or very light yellow anterior legs are very noticeable, as also the proportions of c, and tr,.
Sternum.—Sharply but shortly pointed between c,,1 which are in subcontact, short-pointed at sides between ¢;.2 which are close, curves cut strongly between c2,3 which are wider, narrows again before c, and then proceeds with straight parallel sides to ¢,, in front of which it ends in a moderately long point. ¢4.4 in contact. At widest sternum about =c,. Colour dark mahogany.
PrpiceL.—Length > caput. 2nd joint considerably longer than Ist (as. seen from above j, = 2j,). Ist plate broader than 2nd and procurved behind. Pedicel received into very short projecting socket of opisthosoma.
OpistTHOosoMA.—Subcylindrical with constriction at +, widest at 3, pointed at spinners. Dark green-brown above, with white marking at constriction starting at top of sides and widening below. In front of epigastric fold and behind the white marking colour is as above. Epigastric fold straight ; lung-sacs wide apart —and dark.
Epigyne.—An equilateral triangle with base along epigastric fold and vertex forward. Edges red, inside white, with central darker bridge and darkest spots at its edges. Not very distinct but more characteristic than others of the genus. (‘Text-fig. 5, e.)
Spinners. — Proportions as maillosa. All a light brown colour.
3. The chief differences from @ are:—
Prosoma.—Cephalothorax = # abdomen. Groove sharper at bottom and thorax does not rise so much behind it, so that it is considerably below caput and general shape not unlike maxillosa. Rim as well as wedge has grey hairs.
Falces = cephalothorax. From above inner edge straight at first, apical half concave, outer edge convex. Width = length. End cut off square, with strong concavity and very strong tooth- like projection forward and inward from inner angle, with blunt end. From side falces project straight forwards, with upper and lower edges almost parallel, granulated.
Groove not well defined. Upper margin has 6 teeth. Ist smallish close to base of unguis, remainder subequally spaced over basal half of falx, 2-5 being very large, 6 small = 1.
Lower margin has 9 teeth, mere dots subequally spaced.
Unguis darkest and strongest at base, S curved with slight swelling of tip-curve. Length = paturon. (Text-fig. 5, 6, c.)
Macille.—Rather straighter outer edge and stronger serrula.
Palpi.—Trochanter = width maxilla. Femur = 4 caput, less flattened than in 2. Patella < trochanter, curved downwards ; from above, sides almost parallel, apex distinctly wider than base. Tibia length = patella, much wider at apex. A very small blunt process on outer apical corner visible from below. Some longish hairs on inner side. Tarsus longer and broader than tibia, oblong, with short hairs on inner side. Fovea reaches to
ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 295
about 3. Organs have a black spine springing from near inner apical end, encircling fovea outwards and backwards and termi- nating in a fine point pointing outwards at about middle of apex ‘after completing somewhat more than a circle. (Text-fig. 5, d.)
Legs.—4 considerably > 1; 3 missing but up tof = 2. Gene- rally as Q except that in 2 anterior pairs there are strong black lines along sides of joints which are much strongest in femurs. and the white centre lines of c, and tr, occupy the whole of the lower side, and ti, has 3 spine pairs instead of 2.
OpistHosoma.— Abdomen longer and narrower. Width = 1 length. White marking at sonstnicuen only at sides. Above and below central brown coriaceous lines running nearly the
whole length of the body.
SuHortr DEscrRIPrion.
Cephalothorax = abdomen in 2 = ?abdomen in 3. Caput= thorax, moderately high, with broad but shallow groove and thorax lower. Strong white-haired wedge at sides of groove, and 3 white hairs along rim.
@ falx: upper teeth 5 or 6, subevenly spaced, 3 above angle, moderate, remainder small; lower 8 or 9, close, small.
J falx = cephalothorax, subparallel edges, inner concave near apex and terminating in strong bow. Unguis, § curve, slight swelling near point, =paturon. Upper teeth 1 at base of unguis, 5 evenly spaced over basal half, of which 2-5 very strong. ‘Lower 9 dots evenly spaced with dark ridge at base.
Sternum narrow, rounded between ¢2,3, short points in front and between ¢}. 2, longer point behind, ¢c;,; about + their width
apart. Legs.— First 2 pairs white, black side-lined in ¢. Posterior dark with c¢, and tr, dark helow, > .c,. tt, = = 3¢,. Order 4.1
(2. Bh P, 1 spine ‘below towards outer side, ti, 4 spine pairs, m, 2 spine pairs, ti, 9 2 spine pairs (¢ 3), m, 2 spine pairs.
Pedicel: 2nd joint notably longer than Ist.
Abdomen cylindrical, narrow, gently constricted at 4, with white oblique lines down side, in 2 extending below. has brown longitudinal centre above and below.
Kpigyne an equilateral triangle.
3 palpus: very small process at outer apical angle of tibia. Organs are encircled by a black spine pointing outwards at centre of apex.
General colour of prosoma dark mahogany with even darker eye-frame, of opisthosoma dark grey-brown.
Mote The description is based on 1 ¢ and 2 9, one of the latter being much lighter in colour. The ¢ and this 2 were both found at Bukit Besar, alt. 2500 ft., on tree-trunk 35 ft. from ground on 6 Sept. 1901; the other 2 at Bukit Besar.
Ants accompanying, nos. 12 and 16.
296 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON
The following measurements of the ¢ were taken :— Length 8-0 mm.,__p.s. 3:1x2°0x2-0, 0.8. 4:0 x 1:0.
ihegs ae e+f 2:2, p+ti2d, m+tal2 = 5-5
7 Aes AU). miele » hth is
ened Sa aes missing
ers e-etr 15.0 a ls (Pies woe Soke, Oe ee meee No measurements of 2 legs were obtainable; total lengths of
the two 2 5:8 and 5:0 mm.
MYRMARACHNE TURRIFORMIS, sp.n. (Text-fig. 6.)
2. Prosoma.—(a) Length considerably > p+ ti of 4th = p+ti+m-+ta of 3rd = 24 width = 23 height. Caput < thorax.
Front wall of caput straight or very slightly recurved, and stepped back at eye. Side walls straight. Back wall procurved
Text-figure 6.
Myrmarachne turriformis, sp. i.
a. 6: Profile. 6. g: Sternum. ec. ¢: Left palpus from below. d. 9: Epigyne.
as it slopes down to groove, which is narrowed above but prac- tically full width at base. Thorax straight behind groove with slightest undulations to # where it narrows with straight edges to end, which is cut nearly straight and 4+ to 3 width of thorax.
(6) Front wall straight. Caput slightly convex and distinctly sloping upwards from eye 2 to 4, well rounded and steeply sloping to a broad groove, top of which is generally only about 4 height of caput. Thorax rises slightly behind groove to 4 where it is
ANT-LIKE SPID#RS FROM MALAYA, 297
much lower than caput, and then with convex and concave slope to hind rim, which is weak but can be traced well towards caput.
Colour mahogany, slightly darkest on caput, which has black eye-frame sub-broken in front of eye 4 and terminating just below the line of eyes 2-4. Slight indication of grey- haired cephalic wedge.
Clypeus very low.
Eyes.—\st row straight or very pape recurved by summits. 1.1 subcontact, 1.2 considerably > Poe. 2 land ‘behind, 1b. 2.3 very slightly < 3.4, Eye square much broader than long and 2.2 distinctly > 4.4 > 4-1im. 4 projects over edge of prosoma but not at all prominently, and the prosoma is not convex over it on ES view.
Falces —Length < 3 caput = 2 breadth. Hdges parallel, trun- cation somewhat short and square. Groove marked: Unguis hight, with regular curve and oe diminution from base to apex, not very strong, length = paturon. Upper teeth 5 to angle, not quite in contact, with i or 2 dots wider spaced below. Lower teeth 6, as strong as upper, close, largest in centre, but no great difference in size.
Maaxille.—Length = c, = falx. Narrow at base, outer edge curving strongly and concavely outwards beyond labium to bold rounded corner. Hnd square, truncation shortish, steep with strong hght scopula, longest at apex. Inner edge slopes outwards from truncation, being strongly hollowed in front of and at side of Jabium. Dark serrula from about middle of outer edge to angle. Colour light.
Labiwm.—Length > 3 maxilla, parallel sides, cut off square at end, a little darker than maxilla except at end. A slight dark scopula at truncation.
Palpi.—Spring from near base of maxilla. Trochanter length = 4 maxilla. Femur < # caput, flattened, breadth in centre
=1 length. Patella narrow at base, broad at end. Tibia == 1h ae at base = width patella, at apex very much wider. Tarsus = 2 tibia. The tibio-tarsus plate a little > femur, with inner ge rather short. Colour = labium, with hairy parts of tibio- tars sus br wre ereen,
Legs.—4.1.3.2, abl marked steps between each.
Ist. c white, length < 2 breadth, very slightly tapering. tr white, cylindrical, length = breadth < least width of ec, faint. f light yellow, lightest at apex, dark-lined cn outer side, length > 2(e+tr), clubbed at base. p= sti, light, thin oe line each side, 1 spine pair below. tif; coloured as p, D spine pairs evenly spaced and about equal strength. m light, dark-lined on side, 2 spine pairs in basal half, at least as strong as ti spines, last reaching well on to ta. ta = 2 ti, light, m+ta = $(p+ti). Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1917, No. X XI. wil
DW)
ivy)
298 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON
2nd.c white, length = $c, > breadth, considerably stouter at base. tr as tr,. f helt: slightly clubbed at base, > 2 (e+ tr). p = ti, light, faint dark side-lines. ti < f, light with dark side-lines, 3 spine pairs evenly spaced nearly as strong as on ti,. m slightly > ta, light, 2 spine pairs nearly as strong as on ti. ti light, ti + ta slightly < ti. 3rd. c brown, cylindrical, > c,, length = 2 breadth. tr = 3 ¢, brown, length slightly > breadth, slightly wider at apex than base. f lighter brown, = f,, very slightly clubbed at base. p brown, light at base, < } ti. ti light witn dark lines at sides, p + ti > f. m & ta light, m+ta < p+ti. Ath. ¢ light with dark above and sides, length = 2 breadth, >c,, very slightly wider at base than apex. tr cylindrical, light with dark above and sides, nearly as long as c and much > any other tr. f = 2(c+tr), brown, very slightly wider at base than apex. p light with apex dark above, = 4 ti. ti light brown, p + ti > f. m hghter, nearly as long as ti, light. ta = +m, light.
In general appearance the anterior legs are lighter than the posterior.
Sternum.—Truncated between c;.; and stoutly and bluntly pointed between ¢),9, spreads out into an advanced point between €2.3, Which are rather widely separated, a long point in front of c4.4, Which are in subcontact. Greatest width > width of Cs, c:,; = nearly width of ¢,. Colour mahogany, darker than any other part of prosoma. (Text-fig. 6, 0.)
Prepicet.—Slightly < caput; lst joint brown, slenderer and very much longer than 2nd, hight with dark sides and front, very short, inserted into socket on opisthosoma.
OPpIstHosoMA = or very slightly > prosoma. Breadth and height nearly 3 length. Pear-shaped, widest at 4. White belt at about 3, distinctly in front of widest part. Lung-sacs brown, wide apart, lighter brown rest in front of epigastric fold, which is slightly procurved. General colour brownish green.
Epigyne.—No distinct formation, but in some specimens a light circle with faint brown bridge ending basally in a dark bifurcate ; general appearance is sometimes something like the ace of clubs. (Text-fig. 6, d.)
Spinners.—I|st pair stoutest. Basal joint short, thick, light with dark longitudinal markings; 2nd joint larger, slightly barrel-shaped, thinner. 2nd pair white, thinner. 3rd _ pair darker than 2nd, 2nd joint much longer than Ist.
Anus.—Iwo segments, rather prominent.
ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 299
3. The chief differences from 9 are :—
Prosoma.—Caput very much higher and back wall nearly vertical, so that caput is about three times as high as groove and twice as high as thorax, standing up like a square tower (text- fig. 6, a).
Hyes.—4-rim = 4.4 or very nearly.
Falces.—Longer than prosoma, after an initial sharp con- striction at top they curve outwards to 2 and then in; end cut square but somewhat pointed forward at inner corner in con- tinuation of straight inner edge. On side view guise edge is convex, widest at. centre, lower straight. Width = + length. Nearly horizontal. Unguis, length slightly < paturon, S curve with branches much flattened but sharp curve at tip, considerably thicker and darker at base than tip. Groove not defined. Upper margin contains 7 teeth, of which the first 2 are close to base of margin, the 4 at least are strong and subevenly spaced, the last a little weaker. Lower margin 6 or 7 teeth, very small, and much further apart at apical than basal end, but teeth a little variable.
Palpi.—Tibia only a little larger than patella, with moderately strong pointed black-tipped process on upper outer apex. Tarsus, has fovea large and extending nearly to the end, with a fine spine encircling rather more than once.
Legs.—The contrasts of colouring are not nearly so distinct ‘as In 2,
OpistHosomMA.— White belt missing. Upper and centre of lower sides coriaceous.
SHort DESCRIPLION.
Prosoma = opisthosoma. Caput = thorax. Caput very high with nearly vertical walls, tower-like in ¢, not so marked in °. Occasionally faint white-hsired cephalic wedge.
2 falx. Upper teeth 5 to angle with 1 or 2 dots beyond; Jower teeth 6, as strong as upper, close.
$ falx. Longer than prosoma, width + length, outer edge convexly curved on upper and side aspect. Upper teeth 6 or 7, of which first two comparatively close to root of unguis. Lower 6 dots wider spaced at root of unguis. Unguis slightly < paturon, flat S curve with rather sharp curve at point.
Orpalp. Tarsus =, 2 tibia.
$ palp. Tibia has moderate, black-pointed, slightly curved process at outer upper apex. Organs surrounded by circle and a bit of thin black spine.
Legs 4.1.3.2, with marked difference between each 2; anterior pairs lighter than posterior, bnt not always in 6, dark side-lines in some joints. p, 1 spine pair; ti, 5 spine pairs, evenly spaced, not very strong; a 2 spine pairs; ti, 3 spine pairs nearly as strong as on ti,; m, 2 spine pairs nearly as strong as on ti,.
Pedicel nearly as long as caput, 2nd joint very short as
compared with Ist. Pil
300 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON
Opisthosoma. Fusiform, not constricted. White belt at about.
2 in 93 missingsim, oC .
General colour of prosoma lightish mahogany with black eye- frame, of opisthosoma dark greeny brown.
Note. —The description is based on 12 2 and 8 Q, all from Bukit Besar and Talum. Nos. 93 2 and 94, 95 ¢ were all in
same tube, and this fact as well as the general resemblance is.
evidence of identity of species. The followi ing measurements were taken :—
250mm. ps. 2°3x1:2X1-2, 0.8. 24% 14% 1-2,
iesss le e+, et+tr+f 17, p+til5, m-+tal:l ee hs De eace iy leOe pt+titm+ta 2°5 =oo Oise obe 1-4, p+til-0, m-+ta missing Ai ios e+tr 0: Os fal 8, oi alee or allel ='5-7 Gg OFZ mms p.s. 2°4 x 1:4 x 2:0} 2°4.,
Legs. 1... e+tr+f2:2, p+ti 2°4, meta 18 25 ie ': 136; ee ale8, 5 heeled San 2k, 5, 188, 5 mellem 2 eS e+tr Tl, f 2-0, ees oe yy bee
The lengths of the specimens varied from 5:2 to 3°7 mm., the
3 being on the average slightly longer than @. Ants ‘accompanying, nos. 4, 14, 15, 1%
Q. MYRMARACHNE CUNEATA, sp. n. (Text-fig. 7.)
Prosoma. — (a) Length = p,+tr,+m,+ta, nearly, slightly > opisthosoma. Caput = thorax. Front wall slightly projecting in centre and stepped back to eyes 2. Side walls straight, very slightly approaching backwards. Back wall strongly projecting at centre into bridge. Bridge narrowed at top, only very slightly at base, though it. is liable 1 to appear so owing to white wedge. Thorax edges « curve very slightly outwards to 4, then inward to rear, which is cut off convexly straight.
(b) Front wall vertical, top of caput straight and level, groove shallow and broad, bottom not below eye 4. Thorax rises behind to above half way up eye 4 at 4and then slopes convexly back- ~ wards to rim, the final concavity before rim being negligible. Rim rather marked and traceable round to caput.
Colour medium mahogany, lightest at sides and much darkest. at top of caput. Eye-frame black, rather broader than usual and very distinctly broken between eyes 3 and 4, A very strong white wedge on either side of bridge, smooth and not due to hairs.
Eyes.—\st vow straight by summits, 1.1 and 1.2 subcontact, 2 slightly behind 1. 2=431. Eye square slightly broader than long and sides‘slightly approaching backwards. 2.3 very slightly < 3.4,.4= or very slightly > 2. 4 projects but not markedly so, and 4-rim very much < 4.4.
Faices.—Project nearly horizontally forward by lower edge,
‘
ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA, 301
visible from above, length > 3 caput, upper edge strongly convex being subangular at 3, length = 2 breadth. From above edges subparallel, outer being slightly convex. Upper teeth 6, 1 basal close to root of unguis, small and liable to be missed; 2.3.4.5 largest with increasing spaces, 6 beyond angle very small. Lower teeth 6, strong, close, from base of unguis to level with 5 of upper. Thickish light upper scopula longest at angle; thin dark lower. Unguis rather strong. Colour hghter than cephalo- thorax, glabrous. . Text-figure 7.
Myrmarachne cuneata, sp.n., 2.
a. Profile. 6. Epigyne.
Maxille.—Length =c,+tr, =falx nearly. Outer edges parallel to end of labium, then inclined straight outwards to rounded outer corner. Serrula at end only, which is slightly rouffded. ‘Truncation long, very oblique, with very strong black scopula. Below scopula inner edge hollowed in front and at side of labium. Colour light. Labtum.—Length > 2 breadth, parallel sides, slightly con- stricted at middle; strong dark scopula.
Palpi.—Spring from near base of maxilla. Tr = width maxilla; f = 4 caput, parallel sides, rounded ends, flattened, length < 3 breadth; p = 4 f, broadening to apex from narrow base. Ti < 2p, broadens from base to apex, which is 2 width p apex. Ta very slightly > ti, rounded end; the two together making a plate =2f, hairy on both edges. Total length of palpus when extended =2 falx.
Legs.—Order 4.1.3.2, with all differences marked.
Ist. c white, length = 24 width, parallel or very slightly tapering. ; tr white, with sometimes dark patch on outer side ; breadth — length = 7¢,
302 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON
f le, strong black side-lines, clubbed at base, = ti. p= L ti, white with dark side- lines, 1 spine pair. ti white with dark side-lines, 7 spine pairs, or 7 and 6, last 3 or 4 pairs all terminating about level at end of joint. m light, > p, 2 spine pairs, of which last reaches to middle of ta. ta light = 3m. 2nd. ¢ brown, strongly swollen at centre, length = breadth. tr broader than long, brown except for patch of white on fore side. Other joints, proportions, and colours as Ist, but are slightly greater in proportion, and ta only slightly < m. ti has 3 spine pairs, -m 2 pairs. ord. c a little > c,, brown. tr short, cylindrical, brown. f > ti < p+ti, brown, very slightly clubbed at base. p = 7 ti, curved downward, light except above apical end. ti brown, slender, slightly lighter at end. m nearly = ti, light, darker shading at basal sides. ta = 4m, light. 4th. ec < c, brown except for light below. tr much longest, white with dark basal side-markings, cylindrical, > c. : f brown, slightly clubbed. p white except for brown above at base and apex, =j ti. ti brown, lightest at apex. m brown, nearly = ti. ta white, < 3m.
The light ¢, and tr, and tr, are very noticeable, as also the dark side-lines on the light anterior legs.
eee .—Blunt-pointed behind ¢;.;, which are about } their width apart, and between c2.3. Wider and pointed close behind c,, attempt at a point at c,, and then tapers to long point in fr ont of c4,4, which are in contact. At widest point =c,. Colour dark mahogany.
PrepiceLt.—Short = 4 caput, rather stout. Joints about equal, first very slightly longer.
OpistHosoma.—Middle thickest, constricted at +. Brownish green with white transverse band at constriction, somewhat lighter below, with longitudinal central portion bordered by faint white lines from epigyne to spinners. Lung-sacs dark, wide apart. Epigastric fold procurved.
- Kpigyne.—A lighter semicircle in front of epigastric fold, in the centre of which is a dark marking somewhat houtrglass-shape (text-fig. 7, 6).
Spinners. —1lst brown, thickness slightly eveater at base than apex. 2nd longer, thinnest, lighter, cylindrical. 3rd as light as 2nd, slightly thicker, subeylindrical.
ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 303
SHort DESCRIPTION.
Prosoma very slight, longer than opisthosoma. Cephalic groove broad and shallow, caput not very much higher than thorax. <A strong white wedge not due to hairs at sides of groove.
Falces nearly horizontal by lower edge. Upper teeth 6, with 4 middles much largest. Lower teeth 6, strong, close. Ta of palp = or very slightly > ti.
Legs 4.1.3.2, with all differences marked. Ist has white c and tr, and 4th white tr larger than c. The anterior legs are light with strong dark side-lines f to ti. p, has 1 spine pair, ti, 7 pairs or 6.7, m, 2 pairs. Ti, has 3 spine pairs, m, 2.
Pedicel shortish, with j, very slightly > j.,.
Opisthosoma has thin white belt at 7 and is widest at % back.
Notes.—Description based on 4 @ found at Bukit Besar 3500 ft., Talum 4000 ft., and Gedong. One of the specimens only (from Bukit Besar) is accompanied by its mimicked ant of species no. 2. The type-specimen is rather lighter than any of the others. Differences from specimen to specimen are very slight. In one tr, has a distinct dark exterior marking not visible in the others. The sternum point is rather unusually far from the base of the labium. The cephalic wedge is always very noticeable and serves as a recognition mark,
This species is in many ways very like Wyrmarachne macillosa, bunt it may be distinguished without difficulty by general shape of prosoma and opisthosoma, which are less squat, teeth of lower margin, white cephalic wedge, larger pedicel, and shape of sternum, which is pointed instead of undulated between coxze and constriction of opisthosoma.
Total lengths 7:3, 7°6, 7:3, 6-2 mm.
Legs of specimen 6°2 mm. long :—
tise e+tr 1:0, £1:9, p+ti2°3, m+tal-l] =6:3
Ditch e+tr+f 1:8, Repel ee me Oa ail
Basen: e ra eae ye ek pO
1 eee e+tr 11, f 2-1, Os Ty eo) ely ae Ants accompanying, no. 2.
3S. MyrMARACHNE RAMOSA, sp. n. (Text-fig. 8.)
Prosoma.—(a@) Length = p,+ti,+m,-+ta, nearly, slightly > opisthosoma. Caput=thorax. Front wall recurved, not stepped back to eye 2. Sides straight or very slightly convex, parallel. Back wall straight with well rounded corners. Thorax joined across groove by distinct paralled-sided bridge which appears from above as a sharp constriction, though groove at base is nearly as wide as caput. Thorax swells out at sides to about 3, and then narrows with slightly convex and concave slopes to end which is cut square.
(6) Front wall of caput nearly vertical but with very slight for- ward batter, top straight sloping very slightly up to eye 4, over
304 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON
which it is rounded. Back wall slopes straight down to narrow groove, height = 4 caput. Thorax slopes slightly up to z and then convexly and concavely to end where is rim, which can be traced round to caput.
Colour mahogany, darkest on caput. Black eye-frame widely broken between 3 and 4. Faint light-haired wedges at sides of groove. f
Hyes.—I|st row slightly procurved by summits. 2=21. 1.1 an appreciable gap, 1.2 slightly wider. Eye square markedly. wider than long and very slightly. wider at 4.4 than 2.2. 2.3 distinctly <3.4, 3 below upper tangent to 2.4, 4>2 and lighter in colour, projects over edges. 4-rim < 4.4.
Text-figure 8.
S > SS! ce SS — Die
Myrmarachne ramosa, sp. n., 3.
a. Profile. 6. Sternum &c. c. Right palpus from below.
Falces.—-Longer than caput < prosoma. Length = 3 width. Inner edge straight with black ridge, outer convex with black . ridge. End hollowed, with onter angle sharp, inner chamfered. On side view much deepest just beyond base, decreases consider- ably to apex, upper edge being straight and lower slightly hollow, Unguis long and tip reaching beyond end of maxille, flat S curve, with short branch or knob at 3. Groove non-existent and upper and lower teeth liable to be mixed up. Upper teeth 9, of which that nearest to unguis is strongest, the next 5 are spread over the paturon with gap in centre largest, last teeth closer, smaller, and overlapping maxille. Lower teeth about 10, small, spread over
ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 305
length of paturon but closer at apical end. The two rows of teeth are notably crooked (text-fig. 8, 6).
Maxille.—Length =c,+tr,. Outer edges parallel to end of labium, then inclined outwards to well rounded corner and slightly convex with truncation 45°; strong dark scopula. Below scopula inner edge hollowed in front and at sides of labium. Serrula. Colour light mahogany.
Labium.—Length > 2 breadth, parallel sides, broadly and very slightly constricted near apex, end slightly hollowed, dark scopula. Dark mahogany, light at apex.
Palpi.—Spring from near base of maxilla. Tr > width maxilla. f = 4 caput, parallel sides, somewhat reduced at ends and slightly flattened. p < tr < $f, broadening to apex from narrow base. Ti only a little > p above, = nearly 2p below, slightly broadened from base to apex; short, small, blunt, light straight process at outer lower apex, largish hairs on inner edge. Ta a little > ti, blunt, suboblong. Fovea occupies little more than basal half. Organs have a fine black spine springing from outer basal rim of fovea passing backwards and inwards with double spiral, and finally pointing forward rather on inner apical rim (text-fig. 8, c).
Legs.—4.1.3.2, with difference between 3 and 2 only slight. Ist. ¢ length > 2 breadth, rather markedly tapering, brown.
tr narrower, slightly tapering, < 3c, brown. f clubbed at base, = ti, brown, darkest above. p = 3 ti, slight, curved, light, shaded at sides. ti 4 spine pairs, with sometimes a fifth very small, light, dark at sides. m= 13 p, 2 spine pairs near base and apex, basal much largest. ta < 3m, dark. 2nd.c¢ much shorter, NON at base, lighter. tr cylindrical, < 4c, light with shaded sides. fi OnLy 2 little thicker at base than apex, lighter, but side-lines darker especially fore. -p=nearly 3 ti, strong especially at apex, slightly curved, light. ti light, 3 spine pairs. ls Ps 2 spine pairs, Rep: ta < $m, light. SLGeAC Or ' as 2nd, but dark all over. pp, ti, m, ta slightly lighter than these. p = 3 ti nearly, m = ti, ta < 4m. 4th. c =c,, cylindrical, very slight tapering. tr = c, cylindrical, both ¢ and tr lighter than 3rd and dark at sides. f brown, nearly = p + ti. p > ¢ ti, light, with dark apex above and at sides. ti, bro a ti nearly, slenderer, and back lighter at apex. a < im, ‘light.
306 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON
On the whole the legs strike one as dark, none of the coxe or trochanters being really hght.
Sternum.——Blunt-pointed between c;.1, which are about 4 width apart, blunt-pointed between c,.2, which are not in contact, swells out with straight edges between c2,3, which are wide, and tapers to moderately long point in front of 4.4, which are in contact. Widest =c,. Dark mahogany as coxe.
PEDICEL nearly equals caput. j, brown, longer than j,, below =2j,. j, light with black fore end.
OPISTHOSOMA = prosoma. Thin and round with broad con- striction at ¢. Brown above and below in front of epigastric fold, which is slightly recurved. General colour very dark.
Spinners.— 1st light, stoutish, barrel-shaped. 2nd lige slenderer, cylindrical. 3rd longest, darker, slender, oy nieneal
Anal tubercle. —Prominent, 2-jointed.
SHort DESCRIPTION.
Prosoma = or slightly < opisthosoma. Cephalic groove rather narrow, with thorax about half height of caput and wedge of white hairs not very strong.
3 falx longer than caput < prosoma, flattened above. Unguis as long as paturon, flat S curved, with very short knob-like branch. Upper teeth 9, lower 10, but lines liable to be confused.
3 palp = or nearly = falx. Tibia has short blunt process at outer lower apex. Organs have a spine twisted spirally twice and terminating pone straight forward at inner apex.
Legs 4.1.3.2 with difference 3.2 slight, no very marked colour contrasts. Tr, 4 spine pairs, m, 2 pairs, ti, 3 pairs, m, 2 pairs.
Pedicel nearly = caput, with lst joint markedly greater than 2nd, especially below.
Opisthosoma widely constricted at 4, with longitudinal brown coriaceous marks above and below and in front of epigastric fold.
Note.—Description is based on 4 ¢ from Bukit Besar and Biserat, two of the specimens from the latter associated with ' ants nos. 9 and 16 respectively. There is not much difference between specimens except some variation in intensity of leg colouring.
Measurements :—
Total lengths 5:0, 5:2, 5:4, 5°8 mm. ex falces.
Legs of specimen 5:2 mm. long :—
LS acess e+tr0°8, £1:°2, p+til9, m+tal-2 =51 ee yO 1Os aise Bes Bais ces » 10 Sao Sees you 2a bee tae a iw lice, oo Aes Bede le al AY ne ee). a ES a9, 215
Q. MyRMARACHNE ALBICRURATA, Sp. n. (Text-fig. 9.)
Prosoma.— Length = opisthosoma = p,+tr,+m,; Greatest breadth distinctly > greatest height. Gaput = or slightly <
ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA, 307
thorax. Front very slightly recurved, slightly steppedgback to eyes 2. Side walls very slightly convex and tapering outwards towards eyes 4, Back wall strongly procurved at groove, which is strongly constricted above and much less so below. Thorax curved rather strongly outwards from groove to slightly in front of centre and then inwards to rear, which is cut nearly square. Rim dark.
Caput somewhat convex and higher behind than before. Slopes at moderate angle behind, with groove low and < half height of caput and broad. Thorax rises to about 3 and then falls convexo- concavely to turned-up but not abrupt rim, which is dark and traceable round to caput. <A slight white wedge at thoracic groove. The general shape is well rounded at angles.
Colour light mahogany, with black eye-frame broken in front of 4 and with lower boundary not so well defined as usual.
Text-figure 9.
Myrmarachne albicrurata, sp.n., 2. M. lateralis, sp. n., 2.
a. Sternum &c. of WM. albicrurata. b. Do. of M. lateralis. ce. Epigyne of IZ. lateralis.
Hyes.—\st row straight, intervals 1.1 and 1.2 slight and about equal. Kye square broader than long, parallel sides. 3 midway between 2and 4. 4>2. 4.4 distinctly > 4-rim.
Faices.—Length = § caput, nearly parallel with inner edge, very slightly convex, length = 24 breadth. Side view strongly convex or rather angular at nearly 4, base almost horizontal. Groove marked, both outer and inner scopule lighter and thinner than usual. Upper teeth 8 or 9, slightly irregular in size and spacing; lower 8 or 9 closer, especially away from root of unguis.
308 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON
Maxille = cornuta, very light in colour; scopula dark, strong.
Labium = cornuta, very slightly darker than maxille; scopula light, strong.
Palpi.cSpring from near base of maxilla. Length of tro- chanter = narrowest width maxilla. Femur < 3 caput, flattened . with rounded ends, of which basal is slenderer. Patella about = trochanter. Tibia slightly < tarsus. Usual shape, but tarsus slightly more pointed and hairs even on inner edge rather scanty. Joints to femur white, patella to end much lighter than usual.
Legs.—4.1.3.2 with 3 nearly = 1.
Ist. c cylindrical, length = 2 breadth, white.
tr length < width c, narrower, white with sight brown longitudinal marks on inner side.
f nearly = caput, shghtly widened at base but not clubbed, white with dark longitudinal side-marking near basal half of ous side.
p = 3 ti, light with dark side-lines, no spines.
ti te 4 spine pairs moderate, evenly spaced and subequal, but 3rd rather the strongest, white with dark side-lines.
m = p, 2 spine pairs of which first is as strong or stronger than 3rd of ti, white.
ta very sightly < m, white.
2nd.c length =} c, = breadth, gibbous, white. tr length = 3c = breadth, white. f < f,, white. p > ti, white. ti 2 spine pairs, p+ti = or < f, very slight dark side-line, white. ; m 2 spine pairs, white. ta very slightly < m, white, m+ta = pt ti. 3rd. ¢ shehtly > ¢,, brown, less gibbous. tr > s¢, oe davies at sides. {> f , slightly broader near base, brown. bo ‘ti, light with brown above distally. ti light with dark sides most marked at base, p+ti slightly Sk m slightly > ti, white. ta < m, m+ta distinctly > p+ti. Ath. c distinctly > c¢,, with same proportions, light with dark sides. tr nearly = c, slenderer, white with dark markings at side, of which fore much the stronger. f long, sightly clubbed, brown. eae ti, white, brown above distally. ti brown except for slight white continuation of p below. p+ti distinctly > f. m long, light except for slight darkening at basal sides in continuation of ti. ta = 3m and very slightly darker.
AN'tT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 309
Sternum.—Short-pointed between c;,1;, which are < 7 width apart, and between cj .2, extends to sides between c2_3, which are very wide apart, contracted between c3,4, and the point, which is not well marked, is met between cy,4, which are not quite in contact, by a very fine-pointed projection from the fore Jorum of the pedicel. Greatest width =c,. Brown.
PEDICEL = 4 caput. j, >jJ,, very much so below; above the fore lorum is slightly broader and longer than the second, below “much stronger and broader and extended forward into a very long fine point.
OpistHosoMA.—Subcylindrical, length = 3 or 4 breadth, broadly but not deeply constricted at 3. Dark green, with faint white oblique markings at constriction and suggestion of white mark- ings below. Lung-sacs brown and wide apart. Epigastric fold recurved, very clear cut.
Epigyne.—Immature.
Spinners.—1st much thickest, barrel-shaped, dark. 2nd about same length, very thin, white. 3rd about same length, very shghtly thicker than 2nd, darkest.
Anal tubercle.—Moderate.
SHORT DESCRIPTION.
Prosoma = opisthosoma, Groove rather deep but broad, and thorax not rising much behind it. Constriction appears rather sharp from above, cephalic wedges slight and with a very few white hairs,
Ta of palp a little > ti.
Legs 4.1.3.2 with 1 and 3 nearly equal. The anterior legs are almost white as are the coxe of 4. tr, as long as c, but thinner, white with dark sides. c¢, greatest coxa. p, no spine, ti, 4 spine pairs, ti, 2 pairs. The backward point of sternum met by a very long and narrow point reaching forward from under side of pedicel. Legs 1 about 7 their width apart; legs 4 not quite in contact.
Pedicel = { caput. j,> ],-
Opisthosoma subcylindrical, broad but shallow constriction at 3, with faint oblique white markings sometimes evanescent.
WVote.—Description based on 3 immature 9 from Ban Sai Kau, Nandock, and K. Mahek, Jalor, only one of which was in good condition.
Measurements 5:7, 5-6, and 4°5 mm.
Legs of specimen 4°5 mm. long :—
Tere, e+tr+fl-l, p+til4, m-+talO =3°5 ES lia +3 TOF es 4 es: 2 eee A a 1 i pra clclle 4) Pd .=3:3 Ae e+tr 1:0, f£0°9, a alanis a Or © S01
No ants accompanying. : It is quite possible that, this species and the following one may
310 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON
be identical; the grounds on which I keep them apart provision- ally are (1) Shape of sternum (text-fig. 9, a, b).—-In MW. lateralis legs 2 are as close to one another as legs 1; in IM. albicrurata they are normal. (2) Spine pairs.—alhicrurata, p, no spines, ti, 4 prs., ti, 2 prs. lateralis, p, 1 spine, ti, 5 prs., ti, 3 prs. (3) albicrurata light in colour, lateralis dark.
Of two specimens, however, which were much damaged and cannot be certainly identified, I found in the first (collector’s number 4) agreement with albicrurata in (1) and (3) and with lateralis in (2); while the other (collector's number 92 A) agrees with albicrurata in (1) and (2) and with lateralis in (3).
2. MyRMARACHNE LATERALIS, sp. n. (Text-fig. 9.)
Prosoma.—Length < opisthosoma = ti,+m,. Caput = thorax. Caput hardly stepped back at eyes 2, well rounded at rear corners. Bridge rather broad at top and only very slightly constricted below. Thorax spreads out behind to widest at 3, well rounded.
Groove shallow but broad, with rim thin. ‘Thorax considerably lower than caput.
Colour dark, almost black on caput, strong wedge of white hairs.
Hyes.—1st row procurved, intervals slight but perceptible. 1=3 times 2. 2.3=3.4, 3 very small and rather above inner tangent to 2.4. 4=2,. 4.4> 4-rim. Eyes 2 and 4 rather pr ominent.
Falces.—Length = 3 caput, nearly horizontal, sides subparallel, slightly convex outside at distal end. On side view straight below, strongly convex above, with angle at 3 to 4. Teeth 7 or "8, largest at centre, falling in size both ways. Lower 8 or 9 close, largest at centre, smaller than upper. Moderate greyish outer scopula. Inner a few dark hairs.
Mawxille, labiuwm = cornuta.
Palpi.Spring from base of maxilla. Tr = width of maxilla at narrowest; femur flattened, < 3 caput, reduced and rounded at ends, greatest width = 3 length. p very slightly larger than tr, expands distally. Ti and ta form flat plate, hairy especially on inner edge. Ta > f > ti, but differences not great.
Legs.-—4.1.3.2.
Ist. ¢ claviform, length < 2 breadth, brawn.
tr < width of ¢, light with strong dark side-markings.
f long, claviform, light with dark side-marks very broad at tee
DiSes 1 ti, ight with dark side-marks, | spine below at 2
biel; light with dark side-marks ; spines 5 pairs, or 5 fore and 6 ae. the 3rd considerably strongest.
in much < ti and darker, 2 spine pairs of which 1st is very strong.
ta = 2m, dark at base, light at tip.
ip) 4
ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. By al
2nd.c white, < ¢,, gibbous. tr white, <4. f white. Other joints marked as Ist but much lighter. = iti, ti 3 pairs of spines, m> 4 ti 2 prs., ta > 3 ti. 3rd. c & tr considerably stronger than in 2nd, dark brown. f slightly clubbed, dark brown. p brown but very slightly lighter, = } ti, a long hair above at distal end. ti dark brown, stout, < f. m slightly > ti and slenderer, dark at base, lighter toward apex. ta heht,. > = m. Ath. ¢ largest, light centre strip below, otherwise dark. tr light with dark sides, at any rate apically, cylindrical, =c. f long and dark, very slightly clubbed at base. p light except for apex above, = j ti. tiecdank. < 4. m dark, slightly < ti and thinner. a = +1, lighter.
Sternwm.—Short-pointed between 1.1, which are very close, and between 2.2, very strongly contracted between 2.2, which are very close, swells out with boss between 2.3, which are well separated. ‘Tapers between 3.3 to a point in front of 4.4, which ave as far apart as 1.1. Greatest width =c,. Dark brown.
PEDICEL = caput. j, much > j.. ‘
OpistHosomA.—Fusiform, slightly constricted at 3, widest a little behind middle. Dark greenish, with thin oblique white markings at sides of constriction extending well back below. Epigastric fold straight to procurved ; lung-sacs wide and region between them hairy.
Epigyne.—A dark horseshoe enclosing a central fork. (Text- tig. 9). ¢:) .
Spinners.—I|st barrel-shaped, dark. 2nd lighter, longer, thinner. 3rd cylindrical, < 2nd, darkest.
Anal tubercle.—Two-jointed, not very marked.
SHorRtT DESCRIPTION.
Prosoma well rounded, with broad shallow groove and caput considerably higher than thorax. Cephalic wedge of strong white hairs but not very broad.
Falces nearly horizontal, with teeth upper 7 to 8 and lower 8 or 9, the latter close and much smaller than the upper.
Legs 4.1.3.2, with 4 much the longest. p, has a single spine, ti, 5 pairs on 5 and 6, m, 2 prs., ti, 3 prs., m, 2 prs. 2nd legs white, lst white except coxe,
Sternum well rounded, both e2.3, ¢1.1 very close, more so than Ci 4, €2.8 wide.
Pedicel = caput. j, much > j,.
BHO: MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON
Opisthosoma = prosoma, fusiform, constricted at 7 and with oblique narrow white stripes commencing at sides of constriction.
Note.— Description based on 2 2 from Bukit Besar and Sungkei. Lengths 6°2, 6°3 mm.
The following measurements are from the specimen 6-2 mm. in total length :—
lepers e+ti0°9, £1:2, p+til'8, m+tall =50 rey oi 0: eS Bee) oa ae jd a Rees ee ee poe eee |). le 5 iA A ae oy elo Lgataee ella or Pre eh 350 | 20} eel
No ants accompanying.
3. MyRMARACHNE BISERATENSIS, Sp. n. (Text-fig. 10.)
Prosoma.—(a@) Length slightly > opisthosoma = p, + ti, +m,+ta,. Greatest height and greatest breadth each = 4 cach: Caput = ‘thorax. Fr ont wall very slightly recurved and stepped back at eye 2. Side walls strongly convex. Groove narrow and slightly recurved. Thorax well rounded at sides and terminated with almost square end of % full width. Rim strong.
(6) Top of caput flat. Chinon narrow and-shallow. Thorax rises slightly behind it and then falls with strongly convex slope to end with strong concave rim.
Text-figure 10.
Myrmarachne biseratensis, sp.n., 3.
a. Profile. 06. Palpus. c. Sternum &c.
Dark, especially on caput, but eye-frame traceable, black.
Eyes.—\st row straight by summits, 1.1 very close, 1 . 2 close. | 2— 31, 3 slightly nearer 2 than 4 and on upper tangent, 4 hehe > 2. Hye square broader than eee 4.4 very slightly > 2.2 and about = 4rim.
ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. ole
Falces = cephalothorax, length = 5 breadth, straight inner edge, outer slightly convex, broadest at %. End concavely trun- cated and facing slightly outwards so as to make inner end rather pointed but not projecting. Upper edge at first flat, then rises with strong convexity so as: to make it much higher at §. Lower edge at first flat, then a convex step downward and flat to end. Lighter colour and stippled.
Unguis not as long as falx, reaching only to end of flat, doubly curved and with distinct prominence (not, however, to be called a branch) at 4. Groove rather distinct, but not deep. Upper teeth 4, 1 at base of unguis strong but very close and liable to be missed, perhaps rather a process at end of falx; the other 3 equally spaced along 2nd basal quarter. Lower teeth 15, evenly spaced, stronger than usual and, at any rate, some of them alternate in size.
Masxille.—Shape as maxillosa. Scopula very strong, but grey. Outer portion dark, inner equally wide, light.
Labium.— Proportions and colouring as masillosa.. Slightly constricted in middle, parallel sides, and apex concave with dark scopula.
Palpi.Spring from near base of maxilla. Tr > width maxilla, dark sides, light. below; f = 2 tr, dark, with grey hairs slightly curved ; p < tr, parallel sides. Ti nearly = f, short process at fore, outer, lower corner, widens apically. Ta a little > ti, oblong. Both ti and ta are hairy, with a strong fringe on inner edge. Tita below. Fovea occupies a little more than basal half of ta, and is surrounded by a dark hairy edge. A spine springs from basal inner edge, coils up inner side round 12 times and terminates in a fine point facing forwards. Style long and looped backwards from bulb in front.
| Legs.— 4.1.3.2, with differences more or less equal. Ist. c ovate, lighter than falces.
tr < width e¢, lighter with dark at sides.
f clubbed, dark, long.
p curved = 4 ti, no spines, dark.
ti dark, spines difficult, but apparently there have been 5 pairs all weak, of which first two are basal and medial and last three fairly close at apical end.
m = # ti, dark, 2 spine pairs much stronger than ti.
ta = 3m, dark,
2nd.c¢ a little longer than broad.
tr short, dark sides.
f dark, more clubbed than f,.
p = 3 ti, curved, dark at apex above and sides, no spines.
ti dark at sides, 2 spine pairs.
m nearly = 3 ti, light except for dark marks on sides at base, 2 spine pairs.
vas zm, hight.
The tibial spines of 2nd are very strong compared with those of Ist. |
Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1917, No, XXII. 22
aod
314 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON
3rd. ¢, tr, f, dark and all a little longer and stronger than 2nd. p == ulboth dark, m nearly = ti, light. ta = 3m, light. Ath. ¢ < c,, stout, length = 14 greatest breadth, dark. tr > c, much longest tr, light with dark sides. f long, clubbed, dark. p= 1 ti, dark. tr dark, cylindrical. m = ti nearly. ta = +m, light.
Sternum.—Truncated between c,.1, which are about 4+ width apart, swells out between other c, especially between c2,3, which are only a little wider than the others, tapers with undulating sides to a sharp but rather short point in front of c4.4, which are in sub-contact. |
PepiceL.—Short but distinctly visible from above. j, as seen from above distinctly longer than j,. 1st upper lorum decreases backwards, where it is procurved, much broader than 2nd. Whole length of pedicel < 2 greatest width. Itis received into a short socket projecting from opisthosoma.
OpistHosomA.—Egeg-shaped, widest about §.° Above general colour dark greenish brown, below somewhat light, the front of epigastric fold yellowish, corneous, behind a longitudinal lighter band to spinners, widest at fore end, whence it reduces suddenly and then parallel.
Spinners. — 1st stout, subconical. 2nd longest, lightest, thinnest, cylindrical. 3rd very slightly stouter, shorter, and darker than 2nd. All spring from projections of abdomen and are 2-jointed, with 2nd joint very short.
Anus on a strong tubercle.
SHORT DESCRIPTION.
Prosoma very slightly > opisthosoma. Caput = thorax, Groove narrow and shallow. Thorax well rounded behind and only slightly lower than caput. Sides ef caput convex. Falces = cephalothorax, subparallel, on side view much thicker towards apex. Unguis slightly < paturon and with distinct prominence. Teeth, upper 4 all in basal half and are close to base of unguis ; lower 15 partly alternate in size.
Palpi.—Tibia = tarsus. Fovea only occupies basal half of tarsus, a spine springing from basal inner edge coils 13 round and terminates pointing forward.
Legs 4.1.3.2, with moderately equal intervals. Spines of ti, noticeably weak but probably 5 pairs, m, 2 pairs, tr, 2 pairs, very strong for 2nd leg, m, 2 pairs. tr, and tr, are distinctly lighter than other joints.
Sternum rather broad. 2nd and 3rd coxe only a very little further apart than the others.
aud
ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 315
Pedicel shortish.
Opisthosoma, as whole spider, rather squat.
Note.—The description is based on a single ¢ from Biserat, length 6°2 mm. Its general shape reminds one of M. mazil- losa 9. |
The following are measurements of the legs :— ila pttr 13, £1°9, p+ti3°0, m+tal‘9 =81
Riaaee MPC TeOn Gee yee 1) oe eis! 22557 Be, Pie iG 8) 9:0. 6-7 At ers ok OG, , 26 =89
This spider was found in company with ants nos. 2 and 17. It is very probably a do of MM. maxillosa, which it strongly resembles in general shape and colouring, all its features being those of maxillosa exaggerated even to the falces. The only distinct difference is in the spine pairs. It is the only ¢ in the . ~ collection the least like the 9 mawillosa, which is so common, and I should not have hesitated to claim it as the ¢ did it not differ so strongly as regards teeth and tibial spines from Thorell’s 3g M. (Toxeus) maxillosa. It was found in company with 3 Enpidius longipalpis described above.
3. MyYRMARACHNE GEDONGENSIS, sp. n. (Text-fig. 11.)
Prosoma.—Length a little > opisthosoma = p,+t, Caput > thorax. Front wall slightly projecting in centre and stepped back to eyes 2. Side walls straight, very slightly approaching backward. Back wall nearly straight. Groove not marked from above, but walls of thorax going on nearly straight with slight convex and then concave slope to rear, which is cut nearly square © and about 4 greatest width and strongly rimmed.
On side view caput flat but convex near eye 4, back slope steep, groove about = caput, the broad thorax rises convexly to 3 and then falls gradually convexly and concavely to rim, which is shallow.
Kyes.—1st row straight by summits, 1.1 in contact; 2 subcon- tact with 1 and a little stepped back, = 31. Eye square broader than long, parallel. 3 slightly nearer 2than 4. 4>2. 4.4= 4-rim.
Falces.— Length = cephalothorax, breadth = 7 length. From above inner edge straight, outer convex, being widest at %, end cut square. From side shghtly concave above, below a double flat step to 3, then straight to end. Lighter colour and granu- lated. Unguis > 2 paturon, bisinuate, with basal curve nearly flat, simple. Teeth, upper 6 or 7, of which Ist is very strong at root of unguis and pointing forward, 2 or 3 close to it, and remaining teeth at other end of groove and wide. Lower 7 to 9, subequally spaced and decreasing from base to apex of unguis. Groove well marked.
Maxille.—As turriformis, but outer corner sharp. Length =c.,.
22%
316 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON
Labium.—As turriformis, but base is very distinct, terminating in a short point well in front of sternum. Apex very slightly concave and scopula light.
Palpi.Spring from near base of maxilla. Tr > width maxilla; f slightly > tr, < ¢,, rather strongly curved; p slightly < tr, very slightly widening for ward. Ti a little longer and much stronger than patella, much wider apically and with strong pointed outer, lower, apical process. Fringe of long dark hairs on inner edge. Ta broader at base, cut off square at APEX, slightly longer than ti, hairy. Fovea occupies about %. A spine springs from outer base of organs and ‘passes round on inner edge of fovea, term1- nating with a slender forward point at about middle of apex.
Text-figure 11.
Myrmarachne gedongensis, sp. n., 3.
a. Profile. 6. Sternum &c. ec. Palpus.
Legs.—4.1.3.2, with considerable differences. Ist. c longest, length = 23 breadth, parallel or very slightly
tapering, light, slightly dark at base and sides.
tr long, nearly $c
f slightly clubbed at base, dark.
p = 4 ti, 1 pair spines, light.
ti, spines from 6 and 7 to 8 and 9, strong, and last 4 or 5 all terminating at end of joint, light.
m, 2 spine pairs, of which Ist very long and both terminate about middle of ta, darker.
tari, ame idark:,
AN'T-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 317
2nd. ¢ very short and gibbous, dark. tr very short, light. f ae clubbed than f,, light with daik sides. p—ti, no spines. ti, 2 ov 4 spine pairs. m, 2 spine pairs, all spines are very strong for 2nd leg. ta < 4 ti, hght.
3rd. ¢ & tr ae ger than c, and tr,. f Cems ehabbed slightly.
= iti. ti ice Pee tl, tar m.
Ath. ¢ a little See, | but much < ¢, slightly tapering. | tr much longest, >c, <c¢,, cylindrical, light with dark sides. f long, slightly clubbed, dark.
= 1 ti, shghtly curved, dark. ti cylindrical, dark. m shghtly < ti, darkest at end sides. ta = 4m. Colour contrasts of legs very slight.
Sternwm.—Short-pointed between ¢;,1, which are about 4% their width apart, and between ¢ .2, shaip-pointed between c2.3, aan are only very slightly further apart than the others, and thence undulating to a not very long point in front of c4,4, which are not quite in contact.
PrpiceL.—Shortish, j, > j,, [st lorum parallel-sided and con- cave behind, slightly wider than 2nd. Below lorum is continued forward by a narrow projection towards sternum, but not te meet it.
Sat —Ovate, thickest at middle, very slight con- striction at 4, which is marked by slight oblique aite. lines at sides. General colour brown-green. Below, central longitudinal wide lighter marking from epigastric fold to spinners, slightly constricted near front. Epigastrie fold procurved, with area in front yellow-brown and corneous.
Spinners.—As biseratensis.
Anus.—Distinctly protuberant, with two joints.
SHort DESCRIPTION.
2
Prosoma very slightly > opisthosoma = p,+t,. Caput > thorax. Groove and thorax moderate.
Falces = cephalothorax, unguis > 4 paturon. Upper teeth 6 or 7, of which | very strong at root of unguisand 2 or 3 adjacent, remainder distantly spaced at other end. Lower teeth 7 to 9.
Palpi.—Trochanter rather long, tibial process strong. Ta distinctly > ti. Fovea occupies more than half tarsus: organs have spine springing from onter base and passing round inner edge to peu ale in fine point in front.
‘Legs 4.1.3.2, considerable intervals. Spines of ti, from 6.7
318 MR, H. D, BADCOCK ON
to 8.9, p, 1 pair, tr, 3 or 4 pairs. c, and tr, much larger than the others.
Pedicel shortish, with long and narrow point reaching forward between cy,4 towards but not reaching sternum.
Opisthosoma ovate, with faint attempt at constriction at + and slight white lateral markings thereat.
Note.—Description is based on two males of lengths 5-9 and 7°0 mm. from Bukit Besar and Gedong.
The following dimensions are from the 7:0 mm. specimen :—
Prosoma 3:2. Opisthosoma 3:2.
hhegs/ lee... e+til5, £2°9, p+ti34, m+tal9 = 97 ese o: LOh a eonl eb, Mie Os 3p = DO Se OBER Opel, sf eas 5) et Se ae Ae cio, slid SOL uemeten yor, ip Mees yf onOrere= 2
One of the specimens was accompanied by ant no. 6.
Acorius Thor, .
Thorell, St. Rag. Mal. 1877, p. 216; E. Simon, Hist. Nat. Araign. i. p. 537 (1901).
2. Agorius Gracitipes Thor. (Text-fig. 12.)
Prosoma. Cephalothorax.—(a) Front truncated with very slightly recurved edge beyond front, of which eyes 1.1 project slightly and 2.2 less. Sides straight and very slightly approach- ing to % thorax, where they commence to approach more rapidly with slightly concave edge. Hind end broadly truncated, some- what concave. Hind end of caput is slightly indented and thoracic grooves indicated. Separation of thorax from caput clear, but groove not deep and no constriction at sides. Edge is rather dark at end and ends of sides of thorax, but does not appear as a distinct rim. General colour light reddish yellow except for black eye-frame on front and sides.
(5) Eyes 1.1 project strongly like the buffers of a waggon, 2.2 the same slightly above and behind, clypeus is almost negligible and underhung, and these together form the front wall. Top of caput distinctly convex from eyes 2 to 4, and again over 4, being about ¥ as high as long. Dark eye-frame reaches only to about bottom of eyes 2.4 and is almost broken just in front of 4. Groove slopes at 45° from above 4, and is only about as deep as middle of 4. Thorax rises convexly to about 3 and falls concavely for last , end being slightly turned up but not really rimmed. Thorax as high as caput.
(c) Clypeus very slight, smooth, procurved. Short grey hairs around eyes 1.1, and dark hairs longer on clypeus and above eyes. Top of caput flat or very slightly convex. Sides slope inwards very slightly and cdnvexly from below eye 2, which projects strongly and forms angle.
ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. 319
Eyes.—Clypeus concave, <4 eye 2. Ist row strongly recurved, top of 1 being level with mid 2. 2= 31, all Ist row in sub- contact. Hye-quadrangle broader than long and very slightly narrower behind. 4 < 2. 3 distinctly nearer 2 than 4 and slightly inside the upper 2.4 tangent. 2 are on attached fore ~ and aft projections. 4 project strongly outwards.
Falces.— Almost concealed from above, nearly horizontal, length only a little > diameter eye 1. Moderately broad and rounded on top and side views. From below slightly tapering, with a few dark hairs in centre. Angle well rounded. Groove distinct. Ungues slope inwards. Upper teeth 1 large at angle, 1 small below. Lower, 1 large about mid-unguis, but slightly less than large upper. There appears to be a small tooth at end of paturon behind root of unguis. Scopula of long light hairs on outer margin. 7
Text-figure 12.
L_=___.
i}
a ae Ss 7 wii at 4e NN SS
Agorius gracilipes Thor., 2.
a. Profile. 6. From above. ec. Sternum &c. d. First leg. e. Epigyne.
Mazille.—Much shorter than Myrmarachne, < ¢,, rounded and expanded at end and slightly spreading. Serrula at outer edge and end; dark scopula at truncation, which is short and nearly transverse, a few hairs along outer edge.
Labiwm.—Very short, broader than long. White edge with scanty dark scopula.
Palpi.Spring from about half maxilla. Tr short, < width of maxilla, and 2nd division small; f a little > maxilla, slender,
320 MR. H. D. BADCOCK ON
cylindrical, straight or very slightly curved, with slight dusky shading at sides; p = 4f > tr, slightly wider at apex than base ; ti < p but much thicker and more hairy; ta > ti, joint between the two somewhat curved. p, ti, and ta all have hairy fringes on both sides, increasing from very slight at p to strong on ta; on back they are greenish. Ta and ti are slightly flattened, but not | nearly to the same extent as Wyrmarachne, and the joint between them is quite distinct.
Legs.—4 = 1-3-2, but measurements not good and either 4 or 1 may be the longer.
Ist. c length = 24 width = nearly width of sternum, light, cylindrical.
tr = 14 ¢, cylindrical, a little darker.
f long, clubbed at base, slender, darker, and very dark at one side below.
p = sternum > f, slenderer, dark below, light at end; this extraordinarily long patella is the most characteristic feature of the genus.
ti < p, with angle half way, after which it becomes stouter and bends outwards. 5 spine pairs beginning at angle, all are strong, lst reaches more than half way to apex, and remainder all end level with apex.
m very short, < tr. 2 spine pairs, lst very strong, springing from middle and reaching well beyond 2nd, which springs from end and reaches to mid ta. Joint about as stout as end of ti.
ta = 1} m, lighter and slighter.
2nd, ef << ¢.white:
tr = 4¢, light, with black blotch at lower apex.
f.very slightly if at all clubbed at base, the black of tr is carried up as a strong black line below or rather to the side of whole length of joint.
p = #f, slightly curved and stouter at apex.
ti = 2 p, slender.
m= $ti; ta missing.
3rd. c a little shorter and stouter than c..
tac,
f very slightly, if at all, clubbed at base, slightly clouded at sides.
p, ti, m as 2, but slightly stouter.
ta == Ml.
4th. ¢ very strong, slightly broader at base than apex, longer than c,, stouter than c.. ire cand > ir, Remaining joints as 3. All tarsi have claw-tufts and two pectinate claws.
Sternum.—Shield-shaped, with expanded ears at front. c¢.1 are wide apart, springing from opposite the ears; ¢1.2 is broad, nearly = breadth c,, ¢,c, less, c,c, least, cy.4 in contact, sternum
ANT-LIKE SPIDERS FROM MALAYA. SA
terminating in a short point in front of them. The legs appear to spring from a separate chitinous plate lying between dorsal shield and sternum, and produced into a long socket to take ¢..
Prpicet.—Very short; it is just possible to see its point of entrance below dorsal concavity at top, but it cannot be seen at all from below.
Opistnosoma.— Abdomen = 13 cephalothorax, subeylindrical, width = height = < 4 length. Rounded in front and behind, being slightly wider behind, shght constriction half way. On side view constriction at 3. Gr ound-colour greenish brown above formed by a light ground dark-lined, two small white blotches at constriction in a transverse line, followed by a large central white blotch. From the small blotches white lines slope downwards and backwards across the sides, getting wider as they proceed and connecting with white ground-colour which prevails below behind epigastric fold to spinners. Spiracular plates chitinous, yellow- brown, and so wide apart as to be hardly visible from below and noticeable from the side. Between them a strip of same colour, but I think not chitinous. Epigastric fold is strongly procurved, but not well marked.
Hpigyne.—A small white semicircular pit edged with dark red and with a pair of dark markings forming ares of a semicircle outside. Not very marked, but clearer than in MWyrmarachne.
Spinners.—As seen from below, spring from a very distinct half-socket, the edges of which, however, are not continued round. All spring from separate sockets inside the above and are 2- jointed, the basal joint being very long, the second very minute. Ist. Very slightly tapering, Ageare twice as long as broad, brown- yellow. 2nd. Equal length, lightest, slender est. 3rd. Dare as Ist at base, light as 2nd at apex, intermediate in stoutness but nearest 2nd, longest.
Note.—The description is from a single Q found at Bukit Besar, 2500 ft. altitude, in cavity under the bark of a rotten sapling.
The following are measurements :—
Total length 7-0 mm. Prosoma ...... 2°7 long x 1:6 wide x 1:4 high. Omsihosoma,... 4°6 ,,. xX. 2°0' "4, “x 20
99
Legs lhe e+tr 14, f2°6, p2°8, t12°0, m+tal0 =9-8 "ae? ae e+tr+f 2-4, ptti 20), em eo eet xe e Deo a0, a Pe s(),, Sen Aas, e--tr 1d, -f 2°38; eee Os oO 2 a=98
The legs were damaged and impossible to measure with accuracy, so that either lor4 may be the longest. Ants accompanying, none.
s
ORBITO-l1EMPORAL REGION OF SKULL OF LEMUR, 323
24, The Structure of the Orbito-temporal Region of the Skull of Lemur. By F. Woop Jones, M.B., D.Se.,
F.Z.S. [Received and Read November 20, 1917. ] (Text-figures 1-5.) INDEX. STRUCTURE and MoRPHOLOGY ............ pp. 323-329
The question of the structure of the orbito-temporal region of the Lemurs is one that has by now accumulated a very bulky literature ; and this fact is, in itself, almost a guarantee that some difficulty and uncertainty is attached to interpreting appearances which are open to ordinary inspection in the skulls of animals that are neither particularly minute nor particularly rare. The uncertainty is at once made apparent by a study of this literature ; for very different accounts are given of the elements which enter into the composition of this limited portion of the skull. But another factor may be detected, and this is a rather more subtle one than any mere difficulty in recognising ill-marked suture-lines. It is obvious that some have wished to see an ordering of the bones upon lines indicative of a Primate kinship, while some have neither looked for, nor expected, any indications of such affinity.
The observations recorded here were made upon two full-term foetuses—the one of Lemur catta, and the other a hybrid between L. albifrons $ and L. melanocephala 2 , both born in the Gardens of this Society. Beyond the limits of these two representatives of the genus Lemur the present inquiry is not extended so far as the study of feetal material is concerned. The question that has been an outstanding one for now nearly a century is the presence or absence in the orbital wall of an “os planum” or “ planum orbitale” of the ethmoid bone. If we turn to a recent work (‘Morphology and Anthropology,’ by Dr. W. L. H. Duckworth, 1915), we find the following as a description of this region in Lemur :—‘* On the inner orbital wall, the frontal and maxillary bones join along a suture for a distance of about 5 mm., and thus widely separate the ethmoidal from the lachrymal bone” (p. 73). The condition here described depicts a phase only separated by degree from that prevailing in the Anthropoidea, and the description leads one to suppose that the lachrymal in the fore part of the orbit is separated from the os planum of the ethmoid in the hind part of the orbit by the meeting of the frontal and maxilla from above and below over the intervening interval of 5mm. The figure that accompanies this description lacks definition in some of its index lines; but apparently it bears out this diagnosis of the disposition of the elements.
324 DR. F. WOOD JONES ON THE
By far the most critical and exhaustive account of this region is that contributed by C. I. Forsyth Major to the ‘ Proceedings’, of this Society on Feb. 19th and March 19th, 1901. Here the os planum of the ethmoid is described and figured in an extensive series of skulls of Lemuroidea.
In his earlier paper (p. 131) the author's says -— ~“ Amongst the
Malagasy Lemurs a fairly large os planum” (of the ethmoid) “is present in all the species of Microcebus. In the other genera the planum becomes fused with the palatal at a very early date. A distinct small os planum is often visible in young specimens of Hapalolemur, Chirogale, Lepidolemur, and Avahis, and sometimes in Lemur.” But in the later paper the statements concerning Lemur ave rather more extended, for at p. 258 the following statement occurs :—‘* The lateral part” (of the os planum of the ethmoid) ‘“‘ has become united with the palatal at a very early stage; a remnant of the suture with the latter bone is seen in the adult at its antero-medial extremity ; in exceptional cases, e. g.,1n Lemur catia and young specimens of Lepidolemur, the planum remains completely or almost completely distinct from the palatal.” <A figure of the orbito. temporal region of L. catta leaves no doubt as to the author’s meauing. The os planum of the ethmoid is diagnosed as intervening between the lachrymal in front and the palatal behind.
Here, therefore, we have an admission of the same bony elements as are described by Duckworth; but their arrangement 1s depicted in a strangely different order, for whereas Forsyth Major makes the ethmoid coterminous with the lachrymal anteriorly, Duck- worth separates it from this element by a meeting of frontal and maxilla over an interval of 5 mm.
Going somewhat further back in the gearare of the subject, we find a series of authors denying the presence of an os planum ethmoidale in the orbit of the Lemurs. It was indeed to refute the findings of these authors that Forsyth Major published the papers from which the above quotations have been made.
The French zoologists, for the most part, have denied the pfesence of this element, and probably in this they have been euided or assisted by their intuitive discrimination which sees little but superficial resemblance between the Malagasy Lemurs and the Anthropoidea. Cuvier declared that the os planum of the ethmoid was in the Lemurs altogether enveloped by the frontal and the palatine, and therefore did not appear as an element in the wall of the orbit. |
MM. Grandidier and Alphonse Milne Edwards regarded the os planum as being overlain by the frontal which ther refore came in contact dir ectly with the maxilla. Obviously Flower came to the same conclusion, for he says, “* The os planum of the ethmo- turbinal does not enter into the inner wall of the orbit, but is shut out by the maxilla.”
In this cursory survey of the literature we have therefore four distinct diagnoses of the elements entering into the formation of
td
ae
ORBITO-TEMPORAL REGION OF SKULL OF LEMUR. a2)
this region in the Lemurs. The first two (those of Duckworth and Forsyth Major) admit the presence of the os planum of the ethmoid, but differ widely as to the arrangement of the different elements. The second two (those of Grandidier & Milne Edwards and Flower, and of Cuvier) exclude the presence of an os planum of the ethmoid, but differ as to the elements which overlie and exclude this bone. The position will be simplified by reducing the four diagnoses to diagrams in which cognisance is taken only of the elements which axe in dispute (see text-fig. 1).
Text-figure 1.
Diagrams to represent the diagnosis of the elements entering into the formation of the orbital wall of Lemur.
F.=frontal. L.=lachrymal. 2H.=ethmoid. Pal:=palatal. M.=maxilla.
A. According to Duckworth. B. According to Forsyth Major. C. According to MM. Grandidier & Milne Edwards, and also Flower. D. According to Cuvier.
It is often impossible to comment upon the work of previous authors unless their written statements can be correlated with the specimens from which the descriptions were taken. IJndi- vidual variation may play a large part in discordant description, and for this reason it behoves every author to specify the material from which his descriptions are drawn. In only one case (that of Dr. Forsyth Major) is this condition fulfilled. In every case in which he describes and figures a specimen he notes its number in the National Collection preserved in the British Museum.
It was therefore the diagnosis of Forsyth Major that I first attempted to verify. In 1914, by the kind permission of Mr. Oldfield Thomas, | examined the actual specimens described in the paper of 1901. The conclusion I arrived at was that the problem was one of exceeding difficulty when confined, as it was in this case, to the skulls of adult Lemurs. But I also gathered the impression that the interpretation of presumed suture-lines described and figured by the various authors was, in many cases, open to grave doubts, and that the so-called * os planum” was not in all cases the same element (see figs. 65 & 66, p. 258, op. cit., of specimens 97,9.1.18 and 97.4.6.1). ‘A glance at these two figures,
326 DR. F. WOOD JONES ON THE
and more especially an inspection of the actual specimens, will convince anyone that the bone labelled “pl” in the two figures is not the same element in the two specimens. The same criticism holds good throughout the paper. From specimen to specimen the irregularity of the apparent suture-lines increases, and the only conclusion at which it was possible to arrive was that the question was incapable of solution by an examination of adult specimens; since it was certainly essential to see the simplified condition in the feetal or new-born individual.
It was not until the present year (1917) that two fatal Lemurs, preserved by Mr. R. I. Pocock, were placed unreservedly in my hands, and I had the opportunity of examining the structure of the orbito-temporal region before any of the post-natal, secondary
Text-figure 2.
The skull of a foetal specimen of Lemur catta. Actual length 39 mm.
changes had set in. Of the two specimens that of L. catia is the less highly ossified, and the constituent bones of the cranial wall are seen with diagrammatic clearness (see text-fig. 2). The condition of the orbito-temporal region is shown in text-figure 3. The orbital plate of the frontal takes a very large share in the formation of the orbital wall; it meets the nasal and lachrymal in front, but at this stage it is separated from the frontal process of the maxilla by an unossified interval. Behind it meets the parietal at the coronary suture, and below that it meets the anterior edge of the very small orbito-sphenoid. Along the lower border of the orbital plate of the frontal runs an elongated bone shaped somewhat like a ploughshare. This bone articulates in ~
ORBITO-TEMPORAL REGION OF SKULL OF LEMUR. BUA
front with the lachrymal, and behind the orbital plate of the frontal it is in contact with the orbito-sphenoid and alisphenoid. Below, the greater portion of its length is free, but, in front, the maxillary, which is very small and only partially ossified, meets its lower border. This long bone is the orbital process of the palate, and at about its mid-point it is perforated by two foramina, presumably the naso-palatine canals.
Text-figure 3.
| ee ee Se ee)
The orbito-temporal region in the foetal L. catta.
T.=lachrymal. F.=frontal. Pal.=palatine. O.S.=orbito-sphenoid. ; A.S.=Alisphenoid. P.=parietal. /.=maxilla.
In the other specimen, which is rather more advanced in ossification, the condition is similar in all essential points. ‘The sphenoid and the maxilla are somewhat further ossified ; but the most interesting feature is a slight bending of the axis of the orbital plate of the palate at the site of the naso-palatine foramina (see text-fig. 4).
In the adult of Lemur catta the picture has changed very remarkably, for the portion of the palate anterior to the naso- palatine canals has become inflated with an air-sinus; and it has been somewhat bent back over the uninflated plate posterior to these canals (see text-fig. 5).
Reference to Forsyth Major’s figures of the orbit of Lemur
328 3 DR. F. WOOD JONES ON THE
catia B.M. 59e (figs, 61 & 62, p. 256) will show that it is this anterior inflated portion of the palate which is diagnosed as the os planum of the ethmoid. Concerning the inflation of this part of the orbital wall Forsyth Major says: “It” (the so-called os planum of the ethmoid) “always forms the roof of a pneumatic cavity, which often (L. catta, L. macaco, L. varius) is but an appendix of the maxillary sinus. The anterior portion of the palatal also participates, as a rule, in the formation of this pneumatic cavity, by forming its posterior cul-de-sac.” As a matter of facet, it is this variability of the posterior extension of
Text-figure 4.
Orbito-temporal region in the fetal skull of L. albifrons X L. melanocephala. Length 41mm. Lettering as in text-fig. 3.
the inflated area that produces the variability of the presumed suture-line. The bones of the orbital wall are particularly thin and transparent in the Lemurs, and in adult examples the septa between air-chambers may be far more conspicuous than actual suture-lines. This condition is carried to extremes in old sgpe- cimens of some types, such as Galago, in which the whole of the orbital wall (and of other regions of the skull) has the appearance of cracked ice, each crack corresponding to a bounding wall of, a small sinus, and the whole creating such a meshwork of lines
ORBITO-TEMPORAL REGION OF SKULL OF LEMUR. 329
that the determining of sutures separating different bony elements becomes a hopeless task,
More than this, synostosis of the different elements is effected at a comparatively early stage in the Lemurs.
Text-figure 5.
( KA GES MW \ ik Aen }
Za™\ ae Wii ZZ | eae
ti My mi : ey
Orbit of an adult 2 LZ. catta. Lettering as in text-figs. 3 & 4.
The palate-bone is not indicated by lettering and is apparently subdivided into two portions by the inflation of its anterior extremity.
Before the comparison of different species, or the much more important contrasting of the Malagasy and non-Malagasy forms, can be undertaken, an examination must be made of foetal and young stages, and until that is done the question of the variability of this region must remain an open one. But, for the genus Lemur, the two foetal examples described here appear to indicate clearly that the os planum of the ethmoid is lacking from the orbital wall, and that a very common mammalian, but definitely non-primate, arrangement of the bony elements is present in this region. |
Proc, Zoou. Soc.,—1917, No. XX ITI. 23
THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 35
EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES. October 23rd, 1917.
Dr. A. SmirH Woopwarb, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following Report on the Additions made to the Society's Menagerie during the months of May, June, July, August, and September, 1917 :—
May.
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of May were 241 in number, Of these 125 were acquired by presentation, 46 were received on deposit, 60 by purchase, 1 in exchange, and 9 were born in the Gardens.
The number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 135.
Amongst the additions special attention may be directed ton
1 Grison (Grison furax), 1 Cordovan Skunk (Conepatus proteus), new to the Collection, and 1 Viscacha (Lagostomus trichodactylus), from Cordova, in the Argentine, presented by W. A. Smithers, C.M.Z.S., on May 4th.
4 Ostriches (Struthio camelus), from the Northern Territories, West Africa, presented by Capt. C. H. Armitage, C.M.G., D.8.0., F.L.S., on May 31st.
2 Burmeister’s Cariamas (Chunga burmeisteri) and 1 Black Vulture (Cathartes atratus), from Cordova, Argentina, presented by W. A. Smithers, C.M.Z.S., on May 4th.
JUNE.
The registered additions to the Society's Menagerie during the month of June were 168 in number. Of these 54 were acquired by presentation, 54 were received on deposit, 42 in exchange, and 18 were born in the Gardens.
The number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 100.
Amongst the additions special attention may be directed WO)
1 Hensel’s Cat (Lelis pardinoides), new to the Collection, from Bahia. presented by W. A. Smithers, C.M.Z.S., on June 11th.
1 Eland (Taurotragus oryx), born in the Menagerie on June 21st.
A collection of Reptiles, including 3 Anacondas (#unectes murinis), 1 Thick-necked Boa (Hpicrates cenchris), and 1 Cooke's
aoe THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE.
Tree-Boa (Corallus cookii), from Trinidad ; 1 Antillean Boa (Boa diviniloqua), from Dominica ; 2 Black Cr ibos (Oxyrhopus clelia), 3 Rat-tailed Snakes (Lachesis lanceolatus), from Trinidad; and 1 Terrific Rattlesnake (Crotalus terrificus), from British Guiana, deposited on June 21st.
JULY.
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of July were 72 in number. Of these 27 were acquired by presentation, 7 were received on deposit, 11 by purchase, and 27 were born in the Gardens.
The number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 75.
Amongst the additions special attention may be directed t0.:——
1 White-bearded Gnu (Connochetes albojubatus), born in the Menagerie on July 12th.
1 Barbary Sheep (Ammotragus lervia), born in the Menagerie on July 19th.
1 Hyacinthine Macaw (Anodorhynchus hyacinthinus), from S. America, deposited on July 21st.
1 Diamond Python (Python spilotes), from Australia, purchased on July 2nd.
AUGUST.
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of August were 80 in number. Of these 22 were acquired by presentation, 14 were received on deposit, 4 by purchase, and 40 were born in the Gardens.
The number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 85.
Amongst the additions special attention may be directed O::——
1 Ocelot (Lelis pardalis) 3, from South America, and 1 Serval (felis serval), from Africa, presented by Sir Claud Alexander, Bt., on August 30th.
1 Brindled Gnu (Gorgon taurinus) 3, from South Africa, and 1 Anoa (Anoa depressicornis) 3, from Celebes, deposited on August 30th.
1 Three-streaked Skink (Mabuia trivitiata) and 1 Small-scaled Zonure (Zonurus polyzonus), the latter new to the Collection, from South Africa, presented by Dr. R. Broom.
SEPTEMBER.
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of September were 83 in number. Of these 62 were acquired by presentation, 2 were received on deposit, and 19 were born in the Gardens.
The number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 69.
EXHIBITS FROM THE CAIRD INSECT HOUSE. 333
Amongst the additions special attention may be directed TOs;
3 Coypus (Myocastor coypus), from South America, presented by Sir Edmund G. Loder, Bt., F.Z.S., on September 20th.
2 Yucatan Blue Jays (Cissolopha yucatanica), from Yucatan, presented by Guy Falkner, F.Z.8., on September 29th,
1 White-breasted Kingfisher (Halcyon smyrnensis), from Ceylon, ° presented by J. R. Lee Booker on September Ist. ~ 6 Anacondas (Hunectes murinus), born in the Menagerie on September 19th.
Effect of Captivity on the Cranial Form of the Lion.
Prof. F. Woop Jongs, M.B., D.Sc., F.Z.8., exhibited the skull of a Lioness which had lived for 17 years in the Gardens. This skull presented marked changes when compared with the crania of wild animals shown at the same time for comparison. The changes involved the whole contour of the skull and depended, for the most part, on loss of function. The parts concerned with actual mastication of food were but little changed ; but the whole mechanism for seizing and holding living prey had undergone an atrophy in the menagerie animal. This atrophy was especially marked in the facial contour related to the canine teeth, and manifested itself by the production of a somewhat ursine appear- ance of this portion of the skull. At the same time the cranial capacity had undergone a marked diminution. The brain of this specimen was also exhibited.
The skull of a cub which was recently born in the Gardens was also shown; but no skull of a wild-born eub was avail- able for comparison. The wild-born cub is a desideratum, the examination of which might possibly yield exceedingly valuable information. :
Exhibits from the Caird Insect House. (Text-figure 1.)
Miss EvELyN CunEsMAN made remarks on the feeding habits of the Long Water-Scorpion, Ranatra linearis, on the burrows made by the Mole-Cricket, Gryllotalpa vulgaris, and on the formation of the case by the Caddis-worm Phryganea grandiosa, based. on observations made in the Caird Insect House, and exhibited examples of the living insects to the Meeting.
Ranatra linearis
has the first pair of legs modified to form instruments for seizing prey. These are kept scrupulously clean and ready for action. The morning toilet is an elaborate ceremony, each limb being minutely overhauled with special attention to the joints.
334 EXHIBITS FROM THE CAIRD INSECT HOUSE.
This insect is of an extremely lethargic nature, and will sit motionless for hours in the weed or on a plant-stem until some- thing swims within reach, when the long fore-legs shoot out with a rapidity quite at variance with its other movements.
It occasionally hunts the bottom, probing the mud for prey, but makes no effort to pursue. The food consists principally of Asellus and Gammarus, small water-beetles, small dragonfly larve, etc., and even snails. :
Text-figure 1.
77 i
RS ~<a Se 4" Se rw N i ee a 3 ‘Ny (C) > - = 3 Ker aie
vik i FESS Colts hts
Method of feeding of the Long Water-Scorpion, Ranatra linearis. X 3.
(a) Waiting for prey; (6) Seizing prey; (c) Piercing prey with the rostrum.
Gryllotalpa vulgaris is fortunately rare in England. The burrows being formed regardless of obstacles do much damage in cultivated ground, and make it a serious pest wherever it occurs in great numbers. It is carnivorous, feeding mainly on worms. ‘There is no previous record of its having been exhibited in the Caird Insect House, but this year three specimens were sent in from different
ON THE SPALTEHOLZ METHOD OF PREPARATION. i)
sources for identification ; in two instances the senders spoke of their being in numbers when found.
Phryganea grandiosa,
the largest of our Caddis-flies, when in the larval state forms its case from segments of the hollow stems of aquatic plants, then protects each joint by adding a frill composed of leaf-lobes from the Hornwort. To do this the larva climbs a plant, and forces itself into the top whorl, head downwards: then, when the leaf- lobes close round it, cuts them off and glues each singly on the case, the loose ends pointing backwards.
Mr. C. Tate Reaan, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., described the present state of knowledge regarding the life-history of the Common Kel, illustrating his remarks with lantern-slides.
November 6th, 1917.
Dr. A. Smira Woopwarb, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.
The Spalteholz Method of Preparation.
Mr. R. H. Burne exhibited a Common Frog prepared by the method of Dr. Spalteholz, in which the highly elaborate saccus endolymphaticus of the internal ear was very clearly shown.
The method of preparation in question was introduced in 1906 by Dr. Spalteholz of Leipzig, and was subsequently brought by him to very considerable perfection. Its aim is to render the tissues of an organ or even of an entire small animal trans- parent.
The specimen is first thoroughly dehydrated and then fully permeated by a mixture of oils of refractive index as nearly as possible the same as that of the dehydrated tissue.
It will be noticed that the method is quite similar to that employed by the microscopist in clearing sections or small objects for examination by transmitted light. Its success when applied to gross objects depends on the degree of accuracy with which the refractive index of the clearing agent is adjusted to that of the tissues to be rendered transparent. With a clearing agent accurately compounded the results are often very brilliant and of considerable value for research or museum purposes. ‘This is especially the case with complex organs or whole animals owing to the fact that different tissues have slightly different indices of refraction, so that in the finished preparation the whole object is not uniformly transparent, but the several parts appear in it as filmy shades of various opacity.
te 336 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE.
The method is particularly useful in the study of cavities, such as the blood-vessels, which when filled with an opaque injection can be seen in their true relations down to the minutest detail.
In the Frog exhibited the saccus endolymphaticus, owing to the fact that it is packed with calcium carbonate (otoconia), remaius opaque, in the same way as an injection, though the rest of the body has been made transparent. Thus it stands out from its surroundings sharp and black when viewed by.transmitted light, or brilliantly white if seen against a dark background by reflected light.
It is interesting to recall in connection with this comparatively new method of preparation that the older Anatomists were in the habit of using a method very similar both in principle and practise to obtain transparency for the study of the blood-vessels, centres of ossification and similar structures. Many of John Hunter’s preparations were “dried and preserved in oil of tur- pentine,” and even after more than 100 years show results, rougher no doubt, but still worthy to be compared with those obtained by Dr. Spalteholz.
Prof. F. Woop Jongs, M.B., D.Sc., F.Z.S., exhibited a series of brains prepared in the Prosectorium, and called attention to the fact that specimens preserved by the spirit method differed not only in size but in surface details from those prepared by more perfect formalin methods, and commented on the necessity of revising much descriptive work on the anatomy of mammalian brains from the better material that was now available.
——————_———
The Secretary, on behalf of Mr. D. Seru-Smiru, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds, exhibited a set of lantern-slides prepared from photographs of mammals taken by Mr. Seth-Smith in the Society’s Gardens.
November 20th, 1917.
KE. G. B. Meape-Waxpo, Esq.,: Vice-President, in the Chair.
The SrcreTary read the following Report on the Additions made to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of October, 1917 :-—
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of October were 118 in number. Of these 36 were acquired by presentation, 77 were received on deposit, 3 received in exchange, and 2 were born in the Gardens.
ON PARTURITION IN MARSUPIALS. 337
The number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 125.
Amongst the additions special attention may be directed toe
1 Humboldt’s Woolly Monkey (Lagothrix humboldti), from Maniaos, presented by Miss Stella Wickham on October Ist.
3 Coypus (Myocastor coypus), from 8. America, presented by Sir Edmund Loder, Bt., V.P.Z.S., on October 12th.
2 White-necked Cranes (Pseudogeranus leucauchen), bred in Northamptonshire, received in exchange on October 5th.
The Horns of a Castrated Bushbuck and the Antler-growth in Pére David's Deer.
. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Curator of Mammals, ex- tee —
1. The head of a castrated Bushbuck (Tragelaphus) to show the effects of the operation on the horns. The horns differed from those of a normal Bushbuck in being slender, subcylindrical, untwisted, unkeeled, with a backward curvature like that of the horns of a Goral (W. emorhedus) or Serow (Capricoriis). The Bushbuck had lived several years in the Zoological Gardens at Clifton, and the head was lent for exhibition by Mr. Edward Gerrard.
2, Three successive pairs of antlers of a fully adult Pére David’s Deer (Hlaphurus), showing progressive increase in length. The first pair shed on Feb. 5th, 1916, measured 15 inches; the second pair shed ca Oct. 22nd, 1916, 25 inches; and the third pair, unshed at the time of the stag’s death, 40 inches.
Parturition iv Marsupials and Hxaternal Characters of New-born Young.
Prof. J. P. Hitz, D.Sc., F.R.S., F.Z.8., gave an account of the new-born Marsupial and its mode of parturition. Lantern-sldes of the recently born young belonging to species of the genera Perameles, Dasyurus, Didelphys, Trichosurus, and Phascolarctos were exhibited, and their chief external features described. Attention was directed to the fact that, whilst the new-born young in the different genera all exhibit similar adaptive modifications (small size, anterior half of body much in advance of posterior in degree of development, fore-limbs strongly developed and provided with recurved claws, sucking mouth, presence of thick epitrichial layer, covering eye. and ear-pinne, &c.), there are recognisable structural and developmental differences between them—e. g., the new-born Dasyurus is characterised by the presence of a curious swelling in the neck-region and by the absence of any indication
Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1917, No. XXIV. 24
338 ON PARTURITION IN MARSUPIALS.,
of the digits of the foot. The early initiation of the lip-fusion, leading to the establishment of the sucking mouth, was demon- strated in a series of embryos of Z'richosurus, and an interesting comparison was instituted between the recently hatched young of Ornithorhynchus and the new-born Marsupial.
The remarkable and unique mode of parturition which occurs in certain Marsupials was explained and illustrated by a series of micro-photographs. It was shown that in Perameles, Dasyurus, and 7'richosurus the young reach the exterior, not through one or other of the lateral vaginal canals, but by way of a direct median passage, constituted in front by the epithelially lined median vagina and behind by a cleft-like ‘ pseudo-vaginal passage,” actually formed at the time of parturition as a tear in the connective tissue situated behind the median, and between the lateral vagine. The occurrence of the same mode of parturition was demonstrated for Phascolarctos (the fact being recorded here for the first time), and lantern-slides were shown indicating that the same mode of birth also holds good for the Gamba (Didelphys aurita). The bearing of these facts on the patent condition of the median vagina in certain Macropods was briefly discussed.
INDEX. 1917.—Pages 217-338.
| New names in clarendon type.
; eae Systematic references in italics.
(z.8.1.) indicates additions to the Society’s Menagerie.]
Acidalia sagittilinea, 243.
Adisura atcinsoni, 236.
Agorius gracilipes (Fig. 12), 318.
Altha lacides, 246.
Ammotragus lervia (z. 8. L.), 832.
Amyciea forticeps (Fig. 2), 28+.
Ancylolomia chrysolinealis, sp. m. (Pld. fig. 2), 247.
— gracilis, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 1), 248,
pectinifera, 247.
simplella, 247.
Anoa depressicornis (z. 8. L.), 382.
Anodorhynchus hyacinthinus (2. 8. L.); 332.
Anthela nigristigma, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 28), 248.
Apluda incinata, 245.
ARACHNIDA : Thomisidee
Malaya: systematic, 277.
Areomolis nigripuncta, sp. n. (PVT fie. 6), 206.
Arbelodes tetrasticta, 246.
Automolis ignivena, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 7), 266.
echrecgaster, sp. n.
fie. 8), 267.
ochreomarginata, sp.n. (PI. I.
fig. 9), 267.
and Salticidse from
(Pik
Bagostomus trichodactylus (z. 8. L.), 331.
Bithra aganice, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 11), 235.
Boa diviniloqua (z. s. u.), 332.
Brevipecten icarus, sp. n. (Pl. I. fiz. 24), 240.
Casama vilis, 241.
Catagramma cynosura : (Pld. fie, 3). 275.
Catasticta flisa tambcensis, subsp. n., 260,
— lathyi, sp. n., 261.
—— nimbice peruviana, subsp. n., 261.
—philone nimbata, subsp. n., 260.
Cathartes atratus (z. s.L.), 331.
Charaxes maudei, sp. n., 271.
smaragdalis orientalis, subsp. n., 272,
Chloridia obsoleta, 236.
Chunga burmeisteri (z, 8. L.), 301.
Cissolopha yucatanica (z, s. L.), 3833.
Cladocerotis ceneus, sp. n. (PI. I. fiz. 12), 236.
aberration
| s a s s . Ceeliccia campioni, sp. n. (Figs.
3, 4), 224.
flavostriata, sp. n. (Figs. 1, ~), 223.
macrostigma, sp. n. (igs. 5, 6), 225. .
membranipes race nemoricola, 280.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1917, No. XXV. 25
Xi
Coeliccia nigrohamata, sp. n. (Figs. We 48), 228:
octogesima, 231.
sp. (ig. 9); 229.
Conepatus proteus (z. 8. L.), 331.
Connocheetes albojubatus (2. 8. L.), 332.
Corallus cookii (z. s. u.), 332.
Cortyta griseacea, Boos
minyas, 239. Cosuma marginata, 245.
rugosa, 245.
Crotalus terrificus (2. 8. L.), 332.
Clenusa rectilinca, 239.
Cynisca, gen. n., 240.
—— thisbe, sp. n. 240.
(BY alpetia:
Duomitus pindarus, 246. Dysodia intermedia, 247.
Ematheudes lentistrigalis, 248.
Epicrates cenchris (4. 8. 4.), 331.
Epidius longipalpis (Fig. 3), 285. istigmene lemniscata, 239.
235.
wh
linea, tenuistrigata, 230. Ernonoey. Insecta: Lepidoptera, 253; Exhibits from the Caird Insect House, 333. Eunectes murinus (4. 8. b.), 831, 333. Euproctis rubricosta, sp. n. (PI. 1. fig. 7), 242. Eurranthis pennigeraria, 243. Eurythecodes flavedinaria, 244.
Felis pardalis (2. 8. 1.), 332. pardinoides (z. 8. 1.), 352, serval (z. 8. L.), 332.
Gavara velutina, 246. GEOGRAPHICAL:
Aracuyipa: Thomiside and Salti- cide from Malaya, 277. Insecta: Heterccera from B. Hh.
Africa, 233; Rhopalocera from South America, 259 ; Arctiide from
South America, 265; New Butter- |
flies from Africa and the East,
271.
INDEX.
Giautra arethusa, fig. 14), 238.
Glaucostola maroniensis, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 10), 268.
Gorgon taurinus (z. s. L.), 832.
Grison furax (z. 8. L.), 331.
Gryllotalpa vulgaris : exhibited, 333.
sp. a, CRIA.
g
‘ Halcyon smyrnensis (z. s. L.), 333.
Hleterocrita metis, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 30), 244.
Heterogomphus sumatranus, 232.
Heteronygmia aurelia, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 16), 242.
Fonorana erebaria, 243.
Hylemera lepta, sp. n. fig. 29), 243.
Fypene jussalis, 241.
21, UE.
strigata, 241. :
Idalus flavithorax, sp. n. (PI. I. fiz, 4), 265.
InsEcra.
On Bornean Dragonflies: structure, systematic, 223; Heterocera from B.E. Africa: systematic, 233; Lepi- doptera: concealment by apparent disruption of surface, 253; Rhopa- locera from South America: syste- matic, 259; Arctiude from South America: systematic, 265; New Butterflies from Africa and the East: systematic, 271;- a Gynan- dromorph of Papilio lycophron : systematic, 273; Three Aberrations of Lepidoptera: systematic, 275; Exhibits from tire Caird Insect House, 308.
Lachesis lanceolatus (z. s. L.), 332.
Lacipa albuia, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 8), 242,
Lagothrix humboldti (z. 8. u.), 3387,
Laphygma exempta, 273.
Lemur: structure of skull (Figs. 1-5), 323.
Leocyma candace, 289.
Leodonta zenobia menticola,
subsp. n., 260.
“INDEX.
Mabuia trivittata (z. s. L.), 332. MaAmMALIA.
Deformity of Os penis in a Seal: structure, 251; Orbito-temporal region of skull of Lemur: struc- ture, 323; The Spalteholz Method of Preparation, 335; Parturition in Marsupials and External Cha- racters of New-born Young, 337 ; Horns of a castrated Bushbuck, and the Antler-growth in Pére David's Deer, 337; Photographs of Mam- mals, 336; Exhibition of preserved brains, 336.
IWelese flavescens, sp. n.
fig 11), 268.
Microloxia ruficornis, 2438, Morprronocy.
(Pl. T.
See STRUCTURE,
Myocastor coypus (z. 8. L.), 833, 337.
Myrmarachne albicrurata, sp. n. (Fig. 9), 306.
—_— biseratensig, sp. n. (Fig. 10), 312.
—— cornuta, sp. n. (Fig. 5), 291.
—— cuneata, sp. n. (Fig. 7), 300.
—— gedongensis, sp. n. (Fig. 11), 3165.
—— lateralis, sp. n. (Fig. 9), 310.
macillosa (Fig. 4), 287.
—— ramosa, sp. n. (Fig. 8), 303.
—— turriformis, sp. n. (Fig. 6), 296.
Neonerita metaphcenica, gp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 5), 265.
Neritos purpureotincta, sp. n. CPi fig. .13); 269.
Nyctipao acuta, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 26), 249.
Odontestra avitta, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 15), 236.
Ophacus ochracea, sp. n. fig 12), 269.
Oxyrhopus cleelia (z. 8. L ), 832.
Ozarba abscissa, 239.
sinud, 239.
(Pl. I.
subterminalis, 238. —— yaria, 238.
xii
Papilio erlaces chinchipensis, subsp, n., 259.
-harmodius tabaconas, subsp. n., 260.
—— illyris hamatus, subsp. n., 271.
iphidamas ayabacensis,
subsp. n., 259.
—— lycophron: gynandromorph of,
273.
- neophilus parianus: aberration,
.
bo
1s
—— polydorus ulawaensis, subsp. or aberr. n., 272.
Parastichtis lysis, sp. n. fig. 25), 238.
cxylus, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 22),
237...
ik
Perigea capensis, 287,
Philosamia cynthia: aberration, 275. Phryganea grandiosa: exhibited, 323. PISCES :
Scyllium canieula: structure, 217 ; Life-history of the Common Eel, 335,
Plecoptera polynuvia, 239. Plecopterodes moderata, 239. Plestosaurus, 221.
Polygrapha cyanea, Q (Pl. I. fig.
263,
Porosagrotis caffra, 236. Pseudogeranus Jeucauchen (4. 8. L.),
337.
Pteronycta cervicornis, sp. n.
CBD figs 21), 240:
Python spilotes (z. 8, u.), 332.
9 )
al
Ranatra linearis: exhibited, 333. Repvinia: Use of the Names Plesiosauria and Sauropterygia: systematic, 221. Rhodesana mintha, sp. n. (PI. I. fig, 19), 221. Rhodoneura bryaxis, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 9), 246.
Salticus modestus, 287.
Seyllium, hermaphroditism in, 218, Stenagrion dubium (Fig. 10), 261. Sirigoplus albostriatus (Hig. 1), 280.
X1V
STRUCTURE,
Mammatta: Orbito-temporal region of skull of Lemur, 323; Effect of Captivity on the Cranial form of the Lion, 333; Horns of a cas- trated Bushbuck, and the Antler- growth in Pére David’s Deer, 337.
Insecta: Prothorax of Ceeliccia sp., Q , 229; Lepidoptera (concealment by amparent disruption of surface),
D3. Struthio camelus (z. s. L.), 331. Surattha rufistrigalis, sp.n. (Pl. I.
fig. 3), 247.
Synemosina procera, 287. Syntomis polyxo, sp. n. fig. 10), 234.
(Pl. I.
Taurotragus oryx (z. s. L.), 331.
Teinobasis superba, 231.
Teracotona subterminata, 235.
Thosea chloris, sp. a. (Pl. I. fig. 5), 245.
ganale, 244.
—— perseis, sp. n. 244.
(Pl. I. fig. 4),
INDEX.
Thosea undosa, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 6), 244,
Toxeus maxillosus, 287.
procerus, 287.
Trimetepia etheraria, 243.
VARIATION, Manmatta: Deformity of Os penis in a Seal, 251; Effect of Captivity on the Crauial form of the Lion, 333; Parturition in Marsupials and ex- characters of new-born young, 337; Horns of a castrated Bushbuck, and the Antler-growth in Pere David’s Deer, 337; Exhi- bition of preserved brains, 336. Insecta: A Gynandromorph of Pa- pilio lycophron, 273; Three Aber- rations of Lepidoptera, 275. Piscus: Hermaphroditism in Seyllium eanicula, 217, Vila eueidiformis, sp. n. (Pl. I. figs. 1, 1a), 261.
ternal
Xylopteryx arcuata, 248.
| Zonurus polyzonus (Zz. 8, t.), 332.
PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,
|| | GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS —
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON
1917.
PART: I.
CONTAINING Paces ] to 103, witH 1 PLatE
AND 57 TExtT-FIGURES.
MARCH 1917.
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, SOLD AT ITS HOUSE IN REGENT’S PARK. LONDON:
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO,, PATERNOSTER ROW,
[Price Twelve Shillings. |
LIST OF CONTENTS.
1917, Part I. (pp. 1-103).
EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES.
Page The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the months of November and December, 1916... 4.00. cc ede os ose oreo ou be weve beeen ge ee meee
Mr. EpwArp Gurrarp. Exhibition of a mounted specimen of a hybrid Thrush and LACK DIL sie a's og bib les a etaln me MRE a ane Fane Oa Sree gta ¢ 60 ie Gina eee 99
The Secrerary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of January, LOU? 0 ka. eS ects wiekt 0 oot ale > Uiatai eo mia cee
My. D. Srern-Saitn, F.Z.8., Curator of Birds. Exhibition of the Trachea from a male ANSEL OWUS SCHUPPOLMOLE “Cars. oy tet eee bk oe oe ee eee ihe nee PPAR a 32
Mr. C, J.C. Poot. Notes from the Caird Insect House ...........c0c 00x00 IPP ree Ss
Mr. R. I. Pococn, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Curator of Mammals. Exhibition illustrated by lantern-slides of the work of the Beavers in the Scciety’s Gardens, (Text-figure 1.) 100
Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper.
PAPERS.
Page
aS 1. On the Pectoral and Pelvic Arches of the British Museum Specimen of Arch@opteryx.
By Brantstav PetronteEvics, Ph.D., and Axrrnur Suirn Woonwarp, LL.D., F.R.S., SERUM re 8 en Phy gos See eo 45 0s wis o's 4 Op euitte 0 spe'Wa sob lees rene eek
2. On Heude’s Collection of Pigs, Sika, Serows, and Gorals in the Sikawei Museum, Shanghai. By Axruvr DE CARLB SoWERBY, F-.Z.8. 1.6. cece cease ee cee eee SEALE 7
3. Report on the Deaths which cecurred in the Zoological Gardens during 1916, together with a List of the Blood-Parasites found during the Year. By H. G. Purmimer, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Professor of Comparative Pathology in the a a of Science and Technology, London, and Patholoeist to the Society os. ieee ees oT
4. On the Structure and Function of the Mouth-parts cf the Palemonid Prawns. By L. A. Borrapairz, M.A., F.Z.8., Lecturer in Zoology in the University of Cambridge, Fellow, Dean, and Lecturer of Selwyn College.’ (Text-figures 1-51.) .... 37
5. On the Scolex in the Cestcde Genus Duthiersia, and on the Species of that Genus. By Frank H, Bepparp, M.A., D.&c., F.R.S., F.Z.S. (Text-figures 1-5.)
eesee ae ®t eo & 2
6, 1. The Coleoptera of the Family Cissida found in Britain, with Descriptions of two new Species.—2. A new Species of the Coleopteran genus Cryptorrhynchus Illigey. By C. J. C. Poot, Assistant Curator Caird Insect House ........ce cc cct eevee eee es -83
LIST OF; PLAIEs,
1917, Part I. (pp. 1-103).
Page
Purronravics & WoopwarpD: Pl. 1. Arch@opteryx 1... -ceescssvevese 1
NOTICE.
The ‘ Proceedings’ for the year are issued in four parts, paged consecutively, so that the complete reference is now P. Z. 8.1917, p.... The Distribution is usually as follows :—
Part I. issued in March,
PP ieyty bo ce Son June. pth 6) 3 aia September, Pees ta. bb oceelas December.
‘ Proceedings,’ 1916, Part IV. (pp. 553-756), were published ou December 15th, 1916.
The Abstracts of the ‘ Proceedings,’ Nos. 163-165, are contained in this Part.
aati aiiaioae
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
| GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 1917.
PART II. _
CONTAINING Paces 105 to 215, witH 5 PLaTEs
AND 20 'l'EXT-FIGURES.
JULY 191%.
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, SOLD AT ITS HOUSE IN REGENT’S PARK. LONDON :
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CQ.,, PATERNOSTER ROW.
Ric. an [Price Twelve Shillings. ]
LIST OF CONTENTS.
1917, Parr II. (pp. 105-215).
EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES.
Page The Secrurary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of Hebruary, TOUT. i. «sways cass btera es Slee wm ee ata oc en Ieee ee i eee 209
Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.Z.S., Curator of Mammals. Exhibition of a young Lion Cub recently deposited in the Gardens, and also a Galago from German East Africa.... 209
Mr. C. J. Ganan. Exhibition of a living example of the “ Death-Watch” Beetle ...... 209 —
Mr. C. Davies Suzrzorn, ¥.Z.8. Exhibition of an autograph of Captain Bligh of
‘The Bounty? sa ca cece eee ence winieiesen 9. eee! ais et ule mie aft ale Whe olsen et rr 210 Mr. C. Tats Ragan, M.A., F.Z.8. Exhibition of a Piraya from the Amazon .......... 210 Mr. Aurrep Hzra, F.Z.8. Exhibition of lantern-slides of and remarks upon Big-Game
Shooting tin India‘)... osc. oe geese se Wale wate Kt asia alas ett an ee rr 210
The Szcreraky. Report on the Additions to the Society’s ae during the month of March, 1917.6. cv eetea cose a gee re beds pe one vo 9 oieiual igi <n
Mr. C. Dayrns SuErRBory, EZS. Exhibition of the piece of hairy Skin of a Gorilla, sent
to Richard Owen © 2.2.0 2. Plu shen wale vine Ua sete ees Cece oy Mr. D. Seru-Suiru, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds. Exhibition of a female Japanese Pheasant. 211 Exhibition of a ‘male specimen of the Carolina Duck .....0s.0% 5.5 oe ss ee eee edd Exhibition of some specimens of the trachea of various species of Ducks!. San Pee Mr, E. Heron-Autey, F.L.S., P.R.M.S., F.Z.8. Remarks on the Mussel-fishery and Foraminifera of Hsnandes, illustrated by means of lantern-slides .............. v2 ae The Szcretary. Announcement of-the death of Mr. Henry Peavyot.. ..............5- 212 Dr. P. Cuatmers Mircuect, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Secretary to the Society. Exhibition of coloured sketch of an abnormal Cape Lourie... .....24+ 2. cccccseeer ss cnsserse ae 212
Prof. J. P. Hrut, F.R.S. _F. Z.S. Exhibition of ee of and remarks upon a Bars
dnceiGipieol genie w oe ee Mate te beeen eee atten nee ee cette eereseeeeene Od ha
Dr, A. Suirn Woopwarp, F.R.8. Exhibition of enlarged models of the first molar tooth ; of a large Chimpanzee, Melanesian Man, and Piltdown Man
Mr. D. M.S. Watson, F.Z.S. Exhibition of models of the teeth of fossil Horses.......
Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper.
a
Exhibitions and Notices (contenued).
Prof, H. Maxwe.u Lerroy, M.A., F.Z.S., Curator of Insects. Remarks on the Silkworms and Silk industry of India, illustrated with lantern-slides and specimens of the RE ee OC UCOUTI UNM OIL. s)shu cl ay. pebgks oo sks suis SY eee eaee v's le ee eee we de ee
The Sxcrerary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month Orompr LOI... Fe ee eee ee eee cade dane se Slee det Basis
Dr. P. Cuatmers Mircustt, F.R.S., F.Z.S., Secretary to the Society. Exhibition of the behaviour of Birds and Mammals in the presence of living Serpents ............--
Mr. D. Sxrn-Smitu, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds. Lantern-exbibition of Birds now or recently living in the Society’s Gardens ......... SPAS 038 i GR ns i ee
Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., Curator of Maminals. Exhibition on behalf of Messrs. Row
land Ward, Ltd., of the skins of two Zebras from British East Africa ............ Mr. R. E. Hotpine. Exhibition of and remarks on a Cirriped ......0...... cee ee eee
Exhibition of two curiously malformed eggs
Mr. D. Setu-Smrru, F.L.S., Curator of Birds. Account of the Poultry Exhibition now
being held in the Society’s Gardens.........
PAPERS.
4, The Prechordal Portion of the Chondrocranium of Chimera collie. By Epwarp Pneuprs Auus, Jun., F.Z.S. (Plates I-III.)
ee f®@ ee eeese ts * veo ee se ee ee eet eae es © & so 8 o-
8. On the Lizards of the Genus Philochortus Matschie. ie G. A. DOCuENGER, E.R.S., F.Z.S. (Plates I. & IL.) oh aan ios ee i eee
eore ee ee ee ee adv oe
9. An Experimental Investigation of the Migration of Woodcock breeding in the West of Ireland. By S. R. Doveuas, M.R.C.S., L.R.0.P.Lond., Capt. I.M.S. (retired), F.Z.S., Ist Assistant Bacteriological Department, Medical Research Committee, National Imsurarice Act ...... 0005.
10. A Sketch Classification of the Pre-Jurassic Tetrapod Vertebrates. By D. M. 8. Watson, M.Se., H.Z.S., Lecturer in Vertebrate Palaontology in University College, London. (Text-figures 1 & 2.)
Peers eer ene i LO Ne ea ae e) kia ies) ew) ew. Teel ete? 6) 16) @.\8) 1”) 8) eg ier ei e88 «6 ew, 0! &
11. Notes on some of the Viscera of an Okapi (Okapta ee Selater). By R. H. oo M.A., F.Z.S. (Text-figures 1-23.) .. Ree e earoiecar |,
Pitlepage Aree Be aie OZ) Tee eae se ts Fe eb a Tastot Council and Officers ...0.......04.
peose es 2 oe wee we - ew ee es we ww
Se en 8 eee ee lh BP eh tw Me hw tee OO het 8
List of Contents Alphabetical List of Contributors ........ Index
CC ee ee ed
Page
213
213
214
215
105 .
145
159
ALLIS : ee es es II. | Chimera colliet ......++ 60.
: Boutmneer: Pl. a 1, 2. Philochortus mele saree a 3, 4. P. Bae sir ag eae erates
so that the ee reference e is usually as follows:—
: a Part ae issued i in March.
; se) ” ; gees Orie June. ay ee meats sy ee ages September. — . , | ” IV. Su Sir 9 December,
; + Broveedings, 1917, Part 1. Cou. 1-108), » were ap 20th, a e
“contained i in this 8
Bia waked
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
| GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY | OF LONDON. |
ae ———=S~«~LZ.
- PARTS III. & IV.
CONTAINING Paces 217 to 338, witH 5 Puates
AND 82 'l'Ex?-FIGURES.
FEBRUARY 1918.
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, SOLD AT ITS HOUSE IN REGENTS PARK. LONDON :
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CoO., PATERNOSTER ROW.
Fr lA Jp ee
[Price Twelve Shillings. |
LiIsY. OF CONTEST.
1917, Parts III. & IV. (pp. 217-338).
EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICKS.
Page
The Szcrurary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the months —
of May, June, July, August, and September, 1917 .......... «7s sos le whclatin ls ea ale 331 Prof. F. Woop Jonzs, MB.. D.Sc., F.Z.8. Exhibition of the Skull of a Lioness, showing
the effect: of captivity ........... faeces net ee ye tee eels telnie salt alee 333 Miss E. CuzresMAan. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the feeding habits of the Long
Water-Scorpion, on the burrows made by the Mole-Cricket, and on the formation of
the case by the Caddis-worm Phryganea grandiosa, based on observations made in
the Caird Insect House. (Text-figure 1.) ....-... 00 .. cess ween sioie: vidio aarp 833 — Mr. C. Tarn Ruaan, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8. Description of the present state of knowledge |
regarding the life-history of the Common Eel, illustrated by means of lantern-
SLOTS SS a aoe pe aN becca s he sth eo ar tee Gar Rea eee or eee ta PPR PIA ee ro Mr. R. H. Burne, M.A., F.Z.S. Exhibition of a Common Frog, showing the Spalteholz
method of preparation AY et ood RS aot eta tit pares Ws feds oe ee Soir denen ee hers «- Boo Prof, F. Woop Jongs, M.B., D.Sc., F.Z8. Exhibition of a series of brains prepared in the
PEOSOCHOPIUMT 9: sce oie fare Slee ie sale a a ae oo ete ele eon aierd 7 at eens Pera tC: Dr. P. Cuatuers Mrrcuait, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Secretary to the Society. Exhibition on behalf
of Mr. D. Sxrn-Smitn, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds, of a set of lantern-slides prepared
from photographs of mammals iy alain. eats pao a: sclera bere ene «aaa eter -» 336 The Sucrerary. poe on the Additions to the Society’s ge during the month
of October, 1917 .- \ aul damicigr cates ee oo eae eee “ 336 Mr. B. I. Pocock, F.B.8., F.L,8., FZS., Curator of Mammals, Exhibition of fae aaa
a castrated Bushbuck, and of three successive pairs of antlers of an adult Pére
David's Meer soc. oa es ee oe ee tials phuivatieteus iate cn aie ee eae PEP ert Wurake = 7 Prof. J. P. Hint, D.S8e., F.R.S., F.Z.S. Lantern-exhibition of new-born Marsupials, inh :
an aecount of the mode of parturition and external characters ......... tS aha Gernot 337 |
Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper.
PAPERS.
Page 12. Note on a Hermaphrodite Dogfish. By Rutn C. BamsBer, M.Sc. (Plates I. & IL.) .. 217
13. On the Use of the Names Plesiosauria and Sauropterygia. By G. A. BouLEnGrER, aN ee oleae ili Ghee ties oes cine erellle cals mses ses eae acd ep ac estes 221
14. Some Additions to the known Dragonfly Fauna of Borneo, with an Account of new Species of the Genus Celiccia. By F.F. Larpuaw, M.A.,F.Z.S8. (Text-figures 1-10.) 228
15. Notes on a Collection of Heterocera made by Mr. W. Feather in British East Africa, ett. By Wt-Ook J. M. Faweurr. (Plate 1.) 0... 00. c cee ce cee ee -- 233
16. Deformity of Os penis in a Seal (Phoca caspica Nilsson). By Srerervs Aupn&Raxy. NI ye oN og li ei sial sp te oden a iad ooo nec s anne es 251
17, Some Observations upon Concealment by the apparent Disruption of Surface in a Plane at Right Angles to the Surface. By J. C. Morrram, M.B.(Lond.). (Text-
NR cg rae aa de ac wiallpsa lan Wieliens, o weia a e/hielg 6 wa"e pelea skews es os 253
18. New South-American Rhopalocera. By J. J. Jotcny, F.LS., F.Z.8., F.ES., and Smet S abe I) oe panies lb as Vin be ia On 'mp leads ae eee a Ives rt Seales a 259
RO eae Aiterican Arctiide, By J. J. Jorny, F.LS., F.ZS., FES, and G. Ta.zor, ee (UEC. De. oe ee te wee ee Ree a ui iw A eam icra rs ar al aie ob w 6%, eles oie as 265
20. New Butterflies from Africa and the East. By J.J. Jorcny, F.LS., F.Z.8., F.E.S., and G. TaBor, Er Cea ee nh Lanse ell gL Selena Melee Vee e bee ale 8 271
21. A Gynandromorph of Papilio lycophron, Hbn. By J. J.I OICEY, E.L.S., F.Z.S., F.E.S.,
Memes emit, PHS. (Plate asc Ge. occ five cas ye we de ce enh geeiet cn ee esas 273
22. Three Aberrations of Lepidoptera. By J. J. Jorcry, F.LS., F.Z8., F.E.S., and Peeerer eee Eate My ae Pern Seana ses by lain Goal seinen ee mei esveainn vee’ 275
23. Ant-like Spiders from Malaya, collected by the Annandale-Robinson Expedition, fut. by HD. Bancoon, M.A. (YLext-figures 1-12.) 22... ee eee ee 277
24. The Structure of the Orbito-temporal Region of the Skull a Lemur. By F. Woop Paton voc: P25. (Rext-feures 1-5.) 0. sce cae. sc cae s as cevtteenaeses 323 Vitlepage .. 2... eee e eee ete eee ee et eee te cae eet teens icteceye, elcce'a oie i dass of Council.and Officers ......7....... eee sae Cae aN AMS Nas. fe Wiles a) lis sie wine G5 ghd ii Be OOMECHLS, caylee s Cele voc wees cn ea cows Oe Mitte erie dan We c00y aioe lara: atc G'n’ e's a seco 9% lii Alphabetical List of Contributors ........ ... NEN TMEE thie SN Beta eee Soren Rr a Re ee vii
ieee Syren aE Se CRN oi SN Sp CN Se a ect eae ac a Rs a xi
LIST OF PLATES,
1917, Parts lil. & TV. (pp. 217-338).
BampBer: Pl. I. i.
Fawcerr: Pl. I. Heterocera from British Hast Africa.......cececece
\ Seyltiutm camiculd ..-...sveveecessernssesandins 217
233
Pl. I. Rhopalocera from 8. America .... 259, 265, 275
Jorcey & Tansor: Pl. Ti, «Papilio lyeophrom .i045 000 ce4s oe, cee eee 273
NOTICE.
The ‘ Proceedings’ for the year are issued in four parts, paged consecutively, so that the complete reference is now P. Z. 8. 1917, p.... The Distribution is usually as follows, but on account of war conditions Parts III. & IV. of 1917 were issued as one Part, and a similar course may be followed in 1918 :—
Part I. issued in March.
EY a June,
erage 1) Gl Ee 5, . September. 1, Gia December.
‘ Proceedings,’ 1917, Part IT. (pp. 105-215), were published on July 18th, 1917.
The Abstracts of the ‘ Proceedings,’ Nos. 172-174, are contained in this Part.
Con
AM 1 A ay ray Wee ree
REN
yi t
Be
ane
* Ui
th
i
ene Bi say ee
YONG
Alay
ieee ty
Yi PAL if MALE CUR A
aC
NIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES
WW
3 9088 0